Realty firm DLF’s rental arm will invest around ₹6,000 crore to construct 75 lakh square feet of prime office and retail spaces in Gurugram to tap demand for top-quality green commercial properties.
DLF Cyber City Developers Ltd (DCCDL) is a joint venture between DLF and Singapore’s sovereign wealth fund GIC.
DLF holds nearly 67 per cent stake in the JV firm.
Also read: Singapore’s GIC favours IPO route for commercial JV with DLF
In its latest investors presentation for the third quarter of this fiscal, DLF informed that its rental arm DCCDL has commenced construction of 5.5 million (55 lakh) square feet of Grade A plus office spaces in the new phase of its ultra-premium commercial project ‘DLF Downtown, Gurugram.’
Besides, DCCDL has also commenced construction of DLF Mall of India in Gurugram, with a total area of 20 lakh square feet.
Already, 3.7 million (37 lakh) square feet area has been completed so far.
According to sources, the total investment in the construction of this office complex and a shopping mall would be around ₹6,000 crore.
The company spokesperson declined to comment.
DCCDL, which holds the bulk of the rent-yielding assets of DLF Group, has an operational rental portfolio of 40.4 million square feet, of which 36.4 million square feet area is office space and 4 million square feet of retail real estate.
On the Indian office market trend, DLF’s Vice Chairman and MD (Rental Business) Sriram Khattar said, “Global companies, especially technology firms, are attracted by high-quality human talent and world-class commercial spaces. These companies look for Grade A++ office spaces which are rated high on sustainability, green initiatives, social infrastructure and scalability”.
“DLF does it best to provide these and, at times, tailor-made solutions for their long-term space requirements,” he said.
Khattar noted that Global Capability Centers (GCCs) are driving office demand across major cities.
Also read: Huge demand for data centres in India, 18 mn sq ft area needed in 4-5 yrs: Smriti Irani
On shopping mall expansion, Khattar said, “India is one of the fastest growing economies with a huge middle class and upper middle class aspiring to economically move up the chain. This coupled with the high influx into urban centres would result in robust growth in retail, especially organised retail.”
International brands continue to explore India as a growth destination, especially over the last 3 to 4 years, he said.
Khattar said the Group has developed many shopping malls and has a strong supply pipeline of retail spaces.
“We will complete about 1.3 million sq ft further this year and another 2-2.5 million square feet in about 3 years.
“We will continue to endeavour to create customer delight and be the port of first call for international and Indian brands wanting to expand where we have a presence,” Khattar said.
DCCDL’s growth
As per the presentation, the DCCDL’s rental income from office and retail spaces rose 10 per cent to ₹1,194 crore in the third quarter of this fiscal due to higher occupancy and rent appreciation.
Out of the total rental income, DCCDL’s office assets contributed ₹962 crore rent in the December quarter, up 10 per cent from ₹876 crore in the year-ago period.
According to various real estate consultants, India’s top seven major cities saw a record gross and net leasing of office spaces during the 2024 calendar year on high demand from domestic firms and multinational corporations (MNCs).
DCCDL’s rentals from retail real estate spaces also grew to ₹231 crore from ₹213 crore during the period under review.
On the financial front, the DCCDL’s revenue increased 9 per cent in the October-December period to ₹1,609 crore from ₹1,476 crore a year ago.
Its net profit jumped to ₹941 crore from ₹434 crore.
DLF is primarily engaged in the business of the development and sale of residential properties (the Development Business) and the development and leasing of commercial properties (the Annuity Business).
DLF is the country’s largest real estate firm in terms of market cap.
It has a strong presence in the Delhi-NCR and Tamil Nadu markets.
The company has developed more than 185 real estate projects and developed an area of more than 352 million square feet since inception.
The Group has 220 million square feet of development potential across residential and commercial segments.
GUBITAK kose je jedna od pojava koja negativno utječe na psihičko i fizičko zdravlje pojedinca. Događa se i muškarcima i ženama, a uzorci mogu biti različiti, bilo da je u pitanju genetska predispozicija ili starenje. Kako bismo doznali za koga je (a za koga nije) transplantacija kose, kakve su cijene te je li proces bolan, pitali smo liječnicu Mikelu Petković iz poliklinike Petković.
“Presađivanje kose je gotovo za svakoga. Presađivanje kose namijenjeno je osobama koje imaju stabilan oblik bilo kakvog oblika alopecije, odnosno gubitka kose ili terminalnih dlaka u predjelu brade ili obrva. Ne pričamo više samo o vlasištu”, kaže.
Istaknula je da se, kada je riječ o transplantaciji kose, najčešće govori o muškarcima. “Najčešće se upravo muškarci odlučuju za transplantaciju kose”, dodala je. Za presađivanje kose se odlučuju mlađi i stariji muškarci, a nekad i žene koje imaju prorijeđeno vlasište, ono što liječnica Petković naziva “female pattern hair loss”.
Žene ne gube kosu u tolikoj mjeri kao muškarci pa se na transplantaciju obično odlučuju kako bi povećale njezinu bujnost. Liječnica ističe da transplantacija kose nije preporučljiva za pacijente s određenim oblicima ozbiljne alopecije, osobito ako je bolest još uvijek aktivna ili nestabilna.
“Cijena kreće već od 1.5 eura”
Liječnica Petković nam priča kako se cijene transplantacije kose u Hrvatskoj kreću ovisno o zahvaćenom području. “Nije isto presađujemo li manji dio – zaliske, je li netko izgubio gotovo potpuno kosu u predjelu vlasišta, radi li se o transplantaciji brade ili o transplantaciji obrva.”
Cijena najčešće ide po izdvojenoj folikularnoj jedinici koja se presađuje i ona se kreće otprilike od 1.5 do 2.5 eura. Ako je riječ o velikom broju folikula, za pacijenta se posebno formira cijena.
Pitali smo je koliko traje oporavak. “Ovisi što smatramo pod oporavkom. Pacijent gotovo sutradan može ići na posao, mada većina pacijenata uzme nekoliko dana odmora da im se smiri vlasište i donirani dio jer ono može oteknuti nakon transplantacije.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kako kaže, pacijenti najčešće oteknu u predjelu čela, a oporavak obično traje oko dva tjedna, nakon čega se mogu vratiti uobičajenim aktivnostima.
“Kandidati moraju imati realna očekivanja”
Pri odabiru kandidata za presađivanje kose, u poliklinici Petković obraćaju pažnju na to ima li kandidat realna očekivanja. Nakon prvog pregleda radi se anamneza. Ističu da njihov pacijent mora biti zdrava osoba.
“Pacijent može imati, primjerice, visoki krvni tlak, neke autoimune bolesti, aktivnu malignu bolest ili infektivnu bolest, u tim slučajevima transplantacijski zahvat nije opcija. Ti pacijenti jednostavno nisu dobri kandidati. Kada je pacijent zdrav, onda na sam dan zahvata on dolazi u kliniku. Naravno, mora potpisati određene formulare i dajemo mu premedikaciju. Potom se opusti, jede i nakon toga idemo na zahvat.”
Prvi dio zahvata se odnosi na vađenje dlaka iz donorske regije (okcipitalni dio, zatiljni dio glave), odnosno radi se ekstrakcija folikula. Zatim slijedi odmor za pacijenta, ležanje barem dva sata, a nakon toga se nastavlja implantacija samih ekstrahiranih vlasi i to traje još oko tri sata. Liječnica ističe da taj proces ne bi trebao biti bolan. “Pacijent može osjećati da mi nešto radimo, ali bol ne”.
“Proces ne bi trebao biti bolan”
Dr. Petković nam priča kako su dugoročna iskustva s presađivanjem kose na tjemenu izrazito pozitivna, no postoje određeni pojedinci kod kojih treba ponoviti sam zahvat transplantacije kose. Ističe kako se u današnje vrijeme sve mlađi pacijenti odlučuju na presađivanje kose i s tim postupkom kreću već s 30 godina.
“Kada nam pacijent krene tako mlad u sam proces presađivanja kose, to vrlo vjerojatno njemu nije zadnja transplantacija. Ako se prilikom transplantacije kose ne ošteti donorska regija, najčešće imamo mjesta za otprilike tri transplantacije.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Liječenje androgenetske alopecije nakon transplantacije”
Transplantacija kose postaje sve popularnija, ali uz ovaj zahvat dolazi i niz pitanja. Mnogi se pitaju što nakon presađivanja kose te koliko trajni mogu biti rezultati. Liječnici upozoravaju da, iako presađene dlake nisu podložne ispadanju, androgenetska alopecija (gubitak kose) nastavlja napredovati na preostalim dlakama, što znači da se i dalje treba boriti protiv nje.
“Iako transplantiramo kosu koja je otporna na ispadanje, važno je razumjeti da preostale dlake u području presađivanja i dalje podliježu procesima androgenetske alopecije”, objašnjava dr. Petković. Zbog toga, pacijentima se često preporučuju dodatni tretmani poput lijekova, losiona, šampona i suplemenata kako bi se usporio daljnji gubitak kose.
U slučajevima kada osoba ima jaku genetsku predispoziciju za potpuni gubitak kose, transplantacija kose može biti potrebna više puta, posebno kod mladih pacijenata, ako se alopecija nastavi unatoč liječenju.
“Strpljenje je ključno”
Kada je riječ o rezultatima, pacijenti moraju biti spremni na strpljenje. U prvim mjesecima nakon transplantacije obično se ne vidi značajan napredak. Folikule dlake prolaze kroz fazu opadanja i mirovanja, što može trajati od dva do tri mjeseca. No, već nakon šest mjeseci počinju se vidjeti prvi rezultati, a potpuni rezultat je vidljiv nakon 12 mjeseci.
“Nekada transplantacija može biti neuspješna”
Iako transplantacija kose obično daje dobre rezultate, postoje slučajevi kada zahvat može ne uspjeti. Ovisno o kvaliteti donorske regije, vrsti alopecije i tretmanima koje pacijent koristi, uspjeh transplantacije može varirati. Stoga je ključan detaljan razgovor s pacijentom kako bi se odredio najbolji pristup.
Nekim pacijentima koji odlaze na transplantaciju kose izvan Hrvatske često nije jasno što sve uključuje proces liječenja i oporavka. Liječnica naglašava važnost edukacije pacijenata o prirodi bolesti jer transplantacija kose nije rješenje za sve, već samo estetsko poboljšanje koje ne znači da je problem s opadanjem kose nestao.
“Androgenetska alopecija će nastaviti napredovati pa je ključno stalno liječenje i podrška nakon transplantacije”, kaže dr. Petković.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Pored tradicionalnih transplantacija na tjemenu, u Hrvatskoj raste interes za transplantacijom dlaka na obrvama i bradi. Stručnjaci ističu da su ovo trendovi koji prate globalne smjernice, a sve više žena traži transplantaciju obrva zbog ožiljne alopecije.
Također, među muškarcima postoji velika potražnja za transplantacijom brade, osobito među onima koji žele gustoću ili puniji izgled brade. Zanimljiv je i slučaj kada osoba s dobrom bradom postane donator za transplantaciju kose na tjemenu.
“Hrvati sve zainteresiraniji za sve oblike transplantacije”
Zanimljiv trend je da se sve više mladih ljudi odlučuje na ove zahvate. Najčešće se javljaju muškarci između 30. i 40. godine života, no u posljednje vrijeme dolazi i sve više mlađih pacijenata, pa čak i onih od 17 godina, zabrinutih zbog gubitka kose.
Dr. Petković napominje da je ključno razumjeti da uz suvremene metode liječenja, gubitak kose može biti odgođen. “Važno je što dulje očuvati naše vlasište”, kaže ona. Stoga, prije nego se odluče na transplantaciju, mladim pacijentima često savjetuje da prvo probaju terapijske opcije koje mogu usporiti proces.
Hrvati su u zadnje vrijeme poprilično zainteresirani za bilo kakav oblik transplantacije dlaka, bilo to vlasište, obrve ili brada. “Ja bih rekla osobno da su tome doprinijele javne ličnosti koje su maknule stigmu s tih zahvata. Oni su sada ponosni na svoju novu kosu, poprilično su zadovoljni, a i mislim da je poprilično dobar trend to što su cijene niže nego u odnosu na prethodne godine”, zaključuje.
Eric Musselman stares down at a pair of beat-up, brown boat shoes with his eyebrows raised. His smirk suggests I’ve chosen the wrong footwear for my first trip on the Muss Buss.
We’re standing in an auxiliary workout room at Galen Center a few minutes after USC wrapped morning practice in late July. And Musselman, a few months short of 60, looks prepared to run a half-marathon.
His first three months as USC’s men’s basketball coach were a full-on sprint, with a new staff to hire, a roster to rebuild and a hoops program to reinvigorate — not to mention roots to set down in the South Bay. But for Musselman, stamina has never been a question. He’s a workout fiend, just like his father, Bill, was before him. Every day, he walks or jogs or runs upwards of 10 miles, no matter where the job takes him or how packed his day is. And he’s never just walking or jogging or running. He’s always multitasking, sending reminder texts or listening to podcasts or highlighting passages from articles he’s compiled and printed.
USC men’s basketball coach Eric Musselman walks on a treadmill at Galen Center on July 31.
(Dania Maxwell/Los Angeles Times)
The plan was for The Times to join Musselman during his preferred beachside walk along the Strand, a few blocks from where he lives. But practice was moved to the morning, which meant shifting his required steps to a treadmill.
A treadmill feels like an ironic place to meet Musselman, someone who always seems to be moving towards something. To Muss — which is how his family refers to him — standing still is not acceptable. He is constantly seeking answers to new questions that stretch beyond the bounds of his day job. Working with Muss means consenting to more than the normal share of 5 a.m. text messages.
“If I wasn’t there to put a stop to it, he’d be texting people every night until he fell asleep,” his wife, Danyelle, says. She laughs. “Most people are not wired to that level.”
But if you’re a part of his program, you’re expected to keep pace.
“We gotta keep the coffee running, for sure,” said Anthony Ruta, a longtime assistant. “It’s six, seven, eight cups to keep up.”
Muss, meanwhile, has no use for caffeine. Managing every detail of his hoops program keeps him plenty stimulated. And rest assured, he has thoughts on every detail. Marketing. Social media strategy. Student section morale. Michael Musselman, the head coach’s son and assistant, has found crude drawings of team T-shirt designs left on his desk more than once.
One day, at Arkansas, Muss burst into his son’s office wondering if they could conceive and develop a video game for the team in his spare time.
“I can barely play video games, let alone develop one,” Michael says now. “It might sound crazy. But that — isn’t that what makes great coaches great?”
Since he came to the college game a decade ago, Muss has won 236 games — posting a 69.1% career win percentage that nestles him right between Tom Izzo (70.9%) and Mick Cronin (68.3%) among active Big Ten coaches. Four of his six trips to the NCAA tournament have lasted until the second weekend. At the height of his success at Arkansas, he led a long-suffering Razorback hoops program on consecutive trips to the Elite Eight.
He’s been just as successful in selling programs to the public. At Nevada and Arkansas, attendance and season-ticket sales soared after his arrival.
USC men’s basketball coach Eric Musselman, center, poses with his family: mother Kris, son Michael, wife Danyelle and daughter Mariah. They are joined for a photo with USC mascot Traveler before Eric Musselman’s introductory news conference on April 5.
(Myung J. Chun/Los Angeles Times)
“Every place he’s coached,” says Todd Lee, his longtime assistant, “they fill the arena. He always has ideas for making it happen.”
With that in mind, you can see the case for bringing Muss to L.A., where USC hoops struggled to translate some deep tournament runs into fan enthusiasm and championships under previous coach Andy Enfield. In hiring Muss last April, USC athletic director Jennifer Cohen handed the program to a coach on the opposite end of the spectrum from Enfield, who never seemed comfortable commanding attention in a crowded hoops scene.
Musselman is more the type to tear his shirt off after a big win. He’s shirtless more than most major college basketball coaches, a fact that he says he’d probably change about himself if he could. But that intensity has another, uglier side. In 2022, according to the San Diego Union-Tribune, Musselman got into a confrontation after a win at the Maui Invitational during which he cursed at a group of opposing fans. He’s no stranger to being held back from confronting referees either.
That level of passion might not be for everyone but for Muss, it is rooted deep in his DNA. His father, Bill, who had a long, successful career coaching hoops, was known for a similar fervor. A book written about him was entitled “Obsession”, and he once famously said that defeat was worse than death “because you have to live with defeat.”
Cavaliers president Ted J. Stepien introduces new head coach Bill Musselman during a news conference in Cleveland, Ohio, on June 13, 1980. Musselman replaced Stan Albeck, who was released from his Cleveland contract to become head coach of the Spurs.
(Uncredited / Associated Press)
Ask anyone who has spent time in his orbit — players, staff, even immediate family — and they will tell you that Muss, like his father before him, demands a great deal from those around him.
“The expectations are always super high with him,” says Gus Argenal, who worked with Musselman at Arkansas and now coaches at Cal State San Bernardino. “Everybody is operating in that world where every day is kind of the Super Bowl, right?”
To many who have played with him or coached alongside him, that’s precisely what makes Musselman special. Others feel less warm and fuzzy about it. Whispers about Musselman being hard to work with have followed him since his NBA days.
“It’s not always easy to work for people who push you to do more, accomplish more, be more than you’ve ever done in the past,” Michael explains. “That’s not a comfortable feeling. But we don’t want it to be comfortable.”
That drive guided him back to the game after flaming out as a young coach in the NBA. And at USC, it’s the Trojans’ best hope of jump-starting a program that has never quite caught fire.
“Year 1 is always the hardest,” Muss says. “I don’t know when it will be. But my vision is that this building will be sold out.”
Back at Galen Center, months before the season begins, his treadmill roars to life, and I realize I have no other choice but to step onto the machine next to Musselman.
During the next hour, as he lays out how he made it to USC, Muss talks mid-jog, never once slowing down to catch his breath. Meanwhile, walking alongside him — and failing to keep up — I’ve sweat completely through my polo shirt. The sole of my left boat shoe comes loose.
This is a small sample of life on the Muss Bus.
By late February, it feels like the wheels are falling off at USC.
Musselman sits behind a microphone, frustrated after a fourth straight defeat — this one doomed, the coach says, by “the worst defense I’ve ever had a team play in my college tenure.” He spent much of the loss to Ohio State screaming at the refs or throwing his hands up in exasperation.
It has been that kind of season for USC and its coach. Injuries struck early. The Big Ten schedule wore them down late. There were moments, sprinkled throughout, when it seemed USC found something. But then leading scorer Desmond Claude hurt his knee. Two close losses, to Minnesota and Northwestern, let any remaining air out of the Trojans’ tires.
“I told you guys a long time ago about our team,” Musselman said from the podium. “We have to play near-flawless to win basketball games.”
USC men’s basketball coach Eric Musselman shouts during a loss to UCLA at Pauley Pavilion on Saturday.
(Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)
It’s true — Musselman was honest about his team’s shortcomings from the start. And now most everything he warned of in July had flared up by February. The uncertain frontcourt. The lack of rim protection. The dearth of point guards. Tonight, he’ll lament their lack of lateral foot speed.
What he didn’t anticipate was the toll that Big Ten road travel would exact on his team. A couple days earlier, their flight from New Jersey didn’t arrive back in L.A. until 5 a.m. It felt, to Musselman, like an NBA schedule. Except, his players had to be back at class by 9 that morning.
Two days later, they’re still exhausted. “I feel terrible today,” said Wesley Yates, the Trojans’ breakout guard. The coach looks just as worn down. It’s been a long few weeks.
He hoped to be further along than this by now.
“We’re building,” he assures from the podium. But on a night like this, it’s hard to feel that way.
“We’re not where we want to be right now,” Musselman said. “We’re not where we’ve been in the past.”
Flying high above Mount Rushmore on a helicopter tour in 1988, Pat Hall was trying his best to woo the 23-year old he hoped would take the helm of his South Dakota semi-pro team, the Rapid City Thrillers.
Eric Musselman had hoped to join his father’s staff with the Minnesota Timberwolves. But Bill Musselman wouldn’t hire his son before he blazed his own path, and his mother suggested he try anything but coaching. Which is how he ended up in the plains of South Dakota, laying out for Hall a step-by-step plan to take his Continental Basketball Assn. team to the top.
Hall, who had worked before with Musselman’s father, was blown away by the presentation, which included plans not only to revamp the roster, but also to inject energy into the whole operation, from marketing and media to in-game entertainment.
“This kid was incredibly organized at 23,” Hall said. “And his energy level was so high. It felt like he must stay up 24 hours a day. So I hired him.”
In Rapid City, Musselman learned how to manage every facet of a basketball operation. He turned a losing roster right away into one of the best in the CBA. Then, to save the team money, he took on coaching duties, too. He was the youngest in league history when he was hired in 1989.
Just as quickly, Muss managed to turn the Thrillers into a must-see spectacle. That’s what still sticks with Hall most 40 years later. He was as good at capturing attention as conceptualizing a roster. Maybe better.
“He was just like a bolt of lightning,” said Hall, who still works in real estate in South Dakota. “There was electricity wherever Eric Musselman went.”
So much of what Muss learned about entertaining crowds came from his father, who famously staged his own Harlem Globetrotter-style warm-ups. Following his lead, Muss flew in big-name acts to Rapid City, like the Laker girls or Dallas Cowboy cheerleaders, to perform and came up with outside-the-box promotions to get fans in the door. Before long, they were coming en masse. Muss was always there to greet them.
“People were literally scalping for Thrillers tickets,” he says.
Sacramento Kings coach Eric Musselman talks to Ron Artest during a game against the Golden State Warriors in 2006.
(MARCIO JOSE SANCHEZ / Associated Press)
A few of his promotions made headlines. Once, Hall got a call from NBA commissioner David Stern, whom, he says, was “hotter than a pistol.” Word of Michael Jordan’s gambling habits were circulating, so Musselman put together a “BE LIKE MIKE” promotion: The team would give away season tickets to fans who were still gambling at the local casino at 1:30 a.m.
The league wasn’t happy. Neither was Jordan’s agent. “He called and said the only thing that was going to be left of me when he was done was a pair of cowboy boots,” Hall recalls.
Hall ran to Musselman’s office. The coach started laughing.
“I guess we got the publicity we wanted,” Musselman told him.
Musselman left the CBA with the second-highest winning percentage in league history. But the goal had always been to make it to the NBA. He coached briefly on his father’s staff in Minnesota, only for the Timberwolves to clean house soon after. Bill Musselman spent the rest of his life longing to be an NBA head coach again, while his son chased the same dream, bouncing between Rapid City and another semi-pro league before Chuck Daly hired him to join his Orlando Magic staff in 1998.
Bill died from heart and kidney failure in 2000, two years before his son got the chance both of them were waiting for.
Musselman was only 37 when he was hired to coach the hapless Golden State Warriors. It wasn’t like turning around Rapid City. But he still managed to lead the Warriors to 39 wins in his first season, their best record in a decade. He even finished second in NBA Coach of the Year voting, behind Hall of Fame coach Gregg Popovich.
But the situation went sideways in Year 2. Players clashed with him over playing time. Then, the situation with upper management soured. “Chris Mullin was being groomed to take over [as general manager],” Musselman says now. And Mullin, the recently retired franchise star, had a different vision.
“In the NBA, if you talk and act a certain way, you won’t last a season,” Musselman says. “You want to push and get the most out of your guys and their potential. But there’s a delivery and a way that has to be of a certain temperament.”
Kings coach Eric Musselman leans his head against his hand in the closing moments of the team’s season-ending loss to the Lakers on April 18, 2007.
(Rich Pedroncelli / Associated Press)
He figured that when he got another opportunity as a head coach, the circumstances would be easier to navigate.
Instead his one season in Sacramento, in 2006, proved to be the most stressful of his coaching life. Several Kings players still wanted to play for the previous coach, Rick Adelman, while the general manager, Geoff Petrie, didn’t agree with ownership’s decision to hire Musselman. Then, in the preseason, Musselman was arrested for DUI. All the while, Musselman was navigating a divorce, driving back and forth in traffic to see his kids, who were living with their mother in the Bay Area.
For the first time in his career, he felt worn down. All he ever wanted was to be an NBA coach, but when the Kings fired him, after a 33-49 season, he was certain he needed to step away.
So at 42, for the first time in his life, he set basketball aside. He focused on spending time with his two sons, Michael and Matthew, instead. He married Danyelle, and together, they had a daughter.
Still, he couldn’t stay away. He found his fix in the form of his son’s AAU team. He told Michael that he’d only coach the team until they lost a game … not expecting that they’d win 59 straight.
“By the end, he was working every night, trying to recruit the state’s best talent to his team,” Danyelle says.
He was so caught up in the competition by that point that it took another parent pointing it out to notice his son was no longer cracking his own rotation. It was an eye-opening moment; he never coached another AAU game after that.
He was sitting in the carpool lane at Michael’s school, when he says it hit him like an epiphany. He came home and told Danyelle it was time to get back to coaching.
Musselman wasn’t sure then where that instinct would lead him. At one point, he and Danyelle even found themselves contemplating a new life in Russia.
They flew to St. Petersburg in 2009 for an interview with BC Spartak, a professional team in the Russian Super League. It had been almost three years since he last coached. When they offered him the job, he seriously considered it.
Then, on their last day in Russia, they tried to go out to dinner. The night was a disaster. They couldn’t communicate their order at the restaurant. They could barely get around in a cab. Danyelle, who was pregnant at the time, worried about what that might mean in a totally new world. We can’t do this, they decided.
He wasn’t sure where to turn next. Was the NBA even a real option? Recent history wasn’t exactly encouraging.
“I researched how many coaches got third opportunities,” Musselman said. “It’s not many.”
He took the job in 2011 as head coach of the Reno Bighorns in the NBA’s D-League, hoping it might be enough just to be adjacent to the NBA. And when the Lakers called the next season, asking him to coach their affiliate, the D-Fenders, he wondered if he was getting closer. The D-Fenders set a league record for wins, Musselman was named coach of the year and still no NBA teams came calling.
College basketball had never really been on his radar, even as friends tried for years to convince him he’d be a natural. He’d spent his life laser-focused on the NBA. But the universe was telling him to pivot. He listened.
He took an assistant job at Arizona State in 2012 and moved into a furnished place in Tempe, with only his clothes in tow. He expected to land a head job right away.
“I’m thinking, I’m a two-time NBA head coach, let me get some experience recruiting, and some AD will hire me,” Musselman said. “Never happened.”
Nevada coach Eric Musselman speaks with his players during a game against Tulsa on Nov. 22, 2018 in Las Vegas.
(John Locher / Associated Press)
His resume wasn’t convincing any athletic directors. He couldn’t understand why. Neither could Hall, who tried pleading with the AD at South Dakota, a school with zero NCAA tournament appearances, to consider him.
“He carried this cloud with him,” Hall says. “People were looking for reasons not to hire him.”
One athletic director, Musselman recalls, fell asleep during his interview. But at least that school gave him an interview. Minnesota once canceled his plane ticket the day of his flight. When San Jose State had a vacancy in 2013, he offered to drive over and wait outside of the AD’s office. They told him not to bother. That same spring, he was so desperate that he wrote a letter to the athletic director at Campbell, inquiring about the Camels’ open job. He never got a response.
It was, Musselman admits, “a super humbling time for me.”
“The lack of respect was just mind-boggling,” he said.
After two seasons at Arizona State, he moved back to the Bay Area, unsure of where his career was headed. Then, an old friend called. Flip Saunders, who played for his dad and worked for him in Rapid City, wanted Musselman to join him on the Timberwolves staff. Louisiana State , meanwhile, wanted him as its top assistant, working closely with future No. 1 pick Ben Simmons.
It was a difficult decision. Here was a chance, maybe his last, to return to the NBA ranks. But Musselman chose the college route, hoping a head job would follow close behind. This time he was right.
He returned to Reno a year later as head coach at Nevada. He’d spent his entire coaching career bouncing around, never staying in one place too long. But now the timing felt perfect. His youngest son, Matthew, was just starting high school in the Bay Area.
“Within a year and a half at Nevada, the building was being sold out,” Ruta said.
The one college job he’d always wanted, at his alma mater San Diego, came open around that same time. But he chose to stay in Reno. He’d end up staying four years, longer than any of his previous stops. His son joined the staff, and Nevada made the tournament in three straight seasons. Along the way, he says, he turned down other bigger programs to stay.
“I think about it all the time,” Musselman says now, “What would have happened if I stayed married to my career for those eight years?”
His final season in Reno, one of his star players, Cody Martin, mused about Musselman becoming an NBA coach again. He found himself wondering more and more about it. He still had a chip on his shoulder, from over a decade earlier.
“I didn’t prove what I wanted to prove in the NBA,” Musselman said, “and I thought then if somebody gave me a chance, I’d be so humbled by it, so motivated.”
Arkansas coach Eric Musselman celebrates with fans after a second-round NCAA tournament game March 18, 2023.
(Charlie Neibergall / Associated Press)
But the call never came. He left for Arkansas, where the basketball program had languished for years since winning a national championship in 1994, and in Year 2, Musselman took the Razorbacks to the Elite Eight. Once again, ticket sales soared. When his last season at Arkansas went awry, it felt like a sign. So he canvassed the available jobs last spring.
“I talked to Louisville, talked to DePaul,” Musselman said. “But the minute [USC] came open, if they had interest, we were taking it.”
It felt, to the entire family, like a perfect fit. His mother was already living in Southern California. His daughter, Mariah, was about to start high school. “We didn’t care about years, money,” he says. “We wanted that job.”
It was also another program in desperate need of a spark, struggling to sustain interest. The circumstances felt familiar.
The process moved quickly. Cohen, USC’s athletic director, even made a point to involve Danyelle in the process.
“Within a week, they were at our house picking us up,” Danyelle says.
As far as she is concerned, it’s the last time that they’ll be moving. Their daughter, Mariah, started her freshman year at Mira Costa High in the fall. They have no intention of switching her schools during the next four years.
Though, Danyelle takes it one step further: “I told [Muss], ‘This is it!’” she says. She bought new furniture for the house, just to hammer the point home.
Eric Musselman and USC athletic director Jennifer Cohen hold up his jersey during Musselman’s introductory news conference on April 5.
(Myung J. Chun/Los Angeles Times)
“The stuff she’s doing to the house, I’ll ask her, ‘Why’d you get that?’” Musselman said. “And she’ll say, ‘Well, because we’re not going anywhere.’”
Musselman doesn’t seem to mind that idea. His assistants insist, too, that he fits well in L.A. He loves waking up to walk the Strand. Loves the city’s pro sports scene. Loves the USC brand. Consider then that the area is overflowing with young talent. You can see how someone might settle in. Michael, his son, calls it “a dream job.”
What a dream job means for Musselman has changed considerably since he started coaching, yearning to make it to the NBA. But he’s not chasing the league anymore. His last NBA job in Sacramento was almost 20 years ago. And he has been on this treadmill long enough now to know how valuable it is to find the right job.
It’s a rainy night in Los Angeles, the last at Galen Center this season. The Trojans are limping into March, losers in seven of their last eight games. A month ago, they stood firmly on the NCAA tournament bubble. Now they were tiptoeing along the cutline for the conference tournament.
This, needless to say, is not where Musselman intended his team to be by the end of his first season. All Wednesday night, he seemed to wear that frustration. Even as USC rolled to a much-needed 31-point win over Washington, saving its season for at least a few more nights, Musselman paced the sideline with his arms crossed and his brow furrowed, looking unsatisfied. With 45 seconds left and USC up by 30, he shouted at a walk-on for taking an ill-advised, step-back three-pointer.
USC coach Eric Musselman reacts in the closing moments of the Trojans’ 68-60 loss to Oregon at the Galen Center on Dec. 4.
(Gina Ferazzi/Los Angeles Times)
Asked about his mood later, Musselman said: “I wear my emotions on my sleeve. Pretty evident.”
“The people I’ve worked for and worked around “you try to coach for perfection every possession.”
That notion has driven Eric Musselman all his coaching life, just as it drove his father before him. Nothing has come easy at USC so far. But it didn’t at other stops, either. He has built programs with far less at his fingertips.
“I’ve been through it,” Musselman said. “You can’t let the team see you flinch.”
But there’s no mistaking Musselman’s frustration at the hand he’s been dealt this season. He can’t help but wonder aloud what might have been different if Claude hadn’t gotten hurt. Or Terrance Williams. Or Matt Knowling. What if their travel schedule was more efficient? He says he doesn’t want to make excuses.
But as the season enters its final stretch, he laments not doing enough to energize USC fans. Fewer than 6,000 were in the stands Wednesday night.
“I don’t know if there was much progress,” Musselman said. “There will be next year.”
USC coach Eric Musselman poses for a portrait at the Galen Center on July 31.
(Dania Maxwell/Los Angeles Times)
A top-10 recruit, Alijah Arenas, will join USC then, giving Musselman a star to build around. Rising star Yates said last week that he’s “locked in” with Musselman, while Claude could also return.
“There will be a lot of effort put in by all of us,” the coach promises. “We want to grow next year.”
Building a program, he knows, takes time.
But standing still, for Eric Musselman, is not an option. And at USC, there’s still a lot of ground to cover.
An earthquake of magnitude 4.3 on Richter Scale jolted Myanmar on Sunday, a statement by the National Centre for Seismology said.
Dangerous earthquake in Myanmar: Is your travel destination at risk?(Representative file photo)
As per the NCS, the earthquake occurred at a depth of 125km.
In a post on X, the NCS said, “EQ of M: 4.3, On: 09/03/2025 13:25:12 IST, Lat: 25.03 N, Long: 95.28 E, Depth: 125 Km, Location: Myanmar.”
Earlier on March 3, an earthquake of magnitude 4.2 on Richter Scale jolted Myanmar, a statement by the National Centre for Seismology said.
As per the NCS, the earthquake occurred at a shallow depth of 10km, making it more susceptible to aftershocks.
“EQ of M: 4.2, On: 03/03/2025 10:15:49 IST, Lat: 24.85 N, Long: 95.93 E, Depth: 10 Km, Location: Myanmar.”
Shallow earthquakes like this one are more dangerous than deeper ones due to their greater energy release closer to the Earth’s surface, causing stronger ground shaking and increased damage to structures and casualties, compared to deeper earthquakes which lose energy as they travel to the surface.
Although Myanmar is an earthquake-prone country, there has not been proposed an official national seismic hazard map.
Due to the collision between the Eurasian and Indo-Australian plates, Myanmar is an area with a high seismic hazard level. According to the earthquake parameters summarized by the International Seismological Centre around 140 events with magnitude greater than or equal to 3.0 have taken place in Myanmar and its vicinity every year from 1990 to 2019.Thus, it is evident that Myanmar is vulnerable to hazards from moderate and large magnitude earthquakes, including tsunami hazards along its long coastline.
The Sagaing Fault elevates the seismic hazard for Sagaing, Mandalay, Bago, and Yangon, which together represent 46 per cent of the population of Myanmar. Although Yangon is relatively far from the fault trace, it still suffers from significant risk due to its dense population. For instance, in 1903, an intensive earthquake with magnitude 7.0 that occurred in Bago also struck Yangon.
The Nintendo Switch 2 price tag will be officially revealed during the upcoming Nintendo Direct conference on April 2.
However, most analysts believe the console will cost around $399 for US customers, which is around £320 in the UK.
Of course, these predictions don’t take into account political developments, such as the introduction of tariffs between the US and China.
As pointed out by industry analyst Daniel Ahmad, tariffs introduced by the Trump administration could have an impact on the cost of importing products like smartphones, video game consoles and laptops.
With many of the manufacturing duties taking place in China, there’s a chance these items could be hit with a minimum 20% tariff when being imported into the US.
Ahmad’s tweet – which can be seen below – also mentions how tariffs on Mexico could affect the price of physical discs. While some tariffs have been temporarily paused, there’s a chance they could be re-introduced at a moment’s notice.
As Ahmad points out in a follow-up message, some companies have shifted manufacturing to other parts of Southeast Asia, which will hopefully offset the additional charges.
The worry for UK customers is that continued shifts in manufacturing locations makes it more expensive to make the console and that the costs are passed to the customer.
We’ll have to wait until the Nintendo Direct conference on April 2 to find out more.
There’s so much drama going on with Nissan at the moment, but its X-Trail is the definition of drama-free.
This is a mid-sized SUV that’s sensible to a fault, which is probably why it remains one of the most popular vehicles in its segment. And it’s growing in popularity, with sales up over 36 per cent last year.
Evidently Nissan’s drama hasn’t touched the X-Trail, then.
The mid-sized SUV segment is Australia’s largest by volume, and with that comes an extraordinary number of options. How does the X-Trail stack up, and does it deserve to be on your shortlist?
We’ve put an X-Trail N-Trek to the test, a new variant launched in 2024.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2023 Nissan X-Trail Ti-L AWD
Despite a name and design cues that suggest an extra degree of ruggedness, it’s mechanically unchanged. However, the extra kit it brings extends beyond cosmetic enhancements.
How does the Nissan X-Trail compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Nissan X-Trail against similarly sized vehicles.
Nissan
X-Trail
How much does the Nissan X-Trail cost?
On test we have the N-Trek FWD, which starts from $48,065 before on-road costs. An AWD version with seven seats is also available from $51,165 plus on-roads.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Nissan X-Trail ST five-seat FWD
$38,025
2025 Nissan X-Trail ST seven-seat AWD
$41,065
2025 Nissan X-Trail ST-L five-seat FWD
$44,465
2025 Nissan X-Trail ST-L seven-seat AWD
$47,565
2025 Nissan X-Trail N-Trek five-seat FWD
$48,065
2025 Nissan X-Trail ST-L e-Power five-seat AWD
$50,765
2025 Nissan X-Trail N-Trek seven-seat AWD
$51,165
2025 Nissan X-Trail Ti five-seat AWD
$51,265
2025 Nissan X-Trail Ti-L five-seat AWD
$54,265
2025 Nissan X-Trail Ti e-Power five-seat AWD
$55,465
2025 Nissan X-Trail Ti-L e-Power five-seat AWD
$59,265
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Nissan X-Trail like on the inside?
The X-Trail’s interior mightn’t be the flashiest in the segment, but its mix of high-quality materials, tactile physical switchgear and a handsome overall design make this one of our favourite mid-sized SUV cabins.
The two-tone brown and black colourway carries over from the ST-L, and it’s an acquired taste. But the wood-look inserts and stitching details on the dash and centre console give this a more upmarket appearance than some rivals, while gloss-black trim is kept to a minimum.
We appreciate the use of soft-touch trim not just on the dashboard and the top half of the front doors, but also on the sides of the centre console where your knees may rest.
The only thing really letting down the ambience is the lack of LED interior lighting, while the gear shifter feels a bit cheap in operation.
Visibility out of the X-Trail is good, and we especially appreciate the presence of a washer function for the rear wiper in case you kick up a little dust.
The N-Trek’s $3600 premium over an equivalent ST-L is a tall order, but this trim level does bring a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster and a 10.8-inch head-up display.
The former is fine, but the latter is an excellent inclusion as it allows you to keep your eyes on the road ahead.
The digital instrument cluster has the same annoying quirk of the screen in lesser X-Trails, wherein activating cruise control by default changes the screen over to a special cruise control display. But this is a minor gripe and easily sorted.
The infotainment system responds quickly, has a fairly intuitive menu structure, and has anchored shortcut buttons on the right-hand side. There’s also a surround-view camera display with acceptable resolution.
Measuring 12.3 inches, the system has a competitively sized touchscreen, too. For 2025, wireless Apple CarPlay and wireless Android Auto are standard fitment, while you can charge devices with a choice of USB-A or USB-C outlets or a wireless phone charger.
We had an annoying issue with the infotainment system, wherein activating Android Auto didn’t automatically connect Bluetooth, and we continued to get a pop-up message saying unable to connect to the device and to please check the device… only for us to go to the main menu and find the phone was connected.
We’re glad to see Nissan has stuck with plenty of physical switchgear. That includes an array of buttons plus a couple of tactile knobs for the climate control, as well as physical switches for volume control, the heated seats, and other key functions.
Storage up front is excellent, with a handy storage shelf under the centre console that will fit some handbags, plus bottle holders in the doors that can fit 1.5-litre bottles.
Unique to the N-Trek is water-resistant leatherette trim, which is pleasantly inoffensive.
The second-row bench is comfortable, and the X-Trail has plenty of space back here in every direction with only minimal intrusion from the driveline hump.
The rear seats can slide and recline and split and fold 60:40, while there are two ISOFIX and three top-tether anchor points for child seats.
Amenities include two USB-C outlets, air vents, map pockets on the seatbacks, and a fold-down armrest with cupholders.
There’s no third row in the front-wheel drive N-Trek, but one comes standard in the all-wheel drive model.
The all-wheel drive model’s third row is only designed for small children, however it’s often handy to have a third row if grandma is coming along for the drive and you need to banish a child to the farthest reaches of the cabin to make room.
You’ll need to decide if you’re willing to pay $3100 for the convenience, especially considering the third row doesn’t bring with it features like air vents or child-seat anchor points. There’s a split-level boot floor, under which sits a space-saver spare.
Nissan quotes boot space of 585L behind the second row, measured to the roof. It doesn’t provide a figure for total space when the second row is folded.
Dimensions
Nissan X-Trail N-Trek FWD
Length
4680mm
Width
1840mm
Height
1725mm
Wheelbase
2705mm
Boot space
585L
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The non-e-Power X-Trail range is powered by a 2.5-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder petrol engine, driving either the front or all four wheels, depending on variant.
Specifications
Nissan X-Trail N-Trek FWD
Engine
2.5L 4cyl petrol
Power
135kW @ 6000rpm
Torque
244Nm @ 3600rpm
Transmission
CVT
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
Weight (kerb)
1578kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.4L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
7.2L/100km (inner-city, suburban, highway loop) 9L/100km (over the course of a week)
Fuel tank capacity
55 litres
Fuel requirement
91 octane regular unleaded
CO2 emissions
174g/km
Braked towing capacity
2000kg
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the Nissan X-Trail drive?
The X-Trail offers a pleasant, middle-of-the-road driving experience.
Given Nissan isn’t marketing this as some canyon-carving performance SUV, that’s entirely fine. It’s zippy around town, easy to steer, and generally quiet and comfortable, hitting all the key requirements for a family-oriented mid-sized SUV.
Featuring an upgraded version of the previous-generation X-Trail’s underpinnings, the Nissan isn’t a clean-sheet design. It also first entered production back in 2020, even though it didn’t arrive here until 2022.
Some mid-sized SUVs have come along since which offer greater ride comfort. Don’t get us wrong: the X-Trail is generally smooth. However, across some divots and such, the suspension can react somewhat harshly.
On rougher roads, it also fidgets a bit, despite not having a particularly firm or sporty suspension tune.
Nissan has stuck with the venerable 2.5-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder for our market, despite a turbocharged three-cylinder being offered abroad.
While that doesn’t sound particularly exciting, the CVT does a good job keeping the engine in its optimum torque band and the X-Trail feels surprisingly zippy around town. We had no problem overtaking or squeezing into gaps in traffic, and this is a powertrain that feels better in reality than it looks on paper.
Too heavy a right foot and you can also chirp the front tyres, though it’s nowhere near the worst offender in this segment.
The engine doesn’t have the most exhilarating soundtrack, but not too much of the noise enters the cabin. More noticeable is the tyre roar noticeable at highway speeds, which makes the cabin a bit boomy.
The lane-keep assist doesn’t appear to default to on, which is good news if you hate such features.
There’s also a more aggressive lane-centring function, activated via a button to the right of the steering wheel, which does a good job of keeping you positioned in your lane but never lets you forget it’s working. It also dings whenever it can’t detect a lane marking.
Speaking of steering, the Nissan’s tiller is a bit lifeless. It’s light, making parking a breeze, but on winding roads there isn’t a natural build-up of weight. This makes the X-Trail feel unengaging to drive despite its generally well-controlled body roll.
If you’re after something sporty in this segment, we’d steer you towards something like a Mazda CX-5 or Volkswagen Tiguan, but we reckon for the typical family buyer the X-Trail strikes a more than acceptable balance.
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
The X-Trail has a sprawling range with a choice of both naturally aspirated and hybrid powertrains, front- or all-wheel drive, and five trim levels.
X-Trail ST equipment highlights:
Proximity entry with approach unlocking and walkaway locking
17-inch alloy wheels
Automatic LED headlights
Auto-folding, heated mirrors
Roof rails
Fabric upholstery
Paddle shifters
7.0-inch digital instrument cluster
8.0-inch infotainment touchscreen
DAB+ radio
6-speaker sound system
4 x USB points (one USB-A, two USB-C front and rear)
Wired Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Space-saver spare wheel
X-Trail ST-L adds:
18-inch alloy wheels
Privacy glass
Front parking sensors
Fog lights
Dual-zone climate control
Synthetic leather-accented seats
Heated front seats
Power driver’s seat
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Satellite navigation
Wireless phone charger
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Auto-dimming rear mirror
Sliding rear seats, 40:20:40 folding
‘Divide-N-Hide’ cargo area system
X-Trail N-Trek adds:
Dark-finish grille surround, lower front bumpers, mirrors, door handles and roof rails
Unique 18-inch wheels
LED fog lights
Water-resistant synthetic leather
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
10.8-inch head-up display
X-Trail Ti adds (over ST-L):
19-inch alloy wheels
Panoramic sunroof
Adaptive LED headlights
Digital rear-view mirror
Rain-sensing wipers
Tri-zone climate control
Real leather-accented seats
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
10.8-inch head-up display
10-way power-adjustable front passenger seat with power lumbar
Ambient console lighting
Hands-free power tailgate
X-Trail Ti-L adds:
Reverse-tilt power mirrors with memory
Remote engine start
Heated steering wheel
Quilted Nappa leather upholstery
Driver’s seat memory
Heated outboard second-row seats
Rear door sunshades
Ambient interior lighting (door)
Side mirrors with tilt-to-reverse
Bose 10-speaker sound system
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Nissan X-Trail safe?
The Nissan X-Trail was awarded a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on crash testing of the related Qashqai in 2021. The rating covers all models, including petrol and hybrid variants.
Category
MAKE MODEL
Adult occupant protection
91 per cent
Child occupant protection
90 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
74 per cent
Safety assist
97 per cent
Standard safety features include:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, cyclist detection
Junction assist
Reverse AEB with pedestrian detection
Blind-spot assist
Lane departure warning
Lane-keep assist
Traffic sign recognition
Automatic high-beam
Adaptive cruise control
Reversing camera
Rear parking sensors
7 airbags incl. front-centre airbag
ST-L and above add:
ProPILOT with active lane-centring function
Surround-view camera
Front parking sensors
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Nissan X-Trail cost to run?
The X-Trail now boasts the longest warranty in its segment, with 10 years or 300,000km of coverage provided you service within the Nissan dealer network.
Servicing and Warranty
Nissan X-Trail N-Trek FWD
Warranty
10 years or 300,000km
Roadside assistance
10 years or 300,000km (service-activated)
Service intervals
12 months or 10,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$399 each $1995 in total
Should you cease servicing at a Nissan dealer, the warranty drops down to a five-year, unlimited-kilometre offering.
You can also buy a pre-paid service plan and save 10 per cent compared to paying for each service as they come.
To see how the Nissan X-Trail stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Nissan X-Trail
The Nissan X-Trail is like a classic roast dinner.
It’s not the most exciting thing in its segment, but it’s hearty and satisfying.
The standard 2.5-litre engine isn’t as impressive a powertrain as the e-Power hybrid, but it’s got a class-competitive amount of get up and go and fuel economy.
The interior is spacious, comfortable, high-quality and nearly presented, while the driving dynamics are solid if unexciting.
The X-Trail won’t set your pulse racing, but sometimes you just need something safe, comfortable and drama-free.
Let’s hope Nissan can find those qualities in a new partner.
Power Finance Corporation (PFC) will declare its 4th interim dividend for FY 2024-25 on March 12, 2025. The board will also consider a fund-raising proposal. PFC has an annual dividend yield of 3.18%.
PFC to announce 4th interim dividend on March 12.
Power Finance Corporation Interim Dividend 2025: Power Finance Corporation (PFC) is all set to declare the 4th interim dividend for the financial year ending March 31, 2025. In the filing, the PSU informed the board meeting to be held on March 12, 2025 to consider the fund raising proposal and declaration of 4th interim dividend for FY2024-25.
“…it is informed that a meeting of the Board of Directors of Power Finance Corporation Limited (PFC) will be held on Wednesday, March 12, 2025, inter-alia to consider the following proposals:
1. Raising of resources i.e. Market Borrowing program for the Financial Year 2025-2026 through issuance of bonds, term loans, Commercial Paper etc. from domestic & international markets.
2. Declaration of 4th Interim Dividend, if any, for FY 2024-25,” the company said in the filing.
PFC shares ended at Rs 401.25 apiece last week with a fall of -1.06 per cent.
Power Finance Corporation (PFC) Dividend History
Earlier, PFC announced interim dividends for three times. The first interim dividend was of Rs 3.25 per equity share with ex-date falling on August 30, 2024. The second and third interim dividends were of Rs 3.50 each with ex-dates falling on November 11, 2024 and February 28, 2025, respectively.
Power Finance Corporation (PFC) Dividend Yield
Power Finance Corporation has an annual dividend yield of 3.18 per cent.
Power Finance Corporation (PFC) Q3FY25 Results
Power Finance Corporation (PFC) reported a consolidated net profit of Rs 5,829 crore for the December quarter, marking a significant 23% increase compared to Rs 4,727 crore in the same period last year. This growth was driven by a 14% rise in total revenue from operations, which reached Rs 26,798 crore in Q3FY25, up from Rs 23,571 crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous financial year.
About PFC
Incorporated on July 16th, 1986, Power Finance Corporation Ltd. is a Schedule-A Maharatna CPSE, and is a leading Non-Banking Financial Corporation in the Country. PFC’s registered office is located at New Delhi and regional offices are located at Mumbai and Chennai.
News business » markets Power Finance Corporation Dividend 2025: PFC To Announce 4th Cash Reward For FY25 On March 12
Render (RENDER), one of the top-tier crypto AI projects, is poised for a price decline due to the formation of bearish price action on the four-hour time frame.
Bearish Market Sentiment
As of today, March 9, 2025, the overall cryptocurrency market sentiment appears bearish. Leading assets like Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), and XRP have experienced notable price declines, influencing the broader market and contributing to a major downturn across the sector.
RENDER is currently trading near $3.45 and has registered a price drop of over 3.55% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume declined by 55%, indicating lower participation from traders and investors as the price reached a crucial level.
RENDER Price Action and Upcoming Levels
According to expert technical analysis, RENDER has formed a bearish head and shoulders pattern on the four-hour time frame and is on the verge of a neckline breakdown at $3.40.
Based on recent price momentum and historical patterns, if the asset breaches the neckline and closes a daily candle below $3.35, there is a strong possibility of a 30% decline, potentially reaching the $2.22 level in the coming days.
Source: Trading View
Besides this bearish price action, RENDER’s Exponential Moving Average (EMA) indicates that the asset is still in a downtrend, which may be contributing to the lack of participation from traders and investors.
Traders Over-Leveraged Positions
Traders are currently over-leveraged at $3.39 on the lower side and $3.60 on the upper side, having built $382K worth of long positions and $800K worth of short positions in the past 24 hours, according to on-chain analytics firm Coinglass.
When combining these metrics with technical analysis, it appears that bears are in control and could soon push RENDER below the neckline, potentially triggering further decline.
The start of March means longer days, warmer afternoons and, importantly, spring cleaning. It’s time to hunker down and use some elbow grease to tidy up your humble abode. Pull out your cleaning supplies and your trusty vacuum (or finally invest in a great cordless vacuum) and get to work.
Well, OK… but it can be hard to know where to start when there’s an entire home that needs a deep clean. Lucky for you, CNET has spent years consulting experts and writing up neat hacks and guides for how best to clean and organize every area of your home, from the bathroom and kitchen to your appliances and car. To make things even easier, we’ve compiled the stories into an ultimate cleaning checklist. Scroll on to check it out.
For more CNET cheat sheets, take a look at every Alexa and Google Home tip you need to know, your guide to getting solar at home and this compilation of home sustainability tips.
What are the best cleaning items?
CNET
Our CNET staff has tried out a legion of cleaning products over the years, putting each device to the test. Here are our favorites:
Food residue is gross, so let’s start in the kitchen
You probably spend a lot of time in your kitchen. It’s where you do your food prep and likely gather with friends and family. That means it desperately requires a good scrub down, both for your sake and the sake of your company.
And don’t forget your kitchen and household appliances
From the gunk inside your coffee maker to the dusty filters inside your vacuum, you must give your trusty household appliances a good wipe-down at least a few times a year.
Home and kitchen appliances — like your Keurig coffee maker — need to be deep cleaned every so often.
Brian Bennett
Looked inside that toilet? Yeah, that needs to be cleaned
Your bathroom is one of the dirtiest areas in your home. With the frequency of its use, lurking germs and bacteria can spread quickly. That means you need to clean weekly, if not daily.
From your sink and toilet to your bath mats, you need to be regularly cleaning your bathroom.
Kinga Krzeminska/Getty Images
Now it’s time for your bedroom and living room
You probably spend the most time in these two rooms, which means they’re prone to getting dirty and dusty quicker. Here’s how to tackle your most-used rooms.
Bedding can collect all kinds of grime, too
It seems simple, but you might be washing your sheets all wrong. Here’s what to know:
If you want an extra deep clean, you can even consider cleaning your mattress.
Just because you don’t see stains or smell an odor doesn’t mean your sheets are clean.
Cris Cantón/Getty Images
Other areas of your home you shouldn’t overlook
Your home is full of nooks and crannies that can collect dust, grime and other filth. Here’s other important areas in your home that need a deep clean.
Did you like this cheat sheet? Check out CNET’s other complete guides:
Human biologist and ‘biohacker’ Gary Brecka shows Fox News host Lara Trump the benefits of exercising in a hyperbaric chamber, cold plunges, red light therapy and silver fabric at nighttime on ‘My View with Lara Trump.’
Exercise has proven benefits in all areas of physical and mental health, and that includes sleep quality.
One specific type of exercise — strength training — has been linked to insomnia prevention in older adults, according to a new study.
Researchers analyzed data from 25 randomized trials that measured the effects of physical exercise on the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI), which is a questionnaire that assesses respondents’ sleep quality over a one-month period.
The studies included 2,170 people who were 60 or older.
JUST ONE NIGHT OF POOR SLEEP COULD HAVE THESE SURPRISING HEALTH EFFECTS
Strength training — “exercises that increase muscle strength by making muscles work against a weight or force and using anaerobic metabolism, such as lifting weights, arm curls, wall push-ups and resistance” — were found to have the biggest positive effect on sleep, raising sleep scores by 5.75 points.
One specific type of exercise — strength training — has been linked to insomnia prevention in older adults, according to a new study.(iStock)
In comparison, aerobic (cardio) — such as running, jogging, cycling, dancing, hiking, swimming, gardening and brisk walking — improved sleep scores by 3.76 points.
Combination exercise (a mix of aerobic, strengthening, balance and flexibility exercises) only boosted scores by 2.54 points.
SLEEP EXPERT REVEALS TOP FOODS AND DRINKS KEEPING YOU UP AT NIGHT
“Exercise that strengthens muscles, rather than aerobic or combination exercises, is the most effective way to enhance sleep quality,” the researchers concluded.
Sleep quality has been shown to decline with age, the study noted.
Between 30% and 48% of seniors complain of sleepiness, while 12% to 20% suffer from insomnia.
“Exercise that strengthens muscles, rather than aerobic or combination exercises, is the most effective way to enhance sleep quality.”
Lorna Kleidman, a certified personal trainer and founder of LornaFit in New York, agrees that strength training can improve sleep.
“I’ve seen it firsthand with my midlife female clients, who previously had trouble sleeping because of hormonal changes,” Kleidman, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
The physical exertion helps the body naturally wind down, leading to deeper, more restorative sleep, one expert said.(iStock)
“Resistance training improves insomnia because it helps regulate the circadian rhythm, the sleep/wake cycle,” she went on. “Sleep quality is enhanced by reducing stress hormones and promoting the release of fatigue-inducing adenosine.”
The physical exertion also helps the body naturally wind down, leading to deeper, more restorative sleep, Kleidman added.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Certified personal trainer Regis Pagett, the founder and owner of R Personal Fitness in New York City, agreed that a 30-minute moderate-intensity strength training workout can show an improvement in sleep that same night.
“Strength training on a regular basis requires your body to need higher quality rest in order to recover,” the expert, who also was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
Between 30% and 48% of seniors complain of sleepiness, while 12% to 20% suffer from insomnia.(iStock)
“It helps you to regulate your body temperature, have a better resting heart rate, and to fall into a deeper sleep, faster.”
Improved sleep quality, reduced daytime sleepiness and lower severity of sleep apnea are all benefits, according to Pagett.
Strength training recommendations
The American Heart Association recommends that adults strive for a minimum of two strength training sessions per week.
“In order to maximize the benefits, I personally recommend that people look to incorporate strength training three to four times a week,” Pagett advised.
PUSH-UPS BY AGE: HERE’S HOW MANY YOU SHOULD BE ABLE TO DO
Kleidman recommends completing squats, deadlifts, lunges, pressing, pulling and rotation, with two to three sets of all movements.
“Add a few minutes of HIIT (high-intensity interval training) and you’ve got a thorough session for strength, bone health and fat-burning,” she said.
The American Heart Association recommends that adults strive for a minimum of two strength training sessions per week. (iStock)
Strength training becomes more important with age, both experts agreed.
“Resistance training is the first thing women should think of when they plan their workout sessions,” said Kleidman.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“It’s imperative to maintain the muscle we lose because of declining estrogen, along with maintaining bone mass and keeping our metabolism stoked.”
Men also need to maintain muscle that can be lost with declining testosterone, Kleidman added.
“I also recommend eating plenty of protein-focused meals throughout the day, with the biggest intakes coming at breakfast and directly after exercise,” one expert said. (iStock)
Pagett pointed to previous studies that show around 30% of adults over 70 have trouble walking, getting out of a chair or climbing steps.
“These trends in physical limitation are directly linked to higher rates of falls, chronic disease, nursing home admission and mortality,” he said.
“Resistance training improves insomnia because it helps regulate the circadian rhythm.”
The timing of exercise matters as well, Pagett noted.
“For one to two hours after exercise, your body releases endorphins that give you a kick of adrenaline that can elevate your energy levels, so I recommend trying to exercise at least three hours before you intend to sleep,” he advised.
The National Sleep Foundation recommends that adults get between seven and nine hours of sleep each night.(iStock )
“I also recommend eating plenty of protein-focused meals throughout the day, with the biggest intakes coming at breakfast and directly after exercise,” Pagett said.
“This helps to minimize soreness and will help aid in your recovery.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The National Sleep Foundation recommends that adults get between seven and nine hours of sleep each night.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Maharashtrian cuisine is undoubtedly one of the most beloved in the country. Dishes like vada pav, misal pav, puran poli, bhakri, and thalipeeth are enjoyed not just in Maharashtra but across India. And let’s not forget the ever-popular desserts like modaks and shrikhand! We’re sure you’ve tried at least one of these at some point, haven’t you? The unique blend of flavours in Maharashtrian food is simply irresistible. While eating these delicacies is a delight, making them at home may seem daunting-especially if you’re new to the cuisine. But cooking shouldn’t be stressful! If you love Maharashtrian food and want to recreate it in your kitchen, stocking up on the right ingredients is key. Here are five essentials that will help you bring authentic flavours to your dishes with confidence. Also Read: 6 Simple Tips To Make Perfect Batata Vada At Home (Maharashtrian-Style)
Photo Credit: iStock
6 Essential Ingredients For Maharashtrian Cooking:
1. Bajra/Ragi
Millets like bajra (pearl millet) and ragi (finger millet) are staples in many Maharashtrian households. They are used to make hearty flatbreads like bhakri, which pair beautifully with spicy chutneys and sabzis. Not only are these grains nutritious, but they also add a distinct earthy flavour to your meals.
2. Peanuts
Maharashtrian cuisine often features peanuts, adding crunch and depth to various dishes. From the fiery misal pav to the classic thecha, peanuts provide a rich texture and nutty taste. They are also commonly used in sabzis and dry chutney powders.
3. Garlic
Aromatic and pungent, garlic is a key ingredient in many Maharashtrian spice blends, such as the fiery lasoon chutney. It enhances the taste of curries, dals, and chutneys, giving them a bold and flavourful punch. Roasted or raw, garlic is a must-have for that authentic kick.
Photo Credit: iStock
4. Besan
Gram flour, or besan, is widely used in Maharashtrian cooking for both savoury and sweet dishes. It is the base for classics like zunka (a dry, spiced chickpea flour dish) and crispy kothimbir vadi. Its versatility makes it an essential ingredient for a variety of preparations.
5. Goda Masala
Goda masala is a special spice mix that gives Maharashtrian food its unique taste. It’s used in dishes like Masale Bhat and Bharli Vangi (stuffed eggplant) to make them more flavourful and aromatic. If you want to cook authentic Maharashtrian food, this masala is a must-have!
6. Kokum
This tangy, deep-purple fruit is often used as a souring agent in curries, dals, and refreshing summer drinks like Sol Kadhi. It adds a mild tartness without overpowering other flavours. Kokum is also known for its cooling properties, making it a great ingredient for hot weather. Also Read: Maharashtrian Chana Koliwada: A Spicy And Crunchy Treat, Perfect For Winter Snacking
Photo Credit: iStock
Stock these pantry staples, and you’ll be well on your way to making authentic Maharashtrian meals with ease!
Foreign journalists share their quick-fire views with CGTN multimedia reporter Yang Xinmeng on China’s global role, discussing topics such as diplomacy, economic influence and technological advancements during China’s 2025 Two Sessions. Their responses offer diverse perspectives, highlighting China’s growing impact on the world stage.
BJP leader Smriti Irani on Friday suggested real estate developers to diversify their business and said there is a huge demand for data centres in India.
Addressing a conference organised by Confederation of Real Estate Developers’ Associations of India (CREDAI) here, she said there is a huge demand for data centres in India and around 18 million square feet area will be required over the next 4-5 years for data centres.
Irani, the former Union Minister, also spoke about the growing number of Global Capabilities Centres (GCCs) across major cities in India and beyond.
Also read: ‘Cement prices to come under pressure on weak demand in FY26’
Acknowledging the contribution of the Indian real estate sector in economic growth, she asked builders to share their best practices related to construction technologies and sustainable development with urban local bodies.
“I do not think that there is anybody in governance or bureaucracy that can deny CREDAI’s community contribution to India’s GDP,” she said.
The BJP leader was responding to a query about the government’s perception about the real estate sector.
“We have to accept the fact that with that for the nomenclature ‘real estate’ there has been a lot of bad press. There has been a projection in the media as though you are not a community of nation builders, you are a community of profit chasers,” she observed.
Irani said real estate is not only about building tall towers or gated communities for people, either in big cities or emerging cities, but it is also about building capacities for the future data centres and building capacities for attracting more GCCs into the country.
Currently, she said there are 1,600 GCCs in India and close to 1.6 to 2 million people are working in those GCCs.
She said that the number of GCCs are expanding and the data centers have to be complemented by a power grid.
As these GCCs are also spread in Tier II and Tier III cities, Irani said there will be a requirement of building an entire ecosystem around it, including data centres, housing, technology centres, healthcare infrastructure, education facilities and entertainment centres.
“So I believe that there needs to be a new projection of the word real estate,” she said.
“So, why should somebody presume that real estate is only about a gated community or a tall fancy building. Can we reorient how you are looked upon as an industry,” Irani said.
Also read: DRA launches Inara, Chennai’s first luxury villa community with exclusive land ownership
CREDAI is organising the 6th edition of the New India Summit during March 7-8.
With Tier II and Tier III cities accounting for an increasing share of real estate investments and housing demand, the association through this annual Summit makes efforts to navigate the evolving landscape of real estate in Bharat.
The CREDAI is the apex body of private real estate developers in India.
Established in 1999, CREDAI represents more than 13,000 developers across 230 city chapters in 21 states.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLUMICA Jennifer Lawrence poznata je po svojim opuštenim, ali trendi modnim kombinacijama. Nedavno je viđena kako New Yorkom šeće u udobnoj zimskoj kombinaciji. Njezin dugi tamnoplavi kaput na dvostruko kopčanje dominira outfitom pružajući toplinu i elegantan izgled.
Dodatno se utoplila bijelo-crvenom kapicom i širokim tamnoplavim hlačama, a oko ruke je svezala zeleni šal. Na ramenu je nosila veliku smeđu torbu, a oči zaštitila crnim sunčanim naočalama. Na nogama je nosila jednostavne crne tenisice.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Pronašli smo slične kapute
No najveću nam je pozornost ipak privukao kaput zbog boje koja je idealna zamjena za crnu, ako vam je ona ipak pretjerana. Tamnoplava je jednako elegantna i svestrana, ali nježnija. Djeluje vrlo sofisticirano i lako se kombinira s drugim bojama.
Upravo je zbog svoje svestranosti ova boja bezvremenska i lako se uklapa u sve modne kombinacije i prilike, od ležernih do svečanih. U nastavku smo izdvojili tamnoplave kapute koje ćete nositi godinama.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Sir Michael Caine has starred in some epic World War 2 films across his incredible film career. The retired Hollywood legend, who turns 92 this coming week, started out with uncredited roles in the early Second World War movies of the 1950s before having lead roles in some real classics. Check out his Top 12 World War 2 films ranked by film fans on IMDB. We bet you didn’t know he’s in the blockbuster that came out on top.
Plug-in hybrid (PHEV) sales are on the rise, but there’s not long left if you want to score significant savings.
The electric vehicle (EV) Fringe Benefits Tax (FBT) exemption for novated lease vehicles is ending for PHEVs on April 1, 2025, which means you’ve got less than a month left to buy and receive a new PHEV if you want to take advantage.
To be eligible for FBT exemptions, a new plug-in hybrid must fall under the Luxury Car Tax (LCT) threshold of $91,387 for fuel efficient vehicles – i.e. a vehicle that “does not exceed 7.0L/100km” on the combined cycle.
With that criteria, we’ve asked the CarExpert team which eligible PHEV they’d buy regardless of body style or vehicle type.
Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV
Here are some of the PHEVs eligible for FBT exemptions in Australia:
Let us know which you’d pick in the comments below!
Marton Pettendy: Ford Ranger PHEV
This one’s a no-brainer for me: the PHEV I’d buy is the Ford Ranger because I need a new ute and it’s only about $3000 pricier than the XLT V6 that I would otherwise have bought.
What’s more, it blows the V6 away with 200kW-plus and circa-700Nm outputs, while sipping less than 3.0L/100km, travelling almost 50km in EV mode and the ability to power electric devices inside the cab and tray.
Yes, it arrives too late to get the PHEV FBT exemption and it’s a bit pricier than the BYD Shark 6 and GWM Cannon Alpha PHEVs, both of which offer double the EV range and longer warranties.
But the plug-in Ranger is based on the benchmark in the ute class, tows a full tonne more than the BYD, has the backing of a huge nationwide dealer network and is a known quantity that will probably outlast me.
Interested in buying a Ford Ranger? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Ford Ranger
James Wong: BYD Sealion 6 Essential
If you’re wanting to get into a good PHEV and not spend upwards of $60,000, it’s hard to beat the new entry-level BYD Sealion 6.
At $42,990 plus on-road costs or less than $47,000 drive-away, it’s an absolute steal compared to similarly sized rivals – namely the rival Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid EV which starts some $15,000 higher.
It may have dropped a few features from the outgoing Dynamic, but it covers all bases and then some with change to spare. Plus, it offers better efficiency and EV driving range (~90km NEDC) than the top-spec Premium.
Given the main counterargument for PHEVs is the price premiums outweigh the efficiency and running cost gains, the Sealion 6 addresses the main barrier for PHEV tech in Australia.
Interested in buying a BYD Sealion 6? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything BYD Sealion 6
William Stopford: Cupra Formentor VZe
PHEV sales may be experiencing major growth of late, but this is fuelled in large part by BYD as we’ve actually lost a number of PHEV options of late, from the BMW 3 Series to the Mercedes-Benz GLC and more recently the Jeep Grand Cherokee, Volvo S60, and all of Peugeot’s PHEVs.
The obvious choice is the BYD Sealion 6 which has stormed up the sales charts, and is doing even better than the last affordable Chinese PHEV SUV, the MG HS.
I’ve yet to drive a Sealion 6, but I was impressed by how smooth BYD’s powertrain technology was in the Shark 6.
Then there’s the Outlander PHEV, Mitsubishi’s pioneering plug-in, for which an update is coming soon with more power and range. It’s pricier than the BYD, but Mitsubishi too is an old hand at this PHEV business, and the Japanese brand has a wider dealer network, longer warranty, and offers a third row in its mid-sized SUV PHEV.
Both models have benefited from a real dearth of competition. Where are the PHEV versions of the Hyundai Tucson, Kia Sportage and Toyota RAV4 offered overseas?
Both the Sealion 6 and Outlander PHEV are the obvious, sensible options, which explains why they were the most popular and second most popular PHEVs in Australia last year.
At the risk of being boring though, I’ll throw my vote to the Cupra Formentor VZe again. It’s also receiving a longer-range update imminently and while it’s smaller than the BYD and Mitsubishi, it’s stylish and drives well.
It’s the PHEV I can picture in my garage, but I can understand why the BYD and Mitsubishi are much more common on our roads.
Interested in buying a Cupra Formentor? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Cupra Formentor
Jordan Mulach: BYD Sealion 6
Yes, it’s a mid-size SUV, but the Sealion 6 will mobilise the masses with plug-in hybrid technology unlike any car before it.
Not only is it well priced but also well equipped, and it doesn’t hurt that it’s got an electric driving range which would make many wonder why they’d ever consider an EV.
Interested in buying a BYD Sealion 6? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything BYD Sealion 6
Sean Lander: Ford Ranger XLT PHEV
I’m torn between the Shark 6 and the Ranger PHEV – on one hand, the Shark is all the PHEV one could ever need.
It’s fast, comfortable and has a great EV range. But I want a ute to do ute things and generally ute about the place. So it’s the Ranger PHEV XLT for me.
Yes, it’s a fair lick more expensive than the Shark and yes, it’s battery is way smaller. But, I know it will be dependable, it will take abuse and it still has the mod-cons I enjoy in a car. Plus I just really like Rangers.
It would never be a replacement for my XR8 ute, but it’s about as close as we have got to date without getting into the US pick-ups.
Interested in buying a Ford Ranger? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Ford Ranger
Jack Quick: BYD Shark 6
I’ve said this before, but the Shark 6 has revolutionised how I perceive and experience a dual-cab ute.
The main thing that stood out to me was how quiet the thing is when driving on EV power. I’m used to hearing and feeling the agricultural clatter of a diesel engine from under the bonnet, so it’s a refreshing change.
Also, this ute has 100km of claimed EV range, at least according to lenient NEDC testing, which is gobsmacking.
Then there’s the power. As Paul demonstrated in his video, the Shark 6 is capable of beating a Ranger Raptor in a drag race. It’s likely a little too much for the average Joe, but it’s fun to flex this now and then.
Lastly, compared to other utes, the Shark 6 is luxuriously appointed for the appealing price point of $57,990 before on-roads. There’s not much out there that offers as much as this ute for the price tag.
Before you jump on my back in the comments, the Shark 6 certainly won’t be for everyone, but which car ever is?
Interested in buying a BYD Shark 6? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything BYD Shark 6
Max Davies: Cupra Leon VZe
Given its top-class comfort and ride quality, I would’ve gone for the Formentor VZe, but I think I’d prefer to downsize and go for the plug-in Leon instead.
Having driven a hatchback daily for the past few years, and then spent countless hours behind the wheels of various SUVs courtesy of CarExpert, I know I much prefer a smaller body style.
Then there’s my recently realised sentiment that the Cupra Leon is one of the only new cars I’d genuinely consider spending my money on at this time, though my first preference would be the fast VZx.
So, I think it makes sense to combine the smooth – and still surprisingly rapid – PHEV drivetrain fitted to the Formentor VZe with the smaller and more nimble body of the Leon. While you lose roughly 40kW of power compared to the VZx, the Leon VZe still has the same 400Nm of torque and is supposedly much more fuel efficient.
Electric driving range isn’t terrible at a claimed 67km. The only drawback is that you have to make do with only front-wheel drive, but there is a wide range of drive modes to harness its power however you’d like.
More than $60,000 before on-roads is still fairly steep though, and it might be better to wait until the VW Group swaps out those annoying touch-control climate sliders.
Interested in buying a Cupra Leon? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
MORE: Everything Cupra Leon
Josh Nevett: BYD Shark 6
Let’s be real for a second – what proportion of Australian ute buyers actually fill up the tray or tow a trailer? Sure, those people are probably better off buying a Ranger, but the BYD Shark 6 is my top pick for the rest.
It’s unlike any other ute I’ve experienced. The plug-in hybrid powertrain provides performance that rivals could only dream of – BYD claims the Shark 6 can do the 0-100km/h sprint in 5.7 seconds, making it quicker than a Ranger Raptor.
And when you’re done smoking an overconfident tradie from the lights, you settle in for up to 100km of electric-only driving. The interior is comfortable and well-equipped, trimmed in materials usually reserved for top-tier dual-cabs.
The Shark 6 also offers V2L charging capability, so you can power a wide range of appliances and tools with your vehicle, battery charge permitting.
All for the neat sum of $57,900 before on-road costs – the same as a mid-spec Ranger or Toyota HiLux. Sign me up!
Interested in buying a BYD Shark 6? Get in touch with one of our trusted dealers here
Aksha Kamboj of IBJA notes that Indian women see gold as a strategic investment due to better financial literacy. Financial education and supportive policies can empower women further.
Aksha Kamboj, Vice President of Indian Bullion jewelers Association (IBJA) and Executive Chairperson of Aspect Global Ventures
For generations, gold has been an integral part of Indian households, deeply cherished by women. More than just an ornament, it has symbolised security, wealth, and tradition. However, with increasing financial awareness, the way women perceive gold is evolving. In an interview with news18.com, Aksha Kamboj, vice president of the Indian Bullion Jewellers Association (IBJA) and executive chairperson of Aspect Global Ventures, shares her insights into the evolving perception of gold among women in India. Edited excerpts:
Gold has traditionally been a preferred investment for Indian women. With financial literacy improving, are you seeing a shift in how women perceive gold—as an ornament or as a serious investment tool?
While gold is an ornament and emotion-driven purchase, it is also now an instrument of investment. Traditionally, gold has always been an emotional purchase, more so in India, because gold symbolises prosperity and security. But, education through finance is altering that mindset. Women now are seriously considering more than trinkets with gold, using gold ETFs, digital gold, and sovereign bonds as channels for wealth accumulation. They no longer buy gold based on mere accumulation like they used to.
Investors currently analyse the direction of price movement and trend in the market prior to buying. Gold, as a hedge against inflation and economic uncertainty, is an effective holding within any portfolio. For the women striving towards independence, gold represents security and opportunity. The paradigm shift is evident gold is no longer an heirloom passed down but a lucrative, long-term investment which reflects changing financial goals among women across the globe.
What initiatives or policies would you like to see implemented to ensure more women are empowered in financial and bullion markets?
My viewpoint is that empowering women in bullion and money markets begins with introducing them to education and exposure. Women’s financial literacy initiatives can teach them to manage investments, evaluate risks, and build wealth. Gold remains in the eyes of most women as primarily jewellery. But, through the right education, it can be used as a strategic asset. Women must be encouraged to take up leadership roles in finance and bullion industries too. Companies and policymakers need to go the extra mile in terms of gender-friendly policies, mentorship programs, and economic incentives to increase women’s participation in trading, investment banking, and bullion markets.
Technology has also had its role to play—gold ETFs, gold in the form of digital gold, and sovereign bonds have made it more accessible. Platforms designed specifically for women with an ease of investment process and customization of their individual requirements are a necessity. Educate and equip with the tools, and empowered women make strong, informed decisions and increase in independence.
At these times when gold is hitting record highs amid market volatility, do you see it as a good time to invest or should they wait to cool off a bit?
Gold is still a safe bet irrespective of booms and busts in the market. With current global uncertainties and inflationary pressures, gold is a haven. While the prices are high, history testifies that gold retains its value in the long term and appreciates when the economy declines. For long-term investors, phasing into gold bonds or ETFs can be a wise approach to level out price volatility.
It is difficult to catch the market, but holding gold as part of a diversified portfolio is a guarantee of financial security. Women, particularly, need to treat gold as something beyond trinkets and look at it as an inflation shield and a shelter for economic stability. With digital gold, physical holding, or gold-backed investment, the approach should be on systematic and tactical investment and not on price movements in the short run.
With a 42% rise in women monitoring credit score, how do you see it?
I believe this is an incredible change towards empowerment in finance. Women tracking their credit scores show an improved level of financial responsibility and forward planning. A good credit score attracts improved loan terms, reduced interest rates, and increased financial autonomy. It also symbolises a cultural transformation where women are claiming their financial health, transcending traditional saving habits to prudent financial growth.
As more women turn into entrepreneurs and investors, credit health knowledge will be instrumental in shaping the direction of their finance. This step indicates a future where women are more aggressive in managing wealth, becoming financially independent and actively contributing to economic growth.
With the government reducing the import tariff price of gold and silver, how do you see this impacting gold demand, especially among women investors?
Lowering import tariffs for gold and silver is a long-term solution that will improve the availability of gold among female investors. Decreased tariffs equate to decreased costs overall, enabling women investors to diversify their portfolio by investing in investment-grade gold instead of solely for ornaments. As increasing financial literacy, women are considering gold more and more as an inflation hedge than as a pure traditional asset.
This policy shift can also lead to increased investment in structured gold investment products like ETFs and sovereign gold bonds, which can empower and balance the investment climate for women. Though gold has been a favorite asset for decades, becoming more convenient and accessible to invest in will encourage more women towards financial independence and long-term wealth generation.
The attitude of women towards gold has been evolving. From being a sign of status and security, it is now a component of their investment basket. With growing financial literacy, women are becoming more and more well-informed decision-makers not just in gold, but in all the other investment products. With favorable policies, education, and market conditions, the trend will rise and women will become more aggressive financial players in the future.
Memecoins like Dogecoin (DOGE) and Pepe (PEPE) have long been the darlings of meme-loving investors, bringing humor and light-heartedness to the often serious world of crypto. But trends don’t last forever, and a turning point seems to be emerging.
Increasingly, traders are stepping away from these meme-centric coins and turning their attention to BinoFi (BINO). Offered at just $0.02, this token is offering something significantly more than memes—it’s delivering innovative tools, revolutionary features, and real potential for growth.
What’s driving this shift? And why are traders betting on a project like BinoFi instead of sticking with their favored memes?
The Appeal of Memecoins is Fading
Memecoins have always operated on a simple principle: hype. Dogecoin’s rise to fame, backed by social media frenzy and mentions from high-profile figures, showcased how far memes can carry a coin.
Pepe followed a similar trajectory, promising nothing more than amusement and speculative gains. For a while, it worked. People traded these coins with the hope that a tweet or viral moment would skyrocket their value.
But memecoins are beginning to show their flaws. Their reliance on fleeting hype leaves them vulnerable to drastic price swings, a nightmare for traders seeking a semblance of stability. Add to that their lack of utility, most memecoins provide little to no functional value and it’s clear why some traders are looking for alternatives.
PEPE, for example, saw explosive early growth, but without any real-world application or technological backbone, sustaining that momentum has proven nearly impossible. Similarly, while DOGE enjoys occasional spikes thanks to endorsements or nostalgia, its novelty has worn thin for those prioritizing purpose over gimmick.
After all, hype may bring initial profits, but long-term sustainability and innovative features are what keep traders loyal. Memecoins don’t deliver on that front and BinoFi is stepping in to prove why it’s different.
Why Traders Are Turning to BinoFi
While memecoins rely on momentary trends, BinoFi is rooted in solving actual problems that traders face in the crypto world. Its hybrid exchange model, which bridges the divide between centralized and decentralized exchanges, is just one of the reasons traders are sitting up and taking notice.
BinoFi turns what can feel like an overwhelming, fragmented trading experience into something smooth and efficient. By merging centralized exchange order books with decentralized liquidity pools, it ensures deep liquidity and faster transactions without forcing traders to compromise.
No one in the market is offering this hybrid model quite like BinoFi.
Even more exciting is its focus on cross-chain trading. Traditionally, moving funds between different blockchains has been a boring and complex process involving bridges, tools that often come with significant risk.
BinoFi eliminates this hassle entirely through its cross-chain trading capabilities, which allow for direct swaps across multiple blockchains in one step. Less time wasted, fewer complications, and safer transactions, these are the kinds of features traders are looking for.
Security is another major factor. Unlike memecoins, which aren’t exactly known for innovative development or advanced security, BinoFi is putting control into the hands of its users with Multi-Party Computation (MPC) wallets.
The Value of Getting in Early
The BinoFi presale is quickly capturing the spotlight in the crypto space, offering a golden opportunity for forward-thinking investors to get in. With the token priced at an attractive $0.02 in its current presale phase, early participants are positioning themselves ahead of a project set to revolutionize the trading industry.
Those participating in early phases not only secure an exceptional entry point but also stand to benefit from some exclusive perks. These include reduced trading fees, priority access to staking rewards, and even early involvement in shaping the platform’s governance, a unique chance to influence the future of such a project.
The potential for significant returns bolsters the word once BINO hits the mainstream market. Analysts are already projecting enormous growth, with estimates suggesting a staggering 9900% increase for those capitalizing on the presale’s discounted entry point.
The listing price after the presale ends is $0,30 per token so even in case predictions don’t work, early supporters benefit from at least a massive 1200% growth of their investment.
For crypto enthusiasts who recognize the power of early investments, the BinoFi presale is a huge opportunity. With the first phase filling up fast and excitement building across the community, now is the time to act and become part of what could be the next major success story in crypto.
The Future is Looking to Utility, Not Memes
While memecoins like DOGE and PEPE will always have their place as lighthearted pieces of crypto culture, their lack of utility makes them hard to justify as long-term investments.
The days of investing in coins for memes alone seem to be waning. Traders are increasingly choosing projects like BinoFi that promise not just short-term gains, but lasting impact.
For some, working out in the great outdoors is much better than being inside. It’s an experience that just can’t be replicated. But what happens when the temperatures drop? As long as you have the right gear, you can keep your workouts outside if you really can’t bear indoor workouts. The most important thing you’ll need is proper insulation. We’ve found the best winter workout clothes, like insulated vests, fleece-lined leggings and more to keep you nice and toasty.
Workout clothes made from breathable fabrics will help you get your sweat on while keeping you warm enough to withstand the dropping temperatures. And whether you’re running, walking or biking, keeping warm is vital. That means wearing the proper layers for those 20°F days and the right attire that stays put during any activity. You’ll also want footwear that can handle all of Mother Nature’s elements. But with all the options out there, knowing which gear is worth buying can be a lot of work.
You’re not alone. This is a question commonly asked on Reddit, with people always searching for the best activewear for the colder months. Redditors suggest gear from brands like Uniqlo, Patagonia, North Face and others. You could also do some looking around in your local discount stores too, if you want a good deal.
After researching the most highly recommended winter attire, I narrowed down my favorite pieces based on brand reliability and customer reviews.
Photo Gallery1/1
Winter gear is all about layers; they’re key to keeping you warm on frigid days. The Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew and the Woolies Tech Base Layer Bottoms are intended to be a midweight base layer for all your winter activities. The thermals are made up of merino wool and nylon “Core” Elastane Jersey, allowing you to move freely. The merino wool is moisture-wicking, keeping you dry and odor-free during your most extreme outdoor activities. Reviewers say that these thermals keep them warm during bike rides and runs, and they’re anything but bulky, making them ideal for layering. Some loved these layers so much that they bought extra pairs year after year.
Photo Gallery1/1
The Swiftwick Pursuit Four socks are designed to keep you cool in the summer and warm in winter. The socks are made of merino wool, which helps regulate body temperature and keeps your feet dry. The best part is these socks can be worn comfortably whether you’re going on a hike, run, bike ride or trail run. One reviewer raved that the socks handled Portland’s rainy and cold climate well during his runs. Another mentioned that they wear these socks year-round and it’s the only brand they wear.
Photo Gallery1/1
Keeping your head and especially your ears covered is important when you’re active in the cold outdoors. Smartwool’s Merino 250 Reversible Headband offers proper coverage of the ears and head and is designed for all genders. It is made up of double-layered merino wool, making it ideal for being active during low temperatures. Some reviewers say they use this headband during skiing and snowboarding, while others have worn it while hiking and running. One person said they turned to outdoor running during the pandemic and this headband withstood the cold winters of Chicago.
Photo Gallery1/1
These wraparound sunglasses are ideal for any of your favorite winter activities. Although the lenses are big, the glasses are lightweight and have a nose pad, so they sit comfortably on your nose. These glasses look best on oval, heart-shaped and round faces. Reviewers share that these stay put while cycling, hiking and doing other winter sports. A few people mentioned that the sunglasses are also versatile enough to use in the summer and can be used while playing sports such as volleyball and baseball.
Photo Gallery1/1
The right leggings can make your winter activities more enjoyable and remove the worry of freezing while spending hours outdoors. Title Nine’s Crash 2.0 Polartec Tight is made with Polartec fleece designed to keep you warm and chafe-free. You can buy the tights in a solid or striated color. Women who reviewed these tights across the board agree they keep them warm and dry during the coldest and wettest weather.
Photo Gallery1/1
If you’re looking for a puffer vest that isn’t bulky yet is still functional, Lululemon’s Another Mile vest fits the bill. The stretchy vest is intended to be worn during winter activities and is designed to move with you. The water-repellent material also keeps you dry no matter the elements outside. Reviewers share that the vest is the perfect layer to keep them warm even when wearing a sweatshirt. One reviewer said it kept her warm when she wore it while playing tennis and cycling. One thing to keep in mind is that it runs small, therefore it’s best to size up.
Photo Gallery1/1
When you’re planning on going winter camping or hiking and need a reliable base layer, the IcebreakerBodyFit 200 Oasis leggings are a great choice. They are made up of merino wool to keep you dry during your long winter excursions. It’s soft, comfortable and was designed to move with you and the slim fit makes it easy to layer. Reviews across the board say that these thermals are the best all-around for activities such as hiking, mountain biking, skiing and running, and even those frigid days when you just need an extra layer.
Photo Gallery1/1
The Saucony Fortify Convertible Gloves are a good choice if you’re looking for unisex gloves. They’re convertible, which means you can wear them as five-fingered gloves or mittens. The wind mitt is tucked into the backhand pocket and can be worn as an option for especially cold weather. These gloves are midweight, plus wind- and water-resistant. Reviewers say using a smartphone is easy even with the mitten on. Other reviewers say that if your hands tend to run hot, these gloves are a good option for winter activities because they’re not overly warming. One buyer pointed out that these gloves may not be the best option for days colder than 30 degrees, however.
Photo Gallery1/1
If you’re looking for classic sunglasses that will stay on during your run, Goodr’s OG Unicorn’s Calamity sunglasses will fit your needs. The nonreflective glasses won’t slip or bounce during your most rigorous activities. The lenses offer 100% UV400 protection from harmful UVA and UVB rays. Reviews show that the majority of buyers are satisfied with this classic set of sunglasses, which are ideal for all forms of outdoor activities, especially running. Some reviewers say they loved their first pair enough to buy more Goodr styles.
Photo Gallery1/1
Under Armour is known for winter gear that keeps you warm during even the harshest of wintry elements. Its ColdGear Reactor Performance Hybrid will keep you insulated and prepared for those early morning runs, hikes, cycling sessions and more. The jacket is breathable and lightweight, so it doesn’t feel bulky. One reviewer recommended wearing thermals under this layer on days that are below 30 degrees, and another said they liked that this item is a hybrid between a hoodie and a jacket. Other satisfied reviewers said the jacket kept them warm during their winter runs and golf games.
This jacket is getting a little hard to find in stock, but we found a few different colors on Amazon. The remaining sizes and prices depend on the color.
Photo Gallery1/1
The Thermajohn Long Johns Thermal Underwear are form-fitting with a fleece-lined base layer for heat retention, and they’re also soft and comfortable. They’re also made with a breathable, moisture-wicking fabric that won’t let you overheat. And since these also have four-way stretch, you can freely move around in them without worrying about chafing or bunching. They’re also a good option for those who need to layer up. Reviewers are quite happy with the fit and comfort of these leggings, with a 4.6 star rating from almost 55,000 reviews.
Photo Gallery1/1
If you don’t let winter elements, including snow, stop you from being active, then you need the right footwear. The Brooks Cascadia 17 GTX are a good choice for men and women who want shoes with the right amount of stability and grip for exploring the most uneven terrains. They also have Gore-tex waterproof protection, so you don’t need to worry about it getting wet either.
A recent study from the University of California, San Francisco, indicates that pre-teens with greater exposure to certain types of tech use could be at a higher risk of developing manic symptoms.
Published in the journal Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, the study analyzed a nationwide sample of 9,243 children in the U.S. between 10 and 11 years old.
Young people who spent more time engaged with social media, texting, videos and video games were more likely to have “inflated self-esteem, decreased need for sleep, distractibility, rapid speech, racing thoughts and impulsivity — behaviors characteristic of manic episodes, a key feature of bipolar-spectrum disorders,” a press release noted.
LIMIT OF 3 HOURS OF WEEKLY SCREEN TIME FOR KIDS HAS ‘POSITIVE EFFECT’ ON BEHAVIOR, MENTAL HEALTH: STUDY
“This study underscores the importance of cultivating healthy screen use habits early,” said co-author Kyle Ganson, PhD, assistant professor at the University of Toronto’s Factor-Inwentash Faculty of Social Work, in the release.
“Future research can help us better understand the behaviors and brain mechanisms linking screen use with manic symptoms to help inform prevention and intervention efforts.”
Excessive use of social media, texting, videos and video games by young people of certain ages was linked to a higher risk of mental health issues in a recent study.(Fox News)
Tips for safer use from experts
To mark the Global Day of Unplugging (March 7), Verizon hosted its first-ever “digital wellness summit” in New York City to share insights with the public about the safe use of technology.
Sowmyanarayan Sampath, CEO of Verizon Consumer Group, discussed the importance of setting digital boundaries, especially for kids.
“Digital wellness should be for every age, but really we need a new blueprint as parents, because we’ve never been through this before,” Sampath said at the event in the Big Apple.
“There is a healthier relationship people can have.”
“This digital age is new to us all. There’s no time in history we can reclaim how we handle that.”
In a separate interview with Fox News Digital, Sampath shared compelling statistics on phone use, including findings from Verizon’s 2024 Consumer Connections Report.
Kids and teenagers use social media for four to five hours a day and receive between 250 and 275 notifications daily, the report revealed.
Sowmyanarayan Sampath, CEO of Verizon Consumer Group, at right, is shown at the Verizon Digital Wellness Summit on March 6, 2025, in New York City. At left, actor and talk-show host Drew Barrymore.(Angelica Stabile/Fox News Digital)
Kids were also found to touch and pick up their phones about 150 times per day.
A quarter of these events occurred during school hours.
“This is what sparked us to think there is a healthier relationship people can have,” Sampath said.
Tech’s impact on kids
Dr. Keneisha Sinclair-McBride, attending psychologist at Boston’s Children’s Hospital and an assistant professor at Harvard Medical School, also spoke at a panel at the Verizon event and in a follow-up interview with Fox News Digital.
The expert noted that kids spending “hours and hours” of their free time on their phones can be “problematic,” especially considering the possibility that they’ll experience threats such as cyberbullying and hate speech.
KIDS AND SMARTPHONES: HOW YOUNG IS TOO YOUNG? EXPERTS REVEAL IMPORTANT RECOMMENDATIONS
“We know that these are associated with depressive symptoms and other mental health concerns,” she said.
“We also know that there’s so much positive for social connection, learning and fun, so we have to balance those two things.”
She pointed out that some social media apps are “designed to keep you stuck” through the loop of an algorithm.
Socializing with others can have a positive impact on kids’ moods, experts suggested.(iStock)
This problematic use can lead to poorer functioning at work or school and can negatively impact sleep and relationships, Sinclair-McBride warned.
“Are they able to live their life and do the things they want and need to do in a positive way? If there are concerns in any of those areas, that’s usually a sign of something needing to be reassessed.”
Prompts for parents, grandparents
Sinclair-McBride encouraged parents and grandparents to learn about the apps children are using and teach them to be “critical consumers” of content by training them to detect scams, misinformation or AI-generated content.
“Slowing down and being more thoughtful and mindful about what you’re doing is, I think, the first step in modeling that as a parent,” she told Fox News Digital.
WHAT IS ‘BRAIN ROT’? THE SCIENCE BEHIND WHAT TOO MUCH SCROLLING DOES TO OUR BRAINS
“Parents can also look at their own use and [ask], ‘Am I on my phone too much? Am I too addicted to social media?’”
The CEO also urged adults to set boundaries involving phone use, whether it’s limited to certain spaces in the home or specific times of day.
“When you do things in real life, you feel happier.”(iStock)
‘Create space to have fun’
Sampath shared simple advice for families to ensure a healthy balance between tech use and unplugged activities.
“Go for a movie. Go for a walk. Go and play a game or just hang out with friends. Or just hang out with your family in your kitchen and do fun things,” he suggested.
“I think kids are going to have to be comfortable sometimes doing nothing … reading a book, just hanging out,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Kids are going to have to get way more comfortable doing that – that’s part of a healthy boundary, and it’s part of a good relationship with technology.”
Sampath also encouraged Americans to take advantage of living in areas with “some of the best weather” and “the best natural sights in the world” by exploring outdoor spaces and moving more.
“The time that people spend with digital technology needs to be balanced with real-life stuff, whether it’s sports, the arts, creative activities, reading or actual hands-on, tangible things.”(iStock)
“You want to create space to have fun. You want to create space to play. You want to create space to have physical activity, to have real relationships,” he said.
“It has long-term benefits on mental health … When you do things in real life, you feel happier.”
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Sinclair-McBride echoed the advice to get outside and “touch grass.”
“The time that people spend with digital technology needs to be balanced with real-life stuff, whether it’s sports, the arts, creative activities, reading or actual hands-on, tangible things,” she said.
Experts advocated for kids to be given more time to explore tangible activities and hobbies instead of defaulting to digital.(iStock)
“I think people are in this mindset that this generation only wants to do digital, digital, digital,” she added.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“They still like other stuff, too. We have to give them options, space and freedom to have that time.”
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Gulab jamuns are undoubtedly among the most beloved desserts out there. With their soft, melt-in-the-mouth texture, syrupy sweetness, and rich aroma, just one bite of this delightful treat can bring pure joy. But to fully savour them, they should be made properly and with proper hygiene. Recently, a food vlogger shared a video on Instagram showcasing the gulab jamun-making process at a popular sweet shop in Delhi. The highlight? The shop’s spotless, well-organized kitchen, which sets a high standard for hygiene. The caption read, “Most hygienic automatic machine-wale gulab jamun making.” Also Read:Watch: Viral Video Of Gulab Jamun Omelette Makes Foodies Cringe
Watch the full video below:
The video opened with a sneak peek into the kitchen, where two men were busy preparing a large quantity of dough. Before adding two large cans of ghee, they thoroughly kneaded the khoya and maida. Next, they sprinkled in sugar and added water before mixing in the baking powder to form a dough mass. The dough was then placed into a machine that produced small, smooth balls, which were manually pressed to achieve the desired shape. These elongated, cylindrical gulab jamuns were deep-fried in oil using a frying machine. Once the excess oil had drained and the balls had turned a perfect golden brown, they were dipped into sugary syrup to absorb the sweetness. And just like that, the delicious gulab jamuns were ready to be savoured. The video not only showcased the art of making gulab jamun but also emphasized the importance of hygiene in food preparation. Viewers were impressed by the meticulous cleanliness of the kitchen, where every step of the process was carried out with precision. From kneading the dough to frying the golden-brown delicacies, the entire process reflected a commitment to quality. The video garnered positive reactions, with one person writing, “Wah,” followed by a fire emoji, while another simply described the sweets as “tasty.” An individual commented, “Wow, so good,” and a foodie revealed that they “love gulab jamun.” Also Read: After Watching The Making Of Malai Chaap, Internet Says “Waah“
Are you craving some delicious gulab jamuns? Click here for the perfect homemade gulab jamun recipe!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-08/news-1BzT7fguG8U/img/b8e478695873450e9b764ebb7f8d12a1/b8e478695873450e9b764ebb7f8d12a1.png' alt='Palestinians walk amid the rubble of destroyed buildings in the Zeitoun neighborhood of Gaza City, March 7, 2025. /VCG'
The foreign ministers of France, Germany, Italy and Britain said on Saturday they supported an Arab backed plan for the reconstruction of Gaza that would cost $53 billion and avoid displacing Palestinians from the enclave.
“The plan shows a realistic path to the reconstruction of Gaza and promises – if implemented – swift and sustainable improvement of the catastrophic living conditions for the Palestinians living in Gaza,” the ministers said in a joint statement.
The plan, which was drawn up by Egypt and adopted by Arab leaders on Tuesday, has been rejected by Israel and by U.S. President Donald Trump, who has presented his own vision to turn the Gaza Strip into a “Middle East Riviera.”
The Egyptian proposal envisages the creation of an administrative committee of independent, professional Palestinian technocrats entrusted with the governance of Gaza after the end of the war in Gaza between Israel and Hamas.
The committee would be responsible for the oversight of humanitarian aid and managing the Strip’s affairs for a temporary period under the supervision of the Palestinian Authority.
The statement issued by the four European countries on Saturday said they were “committed to working with the Arab initiative,” and they appreciated the “important signal” the Arab states had sent by developing it.
The statement said Hamas “must neither govern Gaza nor be a threat to Israel any more” and that the four countries “support the central role for the Palestinian Authority and the implementation of its reform agenda.”
The House of Abhinandan Lodha, which sells housing plots, aims 4.5 times jump in sale bookings to ₹10,000 crore in 2028-29 on rising demand for plotted development projects, a top company official said.
Addressing a CREDAI conference here, company’s founder Abhinandan Lodha said it is set to clock sale bookings worth ₹2,200 crore during this fiscal, up by over 30 per cent from the preceding year.
The Mumbai-based company formed in 2021, has already launched many plotted development projects covering around 1,000 acres at 10 cities in Maharashtra, Goa and Uttar Pradesh.
Also read: Experion Developers to invest ₹1,000 cr in new housing project in Noida
“We are targeting 35 per cent growth in sale bookings next financial year,” Lodha said.
When asked about the long-term goal, he said the aim is to touch an annual ₹10,000-crore sale bookings in 2028-29 fiscal year.
Lodha said the company sells plots only through online mode as this is helping the company scale up the business.
He said the company has identified 48 cities where it will be launching housing plots.
Lodha said the concept of land ownership will increase in coming years and the company is trying to address this demand by providing clean titled land with all approvals to its customers, who are end users as well as investors.
He said there is a huge potential in senior living projects and leased residential assets and hoped that these two segments will attract lot of institutional investment in the coming years.
Lodha was speaking at the 6th edition of the New India Summit organised by CREDAI during March 7-8.
In November last year, The House of Abhinandan Lodha had announced ₹3,000 crore investment to expand its business in six new cities, including Amritsar, Varanasi and Vrindavan.
Also read: Birla Estates clocks ₹500 cr in bookings for Birla Trimaya in Bengaluru
It acquired 352 acres of land across six cities — Amritsar, Vrindavan, Varanasi, Shimla, Nagpur and Khapoli near Mumbai. “We are entering into six new locations. We are committing ₹3,000 crore investment in these new cities,” Lodha had said.
He said the demand for housing plots has been very strong post-Covid pandemic.
Many celebrities, including Amitabh Bachchan, have bought plots in its projects.
The House of Abhinandan Lodha is part of Lodha Ventures, which was established by Abhinandan Lodha.
The Confederation of Real Estate Developers’ Associations of India (CREDAI) is the apex body of private real estate developers in India. It represents more than 13,000 developers across 230 city chapters in 21 states.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KATE Hudson poznata je ljubiteljica vedrih boja, a pogotovo ružičaste. Zna da joj ta boja dobro pristaje i često je nosi, a sada je tu ljubav prebacila i na nokte. Prije nekoliko dana glumica je stigla u New York kako bi promovirala svoju novu Netflixovu seriju Running Point. Sudjelovala je u razgovoru s Mindy Kaling i puno vremena provela držeći mikrofon, a to je savršena prilika za pokazivanje svježe manikure.
Njezini dugi nokti bademastog oblika bili su obojeni u jarku, gotovo fluorescentnu ružičastu nijansu i ukrašeni malim kristalićima kako bi još više došli do izražaja. Za njezinu je manikuru najvjerojatnije zaslužna Mo Qin, koja je prati tijekom press turneje.
Izdvojili smo slične lakove za nokte
Ako želite ovako upečatljive proljetne nokte, ova je boja savršen izbor. Dodajte blistav završni sloj i, prema ukusu, pomoću pincete dodajte sitne kristale po površini nokta. Kristaliće razmaknite kako bi cijeli dojam bio profinjen, a ne kičast.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
U nastavku smo izdvojili nekoliko lakova za nokte uz koje ćete lako iskopirati manikuru Kate Hudson.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Let’s hope coaches saved some plays, fans didn’t brag too much and players understand how tough it is trying to beat a team for a second or third time, because it’s rematch time in the Southern California Regional semifinals in high school basketball.
Saturday’s matchups are full of rematches from section tournaments or nonleague games.
First up is a rematch of the City Section Open Division championship boys game. Westchester will host Chatsworth on Saturday in a Division II semifinal. It will be the third meeting, with Westchester winning the last one.
In Division IV, Sun Valley Poly hosts Granada Hills. Poly won a City Section Division I semifinal over Highlanders.
In the Open Division, Harvard-Westlake and Roosevelt finally meet in Eastvale. Last season, en route to winning the Southern Section and state Open Division championships, Harvard-Westlake defeated Roosevelt twice.
In Division I, Bay League rivals Mira Costa and Redondo Union play for a third time at Redondo Union.
In Open Division girls, both semifinals are rematches from the Southern Section playoffs, with Ontario Christian hosting Sierra Canyon and Etiwanda hosting Mater Dei.
In Division I girls, Sage Hill hosts Brentwood after beating the Eagles 60-42 earlier this season. Fairmont Prep hosts Windward, which lost to Fairmont Prep 69-65 on Feb. 22.
Alijah Arenas, the star guard at Chatsworth and good friend of Westchester standout Tajh Ariza, had a message after his team’s win on Thursday night: “I’ve got something for Tajh.”
Expect the Westchester gym to be filled to the rafters.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
The Odisha government in collaboration with Meta, the US-based technology giant, will soon launch a unified WhatsApp Chatbot to ensure seamless access of various government services by the citizens across the state.
The Centre for Modernising Government Initiative (CMGI) of the state General Administration department signed the memorandum of understanding (MoU) on behalf of the Odisha government with the Meta India at Lok Seva Bhavan here on Friday.
“Through this Chatbot, citizens will be able to access vital government services like obtaining birth and income certificates, applying for driving and fertiliser licenses, and accessing incentives such as the National Family Benefits Scheme, all through a single WhatsApp number,” said the government in a press statement.
The state government also claimed that the Unified WhatsApp Chatbot will integrate 429 government services into a single WhatsApp number, enabling citizens to access critical services like Essential Certificates viz. birth, death, legal heir, residence, and income certificates, licenses viz. driving license, fertiliser license etc. and incentive schemes viz. inter-caste marriage benefits, National Family Benefit Scheme, etc.
“The Odisha government is committed to delivering seamless public services, ensuring that every citizen experiences convenience and efficiency at the last mile. This commitment is underscored by our investment in technology and training, aiming to eliminate bureaucratic hurdles and enhance overall accessibility,” said Odisha Chief Secretary Manoj Ahuja.
CMGI Executive Director, Vineet Bharadwaj, said that ease of access to public services is still a challenge in Odisha.
Bharadwaj also added that there are currently, four modes of accessing any public service in Odisha — visiting the concerned office (offline mode), accessing the web portal of the concerned department/office, accessing the specific mobile app of that particular service, or through assisted service (by visiting a Common Service Centre).
“Recognising the need for a more user-friendly and accessible mode for public service delivery, we believe that WhatsApp will enable citizens to avail the desired services on one single platform through a single number, enabling swift and convenient access to services. We aim to deliver all public services notified under ORTPSA (The Odisha Right To Public Services Act) through WhatsApp by the end of 2025, enabling citizens to access them through text and voice,” he said.
Speaking on the occasion, Ravi Garg, Director, Business Messaging of Meta in India said, “We are thrilled to partner with the Odisha government and bring the power and reach of WhatsApp to millions of people in the state, giving them easy access to citizen services at their fingertips.”
With the signing of MoU with Meta on Friday, Odisha becomes the third state in the country along with Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra to introduce WhatsApp-based citizen service delivery model to adopt WhatsApp governance.
Oooh…I’m a firefly, Burning brightly in the cult of billion souls
Lorong Petaling 2 has street art that depicts trading activities in ancient times. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
Ohhh… I’m a firefly, Burning relatively bright…. (Dylan Thomas)
In the coal black night, the Selangor river was quiet, its quietude broken only by the hissing of the motorboat and the waves scattering away from the noise. I had driven nearly 70 kilometres from Kuala Lumpur to see thousands of Pteroptyx tener (let’s keep it simple by calling them fireflies), the 5mm beetles congregating on the berembang trees in the deep mangrove forest flanking the long, meandering Selangor river. (Also Read | New Orleans Mardi Gras: Beads, masks, floats & an extravaganza like no other)
These murals mark the dead end of a Petaling lane famed for its artistic street art. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
Nattily dressed children were giggling excitedly about the lightning-bug they had never seen. Innocent questions were being tossed around the fibre-boat. “Is there a bulb fitted in their bum?” “Why do adult fireflies live for only 61 days?” “Why are the females wingless?” Before the parents could chirp their wisdom, the boatman hushed everyone and switched on a rectangular board with flickering yellow light.
“Look left. Don’t be noisy. Do not use the camera flash.” The boatman was spewing instructions but no one was listening. The dark night was illuminated by the magical bioluminescent beetles – hundreds of them flitting on the berembang trees. As if the angels had fitted a series of twinkling fairy lights across the mangrove that is often described as one of the largest firefly colonies in Asia. This was not my first encounter with fireflies but never before had I seen thousands twinkling together in a dark night. Dylan Thomas was right, they were burning brightly in the cult of billion souls. As the night got darker and the river quieter, I returned to the jetty with the twinkle of the Pteroptyx tener in my heart.
Pop culture finds a place on the walls of Kuala Lumpur. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
Street Art
Next morning, the fireflies were still lurking in my heart, but I had to walk the streets in old China Town in search of wall art where pop culture, history, vignettes of life and stark messages are narrated through unruly and deft strokes of red, purple, blue, green and vibrant yellows. A little girl with brown bangs looking greedily at an ice cream cone, a Free Palestine poem stencilled in burnished orange next to a large poppy flower and a black/white painted keffiyeh, red Chinese lanterns hanging from blue clouds, a green wriggly worm with human face proclaiming ‘No Parking, only crawling’, and a few cartoonish humans adding a little mirth to the occasional sombre tone of the wall artists.
Kwai Chai Hong in Chinatown is the best place to see street art in Kuala Lumpur. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
However, it was the sepia in the Lorong Petaling that had me mesmerised. On a long wall hitting a dead end, days of the yore were handpainted in tones of brown. Vignettes of a marketplace complete with a hand-pulled rickshaw, a bare-bodied man carrying meat on a stick, a boney man in a hat ladling food into a bowl…A little boy towing a bicycle and a woman eagerly selling her wares.
In back alley named Kwai Chai Hong (‘Little Demon’ lane), murals depicting life in Chinatown in the 1960s turn fascinatingly interactive – most of them are painted in a manner that the visitor can become a part of the painted scene. A once neglected alley, the restored Kwai Chai Hong street won Best Heritage Attraction in Kuala Lumpur at International Travel Awards 2021.
A little girl staring at an ice cream cone is one of the most photographed street art in Petaling. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
In Petaling, when your knee turns wobbly with all the walking, step into Hungry Tapir for the best vegan food in the neighbourhood.
Rotis
Then, I stumbled upon a roti story – of the Empress Dowager Cixi who was picked as a concubine of the Xianfeng Emperor in her adolescence and later served as a regent for almost 50 years, from 1861 until her death in 1908. And her love for the Imperial Crispy Beef Patty that she tasted in a small town on her way out of Beijing. Empress Cixi loved the patty that has now metamorphosed into round crispy Chinese Imperial Beef Roti, the hot favourite on Kuala Lumpur’s street.
Beef Roti: This popular Chinese dish originated from a delicacy served in the Qing Dynasty Court. (Photo: Preeti Verma Lal)
I am neither an Empress nor a meat-eater, hence had to forego the beef roti that the aristocrats loved. But in a mamak (think of it as a casual, inexpensive eatery that derives its name from Tamil word maa-ma {maternal uncle} and is mostly run by Muslims of Indian origin), there were countless rotis on the blackboard menu – Roti Canai, Roti Tisu, Roti Bomb, Roti Cobra, Roti Fujima, Roti Jepun, Roti Telur Bawang, Roti Sardin, Roti Hawaii – each with its own distinct filling or topping. I had walked into the Mamak for Roti Canai that has been ranked the world’s best bread, by TasteAtlas, an international food guide website. Roti Canai was awarded a total of 4.9 stars, putting it on par with Colombia’s pan de bono.
Even before I could tear the Roti Canai served with a bowl of dal, I was distracted by the gigantic Roti Tisu (also called Roti Tissue because it is as thin as a tissue). The sweet Tisu resembles a tall tepee, large enough to feed four humans and host a swarm of small birds. In Kuala Lumpur’s mamak, I sat in a crowd and tore Roti Canai for dinner. But my heart lay far away in the fireflies of Selangor. Nothing is prettier than them!
Fans of AC/DC were in hysterics after old claims about the iconic band’s name made a resurgence online.
Formed in Australia by Scottish brothers Malcolm and Angus Young in the 70s, AC/DC won the world over with their sizzling guitar licks, high-voltage stage shows and die-hard devotion to a hard rock sound. The head-banging heroes shot to superstardom with their seminal Highway to Hell in 1979.
It wasn’t long until they found themselves embroiled in a bit of a furore, with some Christian fundamentalists declaring their name was code for “anti Christ/Devil’s child” – an unfounded claim. The band’s global success was such that they were even linked to notorious ’80s serial killer Richard Ramirez, though the connection was entirely baseless.
The subject was discussed on an ’85 episode of Entertainment Tonight, with Angus Young and bandmate Brian Johnson setting the record straight.
They were probed over their track Night Prowler after claims it had been inspiration for the murderer, who was dubbed the Night Stalker while the case was ongoing. After vehemently denying their influence on the unhinged killer, the band’s name and its meaning was brought up.
The host asked: “AC/DC, some people say that stands for ‘anti Christ/Devil’s child’. Does it?” Angus clarified: “It came from the back of my sister’s sewing machine… it’s on any electrical appliance. It just means ‘power’.” Indeed, it does mean alternating current/direct current.
The debate over the true meaning behind the rock band’s moniker reignited on social media, sparked by a Reddit query: “What does AC/DC actually stand for? To some Christians, AC/DC stands for ‘Anti-Christ/Devil’s Child’.”
To this, one individual responded: “alternating current/direct current, not anti-Christ/devil’s child lmao” while another dismissed: “That was just s*** stirred up during 80s Christian moms against rock music bs lol”.
A third contributor shared a different take: “I heard it as After Christ/Devils Comes lol”. Someone else chimed in, reminiscing: “Haven’t heard that Anti Christ/Devils Child BS in ages. I needed a good laugh”.
Another shared: “Alternating current/Direct current. My grandma told my dad that it stood for Anti-Christian Devil children lmao. Still think that’s funny”.
And a commenter explained: “Quite literally just power. Why? Because Mal & Angus got it from the back of their sister’s sewing machine. So it’s quite literally power. It also helps their name that they use a lot of power chords in their songs, so not only does their name mean power, but they also deliver it.”
The Toyota Kluger is a seven-seat SUV with a lot to offer the family buyer.
Though the current generation arrived in Australia in 2021, the Kluger nameplate has existed locally since 2003 and has always been a popular reliable seller.
Our vehicles are sourced from the United States, and the entire range of Klugers currently on sale in Australia are hybrid and all-wheel drive. That’s not too common in this segment, where it competes with a range of other large SUVs.
Such competitors include the Ford Everest and Isuzu MU-X, which both comprise body-on-frame construction and boast seven-seat capacity but outsold the car-based (monocoque) Kluger in 2024.
Toyota’s own ladder-frame Prado managed 9868 deliveries during the switch to the new 250 Series generation last year, when it fell from its perennial segment leadership position to be dwarfed by the Everest on 26,494 and the MU-X on 17,978.
Still, it fared much better than Toyota’s other body-on-frame large SUV, the HiLux ute-based Fortuner, with 3042 sales.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2021 Toyota Kluger Grande Hybrid AWD
In the realm of dedicated road-going SUVs, the Kluger shapes up against seven-seat wagon options like the Mazda CX-80, Kia Sorento, Hyundai Santa Fe, GWM Tank 500 and Chery Tiggo 8 Pro.
The Kluger outsold all those models convincingly in 2024, with the only real exception being the Sorento that came within 100 units.
It’s only partway through its life cycle, but the Kluger still tends to blend into the background in everyday traffic with its straightforward approach to reliable family motoring.
On test here is the top-spec Kluger Grande, which rings up at more than $80,000 before on-roads. Is it a quiet achiever despite its premium price?
How does the Toyota Kluger compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota Kluger against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
Kluger
How much does the Toyota Kluger cost?
The Kluger Grande costs $82,860 before on-roads – a whopping $21,940 more than the range-opening GX.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Toyota Kluger GX
$60,920
2025 Toyota Kluger GXL
$70,440
2025 Toyota Kluger Grande
$82,860
That’s also more than range-topping Everest Platinum 4×4 V6 at $81,200 before on-roads, and the top-spec MU-X X-Terrain 3.0L 4×4 at $74,400 before on-roads.
But it is less than the plug-in hybrid Mazda CX-80 P50e Azami at $87,200 before on-roads, and the Kia Sorento PHEV GT-Line at $84,660 before on-roads.
However, the Kluger remains dearer than the GWM Tank 500 Ultra Hybrid ($73,990 drive-away), and the Chery Tiggo 8 Pro Max Ultimate ($47,990 drive-away).
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Toyota Kluger like on the inside?
Well-built and functional, if not a little bland.
This a classic example of Toyota designing an interior to do a job without being flashy. Up front, you’ll see two 12.3-inch screens – one a touchscreen infotainment display and the other a digital instrument cluster disguised in a traditional-looking housing.
The infotainment display is graphically clean and simple, and you get wireless smartphone mirroring as standard across the range. While Apple CarPlay worked without issue for most of our week with the car, it did tend to drop out when passing under specific Melbourne toll booths – a trait consistent with other Toyota models.
Still, we found it easy to live with thanks to the selection of buttons on the wheel. Toyota’s native user interface is also sharp and intuitive because of the always-present ribbon down the screen’s right edge.
The digital instrument display, meanwhile, shows two gauges and almost presents like a traditional cluster. On the left is Toyota’s typical hybrid system readout, while on the left is the car’s speedometer.
There’s a range of widgets you can scroll through using the directional buttons on the wheel, which are shown within the two gauges. Between them is where additional customisable information is displayed, including the car’s cruise control and safety assist functions.
Between it and the driver is, of course, the steering wheel, which is leather-accented across the Kluger lineup.
It’s fairly large and feels nice in the hands, though a small complaint is that it feels too thin at 9 and 3 o’clock. There’s at least a comfortable range of adjustment for both tilt and reach, making it easy for most drivers to get in and sorted.
We don’t like the inclusion of gloss-black plastic on the central spoke, nor the cheap-looking centre boss. The silver plastic trim around the edge could easily be left out too, though some polish would match it with the glossier silver accents found elsewhere in the cabin.
To the Kluger’s credit, all of the wheel’s buttons are finished in dull plastic and are entirely physical. It’s a similar story with the car’s climate system, which is also physical but – annoyingly – finished with gloss-black plastic.
We understand Toyota is trying to make the whole infotainment/climate panel meld into one cohesive unit, but because its bezels are glossy the climate buttons are too. That doesn’t mean we like it – dull plastic is always better for high-touch surfaces.
In any case, the system is easy to operate thanks to its clear markings and the fact it’s fitted with those physical buttons and knobs. Climate information is displayed on a small central screen or in the middle of both knobs.
Heated and ventilated seats are a bonus, as is three-zone climate control. Despite all those features and the necessary buttons to control them, including one for rear climate, Toyota has miraculously retained one button blank here.
Moving down reveals a subtle storage nook cleverly disguised as a dashboard moulding, which sits above a more typical space for phones and wallets. In there, you’ll also find two USB-C ports, a single USB-A port, and a 12V outlet.
Behind that is a large wood-look panel, a design element found sporadically throughout the Kluger’s cabin in only the top-spec Grande. It looks fine and matches well with the lighter-coloured upholstery, but there are some strange quirks on the centre console in particular.
We like the way the wood looks against the silver trim, but the swathes of unsightly dull black plastic here take away from the more classy aesthetic.
Given we don’t like the gloss-black finishes used elsewhere, the dull panels here seem appropriate, but there’s a jarring contrast between them and the surrounding wood-look surface.
That square panel on the left is particularly awkward, and the cheap-looking buttons it houses appear to have been haphazardly thrown together. Sure, they’re big and easy to locate on the move, but we can’t help but feel there had to have been a classier approach.
The drive mode switch also seems to be floating aimlessly in a sea of plastic. It’s almost like someone fitted a larger panel here than Toyota knew what to do with, which is odd given that the treatment of this area seems much more intentional in something like the LandCruiser 300 Series – or even lower-spec Klugers.
Either way, you do still get reasonable storage options like two cupholders and that cubby in front, as well as a large centre console storage box.
If you’re wondering about a wireless phone charger, you’ll find it inside that storage box underneath a large lid. We like this approach as it keeps phones well out of sight while on the road, though cooling while charging is a concern.
Being the top-spec Kluger grade, we can appreciate the luxuries fitted here by Toyota, even if they’re likely to push the SUV’s final price above $90,000 once it’s in your driveway.
You get powered seat adjustment, a head-up display, a sound system that sounds clear and crisp, and leather upholstery – the latter of which was optioned in Toyota’s ‘Natural Beige’ colour in our tester. On that note, we found the seats to be plush and comfortable.
At a glance, it’s certainly a well-presented interior. The only thing that we think could elevate it further would be a black headliner, but maybe that’d be encroaching too far into Lexus territory for Toyota’s liking.
The dashboard remains fairly busy as a whole, and there’s another one of those discreet storage nooks tucked away ahead of the passenger. Other storage options include bottle holders in the doors and a sunglasses holder in the ceiling.
Then there’s the second row, which adheres to the almost-luxury brief without going over the top.
The seats are finished in the same leather as up front, and you also get the same leather door card inserts with wood-look trim pieces.
There’s a fold-down centre armrest with two cupholders, as well as air vents on either side of the ceiling. For comfort you’ll find a simple climate interface on the back of the centre console, though second-row passengers miss out on any form of seat heating or ventilation. Charging is via either of the two USB-C ports below.
You’ll also find window shades on the side windows, as well as a colossal sunroof that almost stretches above the third row of seating. Comfort in the second row isn’t too bad, as there’s an adequate amount of cushioning and support for longer drives – apart from the typical middle-seat drawbacks.
A complaint here is the bottom of the front seats. For lack of a better word, they simply look yucky, almost as if some loose pieces of cloth have been stuck there with Velcro.
Regardless, you’ll find soft map pockets on the backs of each front seat, as well as bottle holders in the door cards for extra storage space. You may also notice rails on the floor, which are there to provide access to the third row.
Folding the second row of seats and sliding it forward creates enough space to clamber into the back, which is helped by a couple of discreet grab handles in the C-pillars. Despite a light on the ceiling, it’s surprisingly dark back here, and perhaps expectedly cramped.
It’s not an ideal space for full-grown adults, though it could fare okay for children on longer drives. Amenities back here are limited to two cupholders on either side.
Boot space with the third row folded is quite good. There’s a long, mostly flat load floor with no lip at the bottom of the boot opening, making it easy to slide heavier items in over the durable hard plastic on the edge.
Having the third row in place also isn’t the end of the world, though vertical space quickly becomes compromised. You won’t find any more space under the rearmost portion of the floor, as that’s where the tools to change a wheel are kept.
Fortunately for Kluger owners, a full-size spare wheel is fitted as standard.
Dimensions
Toyota Kluger
Length
4966mm
Width
1930mm
Height
1755mm
Wheelbase
2850mm
Cargo capacity
241L (all seats up) 552L (third row folded) 1150L (second and third rows folded)
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The entire Kluger range is powered by the same 2.5-litre naturally aspirated four-cylinder engine, mated with two motor generators, one each on the front and rear axles. Power is sent to all four wheels through a continuously variable automatic transmission (CVT).
Specifications
Toyota Kluger
Engine
2.5L 4cyl petrol
Engine outputs
142kW / 242Nm
Electric motor outputs
88kW / 202Nm
System outputs
184kW
Transmission
CVT
Drive type
All-wheel drive
Kerb weight
2095kg (Grande) 2050kg (all others)
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.6L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
6.7L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
65L
Fuel requirement
95 octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
128g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
2000kg
Our week with the car primarily involved highway driving, alongside brief city stints, with some more spirited driving on a closed course thrown in for good measure. That’s likely why our fuel economy approached the 7.0L/100km mark.
If driving is kept to solely daily commuting, you’d likely see a figure much closer to Toyota’s claim – especially if you’re primarily doing low-speed, urban driving.
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Toyota Kluger drive?
In a no-nonsense manner – in keeping with its interior presentation and the status quo of most Toyota SUVs.
Once you’re in and comfortable, which takes but a moment thanks to the Grande’s power-adjustable seats, you’ll immediately notice how big the Kluger feels around you.
There’s loads of space between the two front seats, and the far extremities of the infotainment display require a fair reach forward if you’re not among the taller folk. That’s all to be expected given the Kluger’s monstrous exterior proportions, but it’ll take a second to get used to if you’re coming from a smaller car.
Pull the gear selector down to Drive, and you’re ready to go. The first thing you’ll notice is just how quiet the Kluger is – you’ll almost certainly set off in electric vehicle (EV) mode on account of Toyota’s hybrid system, with no more than a faint whirr as the soundtrack.
You don’t expect that from such a big car, let alone one that isn’t an EV or plug-in hybrid. It’s quite impressive, and depending on the mode selected and your driving style, you’ll find the Kluger prioritises EV driving.
Even on higher-speed roads where combustion power is necessary, the Kluger will flick back to EV mode when coasting or under minimal throttle input.
On roads like the Hume Freeway, you’re more likely to be using the petrol engine most of the time, and our fuel economy on drives comprising mostly highway driving was much closer to Toyota’s claim.
Realistically, any fuel economy lower than 7.0L/100km is an exceptional figure for a car that weighs more than two tonnes and figures closer to 6.0L/100km are just a bonus. That means the Kluger is very efficient and comfortable on long drives, thanks in part to its top-tier cabin refinement.
The Kluger Grande Hybrid is one of a few Toyota models that genuinely feel like they would qualify for the Lexus lineup, alongside others like the Camry SL – with which the Kluger shares a platform.
On-road driving is exceptionally quiet. The cabin does an excellent job of filtering out annoying road noise despite the Grande’s huge 20-inch wheels, while wind noise is similarly absent because of the Kluger’s swept-back windscreen.
On the 18-inch wheels fitted to the Kluger GX and GXL, we’d expect this car to be even quieter. As it stands, there’s still plenty of meat on the Grande’s tyres, and its polished alloy wheels certainly look the part.
As such, the Grande does a good job of ironing out imperfections on the road surface. That trait is supported by its plush suspension, which is soft without being overly bouncy.
It’s exactly the kind of suspension setup you’d hope for from a car like the Kluger, and it’s the kind of ride quality that puts it among the likes of Toyota’s smoothest driving vehicles.
Naturally, it isn’t all perfect. When it’s time for the petrol engine to kick in, it does so with a fairly uninspiring tone and the typical dreary sound associated with CVTs.
The petrol engine fitted to the Kluger is among the blandest on Toyota’s parts shelf, offering the same displacement and induction type as that found in the likes of the Camry for more than five years.
It’s therefore geared for efficiency and not much else. The Kluger is also yet to receive the latest generation of Toyota’s hybrid technology, which debuted in Australia in 2024 with the new Camry and promises increased power outputs and better efficiency.
Because the Kluger is halfway through its model cycle, it’s unlikely to receive that powertrain update any time soon.
Nevertheless, the Kluger’s current powertrain is adequate for the job it needs to do. It has an appropriate amount of power for a large SUV, but laying into the throttle won’t have it scurrying away in a hurry.
Of course, that’s due to its sheer heft, and that’s something you feel on the road. It’s by no means unwieldy, but it’s clear you’re behind the wheel of a heavy vehicle at highway speeds.
You can, however, flick through three drive modes to adjust the way the Kluger responds. Sport mode, for instance, grants maximum power and tweaks the CVT’s behaviour, while Eco mode focuses on EV driving and dulls power for improved efficiency.
It’s all fairly self-explanatory, which is also the case with the Kluger’s manual ‘shifting’ mode if you want to take control of the CVT yourself.
In the city, you’ll notice the Kluger’s five-metre length. Fortunately, there’s a healthy array of safety gear included with the Grande trim level.
All Klugers get equipment like front and rear parking sensors and a reverse camera, but the Grande is the only one to also get a surround-view camera.
That’s especially useful in tight car parks, and the quality of the Kluger’s cameras is of a high standard. We still appreciate the visibility offered by the Kluger’s windows, as it’s easy to do head checks and watch for objects on either side.
Though the rear window feels far away, there’s a similarly bid field of vision via the rear-view mirror too. Assisting here is the reversing camera, while the safety systems fitted to the front of the Kluger help negate its high bonnet.
The Kluger’s on-road safety gear is all solid. You get the full suite of adaptive cruise control and lane centring across the Kluger range, and it all works reliably.
Adaptive cruise control matches the traffic around you well, though lane centring tends to drift the car slowly towards the left of the lane. It’s also hesitant to apply significant steering lock on tighter bends, but it won’t fight if you try to coerce it around.
It works well enough to be comfortable, and on long stretches of freeway there are minimal issues. That makes it exceptionally easy to plough through the kilometres on a road trip.
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
Three distinct grades of Kluger are available in Australia, and the Grande sits at the top of the range.
Kluger GX equipment highlights:
18-inch alloy wheels
Automatic parabola LED headlights
Auto high-beam
LED tail-lights
Fog lights
Rain-sensing wipers
Privacy glass
7.0-inch digital instrument cluster
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless and wired Apple CarPlay
Wireless and wired Android Auto
DAB+ digital radio
Six-speaker sound system
Three-zone climate control
Keyless entry and start
Leather-accented steering wheel
Leather-accented gear shifter
Fabric upholstery
Carpet floor mats
Kluger GXL adds:
Roof rails
Power tailgate
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Satellite navigation
Leatherette upholstery
Heated front seats
Eight-way power-adjustable front seats
Power driver seat lumbar support
Kluger Grande
Kluger Grande adds:
20-inch alloy wheels
Projector LED headlights
Panoramic glass sunroof
Power tailgate with kick sensor
Chrome grille
Painted rear lower bumper
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
Head-up display
11-speaker JBL premium sound system
Wireless phone charger
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Second-row retractable sunshades
Interior ambient lighting
Leather upholstery
Heated and ventilated front seats
Driver’s seat memory
Premium soft instrument panel
Wood-look ornamentation
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Toyota Kluger safe?
The Toyota Kluger wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on testing conducted in 2021.
Category
Toyota Kluger
Adult occupant protection
90 per cent
Child occupant protection
88 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
76 per cent
Safety assist
82 per cent
Standard safety equipment includes:
Seven airbags
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian detection (day/night)
Cyclist detection (day)
Junction assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Emergency steering assist
Adaptive cruise control
Lane Trace Assist
Traffic sign recognition
Reversing camera
Front and rear parking sensors
Grande adds:
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Toyota Kluger cost to run?
The 2024 Toyota Kluger is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Servicing and Warranty
Toyota Kluger
Vehicle warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
High-voltage battery warranty
10 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
Roadside Assist (up to 6 years, $99 per year) Roadside Assist Plus (up to 6 years, $139 per year)
Service intervals
12 months, 15,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years, 75,000km
Total capped-price service cost
$1325 ($265 each)
Its engine and driveline can be covered for up to seven years, provided you maintain your vehicle within the Toyota dealer network.
To see how the Toyota Kluger stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota Kluger Grande Hybrid
If you need a large seven-seat family SUV that will simply get the job done with minimal bells and whistles, the Kluger is a great pick.
As basic and as uninspiring as it may be as a package, there’s no arguing that the Kluger serves its purpose well. You get a full suite of safety tech to keep families safe, as well as the efficiency benefits of a tried-and-tested hybrid powertrain – even if it isn’t the latest and greatest system available.
Naturally, with the Grande flagship you also get a heap more gear, including incredibly comfortable seats as part of a generally upmarket interior.
Refinement, ergonomics and accommodation are also strong points of the Kluger, as it’s quiet and comfortable while remaining spacious enough for big families and their groceries and bags. Even with all seven seats in use, you’ll find there’s plenty of room behind them.
But the Grande likely isn’t the pick of the bunch.
It costs nearly $90,000 once everything is said and done, which is a huge amount of money for a family car. The entire Kluger range is also AWD and hybrid, which means there’s not a lot mechanically unique about the Grande.
When you consider the range starts at roughly $60,000 before on-roads, it doesn’t make much sense to splurge that much more unless you really want or need the more luxurious fittings.
Its size is also a consideration. It’s hard to pack seven seats into a smaller car, but the Kluger is especially long and heavy. Those living in built-up areas would likely be better off with something smaller, unless seven seats are a must-have.
The Kluger Grande is undeniably a solid three-row SUV, we just think the cheaper variants are more appropriate for the average Aussie family.
Interested in buying a Toyota Kluger? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
ITR filers will see two new banks added for e-Pay tax services this time — IDFC First Bank (added on November 27, 2024) and Tamilnad Merchantile Bank (March 5, 2025).
The ITR filing for AY 2025-26 is set to start on April 1, 2025.
The income tax department has released a list of 30 banks that are now available for e-Pay tax services at e-filing portal for the income tax returns (ITRs). ITR filers will see two new banks added for e-Pay tax services this time — IDFC First Bank (added on November 27, 2024) and Tamilnad Merchantile Bank (March 5, 2025).
“e-Pay Tax service is now enabled for Tamilnad Merchantile Bank Limited with retail net banking and over-the-counter options,” according to the income tax department’s e-filing portal.
With this, a total of 30 banks are available for online tax payments on the e-filing portal.
The banks include HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank, SBI, Axis Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank, Bandhan Bank, Bank of Baroda, Central Bank of India, DCB Bank, Federal Bank, IDBI Bank, IndusInd Bank, Indian Overseas Bank, Indian Bank, Karnataka Bank, Jammu & Kashmir Bank, and Karur Vysya Bank.
Other are Punjab & Sind Bank, Punjab National Bank, Union Bank, South Indian Bank, RBL Bank, UCO Bank, Bank of Maharashtra, Canara Bank, City Union Bank, Dhanlaxmi Bank, Bank of India, IDFC First Bank, and Tamilnad Merchantile Bank.
What Is E-Pay Tax Service On E-Filing Portal?
The E-Pay Tax service on the Income Tax e-Filing portal is an online facility provided by the income tax department of India to enable taxpayers to pay their taxes digitally. This service allows individuals, businesses, and other entities to pay direct taxes such as advance tax, self-assessment tax, regular assessment tax, TDS/TCS payments, and demand payments conveniently from their bank accounts.
What To Do If You Have An Account In Bank Other Than These 30?
Taxpayers can make payment through non-authorised banks with NEFT/RTGS and payment gateway at e-Pay Tax service at e-Filing portal.
When Will ITR Filing Start for Assessment Year 2025-26?
The ITR filing is set to start on April 1, 2025. When the offline utilities and online forms are enabled on the e-filing portal, the income tax department will notify on its website.
The last date to file the income tax return will be July 31, 2025, for those who do not require audit.
News business » tax ITR Filing: Income Tax Department Releases List Of 30 Banks For E-Pay Tax Services
DOGE’s value is spotlighted as news of a possible crypto reserve redefines the digital asset market. With thousands now flocking to Remittix in a trend that goes against conventional ICO norms, investors are wondering how these developments could impact Dogecoin’s destiny. Some are waiting and watching, expecting policy signals to send DOGE soaring or plummeting within hours. Either way, traders are anticipating a potentially volatile but rewarding ride.
DOGE and the Impact of a Crypto Reserve
DOGE has again attracted investors’ attention, with insiders reporting sneaky and cinematic activity in recent days. The meme coin is trading at $0.2015 with a small 0.13% increase in a day and a market capitalization of approximately $29.9 billion.
Any official reserve, whether non-dogecoin-specific, would redefine DOGE price forecast in alternative shapes. A government reserve would, in the initial place, be a signal that governments have a specific interest in high-end money and can drive meme tokens to the periphery.
Source: Tradingview
Stable regulation would also drive capital to ventures with purported real-world utility, surpassing DOGE’s meme origins. DOGE supporters do, however, invoke its enormous internet following in the hope that network effects and viral culture keep DOGE in a competitive niche.
Recent social media chatter references a “Golden Cross” on DOGE’s chart, which is highlighted by David Dogecoin’s tweet. This sort of technical signal—where the 100-day moving average moves above the 200-day—often suggests a bullish breakout is near.
While it might give DOGE price prediction a short-term boost, broader macro factors like regulatory news or changes in Bitcoin sentiment still hold a big sway over DOGE’s direction.
Despite DOGE’s enormous fan base, the token’s daily volume rose only 2.44% to $1.81 billion. Relatively subdued trading indicates Dogecoin may be suffering from waning hype as newer tokens take centre stage.
A legitimate crypto reserve, to the possible detriment of tokens with less robust use cases, might further dampen investor focus on DOGE. However, some think that DOGE can still experience sudden price surges, especially if influential figures rekindle public interest.
A bright price prediction for DOGE based on memes alone can be fragile, but a supportive policy environment could lift DOGE from contagion.
If governments soften their stance toward digital assets, the retail investor could move in, and DOGE can ride the wave. However, the development of practical finance tools like Remittix and others signifies a drift away from pure speculation and a shift towards tokens that genuinely face real-world problems to solve. To that degree, DOGE possesses a dynamic world that is not solely within its control.
Thousands Flock To Remittix: A Utility-Driven Alternative
Whereas DOGE is plagued with dubious direction, Remittix is a project that addresses real global needs rather than surfing on the web meme frontier. Remittix has managed to sell more than 516 million tokens at $0.0734 and has raised more than $13.7 million.
Remittix, as opposed to most initial coin offerings (ICOs) that tantalize with great promises but minimal real substance, is exploring PayFi—a platform that integrates crypto velocity with live banking to enhance global remittances.
Consider a European buyer paying a Canadian freelancer, or a Peruvian exporter importing from Asia. Remittix eliminates backroom wire fees, enabling near-instant crypto-to-FIAT. In a space previously occupied by shinier meme tokens, such a user value proposition resonates.
Merchants, e-commerce platforms, and freelancers tired of traditional inefficiencies, welcome the emphasis. It’s no wonder, then, that thousands have signed up to Remittix, possibly siphoning capital that would have otherwise flowed into DOGE.
Others foresee heightened demand for stable regulation to the detriment of tokens like Remittix, which addresses real financial impediments. If a crypto reserve encourages a problem-solving mindset and not social media madness, Remittix could soar.
If DOGE can’t escape being a meme coin, it could be replaced by utility tokens. But DOGE’s inherent volatility and cultural value could have it spreading even more widely or to new use cases, so the token’s destiny can’t be predicted.
Remittix Defying the ICO Norm
Remittix has also attracted interest due to being among non-standard ICO traps. ICOs typically rely on surface-level marketing and hard-sell roadmaps with no concrete proof of concept. Remittix, on the contrary, has a functional product that can be deployed by companies.
The project’s pay-as-you-go business model, transparent pricing, and simple dashboard appeal to risk-averse clients who shun complex installations. This functional application thrives in a space in which DOGE thrives with social media hype in place of utility.
If the cryptocurrency reserve myth ever turns into policy reality, tokens with instant fixes would be thrust into being more than gambles in assets. With Remittix making cross-border transfers easy, inroads in spaces beyond crypto fans can be made by the platform.
The more real-life, ordinary money gets, the stronger tokens like RTX become. DOGE trails behind with policy and consumer demand siding with established, service-oriented companies.
The Himachal Pradesh Board of School Education has cancelled the Class 12 English examination for the March 2025 session across all examination centres in the State due to the possibility of a paper leak.
The breach was detected at a Government Senior Secondary School, Chowari area of Chamba district where the teachers mistakenly opened the English question paper of Class 12 in place of Class 10.
The Board took this decision after they received anonymous complaints on the “Exam Mitra App” on March 7, alleging that the Class 12 English question paper had been opened before the scheduled date and time. This application was introduced by the Board for the first time during this session’s examination.
The official notification from the Board reads, “As an anonymous complaint has been received in the Board office on dated 07.03.2025 (AN) regarding opening of Class-10+2 question paper in the subject of English of March-2025 Annual Examination at Govt. Sr. Sec. School, Chowari, Distt-Chamba mistakenly before scheduled date and time. Thereafter, the Board has taken a serious view and corroborated this fact from the video clips available in the Board office through the “Exam Mitra App” which has been introduced by the Board first time during this examination.”
“Therefore, the Chairman, Himachal Pradesh Board of School Education in exercise of the powers vested in him u/s 2.1.2 of the H.P. Board of School Education Examination Regulations 1993 amended up to July, 2017, orders for the cancellation of examination of Class 10+2 in the subject of English of March 2025 Annual Examination at all examination centres established in the entire state due to reason(s) explained as above. The fresh date for holding the said examination shall be notified separately in due course of time,” it added.
Looking for the most recent Strands answer? Click here for our daily Strands hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Did you watch the Oscars last week? Think about that when you’re solving today’s NYT Strands puzzle. If you need hints and answers, put on your tuxedo and read on.
I go into depth about the rules for Strands in this story.
If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Mini Crossword answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: NYT Connections Turns 1: These Are the 5 Toughest Puzzles So Far
Hint for today’s Strands puzzle
Today’s Strands theme is: Two thumbs up.
If that doesn’t help you, here’s a clue: I’d like to thank the Academy.
Clue words to unlock in-game hints
Your goal is to find hidden words that fit the puzzle’s theme. If you’re stuck, find any words you can. Every time you find three words of four letters or more, Strands will reveal one of the theme words. These are the words I used to get those hints, but any words of four or more letters that you find will work:
These are the answers that tie into the theme. The goal of the puzzle is to find them all, including the spangram, a theme word that reaches from one side of the puzzle to the other. When you’ve got all of them (I originally thought there were always eight but learned that the number can vary), every letter on the board will be used. Here are the nonspangram answers:
CODA, PLATOON, PARASITE, MOONLIGHT, SPOTLIGHT.
Today’s Strands spangram
The completed NYT Strands puzzle for March 8, 2025, #370.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Today’s Strands spangram is BESTPICTURE. To find it, start with the B that’s three letters to the right on the top row, and wind down and then up.
Quick tips for Strands
#1: To get more clue words, see if you can tweak the words you’ve already found, by adding an “S” or other variants. And if you find a word like WILL, see if other letters are close enough to help you make SILL, or BILL.
#2: Once you get one theme word, look at the puzzle to see if you can spot other related words.
#3: If you’ve been given the letters for a theme word, but can’t figure it out, guess three more clue words, and the puzzle will light up each letter in order, revealing the word.
The COVID-19 pandemic engulfed the U.S. five years ago this month, leaving not only lingering mental health effects but also long-term physical symptoms.
One of those included a condition known as post-COVID pulmonary fibrosis, which involves scarring of the lungs that can worsen over time and may require a lung transplant, according to pulmonologists.
Early infection caused extensive inflammation in many different body systems, noted Dr. Scott Scheinin, MD, director of lung transplantation for Mount Sinai Health System in New York City.
SCIENTISTS FIND CLUES ON WHY COVID VACCINE CAUSES CHRONIC HEALTH PROBLEMS IN SOME
“Once they cleared that infection, a lot of people were left with some amount of lung tissue being destroyed,” Scheinin told Fox News Digital during an interview.
Post-COVID pulmonary fibrosis involves scarring of the lungs that can worsen over time and may require a lung transplant.(iStock)
Scheinin provided medical care on the frontlines in New York City in the first wave of the pandemic.
“The early COVID experience in New York was the worst thing I’ve ever experienced in my life. It was just horrible,” he recalled.
One patient’s story
One of Scheinin’s patients was a pastor in his mid-50s who was infected with COVID-19 in March 2020.
Pastor Benjamin Thomas of East Meadow, Long Island, spent nearly 100 days in the hospital — 54 of which were on a ventilator — and six weeks in a medically induced coma.
5 YEARS AFTER COVID, AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON WHETHER IT’S STILL A THREAT
He was discharged in July 2020 with an oxygen tank. Despite overcoming the initial infection, Thomas’ condition deteriorated.
In 2022, the pastor noticed that his daily activity tolerance diminished dramatically and he required more oxygen for simple tasks.
The inflammatory response sparked by early mutations of the novel coronavirus led to scarring of lungs in many individuals. (iStock)
“I couldn’t take a shower for more than 30 seconds without being on oxygen,” he told Fox News Digital in an interview.
Scheinin said the pastor had no underlying conditions before contracting COVID. A lung biopsy showed that Thomas’ symptoms were consistent with post-inflammatory pulmonary fibrosis due to the COVID-19 infection.
BOOST YOUR IMMUNE SYSTEM WITH THESE 8 SIMPLE STEPS — SOME MAY SURPRISE YOU
Thomas’ story was remarkable in that he survived the first bout with COVID, but two years later, his lungs had deteriorated so badly from the scarring that he needed a double lung transplant, Scheinin shared.
After spending seven months on the wait list, Thomas opted to settle for one lung since that would be faster than waiting for two. His surgery was performed on Feb. 28, 2023.
“The flu and any other illness would be exacerbated because of the underlying scarring of the lung.”
Now, two years after his lung transplant, Thomas says he no longer needs oxygen supplementation and is back to performing his daily pastoral activities at his church in Queens Village, New York, albeit at a slower pace than before.
The pastor has returned to long-distance driving and can now walk for about 30 minutes. He attributes his successful recovery to the efforts of his Mount Sinai medical team, his faith and prayers from his congregation.
What is post-COVID fibrosis?
A healthy lung allows for the normal exchange of gases, such as oxygen and carbon dioxide, when one breathes air, Scheinin told Fox News Digital.
The inflammatory response sparked by early mutations of the novel coronavirus led to scarring of lungs in many individuals.
Testing for this condition is relatively non-invasive, typically including a cat scan or X-ray to check for structural lung damage, as well as blood tests and a pulmonary function test.(iStock)
In certain cases, the doctor said, the lungs no longer function as well as they did before the infection.
“The normal gas exchange is impeded because now you have areas of the lung tissue that are scarred, and therefore they’re not functioning normally,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“If it’s a small area, it may be insignificant and unnoticeable, but as more of the lung tissue becomes scarred, more of the normal lung function is destroyed, [and] the patient becomes short of breath.”
This could lead to future issues, especially if the patient is exposed to other respiratory ailments.
“The flu and any other illness would be exacerbated because of the underlying scarring of the lung,” Scheinin said. “I think it just makes the lungs more susceptible to injury.”
Symptoms, diagnosis and treatment
Symptoms of post-COVID pulmonary fibrosis can mimic other types of interstitial lung diseases, which are disorders that cause progressive scarring and inflammation of lung tissue.
If a person who previously had a COVID infection continues to experience shortness of breath, chronic cough and change in their exercise tolerance — or if they smoke or have an underlying condition such as emphysema — they should see their physician or a pulmonologist, according to Scheinin.
Risk factors for post-COVID pulmonary fibrosis typically include an underlying chronic condition, older age, and the use of mechanical ventilation during the acute phase of COVID.(iStock)
Testing for this condition is relatively non-invasive, typically including a cat scan or X-ray to check for structural lung damage, as well as blood tests and a pulmonary function test, the doctor told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Not everyone infected with COVID will develop pulmonary fibrosis, and the condition can vary in severity and recovery, the lung specialist noted.
In some cases, a person may have been susceptible to developing lung fibrosis due to an underlying condition and the COVID-19 infection may accelerate the fibrotic progression.
It is important to get checked out by a medical professional if you have symptoms, a lung specialist said, especially shortness of breath.(iStock)
It is important to get checked out by a medical professional if you have symptoms, Scheinin said, especially shortness of breath.
Risk factors for post-COVID pulmonary fibrosis typically include an underlying chronic condition, older age, and the use of mechanical ventilation during the acute phase of COVID, according to previous studies.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Researchers are investigating the use of antifibrotic medications to treat the condition, along with steroids and other anti-inflammatories that are currently used to treat other lung diseases.
Besides medications, treatment may also include pulmonary rehabilitation, exercise training and behavioral modifications, according to lung specialists.
Amy McGorry is a contributing health writer for Fox News Digital. Follow her on Twitter @amymcgorry.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/Embassy-of-Iceland-in-Beijing-celebrates-its-30th-anniversary–1ByhX2Gtk88/img/d161504beded4153b623507122827b85/d161504beded4153b623507122827b85.jpeg' alt='Icelandic Ambassador to China Thorir Ibsen delivers a speech at the event, March 6, 2025. /CGTN'
The Embassy of Iceland in China and the Center for China and Globalization (CCG) hosted a well-attended event on March 6, 2025, focusing on advancing gender equality and renewable energy, further highlighting cooperation between China and Iceland.
The event, which celebrated the 30th anniversary of the establishment of the embassy in Beijing, brought togetherleaders, experts, and advocates to explore the vital role women play in the renewable energy sector and the shared commitment of both nations to sustainable development.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/Embassy-of-Iceland-in-Beijing-celebrates-its-30th-anniversary–1ByhX2Gtk88/img/d39338e37af342a08e36e32e034cc9c8/d39338e37af342a08e36e32e034cc9c8.jpeg' alt='María Mjöll Jónsdóttir, director general of the Political Directorate of the Icelandic Ministry for Foreign Affairs, addresses the event, March 6, 2025. /CGTN'
The event commenced with opening remarks by the Icelandic Ambassador Thorir Ibsen and Song Li, a member of the Secretariat of the All-China Women Federation, setting the tone for meaningful discussions on the intersection of gender equality and green energy.
The keynote session featured insights from leading figures in renewable energy and gender equality advocacy. María Mjöll Jónsdóttir, director general of the Political Directorate of the Icelandic Ministry for Foreign Affairs, Beate Tranmann, UNDP Resident Representative, Xin Charlotte Zhao, CEO of Arctic Green Energy China and other guests engaged in thought-provoking conversations on the challenges and opportunities women face in the renewable energy sector.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/Embassy-of-Iceland-in-Beijing-celebrates-its-30th-anniversary–1ByhX2Gtk88/img/d948b57aec7d488f942103874a1b473b/d948b57aec7d488f942103874a1b473b.jpeg' alt='Beate Tranmann, UNDP Resident Representative in the event, March 6, 2025. /CGTN'
The event underscored the shared commitment of Iceland and China to achieving gender equality and advancing renewable energy and to furthering gender inclusivity and green energy innovation, advancing the global effort to achieve the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals.
Minnesota’s high school hockey tournament is a fashion show of mullets, perms and bleach. With his “All Hockey Hair Team,” John King chronicles the lettuce and flow.
Casagrand, a Chennai-based real estate developer, has entered the Hyderabad market. It plans to add 2.74 million square feet of residential space there.
“Hyderabad is one of the fastest emerging markets in the real estate sector in the South. As the city expands beyond its prime clusters, we would like to build residential projects in areas like Mankhal, Attapur, Gowdavalli, and Kompally,” Arun Mn, Founder and Managing Director of Casagrand, has said.
“After launching our first project, Casagrand Hanford at Mamidipally, in 2023, we spent two years understanding the market better. And now, we are launching new projects, which range from apartments to boutique luxury villas,” he said in a statement on Wednesday.
Read: Sensex, Nifty poised for flat opening amid tariff concerns
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SVE više parfemskih kuća istražuje formule bez alkohola, a sada im se pridružio i YSL Beauty s novim izdanjem svog mirisa – Libre L’Eau Nue. Ovaj parfem, tvrdi brend, pruža nježnije iskustvo na koži uz dugotrajan i intenzivan miris. Radi se o novoj interpretaciji parfema YSL Libre, koja zadržava prepoznatljive mirisne note, ali u inovativnoj formuli bez alkohola.
Nova era parfema
Alkohol je tradicionalni sastojak parfema jer pomaže pri raspršivanju mirisnih nota, ali može izazvati isušivanje i iritaciju kože. Zato sve više brendova traži alternativna rješenja, a YSL tvrdi da je predstavio inovativnu oil-in-water tehnologiju, koja omogućuje jaču postojanost mirisa bez negativnog utjecaja na kožu.
Libre L’Eau Nue nije samo miris već i formula koja, prema brendu, hidrira i osvježava kožu dok istovremeno ostavlja snažan trag mirisnih nota. Lavanda, citrus i cvijet naranče čine ovu kompoziciju prozračnom, a prema brendu, parfem traje cijeli dan.
Dua Lipa kao zaštitno lice
Kampanja za novi YSL parfem stavlja naglasak na slobodu i autentičnost, a glavno lice priče je pjevačica Dua Lipa. Snimljena na kamenitoj plaži, simbolizira bezbrižnost i samopouzdanje – vrijednosti koje brend ističe kroz ovaj miris.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Naša sloboda je najviši oblik izražavanja i uvijek se za nju vrijedi boriti. Želim živjeti autentično i iskreno”, izjavila je Lipa povodom lansiranja parfema. “Svoju slobodu živim tako da budem svoja, vjerna onome što jesam – i kao osoba i kao umjetnica.”
Kome je namijenjen Libre L’Eau Nue?
Ovaj parfem namijenjen je onima koji traže modernu verziju luksuznog mirisa koji je nježan prema koži, ali dovoljno intenzivan da traje satima. Prema brendu, posebno je prikladan za one s osjetljivom kožom te za ljubitelje svježih i prozračnih mirisa s dozom elegancije.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Birmingham’s Matt Mowry has won five City Section championships and zero West Valley League championships in 19 seasons as head coach. Could this be the season he ends the jinx?
The Patriots began league play Friday by wearing green uniforms and getting back-to-back home runs in the first inning from Zion Wadell and Isaac Monterrubio to defeat four-time defending West Valley champion Granada Hills 9-3.
Monterrubio also had a double and Cristian Martinez went three for three. Freshman Jordan Lindsay had two hits and two RBIs.
I’ve never seen back to back home runs in a high school game. Zion Wadell and Isaac Monterrubio just did it in first inning for Birmingham. 3-0 at Granada Hills. Wind is blowing out. pic.twitter.com/DXAdzU1rfu
Freshman pitcher Carlos Acuna struck out eight and walked four in 3 2/3 innings for Birmingham. Nathan Soto came on in relief to throw 3 1/3 scoreless innings, giving up one hit and striking out five.
Assane Diaw scores first run for Granada Hills as catcher Jordan Lindsay of Birmingham awaits throw.
(Craig Weston)
Max Szczech had three hits, including two doubles, for Granada Hills. Luke Chau threw four scoreless innings of relief after his team fell behind 6-0 and closed to 6-3.
Sun Valley Poly 9, Bell 4: The Parrots handed defending City champion Bell (4-1) its first defeat.
Sierra Canyon 7, El Camino Real 0: Greyson Gullage finished with three hits and Theo Swafford, Dezi Delgado and Mikhal Johnson each had two hits for Sierra Canyon. Kingston Monette threw four scoreless innings.
Calabasas 4, Chaminade 3: The Coyotes won it on a walk-off wild pitch in the seventh inning. An AJ Seidel RBI double tied it for Calabasas. Jack Quirk had an RBI single. Robby Morgan hit a two-run home run for Chaminade.
El Dorado 1, El Modena 0: Logan Steenburgen threw the complete game, striking out six, to lead El Dorado.
Foothill 2, Villa Park 0: Gavin Lauridsen had a two-run single in the third inning and Adam Ujiie threw six scoreless innings for Foothill.
Mission Viejo 4, Fullerton 0: Aiden Chapuis threw five scoreless innings and Jacob Powley had a home run and two RBIs for the Diablos.
Baseball: Palisades 7, Hamilton 4. Ian Sullivan allows two hits with four strikeouts in four innings and Andreas Konnari gets two hits for the Dolphins (2-3, 1-2) at North Venice Little League as head coach Mike Voelkel earns his 300th victory.
Edison 6, San Clemente 3: Kobe Kee had a three-run double to lead the Chargers.
Arcadia 6, Muir 1: The Apaches improved to 7-0. Tyler Swilling got the win and is 2-0.
Servite 2, Long Beach Millikan 1: The Friars (5-1) won in 11 innings. Tommy Cernius got the save.
Corona del Mar 8, Tesoro 0: Stevie Jones improved to 3-0 with three shutout innings. Vincent Menard had a home run.
La Mirada 8, Bellflower 4: Aiden Aguayo and Kevin Jeon each had two hits for La Mirada.
Sofball
Orange Lutheran 5, La Mirada 4: Chloe McGreevey and Carlie Snyder each hit home runs for the 4-0 Lancers.
Norco 13, Bonita 0: Ashley Duran and Tamryn Shorter each hit three-run home runs for unbeaten Norco, which later defeated Orange Lutheran 6-3 in Arizona. Leighton Gray homered. Carlie Snyder had a three-run home run for Orange Lutheran.
JSerra 8, Lakewood 1: Liliana Escobar struck out 17, walked none and gave up three hits for JSerra.
Huntington Beach 14, Aliso Niguel 4: Bree Carlson hit two home runs for Huntington Beach.
Mater Dei 4, Garden Grove Pacifica 1: Elle McCloskey homered and Sienna Acosta struck out seven in five innings to lead the Monarchs.
For over six decades, there have been six actors who have officially played James Bond. Unsurprisingly, as Hollywood leading men, they are all pretty dashing. Yet now their handsomeness has been ranked according to the Golden Ratio of Beauty Phi, a measurement of physical perfection according to an Ancient Greek mathematical equation. The research was conducted by Gambling.com, which used an AI program to assess each individual’s portrait using the Golden Ratio formula that gives them an Attractiveness Score out of 100. Check out what the six stars scored below, with No 1 receiving an impressive 98/100.
If you’re like me, there’s never a moment when the garage doesn’t have a project car on the go.
While original accessories and equipment can be hard to come by, there are some cool ways to accessorise your classic car without deviating too far from the classic feel. So how about a handmade Australian knob crafted in regional Victoria?
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
These handmade shifter balls are made from Australian Jarrah and American Oak wood, Redgum or Birch Ply in a workshop in the regional Victorian town of Ballarat.
Balls by Pamo is a family business run by Australian furniture maker Hamish Govan, who also has a garage full of ‘work in progress’ restorations, specifically air-cooled Volkswagens and Porsches – I also spotted an old Holden on Hamish’s Instagram, but won’t hold that against him.
The handmade gear knobs start from $160 for the Birch Ply and Redgum varieties, stepping up to $180 for the Jarrah and American Oak varieties.
Check out the Balls by Pamo website for more details on pricing and delivery, and while you’re at it, you can have a look at Hamish’s Instagram page that includes images of some of the restoration projects currently underway (yes, that’s a yellow 914 Porsche you see there).
If you’ve got any other left-of-field Australian car businesses we should know about, let us know in the comments section below. We’d love to let everybody know about them.
Tuhin Kanta Pandey said this is essential from the point of view of transparency and added that such moves will help the regulator gain trust of the ecosystem
SEBI Chairman Tuhin Kanta Pandey addresses during the Global Wealth Summit 2025 in Mumbai. (PTI photo)
Capital markets regulator Sebi’s new chairman Tuhin Kanta Pandey on Friday promised to come out with a framework where Sebi board members will have to reveal conflict of interest to the public.
Addressing his maiden public event, Pandey, who took charge as the Sebi chairman on March 1, said this is essential from the point of view of transparency and added that such moves will help the regulator gain trust of the ecosystem.
It can be noted that last year, US-based short seller Hindenberg had made specific allegations against Pandey’s predecessor Madhabi Puri Buch circling around potential conflicts of interest based on whistleblower documents.
These allegations included her personal investments in an offshore fund where an affiliate of the Adani Group, which Sebi was investigating, was a co-investor.
In response to those, Sebi had said that Buch had made “relevant disclosures” and recused herself when required and the allegations against Adani Group were duly investigated.
“I think we need to be more transparent on various other measures, including, for example, on the conflict of interest of the board and so on.
And we will be coming forward with our own plan to further transparently, you know, reveal these conflict of interest, etc, to the public,” Pandey said.
“I think trust and transparency extends to Sebi itself. We need to not only create trust of all stakeholders in us, but we also need to maintain that trust,” Pandey said, speaking at Moneycontrol’s Global Wealth Summit 2025.
Amid concerns over heightened foreign institutional investor outflows, the Sebi chief said the capital markets regulator is further rationalising the regulations governing their operations.
“We at Sebi are conscious about the need to create a conducive environment to attract foreign capital. We will be happy to engage with FPI and AIF industry participants to address their difficulties and further rationalize regulations to promote ease of operation,” he said.
We need to have both domestic and foreign capital to support the growth momentum, he said, adding that India is a bright spot for long-term investments.
The country has attracted global investments, across equities, debt and private equity spaces over the years, Pandey said acknowledging that the presence of such long-term foreign capital would further support infrastructure growth, innovation and entrepreneurship in India.
“As we face global headwinds in terms of geoeconomic fragmentation, tariff issues and elevated uncertainties, we need to build upon our resilience and strength to sustain our growth,” Pandey said.
A high level of sustained growth, low current account deficit, low external public debt, healthy bank balance sheets, fiscal consolidation road map, continuing push on government capex and infrastructure and forex reserves buffer are some key pillars of support for India’s resilience against exogenous shocks, he added.
He also promised that Sebi will be willing to relook at redundant and outdated regulations which are not serving any purpose.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
News business New SEBI Chief Promises Framework For Board Members To Disclose Conflicts Of Interest
Pepe (PEPE), the world’s third-largest meme coin, is gaining significant attention from the crypto community due to its impressive upside momentum despite the ongoing bearish market sentiment. On March 8, 2025, while top assets like Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), and XRP are witnessing price declines, PEPE has defied the market trend, registering an impressive 7.5% gain in the past 24 hours.
Current Price Momentum
With this impressive upside momentum, PEPE is currently trading near $0.0000073. Meanwhile, its trading volume has surged by 60% over the same period, indicating heightened anticipation from traders and investors compared to the previous day.
PEPE Price Action and Upcoming Levels
This price surge has pushed the meme coin to the upper boundary of its consolidation range, positioning it for a potential breakout. According to CoinPedia’s technical analysis, PEPE is trading within a narrow zone between $0.0000064 and $0.00000738. However, with today’s price surge, the meme coin is on the verge of breaking out of this pattern.
Source: Trading View
Based on recent price action and historical momentum, if PEPE breaches this range and closes a daily candle above the $0.0000074 level, there is a strong possibility that it could soar by 40%, reaching $0.0000105 in the coming days.
Despite the recent price gain, the asset is still trading below the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily timeframe, indicating that it remains in a downtrend.
Traders Bullish Outlook
Data from the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass reveals that bulls are currently dominating the meme coin, as they seem to be strongly betting on the long side. PEPE’s exchange liquidation map shows that $0.00000693 and $0.00000735 are key levels where traders holding long and short positions are over-leveraged.
Source: Coinglass
Currently, they have $1.80 million worth of long positions and $615K worth of short positions. This data clearly showcases that bulls are strong and appear to be supporting the meme coin’s continued upside momentum.
Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, aka GLP-1 agonists, such as semaglutide — better known as Ozempic — have recently gained popularity globally, not just for managing type 2 diabetes but also due to their weight loss benefits. This increase in popularity is mainly due to celebrity endorsements and the power of social media. According to a research letter published in August 2024, between January 2021 and December 2023, the number of semaglutide fills increased by 442%. Ozempic accounted for over 70% of those fills.
Beyond type 2 diabetes and weight loss, GLP-1 agonists can also help lower blood pressure, improve lipid disorders, reduce inflammation and improve heart health. With such advantages, the demand for GLP-1 agonists continues to grow, making them one of the most talked-about treatments today.
What are GLP-1 agonists?
GLP-1 agonists, also known as incretin mimetics, are a class of medication that is primarily used to treat type 2 diabetes and, in some cases, obesity.
“The glucagon-like peptide (GLP-1) is a naturally occurring hormone in the small intestine which triggers the release of insulin from the pancreas. This process helps to regulate blood sugar levels,” said Angela Haynes-Ferere, associate professor at Emory School of Nursing in Atlanta. “The GLP-1 agonist mimics the action of this naturally occurring hormone. After eating, blood sugars will rise, and these medications cause the pancreas to release more insulin which helps to lower blood sugar.”
In addition to helping people with type 2 diabetes control their blood sugar, this medication reduces one’s appetite. It also slows the digestive process so patients report feeling full with less food intake. This results in weight loss for many users, but it varies based on many individualized factors, said Haynes-Ferere.
According to Cleveland Clinic, most of the GLP-1 agonists are available as liquid medication that needs to be injected under the skin, except one that is available in tablet form (Rybelsus).
A few generic and brand names of GLP-1 agonists, according to the Johns Hopkins Patient Guide to Diabetes, include:
Dulaglutide, marketed as Trulicity
Exenatide extended-release, marketed as Bydureon
Exenatide, marketed as Byetta
Lixisenatide, marketed as Adlyxin
Liraglutide, marketed as Victoza
Semaglutide, marketed as Ozempic
Semaglutide oral, marketed as Rybelsus
Tirzepatide, marketed as Mounjaro or Zepbound (a dual GLP-1/GIP agonist)
Each brand has its own recommended dosage and frequency of intake. Some may be taken once daily, while others are used weekly. You must consult your doctor to understand what dosage and frequency best suit you.
Potential GLP-1 agonist benefits
“In addition to controlling blood sugar and reducing obesity, these medications have been shown to reduce cardiovascular risks and improve kidney function,” said Haynes-Ferere. Anecdotally, individuals are reporting reduced smoking, gambling, alcohol intake and drug use, she noted.
“Studies have shown benefits in worsening kidney disease, heart failure and obstructive sleep apnea in patients with obesity,” says Dr. Leon Jons, a weight management specialist and clinical associate professor of Internal Medicine-Endocrinology and Metabolism at Carver College of Medicine in Iowa.
According to Cleveland Clinic, other benefits of GLP-1 agonists may include:
Delaying the progression of diabetes-related nephropathy or diabetes-related kidney disease, aka DKD
These benefits not only make GLP-1 agonists effective for managing type 2 diabetes but also contribute to better cardiovascular health. However, the effect of GLP-1 agonists varies from one person to another. Always talk to your doctor to understand how GLP-1 agonists may benefit your specific condition.
athima tongloom/Getty Images
GLP-1 agonist side effects and risks to consider
For some patients, the speed of weight loss can lead to the undesired cosmetic effect of a gaunt face (colloquially called “Ozempic face”), particularly in patients with less skin elasticity, said Haynes-Ferere. She added that regular exercise with weight training can help preserve muscle mass and maintain a healthy appearance.
The medications’ side effects are predominantly related to the gastrointestinal system — for example, nausea, constipation, diarrhea or belching. For most patients, these effects are mild and resolve over time. For some, the side effects can be severe, and patients would need to stop the medication, Jons said.
Other common side effects of GLP-1 agonists, as reported in a National Library of Medicine article, include:
Loss of appetite
Vomiting
Headache
Dizziness
Mild tachycardia (increased heart rate)
In some cases, minor episodes of hypoglycemia may occur. “Hypoglycemia would be extremely rare and is more likely to occur in patients who are also taking other diabetes medications that can lower blood sugar too much,” said Dr. Troy Mensen, a family medicine doctor based in the Chicago area and member of the CNET medical review board. Cleveland Clinic reports that hypoglycemia is a condition in which blood glucose levels drop below 70 mg/dL. If left untreated, it may become life-threatening. Symptoms of hypoglycemia may include shakiness, weakness, nausea, difficulty concentrating and dizziness. Consuming sugars or carbohydrates can treat hypoglycemia.
Also, doctors do not recommend GLP-1 agonists to pregnant people since it may pose a threat to the developing fetus. Consult your doctor if you’re pregnant, planning to get pregnant or are breastfeeding.
Who should take GLP-1 agonists?
Doctors primarily recommend GLP-1 agonists for type 2 diabetes and obesity. However, GLP-1 agonists are not the first choice of treatment. Metformin, an oral medication, remains the first choice for managing type 2 diabetes. However, doctors may recommend GLP-1 agonists if you:
Cannot tolerate metformin
Are unable to lower your blood sugar levels with ongoing medications even after three months
Experience complications due to other conditions such as heart failure, atherosclerosis or chronic kidney disease
Cleveland Clinic reports that doctors may also recommend two GLP-1 agonists, semaglutide and liraglutide, for treating obesity. Dr. Mensen adds that tirzepatide (Mounjaro or Zepbound), a dual GLP-1/GIP agonist, may also be recommended.
“Based on the fact that each individual experience with this medication is different, the patient should work with their healthcare provider to determine the best treatment plan and goal for overall well-being,” said Haynes-Ferere.
Additionally, GLP-1 agonists such as dulaglutide, semaglutide and liraglutide have been shown to provide cardiovascular benefits. Doctors may also recommend these GLP-1 agonists to reduce the risk of heart disease.
The recommended frequency of intake for commonly prescribed GLP-1 agonists includes:
Dulaglutide: Weekly
Exenatide: Twice daily
Exenatide extended-release: Weekly
Liraglutide: Daily
Semaglutide: Weekly
Tirzepatide: Weekly
Semaglutide tablets: Daily
Douglas Cliff/Getty Images
Who should not take GLP-1 agonists?
Although GLP-1 agonists can help to effectively treat type 2 diabetes and obesity, they may not be suitable for everyone. Your doctor may avoid prescribing GLP-1 agonists if you have:
Family history of medullary thyroid cancer: This rare thyroid cancer has been linked to the use of GLP-1 agonists in rodents. Your doctor may avoid prescribing GLP-1 agonists if you have a family history of medullary thyroid cancer.
Multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome type 2, or MEN2: A rare condition characterized by tumors in endocrine glands. Doctors may avoid prescribing GLP-1 agonists if you have been diagnosed with or have a family history of MEN2 since they can stimulate abnormal cell growth.
Pregnant people: Doctors may not recommend GLP-1 agonists to pregnant people since it can pose a risk to the developing fetus.
History of pancreatitis: Doctors most often avoid GLP-1 agonists in people with a history of pancreatitis since GLP-1 agonists may increase the risk of fatal hemorrhagic and necrotizing pancreatitis.
Inflammatory bowel disorders or gastroparesis: GLP-1 agonists slow gastric emptying and may worsen symptoms of inflammatory bowel disorders.
GLP-1 overdoses and important info to remember
GLP-1 agonists are prescription medications and should be taken only under the supervision of your doctor. Following the recommended dosage can help to prevent overdoses. According to America’s Poison Centers, an overdose of GLP-1 often causes similar symptoms to side effects:
Nausea
Diarrhea
Vomiting
Abdominal pain
Constipation
However, the duration of these symptoms may be longer. In severe cases, you may also experience dehydration and hypoglycemia, which may require immediate medical attention.
You must double-check the dose before taking the medication and set a reminder for the next dose to prevent the risk of overdose.
Carolina Rudah/Getty Images
When to contact a doctor
You must contact your doctor if you’re experiencing serious side effects after using a GLP-1 agonist, such as:
Nausea
Abdominal pain
Dizziness
Increase in heart rate
Shaking or trembling
Also, consult your doctor first if you think the medication is not working for you or if you’re considering not continuing the medication.
Additionally, scheduling regular follow-ups with your doctor while you’re on GLP-1 agonists is important. These follow-ups help monitor your blood glucose levels and determine if any dosage changes are necessary. Regular follow-ups can also help doctors monitor signs of hypoglycemia, renal disease, pancreatitis and thyroid cancer.
The bottom line
GLP-1 agonists are medications that primarily treat type 2 diabetes and obesity. However, recent studies suggest they can lower blood pressure, reduce inflammation and improve lipid disorders. Several brands are available, each having their own dosage guidelines. However, GLP-1 agonists may not be suitable for everyone. You must talk to your doctor to understand whether you should take GLP-1 agonists for your condition.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is in the process of launching a large study into possible links between autism and vaccines, sources familiar told Reuters.
The study has not been confirmed, and it is unclear how the study will be carried out, the outlet reported.
RFK JR. RECOMMENDS MEASLES VACCINES FOR COMMUNITY IMMUNITY WHILE SUPPORTING PERSONAL CHOICE
Fox News Digital reached out to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the CDC for comment.
The CDC plans to launch a study into potential links between vaccines and autism, according to Reuters. (iStock)
The CDC acknowledges there is parental concern about possible connections between autism and vaccines.
“To date, the studies continue to show that vaccines are not associated with ASD [Autism Spectrum Disorder]. CDC knows some parents and others still have concerns,” reads the agency’s site.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Dr. Nicole Saphier, a Fox News medical contributor, told Fox News Digital the decision to launch research into a potential link is a “notable shift, likely spurred by ongoing public debate and pressure for transparency.”
The CDC acknowledges there is parental concern about possible connections between autism and vaccines.(Pavlo Conchar/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images)
“Historically, the agency has maintained that no such connection exists, citing robust, but outdated studies,” she said.
“This move could signal an effort to address persistent skepticism, though it’s bound to reignite controversy.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“The outcome hinges on the study’s design — rigorous, unbiased and transparent methodology will be key to settling the science, one way or another. Whether the results will sway anyone’s predetermined opinion on the matter, however, is the biggest unknown,” Saphier added.
In his recent op-ed on the measles outbreak, Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. wrote, “We must engage with communities to understand their concerns, provide culturally competent education, and make vaccines readily accessible for all those who want them.”(Andrew Harnik/Getty Images)
In his recent op-ed on the measles outbreak, HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. wrote, “…we have a shared responsibility to protect public health. This includes ensuring that accurate information about vaccine safety and efficacy is disseminated.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“We must engage with communities to understand their concerns, provide culturally competent education, and make vaccines readily accessible for all those who want them,” Kennedy added.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/China-s-economy-soars-past-editorial-cynics-into-brave-new-world-1BydyeinnSE/img/430f435369464f7c870b3245aac5b76e/430f435369464f7c870b3245aac5b76e.jpeg' alt='Foreign as well as domestic tourists click selfies and savor the vibrant Shanghai skyline on September 30, 2024. /VCG'
Editor’s note: Ankit Prasad is a CGTN biz commentator. The article reflects the author’s views and not necessarily those of CGTN.
‘China’s Economy is Obviously Soaring. The Problem is Economists.’ Thus spake a Forbes article on January 22, 2025, days after the Trump inauguration. It offered a scathing counter-view to the Washington Post’s ‘How (not) to deal with China’ op-ed that had come out a week earlier. The Post had contended that the (developed) world was worried about Chinese exports flooding its markets and that China’s economy remains in the doldrums. With the benefit of hindsight, even if it’s less than two months later, one could argue that one side’s hypothesis hasn’t aged too well, and perhaps wasn’t very strong to begin with.
The main reason for the relatively quick verdict is that a lot has happened since mid-January. As the saying goes, a week is a long time in politics (and geopolitics), and seven weeks may as well be an eternity. For one, three days after the ‘economy in doldrums’ declaration, China revealed its economy had expanded at a 5 percent annual pace in 2024. It turned out that the fiscal stimulus the Washington Post had decried had sparked a 5.4 percent Q4 revival. Of course, the Post’s ‘Editorial Board’, left red-faced and shorn of the chance to say ‘I told you so’, questioned the numbers without a single meaningful counter-statistic but plenty of innuendo.
Fast-forward to the first half of March, an ever-growing list of remarkable developments has flipped the switch in Chinese economic discourse. Almost as collateral damage, it also renders hollow much else of what the Post’s prophets of cynicism and disbelief had claimed. As of the start of China’s annual Two Sessions and the submission of the government’s work report to the NPC for deliberation, new buzzwords have stolen the limelight.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/China-s-economy-soars-past-editorial-cynics-into-brave-new-world-1BydyeinnSE/img/94f2239aa51c4d03a93fbd3e85f02875/94f2239aa51c4d03a93fbd3e85f02875.jpeg' alt='(Clockwise from top-left) The third session of the 14th CPPCC National Committee begins in the Great Hall of the People in Beijing on March 4, 2025. A humanoid robot made by Unitree Robotics shakes a human's hand. The logo of Chinese AI model Deepseek. A chip schematic of Chinese superconducting quantum computing prototype "Zuchongzhi 3.0" ./VCG'
The chatter in economic corridors and TV news reports is no longer of exports and manufacturing and production, which have been subsumed into the gamechanging paradigm of ‘new quality productive forces’. Instead, everybody is discussing Deepseek, Ne Zha 2, Hangzhou’s Six Little Dragons, Intangible Cultural Heritage-edition Chinese New Year, humanoid robots, Gazelle companies, quantum computing, sci-tech bonds and embodied AI. Few of these would have registered strongly before January, but now they’re on the tips of everyone’s tongues.
In his counter to the Post, Forbes commentator John Tamny had argued at a fundamental level how imports enable us to specialize to a greater extent in doing the work that most associates with our unique skills and intelligence. The idea here is that commoditized manufacturing is not an avenue for labour to show off their skills or talent. On the other hand, making a world-beating film like “Ne Zha 2” or an industry-shaking AI model like Deepseek (or writing a Washington Post takedown-piece) undoubtedly benefit from that very talent. Is that the kind of innovation the developed world would like to eschew in an effort to demonize and then compete with China or anyone else’s manufacturing?
Another rather strange line of alarmism deployed against China was in the climate space. The Post article spoke in hushed and dark tones about Chinese electric vehicles and solar panels flooding Europe while simultaneously arguing later in the piece that it is essential to cooperate with China in climate change mitigation. In fact, the Post routinely writes about China’s world-leading renewable energy prowess. This Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde-esque contradiction within the space of a few paragraphs is as mystifying as it is counter-productive. In similar more recent news reported by Politico, a German government-commissioned think tank aroused speculative suspicion about Chinese windmills on data privacy grounds, leading the Global Times to equate the paranoia with Don Quixote tilting at windmills. Clearly, some economist-columnists need to decide whether they want sustainable and inclusive economic well being, or they want to go around in circles confusing everyone including and especially themselves.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/China-s-economy-soars-past-editorial-cynics-into-brave-new-world-1BydyeinnSE/img/0d16c346d13a4711b7b9de77430af525/0d16c346d13a4711b7b9de77430af525.jpeg' alt='A vast line of wind turbines dot the countryside and fields at the Jiangzhou Wind Farm in Chaisang District, Jiujiang City, Jiangxi Province, on September 9, 2024. By the end of 2024, China's renewable energy installed capacity reached 1.89 TW, the highest in the world. In comparison, the US's renewable energy installed capacity at the end of 2023 stood at less than 1 TW. /VCG'
Coming back to China’s 2025 plan, the time for consumption has indeed come in earnest. As per Reuters, Chinese Premier Li Qiang mentioned consumption 31 times in his speech submitting the government’s work report to the NPC, up from 21 times last year. To enable this, existing and new tools are to be applied, including an expansion of the trade-in-scheme via 300 billion yuan ($41.3 billion) in ultra-long-term special treasury bonds, efforts to boost household income, relaxed market access, a refined vacation system, improved duty-free shop policies, development of International consumption centre cities and strengthening of commercial infrastructure in county-level regions. As per the work report, the government will also enhance the full-caliber consumption statistics system and strengthen consumer rights protection.
Every indication is that China’s economy is in the midst of a pivot from exports, investment, construction and old-school manufacturing to innovation, new quality productive forces and consumption. Evidence suggests foundations for this pivot predate the arrival of any specific administration in the White House or, I daresay, any Washington Post editorial. From the press conference on economy on the sidelines of the NPC, it is clear China will deploy a veritable arsenal of tools to supplement this transition. Given the size of the economy this is bound to take time, but which economy isn’t trying to transform these days?
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-07/China-s-economy-soars-past-editorial-cynics-into-brave-new-world-1BydyeinnSE/img/91eec5d10e8a46c28a035da2e4a6574d/91eec5d10e8a46c28a035da2e4a6574d.jpeg' alt='Zheng Shanjie, chairman of the National Development and Reform Commission, Lan Fo'an, Minister of Finance, Wang Wentao, Minister of Commerce, Pan Gongsheng, governor of the People's Bank of China, and Wu Qing, chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, address a press conference on economic issues on the sidelines of the two sessions in Beijing on March 6, 2025 ./VCP'
Additionally, Beijing has used the last month to send out a clear signal both domestically and internationally that it stands behind both private enterprises and foreign-invested enterprises, and also welcomes foreign investment. Meanwhile, the US appears to be intent on deploying radical and confrontational new tools for tariff negotiations that’ll help it squeeze space further down the value chain, all while re-starting production of conventional engine cars and adopting a ‘drill baby drill’ strategy for fossil fuels. This has left its old ally Europe looking hither and tither to spark its own economy back to life.
It’s clearly a brave and ever-changing new world in 2025. In light of all this, perhaps it’s time for economist-columnists to kindle some new quality humility forces, accept we’re in uncharted waters, put on their thinking caps, and get back to the drawing board.
A “Flamin’ Hot” snack with an uncanny resemblance to the fire-breathing Charizard was sold at auction for nearly $90,000. First it needed a custom case.
Global asset manager Blackstone and Indian real estate developer Sattva have filed the draft prospectus for a real estate investment trust to raise ₹6,200 crore (about $712 million) with a commercial portfolio of 48 million square feet, of which 37 msf is completed.,
Sources said the REIT will raise anything in the range of ₹5,700-7,500 crore.
Called Knowledge Realty Trust it will be the largest office REIT in the country based on the gross asset value of ₹59,445 crore and net operating income of ₹1,632.4 crore in the first half of FY25, the prospectus said.
Blackstone holds 55 per cent stake in the venture and the remainder is held by Sattva.
The portfolio consists of 30 office assets in six cities, with a committed occupancy of 89.9 per cent. The properties are 90 per cent leased with marque tenants, of which 76 per cent are multinationals and 45 per cent Global Capability Centres.
Of the issue’s total proceeds, ₹5,800 crore will be used to partially or fully repay some debts of the asset special purpose vehicles and investment entities and the remainder for general corporate purposes.
Some well-known properties owned by the venture include One BKC in Mumbai, Sattva Knowledge City in Hyderabad, Sattva Horizon in Bengaluru, One Unity Centre in Mumbai and Kosmo One in Chennai.
The net operating income has a growth potential of 18 per cent the next two years while the properties have a mark-to-market upside potential of 15 per cent. The venture also has a pipeline of 7.5 msf under right of first offer, while the weighted average lease expiry is 8.6 per cent, which gives it stability in lease rentals.
This is Blackstone’s third office REIT in India after Embassy Office Parks and Mindspace Business Parks. It also sponsors Nexus Select Trust, the only retail-focused REIT in the country.
BOOKET ART nije obična cvjećarnica, to je mjesto gdje se cvijeće susreće s književnošću i zajedno stvaraju jedinstvenu umjetničku priču. Ova cvjećarnica donosi novu dimenziju floristike, kreirajući bukete inspirirane najpoznatijim ženskim književnim likovima. Svaka cvjetna kompozicija nosi emociju i simboliku priče, čineći je ne samo estetski privlačnom već i duboko značajnom. Osnivačica Laura, strastvena ljubiteljica književnosti i dugogodišnja cvjećarka, ispričala nam je sve o svojem projektu.
Laura je uspjela spojiti svoje dvije velike ljubavi i stvoriti koncept koji je prvi takve vrste u Europi. Ideja se dugo razvijala, inspirirana knjigama koje su obilježile njezin život i emocijama koje je u njoj budilo cvijeće. Kad je shvatila da cvijeće doživljava na isti način kao i književne likove, kroz osjećaje, priče i simboliku, znala je da je pronašla svoju misiju.
“Kada radim s cvijećem, osjećam kao da stvaram priču, svaka latica nosi emociju i poruku. Zapravo, sve ovisi o mom emotivnom stanju u tom trenutku. Određeno stanje poveže me s likom, poistovjetim se s njim i tada se rađa ideja za buket”, rekla je.
“Svaki buket nadahnut je ženskim književnim likovima”
“Cvjećarstvom se bavim preko 25 godina, a književnost je oduvijek bila moja druga ljubav. Kada spojim to dvoje, dobivam cijeli koloplet emocija koje želim prenijeti drugima i pokazati im kako čak i najteži osjećaji mogu probuditi ljepotu i pozitivu”, dodaje Laura.
Cvjećarnica je otvorila svoja vrata 3. ožujka 2025. godine, a već na samom početku privukla je ljubitelje književnosti i cvijeća. Svaki buket u Booket Artu nadahnut je ženskim književnim likovima, pri čemu su pažljivo birane boje i vrste cvijeća kako bi što bolje odražavale njihovu osobnost.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Tako, primjerice, buket inspiriran Anom Karenjinom donosi raskošne i dramatične tonove, dok onaj posvećen Nori iz Kuće lutaka odiše suptilnom elegancijom i snagom. “Jasno mi je da mnogima neće biti jasan moj doživljaj cvijeća jer doživljavam ga kao da ima dušu i emociju, baš kao i knjigu.”
“Kada sam stvarala bukete inspirirane najpoznatijim ženskim likovima, vodila sam se osobnim osjećajem i percepcijom lika u knjizi, ali i povezivala ga s cvijećem koje kod mene izaziva iste emocije kao i lik”, objašnjava Laura. Kolekcija Evergreen neprestano se mijenja i nadopunjuje,jer inspiracija nikad ne prestaje dolaziti.
“Booket Art je mjesto koje pruža cjelovito iskustvo kroz različite kreativne radionice”
“Bilo bi šteta ukalupiti se kad je pregršt ideja još u meni. Cvijeće odabirem ovisno o sezonskoj ponudi, pazeći na njegovo značenje. Volim reći da se vodim bojama i osjećajima, no svakako u buketima nalazimo ruže, frezije, tulipane, ljiljane, amarilise, orhideje, makove i mnoge druge cvjetove”, dodaje.
Booket Art ne nudi samo bukete – to je mjesto koje pruža cjelovito iskustvo kroz različite kreativne radionice. Najpopularnija među njima je Flower and Wine, gdje sudionici u opuštenoj atmosferi uz čašu vina uče o simbolici cvijeća u književnosti i izrađuju vlastite bukete. Ove radionice pružaju priliku za povezivanje, izražavanje emocija i stvaranje jedinstvenih cvjetnih priča.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Jedna gospođa mi je rekla da joj je sudjelovanje u radionici pomoglo da se izrazi na način na koji nije mislila da može. To su trenuci koji mi daju snagu”, priznaje Laura.
“Buketi se mogu kupiti u cvjećarnici, naručiti putem web-stranice ili telefonski”
Kupci su oduševljeni ovim inovativnim konceptom i često opisuju Booket Art kao utočište za ljubitelje cvijeća i književnosti. “Najviše me ganulo što sam pročitala negdje da im se moj prostor i ideja čini kao utočište za ljude koji vole cvijeće i knjige. E, upravo to mi je bila želja i san”, kaže Laura.
Mogućnost narudžbi prilagođena je suvremenom načinu života – buketi se mogu kupiti u cvjećarnici, naručiti putem službene web-stranice ili telefonski, a dostava se vrši u unaprijed definiranim vremenskim intervalima: od 8 do 10, 10 do 12, 12 do 14 te od 14 do 16, od ponedjeljka do subote.
Cijene buketa imaju široki raspon, a sve ovisi o željama, potrebama i mogućnostima kupaca. “Volim misliti da stvarno imamo ponudu koja može zadovoljiti sve kriterije. Od prodaje samostalnih buketa, do paketa koje možete pronaći na webu, gdje uz buket birate knjigu, pa čak do lux paketa, koji vam dolazi u pakiranju s buketom (odabrane veličine) + vazom + knjigom”, kaže Laura.
Cvjećarnica se nalazi u Koledinečkoj ulici 4 i otvorena je od ponedjeljka do petka od 7.30 do 16.30, subotom od 7.30 do 14.30 te na radne nedjelje od 8.00 do 13.00. U ovom prostoru svaka posjeta postaje posebno iskustvo – susret cvijeća, književnosti i emocija koje oblikuju naše priče.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani’s Maldives honeymoon is pure bliss. From sunset selfies to water sports, their tropical getaway is giving us major couple goals.
Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani are the latest couple to say “I do”! The two recently exchanged vows in a beautiful Hindu ceremony, surrounded by their loved ones. Following their wedding celebrations, they jetted off to the Maldives for a dreamy honeymoon. Giving fans a peek into their romantic escape, Aadar shared breathtaking snapshots from their tropical retreat on Instagram. (Also read: Tina Ambani makes a case for repeating outfits as she rewears her stunning red saree from 2022 at Aadar Jain’s wedding )
After their wedding, Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani embarked on a romantic honeymoon in the Maldives.(Instagram)
Inside Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani’s Maldives honeymoon
Aadar Jain’s Instagram carousel opens with a cheerful postcard from the couple’s Maldives getaway. In the selfie, Aadar and Alekha are seen holding hands, radiating happiness. While the actor kept it cool in a casual outfit, Alekha stunned in a pink swimsuit layered with a mesh-patterned mini-dress. The rest of the snaps capture their dreamy vacation: cycling through scenic paths, playing tennis, basking under the sun, and indulging in thrilling water sports.
“Island life with the wife,” Aadar sweetly captioned the dreamy photos. Alekha was quick to respond, dropping a couple of red heart emojis in the comments.
Just a day ago, Aadar treated fans to another breathtaking glimpse of their Maldives getaway. The first snapshot captured a beautiful beachside selfie, with the beautiful couple posing against the backdrop of a stunning sunset.
The next picture featured Alekha striking an elegant pose in vibrant yellow dress on a wooden walkway near the beach. While Aadar kept it classic in a crisp white shirt. Sharing these dreamy moments, the actor captioned the post, “Always chasing,” perfectly summing up their romantic escape.
About Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani
Aadar Jain, grandson of Raj Kapoor, is the son of Reema and Manoj Jain. Alekha Advani, founder of Way Well, is the daughter of businessman Harry Advani and is reportedly related to Lal Krishna Advani. After their engagement on September 1, 2024, the couple tied the knot on February 22.
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / 22 inside pics, videos of newlyweds Aadar Jain and Alekha Advani’s Maldives honeymoon that are straight out of a dream
Mariah Carey remains one of the most glorious icons of pop music in the world. And while she has a devout and powerful fanbase, she rarely uses it to play shows and concerts around the world – especially not in the UK. Well, that has all just changed. The American songstress behind such hits as Fantasy, Emotions, Bye Bye and (of course) All I Want For Christmas Is You, will be hitting the UK this year for one exclusive show.
On Friday, August 15, 2025, Mariah Carey will play the Sandringham Estate in Norfolk, as part of Heritage Live Festivals. Here, she’ll be supported by some massive acts, as well, including Nile Rodger & Chic and Eternal. Tickets are out right now, and we’ve got all the options you might need listed below.
Mariah Carey tickets are out right now after being released on general onsale on Friday, March 7, 2025.
The tickets for the August 15, 2025 concert can be purchased from a number of retailers, including Ticketmaster and AXS.
Tickets are currently being sold for around £150 each.
Of course, if you missed out on general onsale tickets, resale tickets could be your best bet.
Speaking out about the exciting one-off concert, Heritage Live Festivals’ Giles Cooper said: “We’re absolutely thrilled to bring one of the greatest pop artists of all-time to the Royal Sandringham Estate for an exclusive UK headline show. Mariah Carey is an award-winner, a record-breaker, and an absolute global icon – this show will be historic.
“Mariah’s live show is second to none and with such a catalogue of huge hit singles, it’s going to be an incredible occasion. It will most definitely be an ‘I was there’ event that will live in all of our memories forever.”
The so-called ‘light car’ segment in Australia is continuing to be hollowed out, as more and more brands discontinue their vehicles and instead focus on more expensive, more profitable SUVs.
The Volkswagen Group, however, is sticking it out with not just one but three separate options: the Volkswagen Polo, Skoda Fabia and Audi A1.
The Polo will be the most familiar to Australians, with the nameplate having debuted here in 1996 (and much earlier in Europe) and being a consistent fixture in the segment.
The current generation first entered production back in 2017, so it’s no spring chicken. It’s not the oldest in the segment, however, with that title going to the Mazda 2.
It wears crisply tailored lines with sharp, uniform side creases and a handsome if conservative look overall. It’s recognisable as a Volkswagen, but not as the latest generation of Volkswagen.
Judging by some of Volkswagen’s newer products, any Polo successor will inevitably feature more blobby, amorphous styling, so enjoy this crisply starched styling while it lasts.
Our tester was finished in resale white – sorry, Pure White – which was a crying shame as you can get the Polo in funky Vibrant Violet. That makes Volkswagen one of the few mass-market brands to offer a purple colour. I’d happily spend the extra $600 to get it.
For 2025, the Polo no longer starts at under $30,000, though Volkswagen did at least add some extra kit when it raised the base price by $1300.
It now features standard Travel Assist in base Life trim, previously offered in an option package that came with wireless smartphone mirroring, satellite navigation and a better digital instrument cluster – now features no longer available in this trim.
A base price above $30,000 might seem shocking, but everything in this segment has been getting more expensive – the MG 3 is no longer a sub-$20,000 player, while the Mazda 2 recently lost its entry-level trim and the now hybrid-only Toyota Yaris is pricier than before.
Still, this base price is higher than many key rivals. Is the Polo worth the premium?
How does the Volkswagen Polo compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Volkswagen Polo against similarly sized vehicles.
Volkswagen
Polo
How much does the Volkswagen Polo cost?
The Polo Life is priced at $30,790 before on-roads and $34,585 drive-away based on a Sydney postcode.
Model
Price before on-road costs
Volkswagen Polo Life
$30,790
Volkswagen Polo Style
$34,790
Volkswagen Polo GTI
$41,790
It’s not just that the Polo is more expensive than other entry-level vehicles in its segment, it’s also more expensive than other entry-level Volkswagen Group products.
That makes it cheaper than a base T-Cross Life with the same powertrain (currently priced at $35,990 drive-away), but more expensive than an entry-level Skoda Fabia Select ($31,990 drive-away nationwide) or a larger Scala Select ($32,490 drive-away).
Even a Skoda Kamiq Select is cheaper at $33,990 drive-away.
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Volkswagen Polo like on the inside?
The Polo impresses with an interior that wouldn’t look out of place in a more expensive car.
It makes the Toyota Yaris’ cabin look cheap in comparison, and the Mazda 2’s look dated. This is arguably the classiest cabin in this segment.
Across the top and front of the dashboard is surprisingly premium soft-touch trim in a segment where harder, scratchy material is the norm. Volkswagen even applied the stuff to the right of the steering wheel, which would have been a very easy place to cheap out.
Metal-look trim surrounds the centre console and glossy patterned trim runs across the dashboard to provide some welcome contrast in the black interior.
Even the cloth upholstery on the seats avoids looking cheap, while the vanity mirrors are illuminated, the sunglass holder has a rubberised insert, and the doors – though featuring hard plastic trim, apart from the armrest – close with a solid thunk.
We only observed one rattle, which manifested on coarser-chip surfaces and appeared to be coming from the front passenger seatbelt.
You grip a tactile, leather-wrapped steering wheel – Volkswagen knows how to do a good steering wheel – but there’s just a regular centre armrest instead of the clever height-adjustable one found in other vehicles from the brand.
The air-conditioning controls are a collection of knobs – simple, classic and tactile.
Volkswagen’s interior designers still don’t seem to have figured out cupholders, though. Who on the team thought octagonal ones were a good idea? At least there are large, easily accessible bottle holders in the doors.
Ahead of the driver is a digital instrument cluster, though in the base Life this is a simple setup without a map view. However, you still have multiple selectable layouts.
The infotainment system features an 8.0-inch touchscreen, with quick response times and attractive graphics. There’s also a sound effect that plays whenever you touch the screen, though there’s no haptic feedback like you’ll find in a more expensive Audi.
Maintaining a wired Android Auto connection shouldn’t be this hard, though. On a couple of occasions I’d knock the cable and it’d disconnect Android Auto and not allow me to reconnect. Bluetooth dropouts occurred, too.
While it’s tempting to blame my phone or cable – and I know some of you iPhone evangelists will make a bee line right to the comments to proselytise about the wonders of Apple – the simple fact is I’ve had no issue in every other car I’ve had in recent weeks.
Even when Android Auto was working, there were constant pop-ups saying my phone was disconnected, while on other occasions the audio would skip annoyingly. And while in most cars Android Auto boots up right away, sometimes I’d have to manually select it in the Polo.
A much more pleasant surprise was the sound system, which is quite good for an unbranded unit in an entry-level light car.
The presence of front parking sensors is also a pleasant surprise for a vehicle in this segment, and combined with the rear sensors and reversing camera makes this an easy car to park.
There’s this mistaken apprehension that SUVs always offer much more practicality, but the Polo compares favourably to its T-Cross SUV sibling.
The two cars ride the same wheelbase, have almost the same interior width, and while the T-Cross has more headroom the Polo has plenty for passengers around 180cm tall.
Two adults can comfortably sit in the back if they don’t play basketball professionally, though squeezing someone into the centre seat is best saved for emergencies. There’s also a prominent driveline hump impinging on the centre passenger’s legroom.
The front seatbacks are soft and feature map pockets, while there are two illuminated USB-C outlets back here plus three top-tether and two ISOFIX anchor points for child seats. There are no air vents like you’ll find in an MG 3, though, and no fold-down armrest.
Boot space is a competitive 351 litres with the rear seats up, expanding to 1125L with the rear seats folded. It’s a deep, uniformly sized storage area, and underneath the boot floor you’ll find a 15-inch steel spare wheel.
Dimensions
Volkswagen Polo Life
Length
4080mm
Width
1751mm
Height
1450mm
Wheelbase
2564mm
Cargo capacity
351L (rear seats up) 1125L (rear seats folded)
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
As has been the case for a while, the non-GTI Polo range is powered by a 1.0-litre, three-cylinder turbocharged petrol engine. The base manual has been dropped, meaning a seven-speed DSG dual-clutch auto is now standard.
Specifications
Volkswagen Polo Life
Engine
1.0L 3cyl turbo-petrol
Power
85kW @ 5000-5500rpm
Torque
200Nm @ 2000-3500rpm
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch auto
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
Weight
1187kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.5L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
6.3L/100km (inner-city, suburban and highway loop) 7.1L/100km (over the course of a week)
Fuel tank capacity
40L
Fuel requirement
95 octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
124g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Volkswagen Polo drive?
The noise of the Polo’s engine is kept from intruding on the peace and quiet of the cabin, with Volkswagen evidently using a decent amount of sound deadening.
Not that it would be too much of a pain to hear the engine more, as it has a spunky note as is often the case with turbocharged three-cylinder mills.
It works well with the dual-clutch automatic, which shifts quickly and crisply, and there’s plenty of grunt throughout the rev range.
The Polo has no trouble overtaking or zipping through gaps in traffic, though as with many dual-clutch-equipped vehicles there’s a slight hesitation off the line.
At the end of the day it likely comes down to what you’re most used to and therefore prefer: a dual-clutch like the Polo, or a CVT like in the Swift or a traditional torque-converter auto like in the Mazda 2. All have a very different feel.
Powertrain refinement isn’t perfect. At 70km/h or so the Polo will be sitting in seventh gear at around 1500rpm and you’ll feel this slight vibration through the car. At low speeds, you’ll also hear the clutches engaging and disengaging.
But generally speaking, noise suppression is superb. On hilly roads when it’s holding a lower gear, you’ll see it revving up to 3000 or 4000rpm but you’ll scarcely hear it. Tyre and wind noise is also well-contained.
The suspension tune is rather firm, and you do feel the torsion-beam rear clomping over some bumps. It takes away somewhat from the otherwise quite polished feel of the Polo.
It’s a good steer, with sharp turn-in and steering that’s light and direct but with a good amount of road feel. You can have some fun with this in the corners.
The automatic stop/start is very eager, activating readily while some rival brands’ systems require a firm press of the brake pedal. I can usually tolerate these systems but this one was too keen.
The good news is you can turn it off with one press of a button, but the bad news is it’ll always default to on. The lane-keep assist isn’t as annoying, but it can be turned off with just two button presses.
For 2025, Volkswagen has made Travel Assist standard in the base Polo. This combines adaptive cruise control with lane centring, making highway driving almost mindless.
It’s worth noting the base Polo doesn’t feature blind-spot monitoring or rear cross-traffic alert. While visibility is good, if these features are must-haves you’ll need to look at a mid-range Style, a base T-Cross Life or a Skoda Fabia Select.
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
There are three members of the local Polo lineup.
Polo Life equipment highlights:
LED headlights
LED tail-lights
15-inch ‘Essex’ alloy wheels with 185/65 R15 tyres
15-inch steel spare wheel
Park Assist (semi-autonomous parking assist)
Power-folding exterior mirrors
Rain-sensing wipers
Manual air-conditioning
Digital Cockpit digital instrument cluster
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
DAB+ digital radio
Wireless phone charger
6-speaker sound system
2 x front USB-C outlets
2 x rear USB-C outlets
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Height and reach adjustment for steering wheel
Paddle shifters
Leather-wrapped shifter
Black inlays
60:40 split/fold rear seats
Polo Style adds:
Front LED light bar
Front fog lights with static cornering function
IQ.Light matrix LED headlights
‘Premium’ LED tail-lights with dynamic indicators
16-inch ‘Palermo’ alloy wheels with 195/55 R16 tyres
Proximity entry with push-button start
Dual-zone climate control
Touch slider temperature controls
Digital Cockpit Pro digital instrument cluster with map view
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Satellite navigation
‘Comfort sport’ front seats
‘Comfort sport cloth’ upholstery
Chrome interior trim for air vents, door handle surrounds, window switches
Dark Iron Grey metallic gloss inlays
Ambient lighting
LED footwell lighting
Polo GTI adds:
LED driving lights
Dual chrome exhaust outlets
Red exterior accents
Rear diffuser
Rear spoiler
Black side sill extensions
18-inch ‘Faro’ alloy wheels with 215/40 R18 tyres
Space-saver spare
Selectable drive modes
Sport Select adaptive suspension
Sports seats with additional bolstering
‘Sports’ steering wheel
‘Clark sports cloth’ upholstery
Black headliner and pillar trim
Stainless steel pedals
Kings Red interior inlays (except with Kings Red exterior finish)
A sunroof is optional on the Style and GTI.
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Volkswagen Polo safe?
The Volkswagen Polo has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, based on testing conducted in 2022.
Category
Volkswagen Polo
Adult occupant protection
94 per cent
Child occupant protection
80 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
70 per cent
Safety assist
70 per cent
Standard safety equipment across the range includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Travel Assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Lane-keep assist
Multi-collision braking
Driver fatigue monitoring
Front, front-side, front-centre, and curtain airbags
Front and rear parking sensors
Reversing camera
The Style and GTI add:
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
How much does the Volkswagen Polo cost to run?
The Polo is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty like the wider Volkswagen lineup in Australia.
Servicing and Warranty
Volkswagen Polo
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
Service activated
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000km
Capped price servicing
Up to 5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$2850
Opting for the three-year Care Plan plan costs $1500, while the five-year plan costs $2850. That’s much more palatable, but a Suzuki Swift costs $1955 over five years and a Toyota Yaris just $1250.
To see how the Volkswagen Polo lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Volkswagen Polo
The Volkswagen Polo stands out as the most sophisticated in its segment.
Don’t get us wrong, there’s still some refining that could be done. The ride could be more pliant, while we did experience some infotainment issues.
However, for something coming up on eight years old, it has an impressively insulated, well-packaged cabin with plenty of genuinely nice materials, as well as a punchy powertrain.
It feels more upscale than its rivals, and more modern than a Mazda 2. Volkswagen charges a premium for this privilege, but you may well be tempted to play Polo.
The toughest competition could well be from another Volkswagen Group vehicle: the Skoda Fabia, which features the same powertrain but sharper drive-away pricing and standard blind-spot monitoring, rear cross-traffic alert and wireless smartphone mirroring (albeit no Travel Assist).
If you’re considering a Polo you definitely need to consider its Czech cousin.
Interested in buying a Volkswagen Polo? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
A high credit score (typically above 750) enhances the chances of getting loans and credit cards at favourable terms, while a low score can lead to loan rejections or higher interest rates.
One of the primary reasons for a low credit score is failing to make timely payments on loans or credit cards.
A credit score is a crucial financial metric that determines an individual’s creditworthiness. In India, credit scores are assigned by credit bureaus such as CIBIL, Experian, Equifax, and CRIF High Mark. A high credit score (typically above 750) enhances the chances of getting loans and credit cards at favourable terms, while a low score can lead to loan rejections or higher interest rates.
Why Does a Credit Score Get Low?
Several factors can negatively impact a credit score in India:
1. Late or Missed Payments: One of the primary reasons for a low credit score is failing to make timely payments on loans or credit cards. Even a single missed payment can bring down the score significantly.
2. High Credit Utilisation Ratio: If a person frequently maxes out their credit limit or uses more than 30-40% of their available credit, it indicates high dependency on credit, which lowers the score.
3. Multiple Loan Applications: Applying for multiple loans or credit cards within a short span can lead to multiple hard inquiries, reducing the credit score.
4. Defaulting on Loans: Non-repayment or settlement of loans negatively impacts credit history, making future borrowing difficult.
5. Errors in Credit Report: Sometimes, incorrect information in the credit report, such as a wrongly recorded missed payment or an unrecognised loan, can lower the score.
6. Lack of Credit History: Not having any credit (loans or credit cards) can also result in a low or no credit score, making it difficult for lenders to assess a person’s creditworthiness.
7. Frequent Opening and Closing of Credit Accounts: Constantly opening and closing credit accounts can create instability in credit behaviour, impacting the score negatively.
How to Maintain a High Credit Score in India
Maintaining a good credit score requires financial discipline and responsible credit behavior. Here’s how one can keep their score high:
1. Pay Bills on Time: Timely payment of EMIs, credit card bills, and utility bills ensures a positive credit history. If any EMI is pending and overdue, clear that as soon as possible.
2. Maintain a Low Credit Utilisation Ratio: Ideally, one should keep their credit utilisation below 30% of the available limit to show responsible credit usage.
3. Monitor Credit Report Regularly: Checking credit reports periodically helps identify and rectify errors that might be affecting the score.
4. Limit Loan Applications: Applying for credit only when necessary prevents multiple hard inquiries and safeguards the credit score.
5. Diversify Credit Mix: A healthy mix of secured (home/car loans) and unsecured credit (credit cards/personal loans) contributes positively to the credit score.
6. Maintain Old Credit Accounts: Keeping old credit cards open (even if not in use) can help maintain a long credit history, which positively impacts the score.
7. Avoid Settlements and Defaults: Instead of defaulting on a loan, one should try restructuring repayment plans with the lender to prevent a negative impact on the score.
News business Credit Score: Why Is Your Credit Rating Low? Check 7 Ways To Keep Your CIBIL High
A group of India’s most respected industrialists, including Bharat Puri, Naushad Forbes, Farhad Forbes, Kris Gopalakrishnan, Nadir Godrej, Meher Pudumjee, and Satish Reddy, have come together to establish Nayanta University, a pioneering institution aimed at shaping the next generation of leaders and innovators. Named after the Sanskrit word for “New Hope,” Nayanta embodies the vision of bringing forward-thinking education to students across the country.
Set to welcome its first batch of students in August 2025, Nayanta University has been established under the Maharashtra State Private University Act. With a 100-acre campus under development in Pune, the university will offer a fully residential, interdisciplinary undergraduate program designed to prepare students for leadership in an increasingly complex world.
Admissions for the inaugural batch of 100 students opened in February 2025, with the university focusing on a need-blind, merit-based selection process to ensure deserving students are not held back due to financial constraints.
Industry-Academia Partnership for Real-World Learning
In a significant move, Nayanta University has partnered with the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) to provide students with unparalleled internship, mentorship, and placement opportunities across the corporate, government, and social sectors. The collaboration highlights the growing role of industry in shaping higher education to ensure graduates are equipped with skills that are relevant in today’s fast-evolving economy.
Chandrajit Banerjee, Director General of CII, emphasized the importance of such collaborations, stating, “Education must remain aligned with real-world needs, and Nayanta University is a prime example of industry stepping up to shape the future. By creating opportunities for students from diverse backgrounds, Nayanta is fostering a new generation of leaders who will drive meaningful change.”
A Vision for Transformative Education
At the heart of Nayanta’s mission is a commitment to student-centered learning, interdisciplinary education, and real-world application. The university’s leadership believes that India needs a new model of higher education—one that nurtures creativity, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills, rather than rote learning.
Naushad Forbes, Chancellor of Nayanta University, emphasized this vision, saying “At Nayanta, we are not just offering degrees—we are nurturing minds that will shape the future. Our goal is to create an environment where innovation thrives, where students are encouraged to think critically and develop solutions for real-world challenges.”
Echoing this sentiment, Farhad Forbes, Co-Chairman of Forbes Marshall, added, “Nayanta will inspire students to think beyond boundaries, challenge conventional wisdom, and apply knowledge in impactful ways. We are committed to building an intellectually stimulating and socially relevant learning environment.”
Building a Brighter Future
Ranjan Banerjee, CEO of Nayanta Education Foundation, highlighted the university’s student-first approach: “Our vision is simple—prioritizing student success through personalized learning experiences. By empowering students and encouraging innovation, we are building a foundation for a brighter and more inclusive future.”
With its innovative curriculum, strong industry partnerships, and commitment to inclusivity, Nayanta University aims to set a new benchmark in Indian higher education.
As India moves towards becoming a global economic powerhouse, institutions like Nayanta will play a crucial role in equipping young minds with the knowledge and skills needed to drive the country forward, economy watchers said.
Looking for the most recent Mini Crossword answer? Click here for today’s Mini Crossword hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Wordle, Strands, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Today’s NYT Mini Crossword has some weird clues and answers. I still keep looking at 2-Down, because even though I know the sound it makes, it looks odd spelled that way. 6-Down is also a weird one, and this puzzle is just crammed full of the letters E and H. Need some help with today’s Mini Crossword? Read on. And if you could use some hints and guidance for daily solving, check out our Mini Crossword tips.
The Mini Crossword is just one of many games in the Times’ games collection. If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections, Connections: Sports Edition and Strands answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: Tips and Tricks for Solving The New York Times Mini Crossword
Let’s get at those Mini Crossword clues and answers.
The completed NYT Mini Crossword puzzle for March, 7 2025.
9A clue: Call of Duty: Black ___ (video game series) Answer: OPS
Mini down clues and answers
1D clue: Roxie ___, lead character in “Chicago” Answer: HART
2D clue: “Nope” Answer: UHUH
3D clue: Camera attached to a ski helmet, perhaps Answer: GOPRO
4D clue: What “ZZZ” can mean Answer: SLEEP
6D clue: The middle of “middle” Answer: DEES
How to play more Mini Crosswords
The New York Times Games section offers a large number of online games, but only some of them are free for all to play. You can play the current day’s Mini Crossword for free, but you’ll need a subscription to the Times Games section to play older puzzles from the archives.
Although winter is coming to a close, cold and flu season is still threatening our immune systems.
Staying healthy is a marriage of several simple practices, according to Dr. Roger Seheult, a critical care physician, pulmonologist and associate clinical professor at the University of California and Loma Linda University schools of medicine.
Following an appearance on the Huberman Lab podcast, hosted by neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman, Seheult joined Fox News Digital for an on-camera interview to discuss how to boost the immune system.
JUST ONE NIGHT OF POOR SLEEP COULD HAVE THESE SURPRISING HEALTH EFFECTS
Seheult offered an acronym to remember a few immune-boosting methods: NEWSTART.
Dr. Roger Seheult shared eight things people can do to avoid getting sick during cold and flu season.(iStock)
“NEWSTART is not only beneficial for not getting the flu this season,” he said. “It’s exactly the same answer for how to live a long and healthy life, how to live without disease and chronic disease.”
Here’s NEWSTART broken down.
N – Nutrition
You are what you eat, experts say — and what you eat can dictate how you feel.
FIGHT COLD AND FLU WITH THESE 10 IMMUNE-BOOSTING RECIPES FROM A TEXAS REGISTERED DIETITIAN
Based on research, Seheult recommends following a plant-based diet low in processed foods to ensure a healthy gut and proper intake of vitamins and nutrients.
Seheult recommends following a plant-based diet low in processed foods to ensure a healthy gut and proper intake of vitamins and nutrients.(iStock)
“[This] is the diet that gives you the microbiome gut flora, which is very important,” he said. “It also gives you fiber … and the nutrients and vitamins that are very important.”
E – Exercise
Practicing any kind of movement on a regular basis can help keep you healthy, according to Seheult.
Exercise does not have to include lifting heavy weights and “being buff” in a gym, but simply introducing movement into your routine, the expert said.
DR. NICOLE SAPHIER’S 5 FOODS TO BOOST THE IMMUNE SYSTEM THIS COLD AND FLU SEASON
“When someone is a couch potato, as soon as they start doing exercise, they get immediate benefits,” he noted.
“Once they start to go into athletic-level competition exercise, they’re actually increasing the level of inflammation.”
Exercise does not have to be strenuous; it can include a walk or light jog, the expert said.(iStock)
The expert referenced a study that found people who practiced moderate exercise had the “best changes in terms of inflammatory markers.”
Moderate exercise can include daily activities like gardening, jogging or walking.
HERE’S HOW TO PREVENT COLD AND FLU FROM SPREADING THROUGHOUT YOUR HOUSEHOLD
“This is really the type of exercise that people who are not interested in breaking world records should be doing to improve their overall health,” he added.
W – Water
The benefits of water come from not only drinking it, but also through exposure to various hydrotherapies, Seheult noted.
This can include steam saunas, which raise the body’s natural temperature and can help kill off viruses that don’t fare well in the heat.
Seheult discussed the benefits of hydrotherapy in his episode of the Huberman Lab podcast.(iStock)
“Plenty of evidence shows that viruses do not do well in environments with high temperatures, and that our immune system signals the innate immune system using fever,” he said.
S – Sunlight
Getting exposure to sunlight is as simple as stepping outside.
COLD, FLU, COVID-19 AND RSV: HOW TO IDENTIFY THE DIFFERING SYMPTOMS AND STAY SAFE
Just 15 to 20 minutes of light exposure per day can benefit overall health, according to Seheult.
Not only does sunlight help regulate sleep and boost mood, research has shown that certain spectra of light from the sun can have “dramatic effects” on the body’s metabolism.
Sunlight exposure can provide lasting benefits for the body, according to Seheult.(iStock)
T – Temperance
Temperance, also known as the practice of moderation or self-restraint — especially with drinking alcohol — can help to support the immune system.
“Don’t put toxins into your body,” Seheult advised.
FRIENDS, FAMILY MAY PROTECT AGAINST HEART ATTACK, STROKE AND TYPE 2 DIABETES, STUDY SUGGESTS
“Whether it’s alcohol, whether it’s tobacco, whether it’s smoking … these are things that hurt our body’s ability to fight infections.”
A – Air
Getting out into the fresh air is “really important” for the body, Seheult said.
In addition to spending time outdoors, the doctor recommends frequently opening the windows in your home to ensure carbon dioxide levels are low.
The expert recommended getting out into nature for a health boost.(iStock)
Toxins can come from substances in the home that build up, the expert cautioned. “Having that filtration is really important,” he said.
Seheult also referenced research from Japan that analyzed the “aromatic compounds” given off by trees called phytoncides, which can have healing benefits for the body.
“Pick a day of the week, take a day off, get some rest and actually get out there into nature.”
“If you’re living in Manhattan [and] you were to go to Central Park once a week, studies show that these substances that the trees give off can actually have an impact on your innate immune system for up to seven days,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“So, pick a day of the week, take a day off, get some rest and actually get out there into nature.”
R – Rest
As a sleep physician, Seheult emphasized the importance of proper rest, recommending seven to eight hours of sleep per night.
For the most consistent and uninterrupted sleep, the lights should be turned off at the same time each night, around 9 p.m., he advised.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Rest can also mean taking time off from responsibilities and allowing yourself to disconnect, whether it’s just for a day or a week away.
“You can sort of imagine that you’re swimming under the ocean and every once in a while you have to stop,” he said. “Come up, take a breath, look around, see where you’re going … and then go back down for another six days.”
Making time for periods of rest can reduce stress and cortisol levels, Seheult noted.(iStock)
“People who do that and take a break, disconnect from email, disconnect from work, disconnect from all those things, get together with family, friends – this is really beneficial for your immune system,” he went on. “It reduces stress and cortisol levels.”
T – Trust
Seheult concluded that having faith or trust in religion or a supportive community can help boost health from within.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“When you’re in a community of faith, a community of belief — with people you can depend on, people who support you — and you trust in a higher power that’s guiding you, this can also dramatically reduce cortisol.”
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Winter is over and summer heat is already making its presence felt in Mumbai. As we brace ourselves for the season ahead, as foodies, some respite is always to be found in deliciousness. The city has continued to see new eating joints open up across its expanse. From quiet lanes in the suburbs to bustling streets in the heart of Mumbai, these restaurants don’t just boast diverse locations – they also promise to offer a wide range of dining experiences. Whether you’re craving home-style fare or sophisticated delicacies, whether you’re looking for a casual hangout spot or an impressive fine-dining destination, this list of new Mumbai restaurants can come in handy. Read more below:
Here Are Some New Restaurants In Mumbai To Visit In March-April 2025:
1. Loya, The Taj Mahal Palace, Colaba
Two decades after the launch of Wasabi by Morimoto, The Taj Mahal Palace Mumbai has opened a new dining destination on its premises: Loya. Located on the ground floor of this iconic hotel, the restaurant shines a spotlight on the diversity of North India’s cherished culinary traditions. The menu celebrates long-preserved recipes and time-honoured cooking techniques, including those like dhungar (smoking), baghar (hot oil tempering), and dum (slow cooking). Under the stewardship of Chef Rajesh Wadhwa, Loya blends nostalgia with innovation. Complementing the food is Loya’s signature Paanch cocktail program, which celebrates the North’s botanical richness. The ambience is one of tasteful historical grandeur, marked by arched niches, copper lanterns, stone jalis, and cascading waterfalls. Thoughtfully curated dinnerware, from handcrafted Muradabad metalware to Khurja ceramics, further enriches the experience.
Where: The Taj Mahal Palace Hotel, Apollo Bandar, Colaba.
2. INKA, Lower Parel
Bastian Hospitality recently unveiled its first-ever Peruvian-Asian restaurant: INKA, which is located in Peninsula Corporate Park, Lower Parel. The kitchen is led by Chef Kinyo Rodas Tristan, a Peruvian native with global culinary experiences, including a stint at the acclaimed Koiishi restaurant at The St. Regis Mumbai. INKA offers a creative lineup of Peruvian-Asian dishes designed to be as theatrical as they are flavorful. The food menu is divided into three main sections: Mar (ocean), Montana (mountains), and Bosque (forest) sections – each highlighting the versatile options available under the categories of seafood, meat/non-vegetarian and vegetarian dishes respectively. The dessert menu is separate and it has an array of stellar treats that are a must-try. INKA’s cocktail program is helmed by Argentine mixologist Dario Araujo, who adds a playful edge to Latin classics. The restaurant’s maximalist interiors are designed by Minal Chopra. It is characterised by bold patterns, dramatic lighting, and eclectic sculptures, which together create a space that’s as immersive as the menu. Spanning 6,000 square feet with seating for 200 guests, INKA also features an open-air mezzanine floor. Where: Peninsula Corporate Park, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel West
3. Eve, Santacruz
Eve, the well-known dining destination from Monarch Liberty Hospitality and Chrome Asia Hospitality, has a new outpost in Santacruz. Building on the success of its Powai and Worli locations, Eve Santacruz promises an unforgettable dining experience. Guests can enjoy dishes with global flavours while sipping on craft cocktails against a backdrop that’s equal parts elegant and energetic. The expansive space impresses with its signature book-lined staircase, stunning interiors, and versatile seating options that cater to both intimate dinners and lively gatherings. With curated playlists, live music nights, and a fluid ambience that shifts effortlessly from laid-back brunches to high-energy evenings. Whether you’re there for coffee, cocktails, or a full-course feast, Eve’s latest address can become your next go-to spot in this part of the city. Where: 3RGQ+856, Willingdon, Santacruz (West).
4. Mezzo Mezzo, JW Marriott Mumbai Juhu
Set against the iconic shores of Juhu Beach, JW Marriott Mumbai Juhu has a new restaurant on its premises: Mezzo Mezzo. This Mediterranean-inspired establishment combines the laid-back charm of a coastal villa with the buzz of a high-energy hotspot. The space boasts an alfresco dining area overlooking the sea, cosy private rooms, and garden-style terraces. By day, it’s a breezy, relaxed setting ideal for sundowners; by night, the tempo rises with curated music, inventive cocktails, and a lively atmosphere. The kitchen is led by Chef Roberto Apa and the food is a celebration of fresh, seasonal and locally sourced ingredients. Expect European flavours with signature twists, plated in a sophisticated yet accessible manner. The cocktail menu also contains Mediterranean-inspired creations, alongside a thoughtful selection of wines and low-ABV options. Where: JW Marriott, Juhu Tara Road, Uditi Tarang Housing Colony, Juhu.
5. Tanjore Tiffin Room, NESCO, Goregaon
After a six-year hiatus, The Tanjore Tiffin Room has made its return to Mumbai with a brand-new outpost at NESCO, marking its third location in the city. Following the success of its branches in Versova, Khar and Goa, restaurateur Kishore DF has now brought the comforting flavours of Tamil home-style cooking to Goregaon. The restaurant is spread across 3,000 square feet and has both indoor and outdoor seating. The space is designed to evoke the charm of a Tamil household. There’s also a lush, greenery-framed patio lit by brass diyas – offering a serene setting for your feast. The menu is a tribute to the richness of Tamil Nadu’s culinary heritage, featuring wholesome delights alongside heartier dishes. Guests can also enjoy freshly made treats from a live paniyaram station, which includes both savoury and sweet variations. The cocktail menu features innovative concoctions that celebrate bold regional flavours. Where: Gate 2, Building No 2, Western Urban Road, NESCO, Goregaon.
6. Shenoy’s, Worli
Worli has a new dining spot proudly anchored in a beloved family legacy and five decades of experience in hospitality: Shenoy’s. Helmed by Chef Vikram Shenoy (the third generation of the Shenoy family), this new chapter reimagines the story that began with Vyanktesh Shenoy’s humble canteen in the 1930s. The restaurant pays homage to the family’s Goud Saraswat Brahmin (GSB) roots through its modernised menu, including traditional and inventive regional delicacies. If you’re interested in niche regional dishes, this is a restaurant you need to visit soon! The establishment reflects its home-style essence with a welcoming ambience. Where: Municipal Industrial Estate, Shenoy’s, Suite No 12, HAINES Road, Freedom Fighter Vyankatesh Shenoy Chowk, Dainik Shivner Marg, Gandhinagar, Worli
7. Berlin Brew Taproom, Andheri
Berlin Brew is a new casual dining spot in Andheri’s Times Square. This craft beer taproom pairs a mid-century vibe with modern comfort. It has vintage Berlin-inspired decor, including distressed mirrors, stained-glass accents and hand-chiselled bar details. Whether you’re dropping by with colleagues after a long workday or settling in for a cosy meal with friends, Berlien Brew Taproom is worth checking out. Customers can enjoy a rotating selection of freshly brewed craft beers. For those looking to snack while they sip, the food menu features delicious bites and desserts. Whether you’re lounging in a booth or gathering around the central community table, Berlin Brew allows you to relax and dig into comforting treats. Where: Unit No.2, D Wing, Ground Floor, Times Square, Andheri East
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-06/China-to-introduce-interest-subsidy-policies-to-boost-consumption-1BwAjm6jjxK/img/a0628f3ce7444ee7be07efea8134d9cd/a0628f3ce7444ee7be07efea8134d9cd.png' alt='Consumers consult about subsidy policies for digital products in a store in Hefei, east China's Anhui Province, March 1, 2025. /VCG'
China will roll out new interest subsidy policies on certain loans to ease financial burdens on individuals and businesses to stimulate consumption, Chinese Minister of Finance Lan Fo’an said Thursday.
The fiscal interest subsidies will be provided to personal consumer loans in key sectors and business loans in industries closely related to daily life, such as catering, hospitality, healthcare, elderly care, childcare, and domestic services, Lan said at a press conference on the sidelines of the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress.
Lan stated that the policies will reduce financial pressure on consumers and lower the financing costs for businesses.
Brigade Group has launched Brigade Altius, a project with a revenue potential of ₹1,700 crore.
This comes as the company aims to double its growth in Chennai across residential, commercial, retail, and hospitality sectors, according to Pavitra Shankar, Managing Director, Brigade Enterprises Ltd.
Located in Sholinganallur, the project spans 6.5 acres with a total development area of 1.4 million square feet. This follows Brigade’s signing of a Joint Development Agreement to develop a residential project of approximately 1 million sq ft in Chennai, with a Gross Development Value (GDV) of ₹800 crore in November 2024.
Recently, the company signed a definitive agreement for a land parcel on Whitefield-Hoskote Road. The planned residential project on this land is expected to have a GDV of nearly ₹2,700 crore. Brigade has a pipeline of upcoming residential projects, covering approximately 12.61 million sq ft of new developments across Bengaluru, Chennai, and Hyderabad.
Founded in 1986, Brigade Enterprises Ltd. has a presence in Bengaluru, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mysuru, Kochi, Gift City-Gujarat, Thiruvananthapuram, Mangaluru, and Chikkamagaluru with developments across residential, office, retail, and hotels.
The company reported a profit after tax (PAT) of ₹236 crore for the quarter ended December 31, up by 322 per cent increase from the corresponding quarter last year. The growth, it noted was attributed to the completion of two residential towers each in Hyderabad and North Bengaluru.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
U POSLJEDNJE vrijeme mliječni tonici postali su pravi hit u svijetu njege kože, i to s dobrim razlogom. Iako se na prvi pogled mogu činiti kao nepotreban dodatak rutini, zapravo su ključni za postizanje savršeno hidrirane i blistave kože. Ako želite obogatiti svoju njegu i postići zdrav, dewy izgled, mliječni tonici mogli bi biti upravo ono što vam treba.
Postali su viralni na TikToku
“Mliječni tonici postali su viralni na TikToku zahvaljujući trendovima kao što je ‘glazed skin’, koji se fokusiraju na duboku hidraciju i blistav sjaj”, kaže dr. Emma Cunningham, estetska doktorica i osnivačica Dr Emma Clinicsa, prenosi Who What Wear.
“Postali su neizostavan korak za sve koji žele pojačati sjaj i održati zdravu barijeru kože, spajajući osvježavajući učinak tradicionalnog tonika s hranjivim svojstvima hidratantne kreme.”
Dr. Cunningham ističe da su minimalističke rutine njege kože učinile mliječne tonike još privlačnijima jer pružaju hidraciju i toniranje u jednom jednostavnom koraku – savršenom za one koji žele praktičnu, bezbrižnu rutinu njege.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Savršeni su za suhu kožu, ali nisu namijenjeni samo za nju
Mliječni tonici poznati su po sposobnosti da povećaju razinu vlage, omekšaju i izglade kožu te joj daju blistavost. Ovi tonici iznenađujuće su svestrani i odgovaraju mnogim tipovima kože.
“Mliječni tonici savršeni su za suhu, osjetljivu ili dehidriranu kožu jer pružaju duboku hidraciju bez osjećaja težine ili masnoće”, kaže dr. Cunningham. “No, to ne znači da su samo za suhe tipove kože – lagane, nekomedogene formule također mogu balansirati proizvodnju sebuma i održati mješovitu ili masnu kožu hidriranom bez začepljivanja pora.”
Dodavanjem mliječnog tonika u rutinu njege kože ostatak rutine može postati učinkovitiji. “Oni su bogati sastojcima poput hijaluronske kiseline, ceramida, niacinamida i biljnih ekstrakata, koji zadržavaju vlagu, jačaju kožnu barijeru i smanjuju crvenilo. Osim toga, hidriraju kožu te pomažu serumu i kremama da se bolje upiju, čime osiguravaju maksimalne rezultate”, zaključuje dr. Cunningham.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
PHOENIX — Dave Roberts and the Dodgers are making progress on a new contract, according to multiple people with knowledge of the situation not authorized to speak publicly, with an enhanced extension for the two-time World Series champion manager set to possibly be finalized before the end of the team’s spring training camp next week.
Ever since the Dodgers’ championship last October, Roberts had been expected to receive a lucrative new deal — one perhaps rivaling the record five-year, $40-million contract the Chicago Cubs gave Craig Counsell last offseason to woo him away from the Milwaukee Brewers.
While it’s unclear whether Roberts’ new extension would match Counsell in number of years (he and the team were believed to have been discussing a four-year structure earlier this spring), the New York Post reported Thursday that discussions between the sides could yield a new high-mark for annual average value, likely to top Counsell’s $8-million yearly salary.
Roberts, 52, is entering his 10th season with the Dodgers, and last before his current deal expires at the end of the year.
During his tenure with the club, he has become one of the most accomplished managers in MLB history.
In addition to the team’s 2020 and 2024 World Series victories — the club’s first titles since 1988 — Roberts has won four National League pennants, eight NL West division crowns, a Manager of the Year award in 2016 and more games than any of his peers since replacing Don Mattingly at the end of the 2015 season.
With a career regular-season record of 851-507, Roberts’ .627 winning percentage is highest in MLB history among all non-Negro Leagues managers. His 56 postseason victories rank sixth all-time, trailing only Bruce Bochy of the Texas Rangers among active managers by one.
Roberts and the Dodgers have been discussing a new contract since before the start of spring training. Roberts said last month he was optimistic of having a new contract in place before the team breaks camp at the end of next Wednesday.
Xiaomi has unveiled its latest flagship smartphone lineup — the Xiaomi 15 Series — at an exclusive launch event in Barcelona, Spain. Featuring Leica Summilux optical lenses and powered by Xiaomi HyperOS 2, the Xiaomi 15 Series delivers a next-generation smartphone experience with advanced AI capabilities, according to the official release.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Display
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra features a 6.73-inch WQHD+ AMOLED display with a resolution of 3200 x 1440, a 522 ppi pixel density, and a peak brightness of 3200 nits. It also includes a 1Hz Always-Active Display. The device is equipped with an ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, providing fast, reliable unlocking even with wet or dirty fingers, a CNC-crafted aluminum frame, and Corning Gorilla Glass 7i.
Built for durability, the Xiaomi Guardian Structure integrates Xiaomi Shield Glass 2.0, improving drop resistance by up to 16 times, said the company.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Camera
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra boasts an industry-leading 23mm Leica 1-inch main camera, equipped with a 50MP Sony LYT-900 image sensor. Paired with a Leica Summilux optical lens, it features a large ƒ/1.63 aperture and an impressive 14EV high dynamic range.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Videography
According to the company, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is designed to push the boundaries of videography, allowing users to enjoy exceptional cinematic slow-motion videography. Both the main and periscope telephoto cameras can shoot 4K video at 120fps.
To complement this flagship, Xiaomi introduces the Xiaomi 15 Ultra Photography Kit Legend Edition, featuring a classic camera-inspired design, a 67mm filter adapter ring, detachable thumb support and shutter buttons, and an integrated 2000mAh battery for extended usability.
Xiaomi 15: Display
The Xiaomi 15 features a 6.36-inch CrystalRes AMOLED display with a peak brightness of 3200 nits and a 94 per cent screen-to-body ratio. The device is available in Black, White, and Green in international markets.
Xiaomi 15: Camera
The Xiaomi 15 boasts a versatile triple-camera system. Its main camera features a Leica Summilux optical lens with a 7P aspherical high-transmittance element and an anti-glare coating, along with a large ƒ/1.62 aperture. For detailed telephoto shots, it is equipped with a Leica 60mm floating telephoto camera that utilizes a 50MP sensor. Additionally, the device features a Leica 14mm ultra-wide camera with a 50MP resolution and a large ƒ/2.2 aperture.
Xiaomi 15: Videography
For videography, the Xiaomi 15 offers 8K recording at 30fps and Dolby Vision 4K at 60fps. A 4-mic array delivers immersive audio, ensuring every video capture has professional-grade sound, the company added.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra & Xiaomi 15: Battery & Other Details
Both the Xiaomi 15 and Xiaomi 15 Ultra are powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Mobile Platform.
Regarding battery and charging, both devices utilise the Xiaomi Surge Battery Management System. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra houses a 5410mAh battery with 90W HyperCharge and 80W wireless HyperCharge support. The Xiaomi 15 features a 5240mAh battery with 90W HyperCharge and 50W wireless charging.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra & Xiaomi 15: India Launch
According to sources, the Xiaomi 15 Series is expected to launch in India in the second week of March. However, the company has yet to confirm the exact date at the time of publishing this report.
Odisha’s aviation boom: Direct flights from Bhubaneswar to Ghaziabad and Port Blair to start from this date
Direct flight services from Bhubaneswar to Ghaziabad and Port Blair will commence on March 30, Odisha Chief Minister’s Office (CMO) said on Thursday.
Skip the layovers: Bhubaneswar to Ghaziabad and Port Blair direct flights begin soon.(ANI Photo)
“Aviation Bonanza for #Bhubaneswar! Sincere gratitude to Hon’ble Prime Minister Shri @narendramodi as new flights to Ghaziabad (Hindon) and Port Blair take off shortly under the #NewDestinationPolicy—boosting tourism, trade and seamless connectivity,” the CMO posted on X.
Highlighting Odisha’s progress, the CMO added, “With Viksit Odisha in motion, the state takes a bold leap toward a more connected future, driving economic growth and enriching cultural exchanges.”
Air India Express will operate the services.
According to the schedule, the flight from Hindon will depart at 9:20 AM and arrive in Bhubaneswar at 11:45 AM. The return flight will leave the Odisha capital at 12:15 PM and reach Hindon at 2:30 PM.
Similarly, the flight to Port Blair will depart from Bhubaneswar at 10:35 AM and arrive at 12:55 PM. On the return journey, it will take off from Port Blair at 1:25 PM and land here at 3:35 PM.
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Bhubaneswar now connected to Ghaziabad, Port Blair with direct flights, services to start from this date
See Less
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
Oscar-winning actress Cate Blanchett is as distinguished on stage as she is on film. As Irina Arkadina, the over-the-hill, over-the-top actress of Chekhov’s play, she is both venomous and vulnerable, clinging to her younger lover, best-selling writer Trigorin (Tom Burke) while deriding the playwriting aspirations of her son Konstantin (Kodi Smit-McPhee).
Mean spirited and just plain mean – “I don’t have the money” she wails when asked for financial help, “It costs a fortune to be me!” – she delivers a fabulous performance in director Thomas Ostermeier’s fabulous ensemble production. Fading star Irina arrives at her country estate where Konstantin is presenting his new play, an experimental end-of-the-world borefest featuring Nina (Emma Corrin), the wannabe actress with whom he is besotted.
Other occupants include a smug womanising doctor Dorn (Paul Bazely), the mousy, lovelorn and chronically depressed Masha (Tanya Reynolds) and Irina’s ailing brother Peter (Jason Watkins).
Dominated by a thicket of tall, reed-like grass, through which characters appear and disappear, plus a scattering of folding chairs, Duncan Macmillan’s contemporary adaptation may not be conventional Chekhov but it captures the playwright’s merciless yet compassionate view of his characters.
Blanchett is mercurial as Irina, whether dancing in a desperate attempt to recapture her youthful spirit or removing her blouse and humiliating herself in an attempt to redirect Trigorin’s attention away from the starstruck Nina.
Burke is coolly arrogant as Trigorin whose calm demeanour hides a cancerous regret for his missed youth and a reptilian vanity and that has terrible consequences.
Blasts of The Stranglers’ hit Golden Brown (a song about heroin addiction) punctuate the action, providing an undercurrent of bittersweet melancholy to the often very funny ensemble performances and dialogue that interrogates the purpose of theatre itself as well as exploring the regrets, disappointments, unfulfilled dreams and misaligned romantic attractions of every character.
The facelifted Kia Sportage will arrive in Australia within the coming months, and it’s expected to continue with diesel power but add more hybrid options for local buyers.
Local government documents show the updated Kia Sportage has been approved for sale with its existing 2.0-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel engine as a part of the lineup, alongside an expanded petrol-hybrid lineup and non-hybrid petrol offerings.
The Sportage’s turbo-diesel engine currently produces 137kW of power and 416Nm of torque, and is mated to an eight-speed torque-converter automatic transmission and an all-wheel drive system. It’s the only powertrain offered across all of the Sportage’s four grades (S, SX, SX+ and GT-Line).
This means the Sportage will be the one of the last affordable mid-sized SUVs available with diesel power in Australia, after its key rivals – including the related Hyundai Tucson – moved to petrol and hybrid technology.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
At present, you can only get a hybrid Sportage in SX and GT-Line guise, however CarExpert has previously reported the fuel-saving technology is expected to become available outside these two variants when the facelifted model arrives.
This will also include the option of all-wheel drive for the first time, with the Sportage hybrid’s current powertrain consisting of a turbocharged 1.6-litre petrol engine and electric motor powering the front wheels.
The powertrain currently develops 169kW, but the facelifted model produces 172kW, thanks to a more powerful electric motor.
All-wheel drive has been available overseas for the Sportage hybrid, but its inclusion won’t come at the expense of more affordable front-wheel drive options.
It’s understood Kia is keen to bring a wider choice – and greater volume – of hybrids to local showrooms, partly to help it meet the government’s New Vehicle Efficiency Standard (NVES).
Only hybrid versions of the SUV currently come in under the threshold for passenger cars, with the turbo-diesel, naturally aspirated 2.0-litre petrol and turbocharged 1.6-litre petrol engines all above the 141g/km CO2 limit.
According to the approval documents, the 115kW/192Nm 2.0-litre four-cylinder petrol engine will remain, however the six-speed manual transmission available in the S and SX won’t continue.
Instead, a 2.0-litre/six-speed auto combination will serve as a point of entry to the lineup. Expect the base price to increase, given the current $2000 price difference between the three- and two-pedal setups.
There will also be a transmission change for the non-hybrid 1.6-litre turbo-petrol engine, which will continue to produce 132kW/265Nm, but will send drive to all four wheels via an eight-speed torque-converter automatic, rather than the current seven-speed dual-clutch auto.
This could mean a reduction in fuel consumption and emissions, given the greater spread of ratios.
As previously reported, additional technology changes made to the new Sportage include Kia’s latest connected car navigation cockpit (ccNC) infotainment displays – which incorporate Kia Connect suite of online services and remote app functionality – and the semi-autonomous Highway Driving Assist.
Cosmetically, the Sportage gains new, more vertically oriented headlights with lengthy daytime running lights; a new front bumper and revised grille; tweaked tail lights and rear bumper; plus bold new wheel designs, ranging from 17 to 19 inches.
Interior changes include revised air vents and ambient lighting and a new steering wheel.
Australian deliveries are due to begin in the second quarter of 2025 (April to June), with pricing to be announced prior to arrival.
For context, the current Sportage ranges from $32,995 before on-road costs in base 2.0-litre manual S guise, to $55,420 before on-roads for the front-wheel drive GT-Line hybrid.
MORE: Everything Kia Sportage MORE: 2026 Kia Sportage revealed with fresh look, mechanical updates MORE: 2026 Kia Sportage: Facelifted RAV4 rival to offer more hybrids
Women in India enjoy benefits on home loans like lower interest rates, higher loan eligibility, reduced stamp duty, tax benefits, priority in housing schemes, and empowerment.
International Women’s Day
Owning a home is a dream come true, and for women in India, achieving this milestone has become much easier. With banks, financial institutions and government initiatives encouraging home ownership among women, they enjoy several benefits when availing home loans. Here are 6 key benefits that make loans more attractive for women in India –
1- Lowered Rates of Interest
Irrespective of whether they apply as a co-borrower or individually, most lenders offer a concession of 0.05% – 0.10% on interest rates for women borrowers. While this may look like a small difference, it can result in substantial savings in the long term. Let us understand this with the help of the following example.
Assuming one takes a ₹30 lakh home loan for 30 years at 8.75% interest rate, the monthly EMI would be around ₹23,601, bringing the total repayment amount to approximately ₹84.9 lakh. However, with a reduced interest rate of 8.65%, the EMI decreases to ₹23,387, lowering the total repayment to ₹84 lakh. This 0.10% reduction in interest rate results in savings of approximately ₹77000 over the loan tenure. If a woman applies for a loan as a co-borrower, the combined income could increase loan eligibility and provide flexibility to opt for a higher loan amount.
2- Increased Tax Benefits
Women borrowers can avail income tax deductions under Sections 80(C) and 24 (b) of the Income Tax Act, reducing their taxable income. A woman borrower can claim a deduction of up to ₹1.5 lakh per annum on the principal amount. Additionally, under Section 24(b), she can claim tax deduction of up to ₹2 lakh per annum on the interest paid for a house that is self-occupied. In case the property is co-owned, both borrower and co-borrower can claim deductions individually, doubling the tax benefits.
3- Higher Loan Eligibility
Interestingly, women are often considered more creditworthy by lenders for their more disciplined approach towards savings and sound financial planning. Also, women tend to have lower loan default rates compared to their male counterparts which encourages lenders to offer home loans to them easily.
If a woman has a good credit score along with a stable income, she can use it to negotiate better loan terms. And if she applies for a joint home loan, the combined income of both borrowers could further improve loan eligibility, empowering them to purchase better property.
4- Reduced Stamp Duty Charges
Several state governments offer lower stamp duty rates—usually 1% to 2% lower—if the property is registered in a woman’s name. This translates to substantial savings during property registration. This incentive makes homeownership more affordable, reduces financial burden, and encourages property ownership among women, enhancing their financial security and independence.
5 – Priority In Government Housing Schemes
Alongside reduced stamp duties, women often receive priority benefits in government housing schemes. Women home loan borrowers in India benefit significantly from government-backed housing schemes like Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY). Under the Credit-Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS), women get interest subsidies of up to 6.5% on home loans. Many schemes mandate or incentivize joint ownership with women, promoting financial security and independence.
7 – Enhanced Security and Empowerment For Women
The government’s initiatives to support women by encouraging banks and financial institutions to provide them with financial assistance will only make home ownership easier and affordable for women. Owning property strengthens a woman’s financial independence and provides security.
With such benefits, more women in India are becoming homeowners, fostering financial empowerment and ensuring long-term security.
This is authored by Atul Monga – CEO & Co-Founder, BASIC Home Loan
The views expressed in this article are those of the author and do not represent the stand of this publication.
News business International Women’s Day 2025: 6 Benefits Enjoyed By Female Home-Loan Borrowers
Following several announcements regarding tariffs by Donald Trump, the crypto market has faced increased downward volatility. As a result, the price of Ethereum (ETH) dropped below the critical $2,000 mark, leading to a surge in long liquidations. Amid this, various on-chain metrics for Ethereum turned bearish, suggesting a drop in accumulation. However, analysts anticipate a strong rebound in the price of ETH ahead of the upcoming crypto summit.
Whale Pressure Drops Amid ETH’s Dip
Recent data from Coinglass shows equal trading activity as Ethereum remains under the $2,500 mark. In the past 24 hours, Ethereum faced a total liquidation of approximately $47.87 million, with buyers liquidating $28.1 million and sellers closing $19.7 million in short positions.
In the meantime, key investors are utilizing the opportunity to purchase Ethereum at lower prices, especially ahead of the upcoming White House Crypto Summit. Traders are particularly focused on the activity of wallet addresses associated with Trump-endorsed World Liberty Financial (WLF).
Also read: Trump’s WLFI Buys $10M in Ethereum Despite Losses – Here’s Why
According to Arkham Intel, an on-chain intelligence firm, WLF’s wallet has tripled its Ether holdings within just one day. WLF has been actively buying up Ethereum during recent price dips. Reports from Arkham Intel reveal that as of Thursday, WLF holds approximately 7,100 Ethereum tokens, valued at over $80 million. This substantial increase from 2,500 tokens in just 24 hours highlights a strong accumulation strategy.
Data from IntoTheBlock reveals a significant decline in whale activity for Ethereum, coinciding with considerable losses due to Ethereum’s price drop. The count of whale transactions has notably decreased, falling from a high of 13.4K transactions to just 6.46K. Furthermore, there has been a drastic drop in the volume of large transactions, which plummeted from $11 billion to $5.5 billion.
This decline in whale pressure came following a negative trend in large holders’ unrealized profit. CryptoQuant data indicates that ETH whales, specifically those with holdings ranging from 1,000 to 10,000 ETH and from 10,000 to 100,000 ETH, have experienced a shift to negative unrealized profits.
What’s Next for ETH Price?
The ETH price recovered toward $2,300 as it faced buying pressure. However, it failed to surge further as bears strongly defended the resistance level. As of writing, Ethereum price trades at $2,200, dropping over 0.9% in the last 24 hours.
The ETH/USDT trading pair is struggling to approach the immediate resistance line at $2,530. This level could be a major obstacle as STHs might continue to liquidate here. However, buyers might soon break above that level as demand surges.
If the price holds below the EMA20 trend line on the 1-hour chart, the sellers will likely try to push it back down to $2K.
However, with the RSI level continuing to trade around the midline at level 45, it might trigger a retest of the resistance channel. If the price manages to hold above $2,530, it would favor the buyers. The trading pair could then increase to $2,935.
The second season of Severance has found its new footing with a first-ever adventure into the great outdoors for the severed employees at Lumon.
The shocking conclusion to the Outdoor Retreat and Team Building Occurrence of episode 4, Woe’s Hollow, marks a turning point for the vaunted Apple TV Plus series. Wherever the second season goes from here, it will likely be as wild as the goats (and their tenders) in Mammalians Nurturable.
Irving, played by John Turturro, looks at the camera in astonishment at the beginning of the fourth episode of Severance season 2.
Apple TV Plus
The unsettling and irresistible dystopian TV drama Severance follows Mark Scout (Adam Scott) and his Macrodata Refinement department colleagues at a fictitious biotech company called Lumon Industries. The employees on their “severed floor” have undergone a brain surgery that permanently separates their work and personal lives — when they’re in the office, they have no recollection of their lives outside and vice versa.
The riveting commentary on work-life balance (or lack thereof), has been buttressed by strong acting performances, understated yet memorable characters and a focused storyline.
Read more:
NYT Connections for March 7 Includes Easter Eggs for Severance
Season 1 of Severance ended on such a compelling cliff-hanger that the first two episodes may have needed to slow down a bit to explain everything and set the scene again, but episodes 3 and 4 punched the series into overdrive. Learn everything you need to know about the second season of Severance, including how to watch with a VPN.
How to watch Severance 2 on Apple TV Plus
The first four episodes of Severance season 2 are now available to stream on Apple TV Plus. There will be 10 episodes this season, each released weekly on Friday. If the conclusion of episode 4, Woe’s Hollow, is any indication, the remaining episodes are likely to leave viewers on the edge of their seats between airings.
Here’s the episode release schedule for Severance season 2:
Episode 9: The After Hours will air Friday, March 14
Episode 10: Cold Harbor (season finale) will air Friday, March 21
You also now have the option to access Apple TV Plus through another streamer: Prime Video. The retail and tech giants have struck a deal to offer Apple’s streaming service as a $10 monthly add-on for Prime Video customers. That can give the platform added visibility and make it easier to access — therefore simplifying the process of bingeing Severance season 2 (or whatever you’re watching).
Also, some good news for those with an Android device: the Apple TV Plus app is now available to download on the Google Play store.
James Martin/CNET
Subscribe to Apple TV Plus for $10 a month. If you’d like to give it a try before committing, you can sign up for a seven-day free trial. And if you’ve bought a new Apple device, you’ll get three months of Apple TV Plus free, as long as you redeem the offer within 90 days.
How to watch Severance from anywhere with a VPN
What if you’re traveling abroad and want to stream Severance while away from home? With a VPN, you can virtually change your location on your phone, tablet or laptop to get access to the series from anywhere in the world. There are other good reasons to use a VPN for streaming too.
A VPN is the best way to stop your ISP from throttling your speeds by encrypting your traffic. Using a VPN is also a great idea if you’re traveling and find yourself connected to a Wi-Fi network, and you want to add an extra layer of privacy for your devices and logins. Streaming TV can be a bit smoother with a reliable, quality VPN that’s passed our tests and security standards.
You can use a VPN to stream content legally as long as VPNs are legal in your country and you have a valid subscription to the streaming service you’re using. The US and Canada are among the countries where VPNs are legal, but we advise against streaming or downloading content on illegal torrent sites. We recommend ExpressVPN, but you may opt for another provider from our best list such as Surfshark or NordVPN.
James Martin/CNET
ExpressVPN is our current pick for the most secure and reliable VPN service. It’s fast, works across multiple devices and offers stable streams. ExpressVPN is normally $13 a month, but you can save money with an annual plan. There’s also a 30-day money-back guarantee.
Read our review of ExpressVPN.
Follow the VPN provider’s instructions for installation and choose a country where Severance is streaming on Apple TV Plus. Before you open the streaming app, make sure you’re connected to your VPN using your selected region. If you want to stream Severance on more than one device, it’s possible you’ll need to configure each one to ensure you are signed in. Go to settings and check your network connections to verify you’re logged in and connected to your VPN account. Now you’re ready to open Apple TV Plus to stream.
If you run into issues with streaming, first make sure your VPN is up and running on its encrypted IP address. Double-check that you’ve followed installation instructions correctly and you’ve picked the right geographical area for viewing. If you still encounter connection problems, you may need to reboot your device. Close all apps and windows, restart your device and connect to your VPN first. Note that some streaming services have restrictions on VPN access.
Watch this: Tim Cook Stars in Severance Season 2 Promo
How many push-ups can you do — and how does that stack up with others your age?
That was the question posed by “Fox & Friends,” which invited viewers to send in their own videos showing their push-up prowess.
In a Thursday morning segment, “Fox & Friends” hosts Lawrence Jones and Brian Kilmeade competed in an on-air push-up challenge of their own, both successfully reaching their age goals.
DEMENTIA RISK COULD BE LOWERED BY DOING THIS FOR 5 MINUTES A DAY: STUDY
“While every body is different, the number of push-ups you can do is often a good indicator of someone’s muscular strength and endurance,” Regis Pagett, founder and owner of R Personal Fitness in New York City, told Fox News Digital.
In a Thursday morning segment, “Fox & Friends” hosts Lawrence Jones and Brian Kilmeade competed in an on-air push-up challenge of their own, both successfully reaching their age goals.(Fox News)
Based on data from Mayo Clinic, below is a breakdown of how many push-ups men and women should be able to complete based on age.
AMERICAN DOCTOR, CANCER SURVIVOR RUNS 7 MARATHONS ON 7 CONTINENTS IN 7 DAYS
People in their 30s should be able to do at least 19 (women) and 21 (men).
People in their 40s should be able to do at least 14 (women) and 16 (men).
People in their 50s should be able to do at least 10 (women) and 12 (men).
People in their 60s (both genders) should be able to do at least 10 push-ups.
Benefits of push-ups
Weight-bearing exercises like push-ups can help increase bone density, which is particularly important as people age, according to Pagett.
“This is a major benefit of exercises with high resistance,” he told Fox News Digital.
Weight-bearing exercises like push-ups can help increase bone density, which is particularly important as people age, a fitness expert noted.(iStock)
“Strength in the upper body and core are two things that translate to everyday life, and the ability to push yourself off of the floor regularly is one that many people take for granted.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Push-ups mainly work the pectoral muscles (chest), with the triceps being secondary in the motion, with the core (abdominals) supplying the strength to hold the body straight through the motion, according to Pagett.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
A previous Harvard study showed that the ability for men to do 40 or more push-ups at 50 years old decreases the chance of cardiovascular disease by 96% compared to men who could do 10 or less, Pagett noted.
For those looking to work up to doing push-ups, one option is to start by doing them on the knees.(iStock)
“The study also found that every push-up done after 10 had a decreased chance of cardiovascular disease,” he added.
Getting started with push-ups
For those looking to work up to doing push-ups, Pagett recommends starting by doing them on the knees.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Another option is to do “negative push-ups,” in which the person starts from a tall plank position and slowly lowers the body to the floor.
With incline push-ups, the person can use an elevated surface and work their way down to the floor.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“You can also start by incorporating chest press with dumbbells, or adding the chest fly and/or tricep extension into your gym routine,” Pagett suggested.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
I get to hear about so many new Japanese restaurants opening in Delhi-NCR, and after visiting them, they all pretty much feel the same. But now I discovered a gem that struck me with not just its outstanding food but also the unmatched ambiance. Located on the iconic Malcha Marg, Boya has quickly made a name for itself as a symbol of luxury dining in the capital. With its official launch, the restaurant not only promises a unique culinary journey but also redefines the standards of gastronomic excellence in Delhi. Spearheaded by the young and passionate entrepreneur Bhawya Sahu and renowned Chef Augusto, Boya brings together the artistry of food and innovation, creating an experience that is nothing short of spectacular.
Boya’s concept was born out of Bhawya Sahu’s deep admiration for Chef Augusto’s culinary prowess. After years of following Chef Augusto’s career, Sahu decided to bring the chef’s culinary genius to life in a restaurant that would transform the dining landscape. The name “Boya,” which translates to “sowing the seed,” perfectly encapsulates the vision behind this luxurious establishment: to inspire new beginnings, growth, and a reinvention of how we experience food.
From the moment you step inside Boya, it’s clear that this is no ordinary restaurant. The interiors are an embodiment of understated luxury. You’re greeted by a red curtain that parts to reveal a stunning space adorned with marble accents and custom furnishings. The centerpiece-a large tree, resembling a cherry blossom in full bloom-adds a touch of Japanese elegance to the ambiance, transporting diners to another world. The atmosphere is quiet and sophisticated, with dim lighting illuminating the well-curated bar, creating a setting that is both intimate and refined.
The menu is a fusion of Japanese and Peruvian flavors. As a fan of Chef Augusto, I was thrilled to learn that he personally curated the menu for me to try. What made the experience even more special was that Chef Augusto himself came to my table to explain each dish – this personal touch truly made me feel welcomed and valued.
Now, let’s talk about the food. Boya’s culinary offerings are nothing short of extraordinary. I started my meal with the Pisco Sour cocktail, which was a delightful balance of refreshing flavors. The Picante and Whisky Sour cocktails were equally impressive.
The food was equally remarkable. Chef Augusto is renowned for his sushi creations, and after trying the Ebi Tempura with creamy Sriracha sauce, I understood why. The dish had the perfect crunch and balanced flavors that left me wanting more. The Shokunin and Tsukiji salmon sushi were both beautifully prepared.
However, the highlight of the evening was the Yellowtail Carpaccio Ceviche. It was melt-in-your-mouth tender, yet full of flavors. I wiped off the plate within minutes. The Chicken and Coriander Dimsums were another standout, with their charcoal tint and edible gold topping making them as visually stunning as they were delicious.
Next, I tried the Pan Seared Snapper, which was perfectly cooked and paired beautifully with the sides of vegetables and sauces. The Asian Herb Crusted Grilled Chicken, though a bit bland for my taste, was still a solid dish that showed off Chef Augusto’s skillful technique.
And finally, just when I thought I couldn’t eat another bite, the Texture of Cacao arrived at my table. A chocolate lover’s dream, this dessert featured a variety of textures and flavors of chocolate, each layer complementing the next. It was the perfect ending to an unforgettable meal.
If you’re looking for authentic Japanese flavors with a twist of innovation, Boya is the place to be. It stands as one of the finest dining experiences in Delhi. Don’t forget to try my top recommendations: Ebi Tempura, Yellowtail Carpaccio Ceviche, Chicken and Coriander Dimsums, and Texture of Cacao. I sure am going back for these and more!
China will cut reserve requirement ratios (RRRs) and interest rates when appropriate this year in line with domestic and international economic and financial conditions as well as the performance of financial markets, the country’s central bank governor said Thursday.
The average RRR for China’s financial institutions now stands at 6.6 percent, and there is still room for further reduction, Pan Gongsheng, governor of the People’s Bank of China, said at a press conference on the sidelines of the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress.
Pan said there is also room for lowering the rates of funds that the central bank provides to commercial banks via structural monetary policy instruments.
He said the central bank will use a variety of monetary policy tools, including open market operations, medium-term lending facilities, re-lending and rediscounts, as well as policy rates, to maintain ample liquidity in the market, reduce banks’ liability costs, and further drive down the overall costs of social financing.
The central bank will also study and introduce new structural monetary policy instruments to support investment and financing in the area of sci-tech innovation, boost consumption and stabilize foreign trade, Pan said.
(Cover: Pan Gongsheng, governor of the People’s Bank of China, speaks during a press conference on the sidelines of the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress. /Xinhua)
India Ratings and Research expects cement prices to come under pressure with companies trying to increase output amid weak demand environment and fresh capacity additions.
Cement prices have already dipped to its lowest in last two decades due to lower demand from both the infrastructure and realty sector.
The realisations are down by about 7 per cent y-o-y in the 11 months of this fiscal due to continued capacity additions amid the weak demand, said the rating agency.
Ind-Ra has maintained a neutral outlook on the overall cement sector for FY26 while assigning a deteriorating outlook to small players.
For the first time ever, Ind-Ra has assigned different outlooks to large and small players (with less than 15 mt capacity), due to the growing divergence in their performances.
Khushbu Lakhotia, Director, Corporate Ratings, Ind-Ra said that while the large players may witness growth in FY25, the smaller cement companies will register fall in volumes with their profitability being about 40 per cent lower than long-term average, leading to weak credit profiles in FY26.
Ind-Ra expects the cement demand to grow mid-single-digit in FY26 on recovery in demand from the infrastructure segment after a weak FY25 and continued growth in urban housing.
Consolidation
The cement industry has witnessed a massive wave of consolidation in the past couple of years. A capacity of 40 mt had changed hands in FY25. Interestingly, over 85 per cent of the acquisitions was executed by UltraTech Cement and Adani Group companies Ambuja Cements and ACC.
With the capacity addition targets of large players unlikely to be achieved through organically, further consolidation in the near- to medium term cannot be ruled out, it said.
Capacity addition
Expansions of about 160 mt have been planned over FY25-27 on a capacity base of about 615 mt in FY24. The pipeline for FY26 is heavy with supply addition likely surpassing the previous decadal high of 40 mt witnessed in FY’18.
This will lead to capacity utilisation remain range-bound at 67-68 per cent in FY26, marginally lower than 69-70 per cent witnessed in FY24.
The capacity utilisation will be the highest in the northern region followed by the western region though the competition will be high given the influx of surplus cement from the southern market. Large capacity addition to weigh heavily on utilisation in the central region. About one-fourth of the planned capex is concentrated in the high-potential eastern region, largely in the form of grinding units. Consequently, the region is likely to witness subdued capacity utilisations in the near term.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PUMA je lansirala novu kolekciju tenisica za djecu i odrasle naziva Hello Kitty and Friends x Puma. U ponudi su četiri modela tenisica s dobro poznatim Sanrio likovima, koji će oduševiti njihove obožavatelje. U kolekciji su najupečatljivije tenisice, ali su dostupni i odjevni komadi za žene i djecu.
Najpristupačniji model je Easy Rider, koji se prvi put pojavljuje u ženskim veličinama, a ukrašen je likom Kuromi. Dječji model Suede XL potpuno je ružičast s hrabrim dizajnerskim elementima i tie-dye printom na bočnim panelima.
Kuromi Easy Rider dolazi u nježnim pastelnim tonovima Lilac Frost i Magic Rose. Kolekciju zaokružuje Palermo, model u svjetlozelenoj nijansi s pastelnim detaljima, na kojem se My Melody pojavljuje kao dodatak na vezicama.
Hello Kitty Puma kolekcija dostupna je od 6. ožujka na službenoj webstranici brenda. Kompletnu kolekciju možete pogledati ovdje, a ispod smo izdvojili komade koji su nam se najviše svidjeli.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
One of the best boys’ volleyball tournaments of the season is set for Friday and Saturday at Poway High in San Diego. The Best of the West tournament features No. 1-seeded Mira Costa against the likes of Loyola, Huntington Beach, Newport Beach, Corona del Mar and Mater Dei.
Mira Costa has started the season at 10-0 and includes highly touted sophomore Mateo Fuerbringer. One of Mira Costa’s top players has been 6-foot-11 Grayson Bradford, a transfer from Crespi and UCLA commit. …
Loyola offensive lineman Nathan Turk, a junior, announced that he intends to play for Harvard in 2026.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Nothing Phone (3a) Series Launched: Nothing has recently upgraded its mid-range lineup with the launch of the Phone (3a) Series in the Indian market. Building on the acclaimed Phone (2a), this new series offers an advanced triple-camera system with optical zoom, a powerful Snapdragon processor, innovations in Nothing OS, and much more, said the company. If you’re considering upgrading to the Nothing Phone (3a) or Phone (3a) Pro, here are five key features to be aware of:
1. Camera
The Phone (3a) Series introduces Nothing’s most advanced camera system to date. It boasts a 50MP main sensor, a Sony ultra-wide sensor, and optical zoom for the first time. Powered by the TrueLens Engine 3.0, which combines advanced computational algorithms, AI processing, and multi-frame technology, it delivers professional-grade, true-to-life photography, as stated in the company’s official release.
2. Performance
The devices are powered by the Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 Mobile Platform, Qualcomm Adreno GPU, and Snapdragon Elite Gaming features. With the RAM Booster, users can access up to 20GB of RAM by combining physical and virtual memory. Additionally, a larger 4,500 mm² vapor chamber reduces the temperature by 23 per cent compared to the Phone (2a), ensuring better performance and thermal management.
3. Battery and Charging
Both the Phone (3a) and Phone (3a) Pro come with large 5000mAh batteries that offer up to two days of use on a full charge, the company claimed. Fast charging has been upgraded to 50W, providing 50 per cent charge in under 20 minutes. With the optimised Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 mobile platform using 8 per cent less power for typical tasks, users can enjoy an extra 30 minutes of daily usage.
4. Nothing OS
Built on Android 15, Nothing OS 3.1 introduces updates to apps like Nothing Gallery, Camera, and Weather. Additionally, the Phone (3a) Series offers a new level of personalisation, with options to reduce distractions using a monochrome theme, hide app labels for a cleaner home screen, and customise the lock screen and quick settings. The Essential Key, located on the right side of the device, provides quick access to the Essential Space feature.
5. Updates for 6 Years
The Phone (3a) Series promises updates for a total of six years, including three years of Android updates and six years of security updates. Additionally, users will receive corrective and functionality updates, ensuring the device stays up-to-date for an extended period.
What is Essential Space (Early Access)?
Essential Space is a new AI-powered hub that helps users capture, organize, and recall notes, ideas, and inspirations with ease. It acts like a second memory, processing and storing content efficiently. To make this feature easily accessible, Nothing has introduced the Essential Key.
Phone (3a), Phone (3a) Pro Price
The Phone (3a) will be available in Black, White, and Blue colors:
– 8+128 GB – Rs 22,999 (Including bank offers) – 8+256 GB – Rs 24,999 (Including bank offers)
The Phone (3a) Pro will be available in Grey and Black colors:
– 8+128 GB – Rs 27,999 (Including bank offers) – 8+256 GB – Rs 29,999 (Including bank offers) – 12+256 GB – Rs 31,999 (Including bank offers)
Availability
– The Phone (3a) will be available for sale via Flipkart, Flipkart Minutes, Vijay Sales, Croma, and leading retail stores starting 11 March. – The Phone (3a) Pro will be available for sale via Flipkart and Flipkart Minutes starting 11 March, with deliveries through Vijay Sales, Croma, and leading retail stores beginning 15 March.
Note: Partner banks include HDFC Bank, IDFC Bank, and OneCard.
An airport in southwestern Haiti is ready to receive international flights for the first time, officials said Wednesday, adding a safer option for commercial airlines that have halted all flights to the main airport in Port-au-Prince, where gang violence persists.
Flying to Haiti just got safer: Les Cayes airport opens for international travel.(File Photo by Bloomberg)
The Antoine Simon Airport in the coastal city of Les Cayes, named after a Haitian president who led a rebellion in the early 1900s, operated for almost two decades before renovations began in 2013 to extend its runway.
It is now Haiti’s third international airport, a development that is expected to boost the local economy and provide a new way for some nonprofits to distribute sorely needed aid.
“It’s really exciting,” said Wynn Walent, executive director of the Colorado-based nonprofit Locally Haiti, which operates in Haiti’s southwest. “For understandable reasons, folks are focused on the challenges in Port-au-Prince, but there is so much that can be done in the south. This could be a big step in that direction.”
Hugh Aprile, Mercy Corps’ regional director for Latin America and the Caribbean, celebrated the new runway, saying it’s possible more organizations will base their teams in Les Cayes instead of Port-au-Prince.
“Much of the needs are in the southern peninsula,” he said. “For us, this will be helpful.”
Leslie Voltaire, president of Haiti’s transitional presidential council, traveled to Les Cayes to unveil the renovated airport Wednesday, saying it would help develop sectors including tourism.
“Infrastructure is the basis of a country’s economic development,” he said.
Most people travelling to Haiti land at the international airport in the north coastal city of Cap-Haitien, then travel by land or helicopter to the capital.
The Toussaint Louverture International Airport in Port-au-Prince remains open but commercial flights have been halted since gangs opened fire on three planes in November, slightly injuring a flight attendant.
The U.S. Federal Aviation Administration extended a ban on U.S. flights to Haiti’s capital until March 12.
It wasn’t immediately clear if U.S. commercial flights will use the redeveloped airport, nor if any international flights have landed yet on the extended runway at Les Cayes.
Local media reported that technicians from the US airline JetBlue arrived in Les Cayes to inspect the runway. However, a company spokesman told The Associated Press that JetBlue doesn’t have any record of making such a trip to inspect the runway, and that it has decided to suspend all flights to Haiti through at least June 11 “due to the ongoing civil unrest.”
Martine Villeneuve, country director for Action Against Hunger, celebrated the renovated airport but noted it came too late for her organization.
Action Against Hunger was targeted by the recent USAID cuts and was forced to eliminate a nutrition and feeding program that served 13,000 people in Haiti’s rural northeast and south. Now, the organization is focused on helping people in Port-au-Prince and the central Artibonite region.
“We are trapped in Port-au-Prince,” she said. “It’s very difficult to get in and out.”
Gangs control 85% of the capital as well as all the main roads leading to the country’s north and south.
Clint Eastwood classics are among the titles added to Amazon Prime’s March catalogue (Image: Getty)
March is shaping up to be an exciting month for Amazon Prime subscribers, with a rich selection of films arriving on the platform. Get ready to stream iconic Westerns, hard-hitting dramas, a chilling zombie thriller, a gripping political drama, and an insightful presidential documentary.
Whether you’re a fan of fast-paced action, historical storytelling, or groundbreaking cinema, here’s a closer look at the 11 best movies coming to Amazon Prime this month:
The Good, the Bad and the Ugly (1967)
Directed by Sergio Leone, The Good, the Bad and the Ugly is one of the most influential Western films ever made. The film is the final installment in Leone’s Dollars Trilogy and follows three gunslingers – Blondie (Clint Eastwood), Angel Eyes (Lee Van Cleef), and Tuco (Eli Wallach) – as they navigate the chaos of the American Civil War while searching for a buried fortune in gold.
The film’s iconic score, composed by Ennio Morricone, is one of the most recognizable soundtracks in film history. Leone’s masterful direction, combined with breathtaking cinematography and tense shootouts, helped redefine the Western genre. Keep an eye out for the final showdown, known as “The Ecstasy of Gold”.
Don’t miss… Amazon Prime just added new Tom Hanks film – critics and fans are divided
WarGames (1983)
WarGames is a Cold War-era techno-thriller that explores the dangers of artificial intelligence and nuclear warfare. Directed by John Badham, the film stars Matthew Broderick as a high school computer whiz who inadvertently hacks into a U.S. military supercomputer, mistaking it for a new video game. When he unknowingly initiates a simulated nuclear war scenario, military officials believe they are under attack, pushing the world to the brink of disaster.
The film was groundbreaking in its depiction of hacking and artificial intelligence, helping to raise public awareness about cybersecurity issues.
Dawn of the Dead (2004)
Zack Snyder’s Dawn of the Dead is a modern reimagining of George A. Romero’s 1978 horror classic. The story follows a group of survivors who take refuge in a shopping mall as a zombie outbreak sweeps across the world. While trying to maintain their safety, tensions rise, supplies dwindle, and the undead outside grow in numbers, leading to inevitable confrontations.
Unlike its predecessor, Snyder’s version focuses heavily on action and intense survival sequences, with fast-moving zombies that add to the film’s suspense. The screenplay, written by James Gunn, delivers both character-driven drama and thrilling horror, making Dawn of the Dead one of the most well-regarded zombie films of the 21st century.
A Fistful of Dollars (1967)
Fistful of Dollars is the film that introduced Clint Eastwood’s “Man with No Name” character and revolutionized the Western genre. Directed by Sergio Leone, this film is an unofficial remake of Akira Kurosawa’s Yojimbo, with a lone gunfighter manipulating two warring factions in a corrupt border town.
This film was instrumental in popularizing the Spaghetti Western subgenre, marked by its stylized action, morally ambiguous characters, and a stark, gritty aesthetic. Ennio Morricone’s musical score further enhances the film’s impact, adding tension and drama to its intense shootouts and duels.
WarGames publicity still Matthew Broderick Matthew Broderick David Lightman Ally Sheedy Ally Sheed (Image: -)
Midnight Run (1988)
Midnight Run is a high-energy action-comedy that pairs Robert De Niro and Charles Grodin in a thrilling cross-country chase. De Niro plays a bounty hunter tasked with transporting Grodin’s character, a former accountant who embezzled millions from the mob, to Los Angeles before both law enforcement and criminal organizations catch up with them.
The film blends action, comedy, and a touch of buddy-cop dynamic, with standout performances from its lead actors. De Niro, known for his intense dramatic roles, delivers a charismatic and humorous performance, while Grodin’s dry wit and comedic timing make for an entertaining duo.
Reagan (2024)
This upcoming documentary provides an in-depth look at the life and presidency of Ronald Reagan. Chronicling his journey from Hollywood actor to becoming the 40th President of the United States, Reagan explores his political rise, key policies, and the impact he had on the country.
With archival footage, expert commentary, and insights into his leadership style, the documentary examines both the successes and controversies of his presidency.
Spotlight (2015)
Based on true events, Spotlight is a gripping investigative drama that follows The Boston Globe’s investigative journalism team as they uncover widespread sexual abuse by Catholic priests and the institutional cover-up that protected them. The film, directed by Tom McCarthy, stars Michael Keaton, Mark Ruffalo, and Rachel McAdams, all of whom deliver powerful performances.
The film won the Academy Award for Best Picture and is widely praised for its meticulous storytelling, ethical themes, and journalistic integrity. Spotlight is a must-watch for those interested in investigative journalism and social justice.
Hang ‘Em High (1968)
Clint Eastwood stars as a man who is wrongly accused of cattle rustling and nearly lynched by vigilantes in Hang ‘Em High. Surviving the ordeal, he becomes a lawman and seeks justice against those who tried to hang him.
This Western blends elements of revenge, law enforcement, and morality, making it a unique entry in the genre, and explores the themes of justice versus vengeance.
Starship Troopers (1997)
Paul Verhoeven’s Starship Troopers is a military sci-fi film set in a future where humanity is at war with an insect-like alien species. The movie follows a young recruit who undergoes rigorous training before heading into battle against the terrifying creatures.
Despite its action-packed sequences and special effects, the film also serves as a satirical take on militarism, propaganda, and fascism. Over time, Starship Troopers has gained a cult following, with many appreciating its deeper social commentary beneath its surface-level spectacle.
The Mule (2018)
Clint Eastwood directs and stars in The Mule, a drama based on the true story of a World War II veteran who becomes an unlikely drug courier for a Mexican cartel. As the cartel’s most successful smuggler, he finds himself caught between criminals and law enforcement, forcing him to confront his choices and past mistakes.
The film is a slow-burn character study that explores themes of redemption, aging, and personal responsibility. Eastwood’s nuanced performance adds depth to the story, making it one of his most compelling late-career roles.
Road House (1989)
Patrick Swayze stars as a professional bouncer hired to clean up a lawless Missouri bar in Road House. While he tries to restore order, he finds himself at odds with a corrupt businessman who controls the town.
Filled with action, bar brawls, and a charismatic lead performance, Road House is a quintessential ‘80s action film. Over the years, it has developed a cult following, with fans appreciating its over-the-top fight scenes and Swayze’s performance.
STARSHIP TROOPERS Tuesday 20th February, 9pm. Starring CASPER VAN DIEN as Johnny Rico. Licensed by (Image: Screengrab)
March 1 12 Angry Men (1997) 90210 (2009) Seasons 1–5 A Fistful of Dollars (1967) A Million Ways to Die in the West (2014) Admission (2013) All Saints (2017) Bill & Ted’s Bogus Journey (1991) Bill & Ted’s Excellent Adventure (1989) Blame It on Rio (1984) Blue Velvet (1986) Bowfinger (1999) Cold Pursuit (2019) Contagion (2011) Dawn of the Dead (2004) Delta Force (1986) Delta Force 2: The Colombian Connection (1990) Don’t Be a Menace to South Central While Drinking Your Juice in the Hood (1996) Doom (2005) Easy Money (1983) Flawless (1999) Fluke (1995) For a Few Dollars More (1967) Getting Even With Dad (1994) Hang ‘Em High (1968) Harley Davidson and the Marlboro Man (1991) Hoosiers (1987) It’s Complicated (2009) Koyaanisqatsi (1982) Life (2017) Lilies of the Field (1963) Lone Wolf McQuade (1983) Madagascar (2005) Madagascar: Escape 2 Africa (2008) Michael Clayton (2007) Midnight Run (1988) Moonlight and Valentino (1995) Mystic Pizza (1988) Non-Stop (2014) Once Upon a Crime (1992) Penguins Of Madagascar (2014) Pitch Perfect 2 (2015) Road House (1989) Ronin (1998) Rumble Fish (1983) Snatch (2001) Soul Surfer (2011) Starship Troopers (1997) Super 8 (2011) Tammy (2014) The Accountant (2016) The Adventures of Buckaroo Banzai Across the Eighth Dimension (1984) The Andromeda Strain (1971) The Best Man (1999) The Front Runner (2018) The Good, The Bad & The Ugly (1967) The Hurricane (2000) The Mule (2018) The Night of the Hunter (1955) The Rundown (2003) Thief (1981) Touch of Evil (1958) Wargames (1983) Welcome Home Roscoe Jenkins (2008) Yours, Mine & Ours (1968)
March 2 Nine Bodies in A Mexican Morgue Season 1 (MGM+)
March 3 Celtics City Season 1 (Max)
March 4 Reagan (STARZ) Smile 2 (2024) Thomas Müller—Einer wie keiner (Prime Video Sports)
March 6 Lil Kev Season 1 (BET+) The Magnificent Seven (2016)
March 7 Heretic (Max) Poor Things (2024) Power Book III: Raising Kanan Season 4 (STARZ)
March 9 Dark Winds Season 3 (AMC+) The Righteous Gemstones Season 4 (Max)
March 12 The Killer’s Game (STARZ)
March 13 The Parenting (Max) Tyler Perry’s Ruthless Season 5 (BET+)
March 14 Dope Thief Season 1 (Apple TV+)
March 15 Fast X (STARZ)
March 16 A Walk Among the Tombstones (2014) Popstar: Never Stop Never Stopping (2016)
March 18 Twisters (2024)
March 19 Never Let Go (STARZ)
March 20 Happy Face Season 1 (Paramount+) Ludwig Season 1 (BritBox)
March 21 Sing Sing (Max)
March 22 Spotlight (2015)
March 23 Marie Antoinette Season 2 (PBS Masterpiece) Sausage Party (2016) Wolf Hall: The Mirror and The Light Season 1 (PBS Masterpiece)
March 24 The Fire Inside (MGM+)
March 25 Transformers One (2024)
March 26 The Studio Season 1 (Apple TV+)
March 27 Paul American Season 1 (Max)
March 30 MobLand Season 1 (Paramount+) The Last Anniversary Season 1 (AMC+)
The facelifted GR Yaris is here, and what a weapon it is.
Take everything good about the previous GR Yaris – immense power, robust all-wheel drive system, and crisp manual transmission – and combine it with Toyota’s mission to constantly improve the performance and appeal of its vehicles – and chances are you’ll end up with something that resembles this 2025 facelift.
The GR Yaris was already a light-sized hot hatch that had no peer, and now has more power, better suspension, and a radically updated interior, all of which is intended to propel Toyota’s road-going rally car back into the spotlight.
All this is punctuated by a new face that’s more aggressive, more aerodynamic and provides better cooling. There have been some changes at the rear too – namely to the tail-light design, primarily to further separate it visually from the garden-variety Yaris five-door.
Prospective buyers now have more choice than ever too, as Toyota has fitted an automatic transmission to its GR Yaris for the first time ever, following the same addition to the GR Corolla range.
Toyota says the new eight-speed torque converter auto has been developed specifically for the GR Yaris and is mechanically identical GR Corolla, which runs the same upgraded turbo-triple engine, following continual refinement based on track testing.
That culminates in an automatic transmission that’s claimed to take little away from the liveliness of Toyota’s potent little three-door hatch, with responsive action, fast shifts and intuitive behaviour being the development targets.
It means the GR Yaris now has much more to offer than the front-wheel drive, manual-only Hyundai i20 N – its closest competitor in terms of size and motorsport pedigree are considered. You could also include the Volkswagen Polo GTI, but like the i20 N it’s front-drive, has less power and also a lower price tag.
We had the opportunity to put the updated GR Yaris through its paces on an intensive drive through Victoria’s High Country, as well as on-track at Winton Motor Raceway as part of Toyota’s local launch event.
The facelifted GR Yaris manual is now available, while customers will receive the keys to their automatic versions from “mid-2025”. It’s worth noting the automatic GR Yaris driven (and pictured) here is a pre-production model, so it was only driven on track and could receive some slight tweaks before deliveries start.
Does it still offer the raw performance that Toyota’s GR cars are known for?
How does the Toyota Yaris compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota Yaris against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
Yaris
How much does the Toyota GR Yaris cost?
More than it used to. The new base GR Yaris manual was priced at $51,390 before on-roads in 2024, and for 2025 it’s gained the GT trim designation and a $4100 price hike.
Model
Price before on-roads
2025 Toyota GR Yaris GT manual
$55,490
2025 Toyota GR Yaris GT automatic
$57,990
2025 Toyota GR Yaris GTS manual
$60,490
2025 Toyota GR Yaris GTS automatic
$62,990
Similarly, the previous top-spec GR Yaris Rallye has become the GTS, which in its cheapest manual guise is now also $4100 dearer.
That means the entire GR Yaris range is much more expensive than its most direct rival: the Hyundai i20 N. The Korean brand’s light performance hatch starts at $35,500 before on-roads, which increases to $36,500 before on-roads if you want a black roof.
Meanwhile, the auto-only Volkswagen Polo GTI is priced at $41,790 before on-roads.
For context, the GR Corolla is only available in one GTS trim that costs either $67,990 or $70,490 before on-road costs for the manual and automatic respectively.
To see how the Toyota Yaris lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Toyota GR Yaris like on the inside?
Certainly different – you’ll either love it or hate it.
1996 Toyota Supra A80 shown
Where the previous GR Yaris was very much in keeping with its road-going equivalent, Toyota has upended its more traditional formula by fitting a monolithic slab of grey plastic to the dashboard up front.
It’s intended to be something experienced by the driver alone, and as such the photographs don’t do it justice. In person it’s striking, and it seems to work better while being much more interesting than a lot of other modern interiors.
Put simply, we like it, even if it is a fairly brutal slab of hard plastic. It houses the GR Yaris’ 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, but we’ll focus on its leftmost portion first.
You’ll immediately notice the way it’s angled towards the driver. That creates a cockpit-style arrangement, which is nothing new in a performance car, and helps to focus its pilot’s attention.
In fact, Toyota says it’s inspired by the interior of the fourth-generation Supra. See the similarities?
History aside, we found the layout of the panel’s left side to be functional. Up top is an 8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system, which may seem small on account of its thick bezel but is perfectly adequate for a car as small as the Yaris.
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are a bonus, though there’s nowhere to leave your phone beyond the central cupholders once everything’s connected. Other connectivity options include two USB-C ports: one central and one in front of the passenger.
All up, the design of this whole panel is largely minimalistic. That continues to the climate control panel, which is entirely physical beyond its simple electronic display – an array of buttons and two knobs. What more do you need?
All surface materials are solid, and where glossier plastics are fitted it’s never in an area that needs to be touched too much. You may have noticed the array of buttons near the gear shifter/selector, which all control various functions for both driving and comfort.
There are some for the front seat heating, as well as a switch to toggle between drive modes and a button for stability control.
Next to that last button is a blank in the automatic GR Yaris, but in the manual it’s used to toggle the intelligent manual transmission (iMT) function with rev-matched downshifts.
Ergonomics haven’t changed too much compared to the pre-facelift model, and the shifter itself still sits in an elevated perch for comfortable use. Nearby is also the GR-Four control dial, which is where you switch drive modes with different front-rear torque biases.
Elsewhere, Toyota says the driver’s seat has been lowered slightly to improve the driving position. The change is noticeable, though the hatchback packaging still means you sit somewhat high and upright – a little awkward for taller drivers.
Still, the front seats offer strong side bolstering and support for spirited driving, though adjustment is purely manual. The steering wheel, meanwhile, is unchanged from the pre-facelift model. In the GTS it’s heated, but both grades benefit from a leather finish.
It seems especially small in the GR Yaris compared to the Corolla, but it still feels appropriately chunky in the hands. In fact, we reckon it’s perfect for a car like the Yaris, and it lends itself to being thrown around in typical rally fashion.
Behind it is the instrument display, which takes up the whole space allocated by the dashboard’s housing. It’s a quality unit, and because it features a barebones graphic interface so it’s easy to read and configure on the move.
You can flick through its various menus and widgets using buttons on the steering wheel. It’s largely the same approach as in other Toyotas, which means the menus remain tedious to navigate.
We appreciate that you can bring up all sorts of gauges for temperature and pressure readings, as well as a dedicated turbo boost gauge. There’s a large gear indicator in the middle, which is shown regardless of the transmission fitted.
Overall, it remains similar to the previous GR Yaris, and there are carryover elements like the green indicator for GR-Four modes. Switching to the Sport drive mode (unrelated to GR-Four modes) will adjust the screen’s look, namely through the addition of a race-inspired horizontal rev counter up top.
Other controls are found on the dash to the right of the wheel, while automatic versions are fitted with paddle shifters as standard.
Suffice to say the rear seats of the GR Yaris are cramped. That’s to be expected given its two-door race car origins, so it’d be unfair to knock it too much. It was also the same deal in the pre-facelift model.
Full-grown adults will struggle to sit back here comfortably, with headroom particularly compromised. There are also only two seats back here, but it’d be terribly uncomfortable to sit in the middle even if there was another seatbelt.
Rear-seat passengers will need to kindly ask people in the front to slide forward to give them enough legroom. The high rear-quarter windows also mean the second row feels closed in, but again we can’t imagine people spending too much time here.
Similarly, the boot is small but still useable. The GR Yaris isn’t supposed to be a grocery-getter, though you do get a flat, wide floor with enough space for a selection of bags – along with extra capacity thanks to the 60:40-split folding rear seats.
A tyre repair kit is supplied instead of a spare wheel for the GR Yaris. Additionally, under the boot floor is where you’ll find the 3.7-litre water tank that supplies the intercooler sprayer fitted to the GTS.
Pre-facelift model shown
Dimensions
Toyota GR Yaris
Length
3995mm
Width
1805mm
Height
1455mm
Wheelbase
2560mm
Cargo capacity
174L
To see how the Toyota Yaris lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
Carried over from the pre-facelift GR Yaris is a 1.6-litre turbocharged three-cylinder petrol engine, though power and torque outputs have increased by 21kW and 30Nm respectively. New is an eight-speed torque converter automatic transmission, alongside the pre-existing six-speed manual.
Outgoing GR Yaris Rallye
Specifications
Toyota GR Yaris
Engine
1.6L turbocharged 3cyl petrol
Power
221kW @ 6500rpm
Torque
400Nm @ 3250–4600rpm
Transmission
6-speed manual 8-speed torque converter auto
Drive type
All-wheel drive
Kerb weight
1280kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
8.2L/100km (manual)
Fuel tank capacity
50L
Fuel requirement
98 octane premium unleaded
CO2 emissions
186g/km (manual)
Emissions standard
Euro 6b
Kerb weight figures and fuel economy claims are not yet available for automatic GR Yaris variants.
Due to the nature of the drive program at Toyota’s launch event, we weren’t able to record a representative real-world fuel economy figure. That said, a very spirited drive of the manual GR Yaris GT returned figures around the 10.0L/100km mark.
To see how the Toyota Yaris lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Toyota GR Yaris drive?
Pretty much like a rally car for the road, but with a touch more refinement than before.
You immediately know you’re in for the ride when you sit behind the wheel and that driver-oriented dashboard. There’s not much else like it on the market, especially not at this price point or in this segment – that’s part of what makes the GR Yaris so unique.
Press the starter button and you’re good to go. You’ll notice the slightly off-kilter three-pot idle, and while the rally-inspired exhaust note won’t deafen you, we’d be wrong to say it was silent because Toyota pumps real exhaust noise into the cabin.
We were impressed by the response provided by the manual, both in terms of its clutch and shifter. The former is appropriately light without being flimsy, and it’s easy to find the bite point after just a few seconds behind the wheel.
It’s therefore easy to shift at speed, not to mention newbie-friendly thanks to its iMT function that automatically blips the throttle on downshifts. The shifter also moves with a short, crisp action, and it’s much more approachable than many of the clicky short-throw aftermarket alternatives.
The button to toggle that is found in front of the shifter, though if you’d prefer to do it yourself the pedals are spaced well enough for heel-toe action – not that we’re claiming to be any good at it.
Of course, none of that is new, and we’re certain enthusiasts would enjoy it all the same. What is new is the automatic option, which is actually quite a good unit.
Pulling away from a standstill is buttery smooth, and you’ll find the gearbox shifts at all the right points without holding gears too long under medium load. Even moving off gently, or just keeping up with traffic, won’t induce any undue clunkiness.
Lay into the throttle, and the torque converter responds quickly. The transmission will kick down just as much as it needs to, placing the engine in its ideal powerband for you to scurry away quickly. We never caught the transmission in the wrong gear, but there’s still a manual mode if you ever are.
Flicking the shifter to the right engages that, allowing you to shift using the paddles behind the wheel or the stick itself.
Those with a keen eye will notice that the ‘+’ and ‘-‘ symbols are reversed compared to most other cars, which means you pull the stick towards you to upshift and push away to downshift.
Toyota says this was very deliberate, as it now mimics what you’ll find in most actual race cars – particularly rally ones. To me, it never felt right pushing the stick forward to upshift anyway.
When you are shifting manually, the gearbox is responsive to inputs. It’s not quite dual-clutch snappy, but it still moves quickly enough to keep you happy. It does exactly what you want it to and will hold manual gears in the right drive mode, even under high load.
This is the kind of driving where the GR Yaris shines, and so it’s reassuring to have the option of an automatic that doesn’t sap power from that racy engine.
That turbo three-pot is the other area of mechanical change. Its increased power and torque outputs, which now match the GR Corolla’s, make the GR Yaris is a proper pocket rocket. Mash the throttle and it’ll pick up speed with glee, revealing to you that it simply loves to rev.
Of course, there’s also plenty of torque, minimal turbo lag and a relatively low kerb weight, so you don’t need to be at redline all the time, but for a spirited drive on your local twisty road there really aren’t many vehicles that reward revs with this much fun in and between the bends.
Pushing its limits reveals loads of AWD grip in both GR Yaris variants, supported by a strong chassis with well-tuned suspension. It’s definitely stiff in normal driving, but that’s just part of the package.
There’s still no adaptive suspension to be found in either this car or the GR Corolla, which is more of a shame in the latter given its Civic Type R-rivalling sticker price. Here, we’re more willing to overlook that, but it would certainly add another dimension to this pint-size performance car.
That said, the GR Yaris handles like it’s on rails. It encourages you to go faster and never feels like it will let go, no matter how slow or fast the corner. Sure, the tenacious traction envelope carries over from the old model, but the power bump allows you to more readily exploit its enormous grip levels and makes its prowess even more apparent.
The GR Yaris benefits from the sporty seats too. They did a better job of holding us in place than the seats in the GR86, for example. But given they’re not full-on race bucket seats, and the cornering forces the Yaris generates, you need to anchor yourself using your legs around fast bends.
As for on-road tech, the (automatic) GR Yaris boasts a well-calibrated suite of safety equipment. Its adaptive cruise control and lane-centring function both work reliably, and while it’ll sometimes stray close to the lane markings that’s no different to what you’ll find in most other modern Toyotas.
Similarly, there’s nothing active to beep at you while on the move, but a disappointing drawback is there’s now no adaptive cruise for the manual transmission, which it used to have as standard.
Now for the fun stuff. We had the opportunity to drive both transmission options at Winton, and both performed exceptionally well.
The automatic is great at doing exactly what it’s supposed to do – at no point during our laps did we feel it was holding us back or getting in the way, so much so that we effectively forgot about it until we were back in the pits.
Toyota’s iMT function shines on-track too, with incredibly smooth manual downshifts regardless of how high it needed to rev. Manually downshifting the automatic version is easily done too, though we did bump into the rev-limiter on occasion under acceleration.
All that allows you to soak up its impressive handling, and switching to Sport mode sharpens throttle response and weights up the steering weight. The latter feels incredibly heavy on-road, but on-point when clocking laps.
It means the wheel isn’t fidgety at high speed, and while you will sometimes feel some playfulness under you, it’s never unmanageable, particularly in the GTS with its limited-slip diff. A benefit of that is the car provides plenty of feedback when you’re pushing the limits.
Holding down the traction control button will also engage ‘Expert’ mode, which disables most of the car’s safety nets for those so inclined. That means you can throw it into a turn and it’ll simply comply instead of being bogged down by nannies like traction control.
You’ll hear some tyre squeal, but it’s impressive how direct it is – even if there is a touch of manageable body movement to take into account. Belying its city-car roots, its chassis and handling setup is just so impressive, and far superior to most of its competitors.
Should you take your GR Yaris to your local wet skid pan, Toyota has fitted a unique function to the manual version that means you don’t have to engage the clutch to pull the handbrake.
You can also toggle the GR-Four system change the torque delivery bias between the front and rear, which is 60:40 in normal driving but can go as far as 30:70 in Track mode.
There’s also a rally-inspired Gravel mode somewhere in between, which makes it incredibly easy to kick sideways. And who doesn’t love an all-wheel drive drift?
To see how the Toyota Yaris lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
There are two permanent variants of the facelifted GR Yaris. The previous base grade is now the GT, and the former Rallye spec has become the GTS.
2025 Toyota GR Yaris GT highlights:
18-inch Enkei cast alloy wheels
Dunlop SP Sport Maxx tyres
Tyre repair kit
Black GR brake calipers
Four-piston front
Two-piston rear
Two-piece ventilated front brake discs
Ventilated rear brake discs
Carbon-fibre roof
LED headlights
LED tail-lights, rear fog lights
Dual exhaust tips
Carbon fibre roof
Metal front grille, rear bumper mesh
GR sports front seats
Suede and leather-accented
Heated
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Leather-wrapped gear shifter, manual handbrake lever
Aluminium pedals
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
Satellite navigation
8-speaker JBL sound system
DAB+ digital radio
2 x USB-C outlets
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Keyless entry and start
Dual-zone climate control
GR Yaris GTS adds:
18-inch BBS forged alloy wheels
Michelin Pilot Sport 4S tyres
Red GR brake calipers
Torsen limited-slip differential
GR high-performance suspension
Sub radiator
Button-operated intercooler sprayer
GR sports seats
Suede and leather trim, red stitching
Heated steering wheel
Is the Toyota GR Yaris safe?
The Toyota GR Yaris has yet to be assessed by ANCAP and is therefore unrated.
Standard safety equipment includes:
6 airbags
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian and cyclist detection
Junction assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane Trace Assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Safe exit assist
Front and rear parking sensors
Reversing camera
Speed sign recognition
Automatic high-beam
Adaptive cruise control (automatic only)
Front and rear parking support brake (automatic only)
How much does the Toyota GR Yaris cost to run?
Toyota backs its vehicles with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty. Servicing is required every six months or 10,000km, whichever comes first, according to Toyota’s online service pricing calculator.
Servicing and Warranty
Toyota GR Yaris
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
Roadside Assist (up to 6 years, $99 per year) Roadside Assist Plus (up to 6 years, $139 per year)
Service intervals
6 months, 10,000km
Capped-price servicing
3 years
Total capped-price servicing cost
$1860 ($310 each)
Service intervals are identical to the outgoing GR Yaris, and pricing for 2025 models is the same regardless of transmission type.
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota GR Yaris
The GR Yaris was already a ripper of a car, and now it’s become even harder to look past it in the hot hatch scene.
Its interior tweaks are something different and, while its new look won’t be for everyone, it’s hard to deny there’s something uniquely GR Yaris about it.
Better yet, it’s now meaningfully separated from its standard econobox equivalent, and its GR Corolla big brother. The same can’t be said about its facelifted front-end, which looks similar to its larger GR hatch sibling’s because they both share modular, swappable components.
It’s a good look, though it probably fits the GR Corolla a bit better than the Yaris. The rear-end, meanwhile, is especially smart and Toyota has succeeded in making it look noticeably like a GR model from the back.
But the mechanical changes are even better. Different power biases and more power in general are enough to raise eyebrows, and the automatic option gives the GR Yaris range more appeal to a wider audience.
It’s a properly fast car, and both transmissions do a great job of bringing out the best of that peppy three-cylinder engine. We don’t think there will ever be a scenario when flooring the GR Yaris won’t bring a smile to your face.
In addition to its second-to-none cornering ability, the level of powertrain and chassis configurability on offer here is another unique selling point for those who are eyeing up track use. Being a Toyota, it should hold up to plenty of interior and exterior abuse too.
The big drawback is you’ll now be paying upwards of $60,000 for a Toyota Yaris, which compared to the competition from Hyundai is pretty hard to swallow. Yes, there’s more power and all-wheel drive, but both the i20 N and the larger i30 N are both cheaper than this Toyota.
Still, it’s hard to go wrong with the giant-killing GR Yaris, and we’re glad Toyota has broadened its accessibility without compromising on a proven formula. But if you want the auto, you’ll have to wait until later this year.
Interested in buying a Toyota GR Yaris? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Ranveer Allahbadia can resume podcasts after Supreme Court relief, but his controversial comment on India’s Got Latent led to a drop in influencer rates, impacting brand deals.
Ranveer Allahbadia faces flak over his controversial comment in a comedy show.
YouTuber and podcaster Ranveer Allahbadia can now resume uploading his podcasts after receiving relief from the Supreme Court. However, the controversy surrounding his comments on the show ‘India’s Got Latent’ continues to impact the influencer market in the country.
Influencers are pointing out that brand endorsement rates have dropped substantially after the Ranveer Allahbadia controversy, saying brands are offering up to 50 per cent less. In several cases, influencers are not being considered as well.
Significant Drop in Influencer Rates
According to Sumon K Chakrabarti, co-founder & CEO of ad agency Buffalo Soldiers as cited by MoneyControl report, “The drop is significant, with rates falling by over 50 percent in some cases, and in some instances, influencers are not even being considered.”
Lifestyle and travel influencer Shivaditya Barjatya estimates a 5-10 percent drop in rates charged by influencers. “A macro influencer charging anywhere around Rs 2.5 lakh has seen a drop of about 5-7 percent after this (Ranveer Allahbadia and India’s Got Latent) controversy. Brands are too concerned. It has impacted the top category. The big following which impressed brands is now resulting in more scrutiny,” he said to MoneyControl.
“The situation is such that while renegotiations are happening, if an influencer isn’t even being considered, there’s nothing left for them to negotiate,” adds Chakrabarti.
Standup comic Samay Raina, who hosted India’s Got Latent, also lost a brand deal due to the controversy. A collaboration with an energy drink company fell through as a result of the fallout.
What Is The Controversy?
Allahbadia stoked a massive controversy last month with an inappropriate comment made during his appearance on the roast show India’s Got Latent. He asked a contestant, “Would you rather watch your parents have sex every day for the rest of your life, or join in once and stop it forever?”
A viral video of the remark quickly surfaced, sparking outrage as social media users condemned the vulgarity being passed off as comedy on digital platforms. As a result, several police complaints were filed against Allahabadia and other members of the show.
Following the controversy surrounding Allahbadia’s remark and multiple FIRs, Samay Raina decided to delete all episodes. The Supreme Court also harshly criticised the creators of the show, saying that vulgar comedy cannot be considered as talent.
In the latest hearing on March 3, the top court allowed Allahbadia to resume ‘The Ranveer Show’, provided that he submits an undertaking stating that he will maintain the standards of decency and morality so that viewers of any age group can watch it.
News business Influencer Market Takes A Hit After Ranveer Allahbadia Controversy, Brand Rates Drop Amid Backlash
In case, you are looking for a cool and interesting way to earn a quick buck, Here’s a platform that pays you for filling out simple surveys. Toluna Group lets you take surveys for forming a database for market research.
Toluna is a worldwide survey technology provider and claims to be the “ World’s Largest social voting community” which has more than nine million survey takers.
In this review, you will get a detailed insight into Toluna, Let’s look into this review article now:
Overview
Name
Toluna
Owner
Frederic-Charles Petit
Founded Year
2000
Headquarters
Paris, France
Type
Online Surveys
Apps
iPhone & Android Devices
Support
Email, Phone
Website
www.toluna.com
What is Toluna?
Toluna is a community survey platform that offers online surveys in return for rewards. This is a Paris( France) based company, managed by the Toluna Group and a well known market research company preferred by brands around the world. With more than 9 million survey takers, for the people who want to make money by taking surveys, Toluna is a preferred option.
The users that register on Toluna and take up these surveys are known as “Toluna Influencers”. These surveys completed are used by the major brands to help them figure out their business plan. It is one of the world’s most popular survey sites which has a very strong subscriber base and an effective portfolio of clients.
With 16+ offices globally, Toluna team aims to provide better products and quality to the consumers. They do it by surveying for the brands and thus it helps in dealing with customer satisfaction and to improve their business plan.
How to Register on Toluna?
Toluna provides its membership to 49 countries. The number of surveys that are available depends on your location.
Step 1: You can fill up the registration form online and sign up for Toluna.
Step 2: After the Toluna login, you will be asked to verify your account by providing your personal details. Further, you are good to take the online surveys.
Toluna Influencers are paid in the form of points which can be redeemed further in the form of gift cards, vouchers, etc. There are two types of Toluna surveys available listed below:
Profile Surveys: These surveys take a short period of time to complete where you are rewarded with 100 points.
Longer Surveys: These surveys take a longer duration to complete typically about 10 to 30 minutes with much higher rewards
You can update your personal information by logging into your account. Select “Account” in the top right corner and then click the Edit option. You can also view your account activity such as credits purchased, surveys launched, and the current status of your subscription.
In cases where you forget your password, you can do it by Clicking the Sign in button at the top right side. Then click the “forgot your password” option and follow the instructions further which you will be able to retrieve your password.
How to make money in Toluna?
There are 8 ways to earn in Toluna which are as follows:
Toluna Surveys: They are the most effective way of earningToluna points. There are multiple surveys available online to complete at any point of time. Usually the majority of the surveys pay 1000-2000 points which lasts for about 20 minutes. 5500 Toluna points are roughly equivalent to 1 pound.
Completing Profile Surveys: You will find the “Profile Surveys” under the surveys option at the top of the screen. Each profile consists of 14 Surveys each and you will get 100points for each survey.
Participate in Polls: In this you will usually earn a points reward of 15 points per poll, usually takes seconds to complete
Post in the Toluna community: You can also earn points by posting your content in the Toluna Community. You may win up to 1000 points per post if your post gets qualified.
Participate in the Contest: Toluna offers launch contests to encourage the users to post more in the community. Inreturn they are rewarded with some points and other prizes.
Start your own contest: you will also be rewarded with points and prizes if you start your own contest.
Refer a friend to Toluna: you can share your referral link with your friends and you will get 500 bonus points for each friend upto 10 months
Play Toluna Games:You can also win points by playing games. You can win about 80-1000 points by spinning the wheel.
How to redeem points in Toluna?
There are 3 ways to redeem the points in Toluna which are listed below:
Rewards:It offers a variety of gift cards with an option to cashout by Paypal. The cheapest gift card costs around 30,000 points
Gifties: These are the tickets you can buy to win a range of rewards
Sweepstakes: You can also exchange your points to get a chance to join the monthly sweepstakes where you can buy branded items
You need to reach of minimum of 30,000 points which are listed below:
$10 gift card for Starbucks- 30,000 points
$10 gift card for Cheesecake factory- 30,000 points
$10 gift card for Redbox- 30,000 points
$10 gift card for JiffyLube- 30,000 points
$25 gift card for Restaurants.com-45,000 points
$25 gift card for Walmart- 45,000 points
$25 gift card for Fandango- 45,000 points
Toluna is it Legit or Scam?
As per the Toluna reviews, it has been found that Toluna is a legitimate business. Despite its long wait times, it has a noted record of paying its clients and further issuing them good rewards.
It is a company that offers to pay on each survey you take. It has been very popular and has become one of the people’s number one choices regarding online surveys. They also have a base of around 13 million users and is on a rapid expansion
Toluna also has an A+ rating in the Better Business Bureau(BBB) with only around 31 customer complaints. Further, it has a 3.8 rating on the Trustpilot with more than 2,100 Toluna reviews.
There are a lot more positive reviews compared to the criticism. It has great customer service for which it accounts as one of the legit organizations that pay people in response to the online surveys.
Conclusion
It is to be acknowledged that Toluna is a legitimate business which pays its users based on the surveys they take.It is one of the top rated companies with a trusted community of 1+ million members which make it highly recommended.
It is an honest way to make full time income on the internet by taking surveys. It has no hidden costs and in turn you will learn how to build a flourishing business online in Toluna. It also allows you to choose surveys in categories which you are interested in.
Thus finally it is advisable that Toluna is worth giving a try. You can take it as a fun experience and further you will enjoy it a lot. If you are looking to earn income by taking up online surveys, then Toluna is definitely on the top lists which are trusted.
FAQ
How much does it cost to join Toluna?
No, Signing up for Toluna is completely free. Sign up today and access its features free of cost
Does Toluna pay in cash?
Toluna Influencers are compensated in points, which can be exchanged for a variety of items such as gift cards, competition entries, or plain old cash.
How long do the surveys take to complete?
It is dependent on the targeting and the screening questions. The more of these questions you have, the longer your survey may take to complete.
How do I cash out my Toluna points?
You need to have at least 60000 points. Go to rewards, convert your points into cash through, 60000points=$20.
Is Toluna Survey Legit?
Toluna is a safe and reliable platform. It is not a scam, and millions of people from all over the world have taken their surveys for over ten years. However, your experience with the site may vary from that of other survey takers.
Toluna Ratings
User Review
1.12 (354 votes)
Pros
It is a very reputed company which is operating.
It is completely free to join and features are free to use
Modern and user-friendly interface
You can earn money by answering the surveys on the go while on the phone
Interesting Surveys
Get a consolation prize even if any disqualified
Cons
The disqualifications can be frustrating
There is a minimum cashout of $30 which is hard to reach
Some of its surveys take time to complete
Some users complain about the long wait times for payments or rewards
Don’t launch a new agency or any brand before listening to advice from someone who’s done it and even written a book about building brands that break barriers.
The first quarter can be just as overwhelming as the end of the year. Between tax season, work deadlines, and the pressure to stick to New Year’s resolutions, stress levels can run high. Even one of these factors can feel like a lot to handle — together, they can be downright exhausting.
In fact, a recent study by the National Library of Medicine stated that at least one in three Americans had suffered anxiety disorders in their lifetimes — and it’s worsening due to healthcare and financial burdens. We even have our own recent survey of US adults proving 93% of Americans are worried about inflation — which may be adding to this anxiety pandemic.
This story is part of 12 Days of Tips, helping you make the most of your tech, home and health during the holiday season.
While you’re probably familiar with common anxiety symptoms like feeling restless, fatigued or irritable, a panic or anxiety attack can cause more intense symptoms like nausea, an increased heart rate and chest pain. According to another 2018 study, in 30% to 40% of patients seen in the emergency room for low-risk chest pain, anxiety is the cause. However, telling the difference between a heart attack and chest pain caused by anxiety can be challenging, especially if you’re in the midst of an anxiety attack.
Let’s discuss more about how anxiety affects the body, as well as the difference between an anxiety attack and a heart attack. We’ll also provide some tips for dealing with chest pain caused by anxiety.
Chest pain is a common symptom of panic attacks. Tightness in the chest caused by anxiety can present in several ways. For some, the onset of chest discomfort may be gradual, while others may feel it very quickly.
If you haven’t experienced tightness in the chest from anxiety, it can be an alarming experience. For many, the symptoms seem very similar to a heart attack. While they are similar, there are significant differences between the two.
SDI Productions/Getty Images
4 ways to get rid of tightness in the chest from anxiety
Getting rid of chest pain can be difficult at the moment. However, these simple tactics can help you regain control over the situation.
1. Recognize what’s happening
When you are experiencing anxiety or panic attack symptoms, it’s important to recognize they are happening and accept them — it will help you work through what you are experiencing. Recognition can also help you determine what decisions to make about the situation. If you realize you’re overstimulated, you can remove yourself from the situation to manage symptoms.
2. Focus on your breathing
Calming breathing exercises can help neutralize the shortness of breath or increased heart rate symptoms associated with anxiety. Focusing on breathing can help you end the stress response. You should expect it to take a few minutes of intentional breathing to feel relief. You can use breathing exercises and techniques anywhere, as often as needed.
Common breathing exercises for anxiety:
4-7-8 breath: This simple yet effective breathing technique can reduce stress. To perform 4-7-8, inhale for four counts, hold the breath for seven counts and exhale for eight counts.
The box breath: Box breath is used to slow your breathing. Start by exhaling fully, inhale four counts, hold for another four counts, then exhale for another four counts. Repeat the process three to four times.
Belly breathing: Also known as diaphragm breathing, bellying breathing offers a deep sense of relaxation. To practice, place your left hand over your heart and then your right hand over your belly. Inhale slowly and feel your belly expand. Then exhale slowly and feel your belly contract.
10’000 Hours/Getty Images
3. Use the 3-3-3 technique
Sometimes, you’re able to catch anxiety symptoms creeping up. You can use the 3-3-3 anxiety technique to curb physical symptoms. Using this technique can help you feel grounded and more in control. It’s simple to do and an effective way to distract yourself from triggers that may be causing anxiety and redirect your focus.
Here’s how to use the 3-3-3 rule:
1. Name three things that you can see around you. Focus on what they are and take note of identifying characteristics like their color and texture. 2. Next, name three things you can hear. Are they high-pitched or loud? 3. Finally, choose three parts of your body to move.
4. Seek therapy
Short-term techniques to help you manage anxiety symptoms at the moment are essential. However, they don’t treat the underlying cause of your anxiety. When anxiety attacks or chest pain from anxiety symptoms becomes a regular occurrence, it’s time to speak with a doctor. Working with a therapist and cognitive behavioral therapy will be able to help identify triggers and equip you with adequate coping methods. Coping techniques will help you feel more confident and in control of the situation, which can lessen symptoms. CBT uses multiple techniques to identify and reprogram negative thoughts and behaviors that trigger anxiety.
What’s the difference between a panic attack and a heart attack?
Sometimes it can be difficult to differentiate anxiety chest pain from other types of chest pain, especially if you’re predisposed to heart attacks or other cardiac conditions. Heart attacks result from blockages in the coronary artery.
The most significant and identifiable difference between tightness in the chest from anxiety and a heart attack is the location of the pain. Most often, pain and tightness from anxiety are located in the chest while heart attack pain travels to other parts of the body — like down your arm or to your shoulder. How you experience chest pain is also different. Anxiety chest pain tends to feel sharper, while heart attack chest pain has been described as uncomfortable pressure or tightness. Another important difference is when these attacks occur — heart attacks are more likely to occur during exertion, whereas panic attacks frequently happen during rest.
If you’re experiencing chest pain, it’s best to seek medical treatment, even if it’s associated with anxiety. It’s better to know and address your anxiety than risk it being something more serious that goes untreated.
What’s the difference between anxiety and a panic attack?
The terms panic attack and anxiety are often used interchangeably, though they are two very different experiences, especially when discussing chest pain. Daily anxiety typically doesn’t usually result in chest pain for most people. Panic and anxiety attacks are more severe and can be debilitating while they are happening. Tightness in the chest is one of the most common symptoms of a panic attack or a panic disorder.
Another distinction to make is between an anxiety attack and a panic attack. Anxiety and panic attacks are similar, though anxiety attacks are generally less intense and brought on by a specific trigger. Panic attacks can occur with seemingly no source. Panic attacks can last anywhere from 5 to 20 minutes. The duration and frequency will depend on the severity of your panic disorder.
Too long; didn’t read?
Tightness in the chest anxiety can be alarming, especially if you’ve never experienced it. In-the-moment techniques such as deep breathing and the 3-3-3 rule can help but not solve the issue. When anxiety or panic attacks are the sources of your chest tightness, it’s best to treat the underlying cause of what is making you anxious.
You should see a medical doctor immediately if:
The tightness in your chest lasts longer than 10 minutes.
The pain begins to radiate out from your chest and into your arms.
As measles cases continue to emerge in several U.S. states, treatment and prevention is top of mind.
As most infected individuals have been unvaccinated, school-aged children, U.S. health agencies have stressed the importance of receiving two doses of the measles, mumps and rubella (MMR) vaccine to prevent the disease.
In a recent Fox News Digital op-ed, HHS secretary RFK Jr. shared his “deep concern” about the measles outbreak and its rapid escalation.
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.: MEASLES OUTBREAK IS CALL TO ACTION FOR ALL OF US
RFK noted that while there is no approved antiviral for measles, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention released a statement last week supporting the administration of vitamin A under physician supervision as supportive care.
Previous research published in the International Journal of Epidemiology has shown that vitamin A, in conjunction with the measles vaccine, can be an effective intervention in preventing measles mortality in children.
RFK reiterated the importance of maintaining good nutrition and consuming various vitamins — like A, B12, C, D and E — as the “best defense against” chronic and infectious illness.
“Vitamin A can be helpful as part of a broader treatment protocol, especially in areas where children are deficient.”
While studies have suggested that vitamin A can help fight a measles infection, Neil Maniar, PhD, MPH, professor of public health practice at Northeastern University in Boston, reiterated that it does not prevent the disease.
“The two-dose MMR vaccine is our safest and most effective tool to prevent this highly contagious illness,” he told Fox News Digital.
The CDC recommends daily doses of vitamin A at 50,000 IU for infants younger than 6 months of age, 100,000 IU for infants 6 to 11 months of age, and 200,000 IU for children 12 months of age and older.(iStock)
“Vitamin A can be helpful as part of a broader treatment protocol, especially in areas where children are deficient.”
Vitamin A can reduce the severity of measles symptoms, as well as the likelihood of mortality from the disease in individuals who are vitamin A-deficient, the expert noted.
RFK RECOMMENDS MEASLES VACCINES FOR COMMUNITY IMMUNITY WHILE SUPPORTING PERSONAL CHOICE
“For children who are diagnosed with both measles and vitamin A deficiency, receiving age-appropriate doses of vitamin A may reduce the likelihood of progression to severe illness or death,” he added.
The expert warned that vitamin A can be harmful in high doses, so it’s “critical that vitamin A is not viewed as the primary course of treatment for all measles cases.”
Experts stressed that vitamin A is not an alternative to the MMR vaccine and will not prevent measles.(iStock)
Dr. Daniel Kuritzkes, chief of the Division of Infectious Diseases at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, stated that vitamin A deficiency is common in developing countries, coinciding with an increased measles mortality in those areas.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
During an interview with Fox News Digital, Kuritzkes referenced research from the Harvard-Chan School of Public Health in 1993, which “favored a benefit” of vitamin A supplementation in the reduction of measles mortality for children in “resource-limited settings” or developing nations.
IS MMR VACCINE SAFE FOR KIDS? DR. NICOLE SAPHIER ADDRESSES CONCERNS AS MEASLES CASES RISE
Saahir Khan, MD, infectious disease expert with Keck Medicine of USC in Los Angeles, agreed that vitamin A is not a direct treatment for measles.
“Rather, children who have vitamin A deficiency, as occurs primarily in resource-limited settings like sub-Saharan Africa, have been shown to have more severe disease manifestations from measles and can benefit from vitamin A supplementation to correct their underlying deficiency,” he echoed to Fox News Digital.
“Vitamin A supplementation has not been shown to prevent measles infection and is in no way a substitute for vaccination, which has a proven benefit in preventing measles,” one doctor noted.(iStock)
“Studies have not shown a clear, consistent benefit to vitamin A supplementation among patients in resource-rich settings like the United States who do not have underlying vitamin A deficiency.”
Although vitamin A is “unlikely to harm the patient” in appropriate doses, Khan shared that controlled studies “do not support this practice.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The CDC recommends vitamin A supplementation only under the guidance of a healthcare professional, which Kuritzkes said is “critically important” to ensure that the correct dose is administered.
“Inappropriate dosing can result in toxicity and a condition known as hypervitaminosi, a health problem caused by too much vitamin A,” he cautioned.
Vitamin A can be harmful in high doses and can lead to a condition called hypervitaminosis, a doctor cautioned.(iStock)
“Thus, people should not be administering generic vitamin A supplements purchased at a pharmacy or health food store to their children.”
Maniar, Kuritzkes and Khan all emphasized that vitamin A is not a vaccination alternative, as the MMR vaccine is the “most powerful tool” in preventing and controlling outbreaks.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“It is vital that we work in partnership with communities to educate individuals and families about the importance of the MMR vaccine and ensure that this vaccine is available to all who need it,” Maniar added.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
As the vibrant hues of spring emerge, so does an exciting wave of new restaurants ready to elevate Delhi NCR’s culinary scene. Whether you’re craving artisanal desserts, global delicacies, or immersive fine dining, these fresh openings promise a feast for the senses. From high-energy bars to serene cafes, here’s a curated list of the hottest new restaurants to visit this season. Whether you’re craving authentic Mexican street food, South Indian comfort fare, or a sophisticated fine-dining experience, these new openings offer something for every palate.
Here Are 10 New Restaurants To Visit In March-April 2025:
1. The Hazelnut Factory, Aerocity
Expanding its legacy of artisanal sweets and gourmet bakes, The Hazelnut Factory (THF) has launched its 11th store in Aerocity, New Delhi. Originating from Lucknow, THF has built a reputation for blending tradition with innovation, offering exquisite luxury mithai, speciality coffee, and handcrafted desserts.
The new Aerocity location elevates the experience with a selection of signature offerings, including gourmet cookies, premium desserts, and savoury delights. Coffee aficionados can indulge in unique brews, from the dark allure of a Mocha Espresso Martini to the refreshing zing of an Orange Tonic Espresso. The European-inspired interiors exude warmth and elegance, making it the perfect spot for both casual indulgence and sophisticated gatherings.
2. EnCanto, Gurugram
Transporting the soul of Mexico to Golf Course Extension Road, EnCanto is the ultimate destination for lively nights and bold flavours. Founded by Anant Bali and Tusheeta Khanna, this high-energy bar and restaurant captures the magic of Tulum with earthy interiors, handcrafted decor and an electric atmosphere.
The menu is an ode to Mexican cuisine, featuring smoky tacos, zesty ceviche, and contemporary twists on classic dishes. Pair your meal with signature craft cocktails and enjoy live mixology showcases, DJ nights, and weekend brunches. With sustainability at its core, EnCanto ensures that every ingredient is locally sourced and eco-friendly. Whether you’re in for a night of dancing or a relaxed dining experience, EnCanto promises an unforgettable escape.
3. Vellam, Gurgaon
Bringing a fresh perspective to South Indian cuisine, Vellam is a passion project by Paras and Priyansha, two food lovers determined to redefine traditional flavours with modern elegance. Inspired by Chennai’s vibrant food culture, Vellam offers a refined take on beloved South Indian delicacies.
The restaurant’s name, meaning “jaggery” in Tamil, symbolises depth, sweetness, and tradition- qualities reflected in every dish. From melt-in-the-mouth dosas to flavourful seafood curries and rich filter coffee, Vellam crafts an authentic yet contemporary dining experience. The warm, earthy interiors further add to its charm, making it a must-visit for lovers of South Indian fare.
4. Lowkey Cafe, Gurgaon
A tranquil escape in the heart of Elan Epic, Sector 70, Lowkey Cafe redefines the cafe experience with its seamless blend of comfort, functionality, and gourmet offerings. Designed as both a workspace and a relaxation spot, Lowkey Café is perfect for coffee lovers, remote workers, and casual diners alike.
The menu boasts an impressive selection of organic brunch favourites, small plates, and indulgent desserts. From French Egg Ramekin to Sourdough Pizzas, every dish is crafted with fresh, high-quality ingredients. The cafe’s minimal aesthetic and cosy corners make it an inviting retreat, whether you’re looking to work, read, or simply enjoy a quiet moment over a cup of expertly brewed coffee.
5. Odella, Green Park
For those seeking opulence, Odella is a fine-dining sanctuary inspired by Renaissance-era grandeur. With interiors reminiscent of the Baroque movement, this exquisite restaurant merges art, culture, and gastronomy into an immersive experience.
Odella’s globally inspired menu is a celebration of classic techniques fused with contemporary innovation. Expect masterfully curated dishes, from luxurious seafood platters to artful desserts. Every detail, from the chandeliers to the handcrafted tableware, adds to the restaurant’s sense of timeless sophistication, making it a premier destination for fine dining enthusiasts.
6. Addoni, Green Park
Addoni is where fine dining meets heartfelt hospitality. Inspired by the global adventures of Riccardo Addoni, this new hotspot in Green Park is a tribute to the many flavours and traditions he encountered across the world.
The menu spans across Italian, Mediterranean, and contemporary European influences, offering dishes that feel both refined and comforting. With a combination of indoor and outdoor seating, guests can choose between an intimate dining nook or the lively atmosphere of the Long Bar. Addoni is designed to feel like a second home, a place where exceptional food and warm hospitality go hand in hand.
7. UNICO, Gurgaon
UNICO brings an exciting Mediterranean-European vegetarian concept to Gurgaon, redefining plant-based dining with its 3-in-1 experience -a live kitchen, an eggless bakery, and a vibrant bar.
The menu celebrates fresh, soulful ingredients with dishes like Smoked Beet & Citrus Salad and Pickled Mushrooms on Courgette Blini. Sustainability is at the heart of UNICO’s philosophy, with a focus on zero-waste cooking and hydroponically grown produce. Whether you’re a dedicated vegetarian or just looking for an innovative dining experience, UNICO offers a fresh take on flavourful, conscious eating.
8. Porche, Gurgaon
Porche sets a new standard for luxury nightlife and fine dining in Gurgaon. This multi-level venue, designed by brothers Sanjay and Sandu Kumar Singh, seamlessly integrates high-energy entertainment with exquisite gastronomy.
The space features three distinct levels: a lively bar with craft cocktails and live music, a sophisticated fine-dining floor, and a rooftop lounge boasting panoramic views. Guests can enjoy artisanal pizzas, premium sushi, and handcrafted drinks in an ambiance that blends Mediterranean elegance with colonial charm. Whether you’re in the mood for an indulgent dinner or a vibrant night out, Porche delivers an unparalleled experience.
9. Latoya, Malviya Nagar
Bringing the vibrant essence of Latin America to Delhi, Latoya is a game-changer in the city’s culinary scene. Curated by Manifest Hospitality, Latoya offers a bold, immersive dining experience celebrating the rich flavours and cultural diversity of Mexico, Peru, and Argentina.
Expect fiery tacos, Peruvian Nikkei-inspired dishes, and hearty Argentinian grills, all crafted with authenticity and flair. Complementing the cuisine is an innovative cocktail menu that draws from Latin America’s spirited drinking traditions. Latoya is a sensory journey through some of the most dynamic culinary landscapes in the world.
10. La Isla, Greater Kailash 1
Nestled in the lively N Block market of Greater Kailash 1, La Isla is a stunning new addition to Delhi’s dining scene. Inspired by tropical island retreats, this restaurant blends European, Latin American, and Mexican influences into a one-of-a-kind culinary experience.
Founder Kripa Sial envisioned La Isla as a sanctuary where exceptional food, vibrant music, and warm hospitality come together. The menu features standout dishes like Prawn Plancha, Avocado Tacos, and Paella, all made with fresh, locally sourced ingredients. For health-conscious diners, gluten-free options such as Quinoa Avocado Bowls and Gluten-Free Pizzas ensure that everyone can enjoy the La Isla experience. With its relaxed yet energetic ambiance, this island-inspired escape is set to become a favourite among Delhi’s food lovers.
Spring 2025 is shaping up to be an exciting season for food enthusiasts in Delhi NCR. Which of these will you be trying first?
The Two Sessions, known as one of the most significant events in China’s annual political calendar, is ongoing in Beijing right now. China’s top political advisory body, the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee, opened its annual session on Tuesday afternoon.
CGTN’s Li Zhao was at the opening meeting and spoke to some of the members there. Take a look!
DRA, the Chennai-based real estate developer, has launched its first-ever luxury independent villa community, DRA Inara, in the city. The project will have 118 luxury units with complete and exclusive land ownership. With an investment of ₹100 crore, DRA Inara is located in Navalur, one of the fastest growing micro-markets on Chennai’s IT corridor, OMR.
The villa sizes range from 3, 4, and 5 BHK, with sizes ranging between 1,952 sq ft and 3,697 sq ft. DRA Inara’s luxury independent 3BHK villas start at ₹1.70 crore.
Ranjeeth Rathod, Managing Director-DRA, said the project is Chennai’s first ultra-luxury villa with exclusive land ownership.
The development features include a clubhouse with a gym, indoor games, a swimming pool, poolside loungers, a steam room, a shower room, and a laundromat. Additionally, the community boasts a reflexology pathway, senior citizen seating, aroma and herb garden, barbecue lounge, solar-enabled street lights, avenue trees, 24×7 security, and power backup, catering to the needs of all age groups, says a release.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NEW BALANCE priprema se za toplije vrijeme raznim modelima bogatim antilopom. Njihov model 2002R stiže u novoj vintage zelenoj boji i s malo drugačijim dizajnom. Mrežasta baza nešto je šira nego inače, a sivi kožni slojevi na prednjem dijelu tenisica postavljeni su nešto više nego inače.
Na stražnjem i prednjem dijelu vidljiv je malen bijeli kožni dio, kao i na logotipu. Ostatak konstrukcije obavija zeleni antilop. Žućkasti potplat pridonosi vintage estetici, usklađujući se s mrežastom osnovom i vezicama. Donji dio potplata crne je boje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Vintage dizajn za proljetne dane
Iako je New Balance 2002R trenutačno možda u sjeni popularnijih modela kao što su 9060 i 1906R, neosporno je da ovaj model izgleda izuzetno elegantno. Ako planirate osvježiti svoju kolekciju obuće za toplije dane, ove tenisice mogle bi biti savršen izbor.
Točan datum lansiranja još nije poznat, no očekuje se da će biti dostupne do proljeća na službenom webshopu brenda i u odabranim trgovinama po cijeni od 145 američkih dolara (oko 135 eura).
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The Chargers released star edge rusher Joey Bosa, the team announced Wednesday, cutting ties with their longest-tenured player before he was due to collect a $12.36-million bonus.
Bosa, 29, was drafted third overall in 2016 when the Chargers were in San Diego. He announced his presence as a game-wrecking force as the NFL’s defensive rookie of the year and joined Hall of Fame linebacker Junior Seau as the only Chargers defenders to be selected to four Pro Bowls in their first five seasons. But injuries derailed Bosa’s career in the last three seasons.
Battling groin, foot and hip injuries, Bosa appeared in just 29 of 52 regular-season and playoff games in the last three years with 14 sacks. After nine starts, five sacks and 22 tackles last season, Bosa commanded more than $36 million of the Chargers’ salary cap in 2025, the largest cap hit for any edge rusher in the league, according to Overthecap.com.
Already with the fifth-most cap space in the league, the Chargers will save $25.36 million by releasing Bosa.
Bosa, who did not speak to local reporters after the season ended, restructured his contract before last season to take a pay cut. Approaching his eighth season, Bosa said he wanted to prioritize winning with the team that drafted him over making more money. His decision, along with a similar agreement from fellow edge rusher Khalil Mack, helped the franchise keep the two veteran defenders together for the first year under coach Jim Harbaugh and defensive coordinator Jesse Minter.
The Chargers surged to the playoffs — their third postseason appearance during Bosa’s tenure — behind the league’s best scoring defense but lost in the wild-card round to the Houston Texans.
Samsung Galaxy Book5 Series Pre-Booking Starts: Samsung has announced the commencement of pre-reservations for its new flagship AI-powered PCs – the Galaxy Book5 360, Galaxy Book5 Pro, and Galaxy Book5 Pro 360. Powered by Intel’s advanced Lunar Lake processors, the Galaxy Book5 series, for the first time, combines the power of Galaxy AI and Co-pilot+ PC, according to the official release.
Samsung Galaxy Book5 Series: Key Highlights
The Galaxy Book5 series comes with innovative features like ‘AI Select’, which allows users to search intuitively.
The ‘Photo Remaster’ feature helps users make professional-level image edits with vivid clarity. These new features are expected to redefine productivity and creativity for users, said the company.
With the Galaxy ecosystem, customers can enjoy seamless phone-to-PC connectivity with features like Phone Link, Quick Share, Multi-control, and Second Screen for Galaxy smartphone and tablet users. Additionally, Samsung Knox ensures a secure and privacy-focused foundation, the company further added.
Booking Details
Consumers can pre-reserve the Galaxy Book5 360, Galaxy Book5 Pro, and Galaxy Book5 Pro 360 on Samsung.com, at Samsung India Smart Cafés, select Samsung authorised retail stores, and other online platforms at no cost. These pre-reserve offers are valid until March 10, 2025.
It should be noted that “Pre-reserve customers can enjoy early access benefits worth Rs 5000,” said the company.
How to Pre-Book the Samsung Galaxy Book5 Series: A Step-by-Step Guide
1. Visit the official Samsung India website at [samsung.com/in](https://samsung.com/in). 2. Scroll down and look for “New Galaxy Book5 Pro | Book5 Pro 360”. 3. Click on “Pre-reserve Now”. 4. You will be redirected to a new page. 5. Click on the “Reserve Now” link available at the top right corner of the page or scroll down. 6. Enter your details and click on “Submit”. 7. You’re done!
Alternatively, you can click on this link to directly visit the page.
Millions of Australians are bracing for a direct hit from a tropical cyclone heading toward the nation’s third-biggest city, with the storm already forcing evacuations and closing ports and schools throughout Queensland.
A resident watches massive waves stirred by tropical cyclone Alfred break onto the North Wall breakwater located at the coastal town of Ballina on March 5, 2025. A rare tropical cyclone veered towards Australia’s densely populated eastern coast on March 5, forcing scores of schools to close as worried residents stripped supermarket shelves bare.(Photo by DAVID GRAY / AFP)
Tropical Cyclone Alfred, a category 2 cyclone, was 425 kilometers (264 miles) east of Brisbane at around 6 a.m. local time Wednesday, producing sustained winds of 95 kilometers an hour with gusts of up to 130 kilometers an hour, according to the national weather bureau.
It is forecast to maintain its intensity and cross the coast early Friday, somewhere between tourism hubs the Sunshine Coast and Gold Coast, and most likely near Brisbane.
Alfred is set to be the first tropical storm to affect flood-prone Brisbane since 2017, when the remnants of Cyclone Debbie brought heavy rain and strong winds to the area after wreaking havoc in north Queensland. The city has a population of more than 2.5 million and millions more live in the forecast track or could be impacted by flooding.
Queensland Premier David Crisafulli told reporters Wednesday a small number of people had already been evacuated from their homes. “We’re telling Queenslanders that this is a serious event and it will cross the coast,” he said.
Rain dump
Beyond any immediate damage from a direct cyclone hit, residents of the regions are bracing for the storm to dump massive amounts of rain that could flood homes and threaten lives. Southern Queensland and northern New South Wales could get rainfall totals of up to 400 millimeters (16 inches) over the next few days, with some places getting as much as 700 millimeters. The slow-moving storm also means its damaging winds and heavy rains will be sustained over a relatively long period of time.
Insurers Suncorp Group Ltd. and Insurance Australia Group Ltd. will be hard hit by losses caused by Alfred, according to Matt Ingram, senior industry analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence. In a Tuesday filing providing an update on the cyclone, Suncorp said it “maintains a strong capital position.”
Federal Minister for Emergency Management Jenny McAllister said the government expected the insurance sector will act quickly to aid customers affected by storm damage and the subsequent flooding that’s expected in some areas.
There was “still an element of the population that hasn’t yet fully understood the magnitude of this system,” McAllister told reporters late Tuesday. “We are in for some difficult days.”
Ports shut
The Port of Brisbane suspended arrivals of large vessels on Sunday and expects to be closed on Thursday and Friday, and the city has suspended ferry services. Airports in the region were operating Tuesday, although airlines including Qantas Airways Ltd. and Virgin Australia Holdings Ltd. have offered rebooking options to passengers.
The storm is also expected to impact regions of New South Wales, to the south of Queensland. More than 120 schools have already been closed in that state, and evacuation centers opened.
Potentially damaging winds are already affecting the coast, with Byron Bay in New South Wales being hit by gusts of more than 100 kilometers an hour.
“There’s going to be damaging winds, there is going to be powerful surf, coastal erosion, and it will be followed by significant rain that can last a couple of days,” New South Wales State Emergency Services’ deputy commissioner Deb Platts said in a television interview.
Prime Minister Anthony Albanese flew into Brisbane on Tuesday evening. There’s been speculation the center-left leader would use this weekend to call an election for April 12, but such a scenario may be unlikely if the cyclone wreaks major damage.
“We’re governing,” Albanese told reporters when asked about the election speculation. “I know there’s others who are interested in election timing. What I’m interested in is getting things done on behalf of the country.”
Rare cyclone
Modeling was showing almost 20,000 properties across Brisbane alone could be impacted by storm surges or flooding, the city’s Lord Mayor Adrian Schrinner said in a post on X.
Scientific research indicates that as global temperatures climb, tropical cyclones will shift more toward the poles, posing extreme weather threats to places that were not designed to withstand such hazards.
Southern Queensland and northern NSW are regions that face growing risk from tropical cyclones, according to Climate Risk Group. That will likely drive up insurance premiums for property owners, the firm said in a statement.
“We don’t often have tropical cyclone watches and warnings in the New South Wales jurisdiction — the most recent one was back in 1990 with an event called Tropical Cyclone Nancy,” the Bureau of Meteorology’s Steve Bernasconi said on Monday. “And prior to that, it wasn’t until 1974 with Tropical Cyclone Zoe.”
Marvel Rivals is getting another big update on PlayStation, Xbox and PC.
The new Marvel Rivals update has a March 6 release date and a 9am GMT UK release time. The good news is that the new Marvel Rivals update doesn’t require any server downtime, which means you can continue playing as soon as the update is installed.
The update lays the foundation for the Galacta’s Cosmic Adventure event, as well as the limited time Clone Rumble game mode.
The Galacta’s Cosmic Adventure event runs from March 7 until April 11, and gives users the ability to earn the exclusive Black Widow – Mrs. Barnes series costume rewards.
Clone Rumble, on the other hand, is a new game mode in which teams pick one hero each, while individual players can choose between them.
“Rivals, get ready for Clone Rumble – where strategy, teamwork, and controlled chaos take centre stage!” reads the official description.
“In this all-new mode, both teams will select one hero each, and every player must choose between these two heroes for the ultimate mirror showdown. Will you master your pick and outplay your clones?”
As you can see from the patch notes below, the new update also makes various bug fixes and balance changes.
This includes improvements to the Human Torch’s Lord Proficiency avatar reward, as well as the addition of a voice enhancement setting for the microphone.
You can check out the Marvel Rivals March 6 update patch notes…
Marvel Rivals March 6 update patch notes…
Optimisations
1. Improved the Human Torch’s Lord Proficiency avatar reward.
2. Added a voice enhancement setting for the microphone.
3. You can now report those who leave matches prematurely via the menu while still in a match.
Fixes
General
1. Fixed an issue where switching from a Proficiency Deluxe Avatar back to the standard Avatar required a re-login to take effect.
2. Resolved an issue where other players viewing a career profile would not immediately see the latest scores added after reaching maximum proficiency with a hero. A re-login was required for the changes to take effect.
3. Corrected the blocklist full notification, which mistakenly stated that the friends list was full.
Maps and Modes
1. Fixed several terrain issues that could cause characters to become stuck or clip into strange areas.
2. Resolved various problems with broken collisions, floating objects, etc.
3. Addressed multiple map sound effect issues.
Heroes
1. Loki’s Disappearing Act: Fixed an issue where Loki’s UI would vanish after he transformed. The God of Mischief can now keep his tricks visible!
2. Human Torch’s Meteor Mishap: Resolved a glitch where the Human Torch’s Flaming Meteor ability could sometimes trap hit enemies inside walls. Now, foes will feel the burn, not the barrier!
3. Persistent Pyro-Prison: Fixed an issue that the Human Torch’s Pyro-Prison wouldn’t promptly disappear upon his defeat. No more lingering flames!
4. Loki’s Blessing Blunder: Fixed a problem where if Loki and his doppelganger placed Regeneration Domains that overlapped and Loki walked over the overlapped area, then back into his own Regeneration Domain, it would lose its healing effect. Now, the trickster can heal without a hitch!
5. Punisher’s Missile Mayhem: Addressed a rare issue where the Punisher’s Ultimate Ability would sometimes continue to detect enemies and fire missiles during network disruptions. The Punisher’s firepower is now accurate, even in chaos!
6. Hela’s Knockback Kinks: Resolved an inconsistency where Hela would sometimes be launched up after unleashing her Ultimate Ability. The Goddess of Death will now fly firm to rain destruction her foes!
7. Wolverine’s Leap of Faith: Fixed a quirk where characters launched up by Wolverine’s Ultimate Ability would sometimes exhibit exaggerated jumping abilities. The mutant’s effect is now properly contained!
8. Jeff’s Ice Surprise: Corrected a bug where when the Team-Up Ability is active, Jeff the Land Shark could launch Frozen Spitballs that exceed expectations via certain actions. The aquatic cutie’s attacks are now as intended!
9. Hela’s Vehicle Visibility: Fixed an issue where after Hela releases her Ultimate Ability, sometimes she may not be immediately detected when near the mission vehicle. Now her presence will be felt.
10. Adam’s Ultimate Energy Fail: Resolved a problem where if Adam Warlock’s Ultimate Ability failed in certain areas (like cliff edges), 50% energy wouldn’t be returned. The hero’s energy is now properly restored!
11. Peni Parker’s Positioning Predicament: Fixed a positioning issue that could sometimes occur when Peni was hit by Namor’s Ultimate Ability. The mech pilot is now perfectly aligned for battle!
PC
1. Fixed an issue where some graphics cards couldn’t enable Intel XeSS.
Console
1. Fixed an issue where after modifying the mapping of the controller’s L3 button, the chat window could not be opened on the results screen.
2. Resolved a rare issue on PlayStation where Wolverine’s Rage Uncaged trophy sometimes wouldn’t unlock.
Subaru Australia has announced pricing for the recently unveiled WRX tS Spec B, its new STI-tuned, manual-only flagship.
Revealed last month, the Spec B builds on the existing top-spec WRX tS grade, while also taking parts from last year’s limited-run Club Spec SE and overseas variants.
Priced from $61,490 before on-road costs, the tS Spec B is the most expensive WRX ever sold in Australia that isn’t a fully fledged STI.
It’s $3500 more than the tS auto, and $8500 more than the RS manual which was the most expensive three-pedal WRX.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
However, it’s loaded with performance parts not available elsewhere in the WRX lineup.
WRX tS Spec B-specific equipment includes:
19-inch matte grey alloy wheels
Bridgestone Potenza S007 tyres
STI rear wing
Recaro seats
Eight-way power-adjustable driver’s seat
Four-way manually adjustable passenger seat
Gold Brembo brake calipers
Six-piston front, two-piston rear
STI steering wheel logo
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
STI performance exhaust mufflers (no-cost option)
US-market digital instrument cluster
While the Club Spec previously featured the same wheels, tyres, wing, brakes and seats, the tS Spec B’s addition of the 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster is new for Australia, having first launched in Japan and the US early last year.
Subaru also says the WRX tS Spec B is equipped with its new Emergency Driving Stop System (EDSS), which can monitor driver input and bring the car to a controlled stop with hazard lights activated when needed.
The WRX tS Spec B forgoes the sunroof available on the WRX GT, RS and tS, however carryover equipment from the previous flagship grade includes electronically controlled dampers which are linked to the five drive modes: Comfort, Normal, Sport, Sport+ and Individual.
There’s no extra power though, with the new flagship continuing with the same turbocharged 2.4-litre ‘boxer’ four-cylinder engine as the rest of the WRX range, producing 202kW and 350Nm.
A six-speed manual transmission is mated to the engine, while an all-wheel drive system with torque-vectoring delivers power to the road.
Buyers can order the WRX tS Spec B in one of eight colours, with the new Galaxy Purple Pearl replacing Solar Orange Pearl. Other finishes are listed below:
Crystal Black
Sapphire Blue
WR Blue
Magnetite Grey
Ignition Red
Ice Silver
Ceramic White
Pre-orders for the Subaru WRX tS Spec B are now open, and can be placed here.
The US will allow a one-month exemption from auto import tariffs on Canada and Mexico. Trump accused Trudeau of using the trade war to stay in power. Trudeau will step down after a leadership contest.
US President Donald Trump accused Canadian leader Justin Trudeau of playing up a Canada-US trade war to cling to power, after they spoke in a “somewhat friendly” call on Wednesday.
(AP Image)
The United States will allow a one-month exemption from tariffs on auto imports from Canada and Mexico, the White House said Wednesday, a day after steep levies on its neighbors came into effect.
US officials spoke with major automakers Stellantis, Ford and General Motors, Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said. “We are going to give a one-month exemption on any autos coming through USMCA,” she added, referring to a trade pact between the North American neighbors.
Meanwhile, US President Donald Trump accused Canadian leader Justin Trudeau of playing up a Canada-US trade war to cling to power, after they spoke in a “somewhat friendly” call on Wednesday.
Trump said in a social media post that Prime Minister Trudeau “was unable to tell me when the Canadian Election is taking place, which made me curious, like, what’s going on here? I then realized he is trying to use this issue to stay in power.”
Trudeau, who announced his resignation in January, is to step down after a Liberal party leadership contest this weekend chooses his replacement.
That person will then also become prime minister, and have the power to call the next federal election, which must be held no later than October — though political analysts have said it could come earlier.
Canadian prime ministers can call elections at any point in the government’s five-year term.
Trudeau and Trump have had a fractious relationship since Trump’s return to the White House in January, as the pair sparred over trade and fentanyl trafficking.
A frustrated Trudeau said Tuesday, after Trump moved ahead with imposing 25 percent tariffs on Canadian imports into the United States, that while he thinks Trump is a “smart guy,” the tariffs are a “very dumb thing to do.”
He also accused Trump of seeking to collapse the Canadian economy to make the country easier to annex.
Trump has spoken several times of making Canada the 51st American state.
The Republican leader’s trade attacks have also been coupled with a particular animosity against the man he calls “Governor Trudeau.”
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – AFP)
Location :
Washington D.C., United States of America (USA)
News world US Announces Tariffs Delay, Allows One-Month Exemption On Auto Imports From Canada, Mexico
The sentiment seems to be shifting towards the bullish side. Amid this, Dogecoin (DOGE), the world’s largest and most popular meme coin, is catching the attention of crypto analysts and experts.
Experts’ Bullish Views on DOGE Meme Coin
Recently, a prominent crypto expert made a post on X (formerly Twitter) with a bold prediction. The expert expressed a bullish outlook, noting that DOGE has maintained its position within an ascending parallel channel. Based on historical price momentum, if the meme coin holds above the $0.16 level, there is still hope that it could reach $2.74 or even $6.24 in the coming days.
#Dogecoin$DOGE remains within an ascending parallel channel. As long as the lower boundary at $0.16 holds, a rebound toward the mid-channel at $2.74 or even the upper boundary at $6.24 remains a probability! pic.twitter.com/L0p9ePH5ZV
Today, March 6, 2025, the overall crypto market sentiment appears bullish, with major assets like Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), and Solana (SOL) experiencing impressive gains of 3.25%, 2.80%, and 2.15%, respectively.
Dogecoin (DOGE) Price Action and Upcoming Levels
Amid this bullish momentum, DOGE has gained 3.29% in the last 24 hours and is currently trading near $0.204. However, despite the ongoing price recovery, the meme coin’s trading volume has dropped by 45%, indicating lower participation from traders and investors compared to the previous day.
Source: Trading View
Besides all this, Coinpedia’s technical analysis suggests that DOGE appears bullish but is currently facing modest resistance near the $0.205 level. Based on recent price action and historical patterns, if the meme coin breaches this resistance and closes a daily candle above $0.21, it could soar by 18% to reach $0.245 in the coming days.
Besides this bullish outlook, another factor supporting it is the current retest of a crucial support level. During the recent price drop, the meme coin found crucial support at $0.18 and is now moving upward. The daily chart shows that this support level has a history of triggering bullish price reversals.
Our team of sleep experts has taken many mattresses into the CNET mattress testing facility to find the best mattress brands. If you’re one of the six in ten US adults willing to invest for better sleep, we found what’s worth the money and what isn’t. To find the most comfortable mattress, we test everything from firmness and edge support to motion isolation and overall comfort. From innerspring mattresses to latex mattresses and everything in between, we’ve put them to the test.
While we’re always excited to test new mattress brands, certain brands consistently top our must-try list. If you’re planning to upgrade your sleep experience in the new year, we’ve rounded up our favorite mattress brands to help you create the coziest bed possible. Here are our top picks and what makes each one special.
Note: All prices below are the MSRP for queen size mattresses. You may find them cheaper on the website.
Cole Kan/CNET
Read more: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at How We Test Mattresses
Photo Gallery1/1
“The bed-in-a-box movement took the world by storm over eight years ago, and DreamCloud immediately stole a piece of my heart. The first DreamCloud mattress I tested in 2017 was the brand’s flagship model, which gave me the luxurious feel at the affordable price I was looking for. I’ve since graduated to a king-size but still have DreamCloud in my guest room for all to experience.” — Dillon Payne, director of video production
Over the years, DreamCloud Sleep has expanded its offerings. It now has three collections of mattresses: DreamCloud, DreamCloud Premier and DreamCloud Premier Rest, each with your choice of hybrid or all-foam mattress. If you are on a tighter budget but are looking for a responsive, luxurious mattress, DreamCloud could be a great option.
Dillon’s favorite DreamCloud mattress overall is the DreamCloud Premier. He enjoys its cushioning yet responsive memory foam feel and plush cloud-like cover. Landing around a medium firm, this bed provides plenty of spinal support to prevent back pain for back sleepers like him.
Photo Gallery1/1
As one of the original bed-in-a-box brands, you’ve likely heard of Purple. Its beds feature a breathable and moldable GelFlex Grid, creating a distinct feel that people tend to either absolutely love or strongly dislike.
“I love to test Purple products because they are all so unique thanks to the hyper-elastic polymer material Purple uses. No other brand has anything quite like it, and Purple seems willing to push the envelope with its mattress design and make mistakes. Thinking back to Purple’s original pillow, it was just a huge, 10-pound slab of polymer that not many people liked, but it was an interesting idea!” — Owen Poole, senior video producer
Owen’s all-time favorite Purple mattress was the Purple Hybrid Premier 3, which is no longer in production. He still particularly enjoys its replacements, the Restore Plus and Restore Premier.
“The Purple Restore Premier has unique foam-tipped coils that I have only seen on one other mattress. In combination with the GelFlex Grid, the design makes this mattress one-of-one,” says Owen.
Owen is such a fan of Purple that he slept on the Purple Hybrid Premier mattress for five years, which says a lot for a sleep expert and mattress reviewer with access to dozens of other beds.
Photo Gallery1/1
When it comes to mattress company policies, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a more generous brand than Nest Bedding.
“I appreciate that Nest offers a 365-night trial and a unique lifetime renewal exchange program that I haven’t seen with other brands. If you find that you need a different firmness level or it’s time for a refresh, Nest will send you a comfort layer replacement rather than having to get an entirely new mattress.” — JD Christison, senior video producer
Nest Bedding started in 2011, and its US-manufactured mattresses have high-quality, certified clean materials. “Nest offers a nice range of comfortable, premium mattresses at a competitive price point,” he explains.
JD’s all-time favorite bed from Nest Bedding is the Sparrow Signature Hybrid. He enjoys its super plush pillow top feel and the fact that it’s available in three different firmness levels. Learn more about the Nest Sparrow Signature Hybrid mattress and why we selected this bed as the best for couples in our best mattresses of 2024 list.
Photo Gallery1/1
“Leesa actually listens to its customers about what they want to see improved for future beds. Each time Leesa releases a new mattress, it’s been better than before. As a brand, I also really like that Leesa donates beds to children and families in need.” — Dillon Lopez, senior video producer
The donation program Dillon refers to is part of Leesa’s social impact efforts. To date, Leesa has donated over 40,000 mattresses to those in need and partners with US nonprofits dedicated to improving communities nationwide.
Dillon’s all-time favorite Leesa bed is the Leesa Sapira Chill Hybrid. As a side sleeper, he prefers the plush version, which offers ample pressure relief for his shoulder and hip. It features a cool-to-the-touch cover and over 1,000 coils for enhanced durability.
Watch sleep experts Dillon Lopez, Owen Poole and Caroline Igo interview Jen Pressley, Leesa’s chief marketing officer, at the 3Z factory to learn more about the brand.
Photo Gallery1/1
“Helix is an impressive brand, and I jump at the chance to test any of its beds. It has seven different mattresses, each available in three versions. While this may seem overwhelming, the brand has its line broken down into soft, medium and firm and then into mattresses for side sleepers, back and stomach sleepers and tall and heavy sleepers,” Caroline explains.
Whether you sleep alone or with a partner, Helix offers a sleep quiz to help you determine which mattress best suits your needs based on your sleeping positions and preferences.
Helix’s high-quality beds frequent our best lists. For example, the Helix Sunset Luxe was chosen as the best mattress for pressure relief, and the Helix Plus was awarded the best mattress for heavier couples.
“Even though I’ve had the opportunity to tour the 3Z mattress factory, test all the Helix beds and see how they are made, I’m fairly confident that I would come to the same conclusion — the Helix Midnight Luxe mattress is the one for me. It has a plushy foam pillow top, feels comfortable when I’m on my side and my stomach and is around a medium. I like a softer mattress, but my boyfriend likes a medium to medium firm mattress. This bed is a great common ground for us and should be for other couples, too.” — Caroline Igo, sleep editor
Brooklyn Bedding is another brand that frequently appears on our best lists. In fact, it’s currently in the No. 1 spot as our best mattress overall. Brooklyn Bedding focuses on quality construction and puts a huge emphasis on durability and longevity — all while offering the beds at a more affordable cost. After factoring in Brooklyn Bedding’s frequent discounts, you can snag a queen-size Signature Hybrid mattress for just under $1,000, which we think is an excellent value for a bed of such high caliber.
“Brooklyn Bedding is my favorite brand because it makes reliable beds at a good price. Mattresses are expensive, so you want to put your money where you’ll get the most value, and for me, that’s always Brooklyn Bedding. From the Signature Hybrid to the Aurora Luxe, you know you’re getting a bed that will stand the test of time.” — Taylor Leamey, senior writer
The Signature Hybrid is Taylor’s favorite Brooklyn Bedding mattress. It’s a simple yet durable and reliable hybrid bed with a neutral foam mattress feel that comes in three firmness options, so it can comfortably accommodate pretty much any body type and sleeping position.
Photo Gallery1/1
When our sleep experts think of original bed-in-a-box companies, Casper comes to mind. Over the years, Casper has used feedback from real customers to improve its mattress quality and construction. Recently released, Casper’s new line includes beds boasting cooling technology that actually makes the mattress cover cool-to-the-touch for those who sleep hot — a claim many brands make for their beds but rarely deliver on.
“Casper always seems to be pushing to develop new and improved mattresses. I’m also a big fan of Casper’s accessories and enjoy trying everything from its mattresses to bedding like sheets and pillows.” — Wes Ott, senior video producer
Casper offers multiple mattress options at various price points and different feels and firmness levels, ranging from dense memory foam to a neutral hybrid construction.
“I like my mattress to have a soft, neutral feel like the Casper Dream Hybrid mattress. It’s an accommodating bed with pocketed coils, zoned support and a medium firmness level. That’s why I will go so boldly to say it will work for anyone,” he explains.
Photo Gallery1/1
Bear offers an assortment of memory foam and hybrid mattresses, all GreenGuard Gold Certified and shipped directly from its Arizona factory. Our sleep experts recently visited the factory and laid down for an interview with Bear’s Founder, Scott Paladini, to learn more about the Bear mattresses.
“Bear’s beds have always been comfortable and supportive, and it’s hard to beat their price.” — Jon Gomez, video producer
Bear’s mattresses used to come topped with a Celliant-infused cover automatically. This patented technology is intended to enhance tissue oxygen levels and improve athletic performance, recovery and sleep quality. Now, it’s an optional add-on that Jon recommends getting for your Bear mattress.
“I like the Celliant cover on Bear. It’s great for athletes, and I think it does help regulate body temperature throughout the night. I’m actually considering getting that for my next bed,” says Jon.
Jon’s all-time favorite Bear mattress is the Bear Natural organic mattress. It’s crafted with organic cotton yarn and 100% natural latex, and it has a super responsive latex foam feel, landing around a medium to medium firm.
Photo Gallery1/1
“I have always admired Avocado as a brand. Environmental sustainability is important to me, and Avocado knocks it out of the park when it comes to using organic, natural, non-toxic and sustainably sourced materials. It has the most certifications of any mattress brand I’ve tested, including becoming a Certified B Corp and Climate Neutral, which are no easy tasks for a company to attain.” — Aly Lopez, sleep writer
Avocado’s beds have a more responsive latex foam feel. You can add a soft pillow top or plush box top for extra cushioning, which Aly would recommend if you are a side sleeper. She and her husband, Dillon, recently tested the Avocado Luxury Organic mattress for 30 nights. While it was a little too firm for Dillon’s liking as a side sleeper, Aly found it comfortable as a stomach sleeper.
“The Avocado Luxury Organic has to be my favorite bed from Avocado. It’s incredibly luxurious, and you can tell it’s made of high-quality natural materials. If we had added the pillow-top or box-top to make it softer, it probably would have been the perfect mattress for me and my side-sleeping husband,” she explains.
As expert mattress reviewers, napping on the job is our job, and we thoroughly enjoy testing beds from every brand. We particularly look forward to testing mattresses with unique features or specific purposes, such as the luxurious Saatva RX, designed for those with chronic joint or back pain, or the supportive Big Fig, created for heavier people.
Dillon tests the Sonu mattress, designed for side sleepers.
Jon Gomez/CNET
Sonu recently caused a welcome commotion in our testing facility with its never-before-seen construction explicitly designed for side sleepers. The incredibly firm Airweave 30 mattress, made of moveable AirFiber blocks, also created quite the test scene in our mattress warehouse.
In addition to mattresses, our experts enjoy testing sleep technology and bed accessories, such as the super cool Eight Sleep Pod cover, sleep masks or bedding such as pillows and comforters.
Our expert, award-winning staff selects the products we cover and rigorously researches and tests our top picks. If you buy through our links, we may get a commission.
Reviews ethics statement
How we test
Aly LopezAssociate Writer
Aly Lopez is a writer on the sleep team at CNET. She tests, researches and reviews everything sleep-related, from mattresses and bedding to sleep trends and hacks to sleep technology and supplements. She received her bachelor’s degree in sociology from Central College and is a certified sleep science coach from the Spencer Institute. As someone who has struggled to sleep her whole life, Aly is extremely passionate about helping others improve their lives by writing about ways to get better sleep.
The information contained in this article is for educational and informational purposes only and is not intended as health or medical advice. Always consult a physician or other qualified health provider regarding any questions you may have about a medical condition or health objectives.
Fox News’ Health newsletter brings you stories on the latest developments in healthcare, wellness, diseases, mental health and more.
TOP 3:
– RFK Jr. discusses ‘community immunity’ amid measles outbreak
– Are there health benefits of going ‘California sober’?
– Expert calls out ‘intricate connection’ between sleep, obesity and inflammation
This week’s top health news includes guidance for measles protection, the pros and cons of going ‘California sober’, and the link between sleep and obesity.(iStock)
MORE IN HEALTH
‘STEAKING’ A CLAIM – An Ohio woman says the carnivore diet saved her life. Experts weigh in. Continue reading…
‘BIGGEST HONOR’ – President Trump appoints boy battling cancer as honorary Secret Service agent. Continue reading…
HIGH ALERT – Pet food companies issue recalls amid bird flu concerns. Continue reading…
Obesity is a growing health concern worldwide, affecting millions of people. It not only impacts physical appearance but also increases the risk of several chronic diseases, including diabetes, heart disease, and hypertension. One of the most effective ways to manage obesity is through a well-balanced diet. Knowing what to eat and what to avoid can make a significant difference in weight management and overall health. Managing obesity requires a combination of dietary changes, regular physical activity, and lifestyle modifications.
Photo: iStock
How Do You Know If You Are Overweight or Obese?
Body Mass Index (BMI) is a commonly used measure to determine whether a person is overweight or obese. According to nutritionist Rupali Datta, overweight is defined as a BMI of 25 or higher, while obesity is classified as a BMI of 30 or above. The World Health Organization (WHO) defines BMI as a person’s weight in kilograms divided by the square of their height in meters (kg/m²). If your BMI falls within the overweight or obese range, making dietary changes can help manage your weight effectively.
Here Are 5 Foods to Avoid for Healthy Weight Loss
If you are struggling with obesity, eliminating or reducing certain foods from your diet can accelerate weight loss and improve your overall health. Here are some foods you should avoid:
1. Sugary Foods
Sugar-laden desserts and processed sweets are considered one of the biggest contributors to obesity. When consumed in excess, sugar is stored as fat in the body, leading to weight gain. High fructose intake also causes insulin resistance, raising insulin levels, which further promotes fat accumulation. Cutting back on sweets, candies, and desserts can help regulate blood sugar levels and support weight loss.
Photo: Pexels Processed Foods like pizza and burgers contain unhealthy cholesterol that latter convert into a fat.
2. Trans Fats and Processed Foods
Fast foods like burgers, fries, and pizzas are loaded with trans fats, which are harmful to your health. These foods contain empty calories and unhealthy cholesterol that contribute to weight gain and increase the risk of heart disease. Additionally, processed foods like instant noodles, pasta, and packaged snacks are high in unhealthy fats and refined carbohydrates, making them poor choices for weight management. Opting for homemade meals with fresh ingredients can significantly improve your diet.
3. Refined Grains
Refined grains, such as white rice, white bread, and pasta, are stripped of essential nutrients during processing, leaving behind simple carbohydrates that cause blood sugar spikes and increased fat storage. Instead, choose whole grains like brown rice, quinoa, and whole wheat bread, which retain fiber, vitamins, and minerals that promote better digestion and long-lasting energy. Whole grains help in maintaining satiety, reducing unnecessary snacking, and supporting weight loss.
Photo: Pexels Red meat increased risk of cardiovascular diseases
4. Red Meat
Red meat, including mutton, lamb, and beef, is high in cholesterol and saturated fats, which can lead to weight gain and an increased risk of cardiovascular diseases. While protein is essential for weight loss, it is advisable to opt for lean protein sources like chicken, turkey, fish (such as salmon), tofu, and legumes. These alternatives provide high-quality protein without the added unhealthy fats found in red meat.
Photo Credit: Pexels Sugary and Aerated Beverages has hidden sugars that contribute to weight gain.
5. Sugary and Aerated Beverages
Many people focus only on solid food intake while ignoring liquid calories. Sugary beverages like sodas, iced teas, packaged juices, and energy drinks are loaded with hidden sugars and empty calories that contribute to weight gain. These drinks do not provide satiety, leading to overconsumption. Instead, opt for healthier alternatives such as coconut water, lemon water (nimbu paani), herbal teas, and infused water. These drinks keep you hydrated while supporting metabolism and digestion.
Here Are 5 Foods to Eat for Healthy Weight Management
While avoiding unhealthy foods is crucial, it is equally important to incorporate nutrient-dense foods that support weight loss and overall well-being. Here are some foods you should include in your diet:
1. High-Fiber Foods
Fiber helps in digestion, promotes satiety, and prevents overeating. Include fiber-rich foods such as vegetables, fruits, whole grains, nuts, and seeds in your diet. Foods like apples, berries, oats, flaxseeds, and legumes can keep you full for longer and reduce calorie intake.
Photo Credit: Pexels
Tofu is a high sources of protein.
2. Lean Protein Sources
Protein is essential for muscle growth and fat loss. Consuming lean proteins like chicken breast, fish, tofu, cottage cheese, eggs, and lentils helps maintain muscle mass while promoting weight loss. Protein also helps control cravings and keeps you full for longer periods.
3. Healthy Fats
Not all fats are bad. Healthy fats from sources like avocados, nuts, seeds, olive oil, and fatty fish provide essential nutrients and keep you full. These fats support metabolism, reduce inflammation, and help in maintaining overall health.
4. Low-Calorie Beverages
Replacing sugary drinks with low-calorie alternatives like green tea, black coffee, herbal teas, and infused water can aid in weight loss. Green tea, in particular, contains antioxidants that boost metabolism and fat burning.
5. Hydrating Foods
Staying hydrated is key to maintaining a healthy weight. Water-rich foods such as cucumbers, watermelon, oranges, and leafy greens help in digestion, reduce bloating, and support overall hydration.
A balanced diet, coupled with portion control and mindful eating, plays a crucial role in long-term weight management. If you are struggling with obesity, consulting a nutritionist or dietitian can help create a personalised diet plan tailored to your needs. Making small, consistent changes in your eating habits can lead to significant improvements in your health and well-being.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-05/Trump-touts-start-to-term-in-Congress-drawing-catcalls-from-Democrats-1BuRSMSXU2s/img/cf5024463ef14427b2f8ce9c2eb232c7/cf5024463ef14427b2f8ce9c2eb232c7.png' alt='President Donald Trump delivers his address to a joint session of Congress in the U.S. Capitol on March 4, 2025. /VCG'
A triumphant U.S. President Donald Trump told Congress on Tuesday that “America is back” after he reshaped U.S. foreign policy, ignited a trade war and ousted tens of thousands of government workers in six tumultuous weeks since returning to power, drawing jeers from some Democrats who walked out in protest.
The prime time speech, his first to Congress since taking office on January 20, followed a second day of market turmoil after he imposed sweeping new tariffs against Mexico, Canada and China.
Trump devoted only a few minutes of his speech to foreign policy. He signaled a willingness to press ahead with a minerals deal with Ukraine that was set aside after last week’s disastrous White House meeting.
“Simultaneously, we’ve had serious discussions with Russia and have received strong signals that they are ready for peace,” Trump said. “Wouldn’t that be beautiful?”
And he repeated his promises – though without adding detail – to bring peace to the Middle East and expand the Abraham Accords, deals signed during his first term that established relations between Israel and some of its Arab neighbors.
Trump vowed to balance the federal budget, even as he urged lawmakers to enact a sweeping tax cut agenda that analysts say could add more than $5 trillion to the federal government’s $36 trillion debt load. Congress needs to raise the nation’s debt ceiling later this year or risk a devastating default.
The speech shared some of the hallmarks of Trump’s campaign rallies. Trump repeatedly assailed his Democratic predecessor Joe Biden, attacked immigrant criminals as “savages” and promised to ban what he called “transgender ideology,” all while peppering his remarks with exaggerated or false claims.
Democratic protests
“To my fellow citizens, America is back,” Trump began to a standing ovation from fellow Republicans. “Our country is on the verge of a comeback the likes of which the world has never witnessed, and perhaps will never witness again.”
Democrats held up signs with messages like “No King!” and “This Is NOT Normal,” and about half the Democrats had walked out by the end of the speech.
One Texas congressman, Al Green, was ordered removed after he refused to sit down.
Trump, a political brawler by nature, reveled in the disagreements.
“I look at the Democrats in front of me, and I realize there is absolutely nothing I can say to make them happy or to make them stand or smile or applaud,” he said after Green’s ejection.
The speech took place in the House of Representatives, where lawmakers huddled in fear for their lives four years ago while a mob of Trump supporters ransacked the Capitol in an unsuccessful effort to overturn Biden’s 2020 victory over the then-incumbent Trump.
The Democrats chose to give their rebuttal speech to moderate U.S. Senator Elissa Slotkin who invoked an iconic Republican president in criticizing Trump.
“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s. Trump would have lost us the Cold War,” Slotkin, a former CIA analyst who won election in Michigan in November even as Trump carried her state, said, referring to President Ronald Reagan. “Donald Trump’s actions suggest that, in his heart, he doesn’t believe we are an exceptional nation.”
The sportswear maker was eager to put the scandal with the rapper Ye behind it, but its cautious earnings forecast showed the breakup’s effects still lingered.
Godrej Properties acquired 12 land parcels during April-December period of this fiscal to develop housing projects worth ₹23,450 crore, and plans to buy more in the ongoing quarter to expand business amid strong consumer demand.
Godrej Properties also partners with landowners, under new business development.
In an interview with PTI, Godrej Properties Executive Chairperson Pirojsha Godrej said the “business development was very strong during December quarter.”
Also read: Godrej Properties net debt down 49% in Q3 to ₹3,848 crore on better cash flow, equity fundraise
The company signed new projects with a total booking value potential of nearly ₹11,000 crore during the third quarter of this fiscal, he said, adding that the business development crossed ₹23,000 crore during April-December.
“We had guided for ₹20,000 crore, so we’ve already crossed full year guidance for business development,” Pirojsha said.
In its latest investors presentation, Godrej Properties informed that the company has added 12 projects with a total estimated saleable area of 169 lakh square feet and “total estimated booking value potential of ₹23,450 crore” during the April-December period of this fiscal.
When asked about future land acquisition, Pirojsha said the pipeline is very strong and the company is in discussion with landowners across multiple cities. He said the company might reach ₹30,000 crore mark in new business development for the current fiscal.
“We raised ₹6,000 crore through Qualified Institutional Placement in the December quarter. The fund raise has given a good solidity to the balance sheet and good ability to invest for growth,” said Pirojsha.
Also read: Godrej Properties reports strong Q3 performance
He also exuded confidence that the company would be able to meet the sales bookings guidance of ₹27,000 crore for this full fiscal year.
During 2023-24, the company had sold properties worth Rs 22,527 crore.
The has company already clocked pre-sales of ₹19,281 crore in the first nine months of this fiscal as against ₹13,008 crore in the year-ago period.
On financial front, Godrej Properties’ net profit jumped to ₹1,017.90 crore in April-December 2024-25 from ₹254.01 crore in the year-ago period. Total income rose to ₹4,285.99 crore from ₹2,419.40 crore.
Godrej Properties is one of the leading real estate developers in the country.
In group housing segment, the company has a significant presence in Mumbai Metropolitan Region, Pune, Delhi-NCR and Bengaluru. It has recently entered Hyderabad.
For plotted developments, Godrej Properties is open to do business in tier II cities.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ČIŠĆENJE doma rijetko kome spada među omiljene aktivnosti, ali uz prave alate može biti znatno jednostavnije i brže.
Uređaji koji olakšavaju održavanje čistoće posebno su korisni kada ubrzavaju posao i pojednostavljuju čišćenje, što je osobito važno kod staklenih površina. Prozori, ogledala, tuš kabine i stakleni stolovi brzo skupljaju prašinu, mrlje od vode i otiske prstiju, a tradicionalne metode čišćenja često ne daju željene rezultate, ostavljajući tragove ili zahtijevajući dodatno poliranje.
Korisnici ih mahom hvale
Među najizazovnijim zadacima u održavanju doma svakako je pranje prozora. Kapanje vode, tragovi nakon brisanja i neizbježno dodatno poliranje samo produžuju posao. No u posljednjih nekoliko godina sve su popularniji akumulatorski čistači prozora, uređaji koji usisavaju višak vode odmah nakon brisanja, sprječavajući stvaranje mrlja i omogućujući brže čišćenje, bez dodatnog napora.
Mnogi brendovi nude takve čistače, poput Kärchera, Vilede i drugih, a kupci ih mahom hvale. Glavna prednost ovih uređaja je brzo i jednostavno čišćenje bez tragova i kapanja. Prozori ostaju čisti u svega nekoliko poteza, a ergonomski dizajn omogućuje jednostavno rukovanje.
Većina modela ima snažne baterije, koje omogućuju čišćenje više površina bez čestog punjenja, što dodatno skraćuje vrijeme potrebno za ovaj često zamoran zadatak.
Nisu samo za čišćenje prozora
Iako su prvotno zamišljeni za prozore, korisnici su im brzo pronašli i druge namjene. Ogledala ostaju čista i sjajna u trenu, a u kupaonicama pomažu pri sušenju tuš kabina i pločica, smanjujući nakupljanje kamenca.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Stakleni stolovi i vrata također se lako održavaju ovim uređajima, a neki ih koriste i za uklanjanje kondenzacije s prozora tijekom zimskih mjeseci ili čak za brzo skupljanje prolivenih tekućina na glatkim površinama.
Društvene mreže dodatno su pridonijele njihovoj popularnosti. Videozapisi koji pokazuju kako u samo nekoliko poteza ostavljaju staklo blistavo čistim prikupili su tisuće pregleda, a korisnici ih često opisuju kao nezaobilazan alat u održavanju čistoće doma.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Another night, another milestone for LeBron James, although this one did indeed resonate more than most.
Becoming the first NBA player to reach 50,000 career points created a particularly alluring way to express and appreciate James’ sustained excellence over 22 seasons. Just another number, sure, but a very large one, previously unattained.
It even caused James, 40, to pause and reflect.
“It’s a hell of a lot of points, and I’m super blessed to be able to put that many points up in the best league in the world with the best players in the world over my career,” he told Spectrum SportsNet in an on-court interview after the Lakers defeated the New Orleans Pelicans 136-115 at Crypto.com Arena on Tuesday.
“It’s pretty special.”
James had a couple of days to prep his remarks. He entered the game one point shy of 50,000 in regular season and playoff games combined, having long ago surpassed Kareem Abdul-Jabbar’s previous record of 44,149.
Midway through the first quarter, James made a three-point shot from the wing off an assist from his exceptional new running mate, Luka Doncic. James finished with 34 points, eight rebounds and six assists, improving the Lakers’ sparkling record to 39-21.
The addition of Doncic has clearly invigorated James, who was named the Western Conference Player of the Month for averaging 29.3 points, 10.5 rebounds and 6.9 assists in February. As with most of his accomplishments these days, James is the oldest player to earn the award, which has been his 41 times.
Teaming with James has invigorated Doncic as well. The five-time All-NBA guard has scored an impressive 13,841 points in six-plus seasons. He could barely fathom 50,000.
“It’s amazing,” Doncic told reporters. “Watching him do this stuff at this age, it’s just unbelievable. Like 50K points … it’s, I can’t even explain how insane that is. He might get to 70K, you never know.”
Karl Malone is the only player besides James and Abdul-Jabbar to reach even 40,000 points, and the closest active player is Kevin Durant with 35,225 points through Tuesday.
Technology has the potential to increase India’s growth rate by 2-3 per cent, NITI Aayog CEO B.V.R. Subrahmanyam said on Wednesday. To make India a technology-driven nation, NITI Aayog has launched the NITI Frontier Tech Hub (NITI-FTH), which will serve as a frontier tech action tank.
The initiative aims to accelerate economic and social development through advanced technological innovations.
It also seeks to promote emerging technologies that benefit humanity and the environment while showcasing India’s human-centric approach to the world.
Speaking to IANS, Subrahmanyam highlighted the rapid advancements in disruptive technologies like Artificial Intelligence (AI), quantum computing, and biological sciences.
“These technologies can be utilised in various sectors, including education, employment, and job searches, as well as in agriculture, manufacturing, and governance,” he said.
Subrahmanyam further stated that their implementation will enhance productivity, efficiency, and overall economic growth.
India is currently the world’s fifth-largest economy, and in the coming years, it is expected to become the third-largest.
To keep up with this growth, Subrahmanyam stressed that India must take the lead in technological advancements.
“The government is focused on developing human-centric technologies that can improve people’s lives, increase incomes, and make everyday tasks easier,” he said.
Meanwhile, on Monday, Minister for Communications and Development of the North-East Region, Jyotiraditya M. Scindia, said that India’s significant advancements in technology and telecommunications are driving the nation toward a new era of digital leadership and economic growth.
Speaking at the Mobile World Congress (MWC) in Barcelona, the minister announced that the 9th edition of the India Mobile Congress (IMC) is scheduled to be held in Delhi from October 8 to 11, 2025.
“India is set to take a lead in emerging technologies like 6G, AI, Quantum and the IMC has played a pivotal role in this journey, serving as a catalyst for progress in the telecom and technology sectors,” Scindia said.
Bloomberg | | Posted by Zarafshan Shiraz, New Delhi
Mar 05, 2025 02:44 PM IST
Warning for tourists: Mauritius imposes strict water restrictions amid crisis. Here’s what every traveller needs to know before booking their trip.
Insufficient rainfall since July has put Mauritius on course for a “catastrophic” water shortage within the next two months, Energy and Public Utilities Minister Patrick Assirvaden said.
Mauritius on the brink: Severe water shortage threatens tourism and daily life!(Image by Unsplash)
The nation had its second-driest January in 25 years, and it received only 43% of the average rainfall for February, data from the weather service show. Last week, cyclone Garance didn’t bring enough rains, with water levels in the Indian Ocean island nation’s seven main reservoirs averaging 41%, according to the minister.
The government has started drilling additional boreholes to limit the damage and tapping private sector-owned water resources, he told lawmakers Tuesday in the capital, Port Louis.
The tourism-dependent country of about 1.26 million people has strict water restrictions in place. Last month, the government issued new regulations to prevent wastage with fines and imprisonment for violations. Irrigation of fields planted with sugar — the biggest crop and a key source of foreign currency — remains suspended.
“Mauritius is experiencing significant challenges to its water resources due to climate change, which has resulted in more frequent and severe droughts,” Assirvaden said.
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Dream vacation or dry nightmare? Mauritius’ water shortage could ruin your trip
Weighing in at around 600MB, the new GTA 5 Enhanced update removes the 120 FPS frame-rate cap for PC.
As long as your display and PC can handle it, this means you can enjoy a super smooth Grand Theft Auto 5 experience at the highest frame-rates.
Indeed, if you’ve been disappointed with the frame-rates on PC until now, then this patch is definitely worth downloading.
The previously released GTA 5 Enhanced update brings the PC version on par with the PS5 and Xbox Series X editions.
As part of the update, Rockstar Games added new Ray-tracing options, improved frame-rates and widescreen support. That’s on top of new vehicles, animal encounters and a whole lot more.
If you haven’t already downloaded and installed the update, then it’s worth pointing out that PC users will need to perform a one-time Character Migration flow to bring over your Story Mode and Online progress.
Once you’ve performed the download, you’ll be greeted with a fresh Landing Page as your starting destination, which will take you straight into the action.
This includes a GTA$4,000,000 windfall for new players, which can be used to “buy property, vehicles, and other items as you start off as an Executive, Gunrunner, Nightclub Owner or Biker in the Career Builder”.
As for the Oscar Guzman DLC, the free update sees players attempt to expand their arms trafficking business after taking over an airstrip.
Rockstar Games explains more: “Take over a historic airstrip to serve as the launchpad and landing zone for a series of new missions, with an accomplished arms trafficker as your wingman.
“Oscar Guzman’s glory days as part of Trevor Philips Enterprises may be behind him, but he can see yours are still dead ahead and has hatched a scheme to make you both rich… unless Eberhard Munitions has got something to say about it.”
In addition to new missions, GTA Online players will be able to unlock new aircraft, including the Western Duster 300-H plane and the Buckingham DH-7 Iron Mule helicopter.
Volvo’s first electric vehicles (EVs) have been SUVs and people movers, but now it has revealed an electric sedan.
Or has it? Volvo says its new ES90 – due here late in 2025 – isn’t simply a sedan, and instead blurs boundaries.
“Some might say it is a sedan. Others will see a fastback, or even hints of an SUV. We’ll let you be the judge,” the company says in its press release.
Volvo says it combines the “refined elegance of a sedan, the adaptability of a fastback, and the spacious interior and higher ground clearance associated with SUVs”, with none of the compromises of those body styles.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Conceptually, then, it’s reminiscent of the Polestar 2, another product from under the Geely Holding Group umbrella.
Technically it’s not a sedan but rather a liftback, much like the Polestar, and there’s 424L of boot space. This expands to 733L with the rear seats dropped, and these can be folded individually.
There’s also 22L of space under the bonnet.
While it sits higher than the petrol/plug-in hybrid S90 sedan, Volvo says it still has a drag coefficient of 0.25 – not the best in the market, but the best figure of any car the brand has ever built.
Volvo’s ‘Thor’s Hammer’ headlights feature, while down back there C-shaped tail lights plus LED lights in the rear window, much like the EX30.
A choice of four wheel options are available, ranging from 20 to 22 inches in size, while the ES90 can be had in seven different exterior finishes.
It rides on the SPA2 architecture underpinning the EX90 electric SUV, and sits on a 3.1m-long wheelbase.
The ES90 also uses the Volvo Cars Superset tech stack, a single set of hardware and software modules that’ll be used in all the brand’s upcoming electric cars.
It’s Volvo’s first vehicle with an 800-volt electrical architecture, which Volvo says allows for faster charging and better overall performance and efficiency.
Volvo will offer the following variants:
Single Motor Extended Range: Up to 245kW, 0-100km/h in 6.9 seconds
Twin Motor: Up to 330kW, 0-100km/h in 5.5 seconds
Twin Motor Performance: Up to 500kW, 0-100km/h in 4 seconds
Range is up to 700km under the WLTP cycle in dual-motor all-wheel drive models with the 106kWh battery, and up to 650km in the Single Motor Extended Range with its 92kWh battery.
These figures see the ES90 beat the rival BMW i5 and Mercedes-Benz EQE, which top out at 627km and 626km of WLTP range, respectively.
Energy consumption is 16.1kWh/100km in the Single Motor Extended Range model, and 17.1kWh/100km in both Twin Motor versions.
The company says 300km of range can be added in 10 minutes when using a 35kW DC fast charger.
Inside, there’s a 14.5-inch infotainment touchscreen with Google built-in, featuring embedded Google Maps, Google Assistant, and more apps that can be downloaded via the Google Play Store.
There’s a 9.0-inch digital instrument cluster and a head-up display.
There’s a range of sound systems available, with the cream of the crop being a 25-speaker Bowers & Wilkins setup that includes headrest and ceiling speakers plus Dolby Atmos.
There’s a panoramic roof that Volvo says provides UV protection of up to 99.9 per cent. It’s also available in an electrochromic version, were you can adjust the transparency of the glass.
Quad-zone climate control with an advanced air purifier that can stop up to 95 per cent of PM 2.5 particulates also features, plus ambient lighting with six themes for “sensory well-being”, and various upholstery options.
The ES90 has a suite of active safety technology, including driver attention monitoring and safe exit warning. This is powered by one LiDAR, five radars, seven cameras, and twelve ultrasonic sensors.
A rear occupant detection system can sense sub-millimetre scale movement, including the soft breathing of a baby, while the surround-view camera features a 3D view.
The ES90 is Volvo’s sixth electric vehicle, joining the EC40 and EX40 (née C40 and XC40 Recharge) SUVs as well as the newer EX30 and EX90 SUVs and China-only EM90 people mover.
Volvo is busily expanding its range of EVs, which will grow next year to include the EX60. This is an electric counterpart to the XC60, which will debut the new SPA3 platform.
In its 2024 financial results presentation, Volvo also teased an additional two models on the SPA3 platform, plus a long-range plug-in hybrid (PHEV) on an unspecified platform which is being developed for China.
In addition to new EVs, Volvo is also continuing to refresh its existing range of petrol/plug-in hybrid vehicles.
Volvo’s global CEO Jim Rowan says that this year the brand plans to launch five brand new or refreshed products, with another five new or refreshed models due in 2026.
The price surge in Pi Network Coin comes on a day when the crypto market, including Bitcoin and Ethereum, remained upbeat on Tuesday fuelled by investors optimism.
Pi Network is a Web3 blockchain project that allows users to mine the cryptocurrency on mobile phones, unlike Bitcoin that requires expensive mining equipment.
Pi Network Coin, which is the latest cryptocurrency to hit the market, on Tuesday surged by 13.36 per cent to $1.96 in the past 24 hours. The price surge comes on a day when the crypto market, including Bitcoin and Ethereum, remained upbeat on Tuesday fuelled by investors optimism.
“The PI market has defined the general trend of the crypto market. There is no doubt that the market is growing strongly,” according to a post on binance.com.
Recently, Pi Coin surged after its Open Mainnet launch on February 20. It hit its post-listing peak of $2.94 recently. On February 27, the token gained 36.77 per cent within a day.
As of 18:02 pm, the 24-hour trading volume was down by nearly 8.68 per cent to $99.96 million, with a total supply of 68 million, according to coinmarketcap.com.
What Is Pi Network?
Pi Network is a Web3 blockchain project that allows users to mine the cryptocurrency on mobile phones, unlike Bitcoin that requires expensive mining equipment. The Pi Coins can be earned by just opening the app once daily.
It was started in 2019 by Stanford graduates.
According to Pi Network’s website, “Pi Network is a community of tens of millions of humans mining Pi cryptocurrency to use and build the Web3 app ecosystem.”
The Pi Network uses its energy-light mining method with its crowd-scaled KYC solution to provide access and identity verification for Web3. It is free to mine on mobile, putting power into the hands of people for a fairer, more distributed crypto.
The network is immutable, non-counterfeitable and uses interoperable digital money. The app does not drain the mobile battery.
According to reports, around one crore users were already part of the Pi Network who were waiting to migrate their mined Pi Coins from the testnet to the mainnet, which finally comes after a delay of two years.
How To Buy?
The Pi Network Coin is now listed on major exchanges like CoinDCX, OKX, and Bitget. Users need to install any of the app, complete KYC, and add money to the app’s wallet to buy the crypto.
Pi Network Price Prediction Mainnet Launch
According to Fortune India, if Pi Network evolves into a widely accepted digital currency with real-world use cases, its price could exceed $500 by 2030.
Meanwhile, other cryptocurrencies, including Bitcoin, Ethereum, BNB, XRP and Solana, also saw large drops on Friday falling between 6.6 per cent and 8.6 per cent.
Will It Hit $10?
Experts predicted that if the price of PI breaks above the $1.90 level with strong volume, a rally toward $10 could follow, according to binance.com.
They warn that if it fails to break the level, selling pressure could pull the price downwards strongly to a low of $1.54.They also point out that bulls must hold support above $1.74 to confirm a bullish breakout. The current price of PI stands at least 1.06% below the key level of $1.90, it added.
In major XRP News Today, Ripple president backs RLUSD and XRP Ledger.
Ripple’s XRP finally neared the long-awaited $3 mark after President Donald Trump Donald TrumpDonald Trump is an American former president politician, businessman, and media personality, who served as the 45th president of the U.S. between 2017 to 2021. Trump earned a Bachelor of science in economics from the University of Pennsylvania in 1968. Trump won the 2016 presidential election as the Republican Party nominee against Democratic Party nominee Hillary Clinton while losing the popular vote. As president, Trump ordered a travel ban on citizens from several Muslim-majority countries, diverted military funding toward building a wall on the U.S.–Mexico border, and implemented a family separation policy. Trump has remained a prominent figure in the Republican Party and is considered a likely candidate for the 2024 presidential election President announced a new U.S. strategic crypto reserve that will include XRP and other digital assets.
Also, a number of SEC cases that had cast doubt on the future of leading cryptocurrency companies have been dropped, giving hope for a favorable outcome in the Ripple vs SEC lawsuit. Amid this, Brazil’s securities regulator has approved the first spot XRP ETF, indicating a rising demand from institutions.
After the US SEC acknowledged an XRP ETF filing by Grayscale and the NYSE, top analysts are predicting that the XRP price might hit $10 if it gets approved. Considering all these positive developments, our XRP price prediction will explore the potential answers to questions such as “Will XRP reach $10 in 2025?” by providing short term and long-term Ripple (XRP) price prediction.
Overview
Cryptocurrency
XRP
Token
XRP
Price
$2.46
Market Cap
$141.02 billion
Trading Volume
$14.24 billion
Circulating Supply
57.94 billion XRP
All-time High
$3.84 Jan 04, 2018
All-time Low
$0.002802 Jul 07, 2014
24-hour high
$2.95
24-hour low
$2.43
XRP Price Today
XRP with a price tag of $2.4523 has been trading within a descending triangle, hinting at a potential breakout in the short-term. As per our XRP price analysis, a push above the immediate resistance at $2.5185 could lead to a breakout above the triangle to $2.6068. In contrast, a breakdown may cause a test of $2.2747, and in bearish circumstances, it may also drop to $1.9983. That being said, the ascending channel withi the triangle indicates a modest bullish momentum.
XRP Price Chart 05th March 2025
XRP Price Prediction 2025
A few factors will likely shape XRP’s market performance in 2025. The main factor that will decide XRP’s trend in 2025 is the conclusion of the Ripple vs SEC lawsuit. However, there’s more in store for XRP, as in a recent announcement, U.S. President Donald Trump had mentioned XRP being included in the newly formed U.S. Strategic Crypto Reserve.
Talking about efforts and progress being made at Ripple Team’s end, Monica Long, President at Ripple highlighted that RLUSD stable coin will serve as the basic necessity for the entire Ripple ecosystem. She mentioned how the Ripple blockchain network allows users to tokenize, store, move, and exchange assets. Another major highlight from the discussion was how Ripple’s open source code for the XRP ledger is contributing to the blockchain industry.
If things go in favor of Ripple, XRP price could surge to a maximum of $5.81 by the end of 2025. In contrast, if the lawsuit continues, XRP could remain under a narrow range with a potential low of $2.3. That being said, we can expect an average price of $4.89.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2025
$2.3
$4.89
$5.81
Ripple (XRP) Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
5.6
6.25
8.64
2027
7.15
8.89
12.25
2028
11.3
14.11
16.53
2029
13.98
16.48
21.12
2030
16.92
19.87
26.97
XRP Price Prediction 2026
XRP price will likely witness a strong growth in 2026. There is a possibility that XRP can break through the $8.64 level and hold the price by the end of 2026. The minimum XRP price will be around $5.6, with an average trading price of $6.25. This could be a result of Ripple’s role in CBDC development and XRP’s rising institutional demand.
XRP Price Prediction 2027
By 2027, market analysts and experts predict that XRP’s price will range between $7.15 to $12.25. XRP price might record an average level of $8.89. The reason behind this surge could be due to Ripple’s increasing domination in the payment sector, accelerating XRP’s buying demand and utility.
XRP Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, Ripple could increase its use cases, including new dApps and announcements regarding XRP. This might boost the dominance of XRP as the second largest altcoin by market cap. We expect the XRP price to range between $11.3 to $16.53. The average trading price could be around $14.11.
XRP Price Prediction 2029
Partnerships with multiple governments and wider adoption might strengthen XRP’s price in 2029. The altcoin might record a trading range between $13.98 to $21.12, with an average price of $16.48.
XRP Price Prediction 2030
The long-term XRP price prediction depends on Ripple’s ability to expand its offerings across the crypto market. If everything remains positive, XRP price could scale between $16.92 to $26.97. With that price range, the average tag could be at $19.87.
Based on historic price sentiments and XRP’s rising popularity, here are the long-term XRP price projections for 2031, 2032, 2033, 2040 and 2050.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
24.83
29.44
34.94
2032
31.55
36.87
41.2
2033
35.61
42.25
47.81
2040
97.98
135.51
178.82
2050
219.34
331.47
525.69
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Changelly
$2.05
$4.37
$5.55
Coincodex
$3.02
$2.35
$2.76
Binance
$2.318
$2.434
$2.556
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
CoinPedia’s Ripple (XRP) Price Prediction
With regulatory clarity from the SEC case and Ripple accelerating its expansion, we at CoinPedia are optimistic about XRP’s short-term outlook. We expect the XRP coin price to reach $5.81 in 2025.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2025
$2.3
$4.89
$5.81
FAQs
What’s the price of XRP?
The Ripple price today is $2.65.
Why XRP price is going up today?
XRP price today is going up amid the broader market’s optimism.
What is the XRP price prediction for March 5th 2025?
According to the XRP price analysis done by our expert panel, XRP price today could go as high as $2.8.
How high can XRP go in 2025?
XRP might reach a high of $5.81 with an average of $4.89.
What is the XRP price prediction after the lawsuit?
If Ripple wins against the SEC, XRP could reach $10 or higher. A prolonged case might keep prices around $5.81 in 2025 before further growth.
What is the XRP price prediction for 2030?
By 2030, XRP may trade between $16.92 and $26.97, driven by institutional adoption, CBDC development, and Ripple’s expansion in global payments.
Is XRP a good investment?
Yes, considering the developments in store for Ripple, XRP is surely a good investment for the long term.
What is the XRP price prediction for 2040?
XRP’s price could hit $178.82 by 2040, assuming widespread adoption, strong regulatory support, and Ripple’s continued dominance in cross-border payments.
Will the Federal Reserve use XRP?
As per the recent announcement by the U.S. President Donald Trump, XRP will be included in the newly formed U.S. Strategic Crypto Reserve.
Models walk down runways showcasing what the brand is selling. It’s a common-sense tactic.
Yet, this marketing play doesn’t have to be common, as Boot Barn illustrates with its recent Boot Barn X Wonderwest Fashion Show. The western lifestyle brand did something that can inspire any B2C or B2B company that does marketing-related events.
Its avant-garde show blended a fashion film into a live fashion show in Nashville that debuted on the Boot Barn website. Then, it repackaged the show and the behind-the-scenes efforts into video streaming on Hulu.
Let’s look at what worked and what could have been done better in the strategy. Just one note before we do: These takeaways do not relate to the artistic concept of the fashion show — debating what’s good art isn’t that helpful or productive for marketers.
1. Tell more of the story
Boot Barn’s fashion show’s website page includes a section, “Behind the Scenes — The Making of the Fashion Show.” It notes that it took more than 100 hours of filming over five shoot days in two countries. It included 75 runway looks, 36 models, and eight dancers.
In the show’s streaming version on Hulu, it uses over half of the 38-minute video to take viewers behind the scenes, explaining the show concept and production and profiling the three charities supported by the show’s celebrity partners.
What works
Giving your audience a look at what they couldn’t see otherwise gives a feeling of exclusivity. There’s a reason backstage passes are prized — the holders get to see what happens to make the event possible and see the performers in their non-stage persona.
In the streaming video, viewers learn about the unconventional concept, hear from people involved in the production, and see what it took to get to the public performance.
On the website, Boot Barn uses numbers to give a glimpse into what it took to produce the fashion, positioning the show as a big production. In the streaming video, the clips begin with an unseen voice at one of the shoots, “Are you guys ready? And action!” and show shots that make the viewer realize this fashion show won’t be as simple as models walking down a runway.
What could work better
Boot Barn should have created more content for the website. It took five days to shoot the 47-minute show. While that story is told more in the video, the website just highlights a few numbers. The website’s behind-the-scenes content seems like an afterthought. Yet, the website is an ideal place to tell even more of the story.
What did those five days (and all the planning days before that) look like? How many crew members were involved? Where did they shoot? How did they choose the models or the creative formats? What were the funny outtakes or impressive moments that didn’t make the final version?
Boot Barn had all the material to tell more and better-developed behind-the-scenes stories. Its audience likely would have loved that kind of backstage pass.
2. Connect the story to the mission
On the fashion show’s page, below the header, Meet the Models — an Army of Femme Fatale Vixens, it reads: “More than a fashion show, this project is about empowerment, strength in numbers, and creating a space to share the stories of the unseen and the unheard. Meet the army of women who helped bring this creation to life.”
Photos of four models (Mia, Syndney, Rainey, and Kyla) are shown, accompanied by a quote related to confidence. As Mia says, “My confidence comes from not caring what other people think and just living life by my own rules.”
What works
Models often work as voiceless mannequins — they’re paid to showcase the clothes, not speak, let alone express an opinion. It plays well to the Boot Barn show’s theme of the “voiceless.”
What could work better
The meet part of the meet-the-model feature wasn’t executed well. First, it includes only four of the 36 models. And frankly, the viewer barely “meets” them — a single phrase about the origin of their confidence does not make a good “meet.” Nor does it reinforce the label of “femme fatale vixen.”
The bigger issue with this feature is that Boot Barn promised too much. It tells the viewer that the project is about empowerment and sharing the stories of the unseen and the unheard. Yet, it doesn’t do that here.
3. Partner for purpose and reach
Boot Barn partnered with three singers and their charities for the event — Miranda Lambert and her MuttNation and Lucky Break Rescue charities, Jelly Roll and the Mustangs of America Foundation, and Riley Green and his Heroes and Horses charity for veterans.
Each charity, along with its singer, is profiled in the streaming video. On the website, Boot Barn briefly discusses each singer and charity and links to each nonprofit’s site.
What works
Having a mission that goes beyond “sell things” always resonates with audiences. By partnering with high-profile singers who specialize in country music, Boot Barn strengthened its credibility among the target audience and reached a wider audience.
The vignettes in the video are masterful storytelling that fit the tone and mood of the entire Boot Barn event.
What could work better
Nothing. They did well at making the most of the celebrity and charitable partnerships.
4. Think ahead
What works
Countdowns create a sense of urgency (act now or lose the opportunity) or excitement (the event is coming soon). Think of New Year’s Eve celebrations. Boot Barn went for excitement in this Facebook Reel captioned, “We’re in the final days leading up to the Boot Barn X Wonderwest Fashion Show. Watch the show at 11.18.24 at 6PM CT on Boot Barn.com.”
As a side note to the actual post, the caption explains Boot Barn would host the live show on its website rather than send viewers to YouTube or Hulu (where it now streams). Directing audiences to your website — where they may more easily explore your other content — is almost always a good choice.
What could work better
The countdown could be more specific. “Coming soon” is good. “Two days until it starts” is better. “Exact time until it starts” is the best. Live countdown clocks are abundantly available to be added to a website or social media post.
Going beyond the event
Boot Barn invested a lot into its fashion event and the final product — the video streaming on Hulu — is an intriguing and entertaining watch. However, if its content team and the event team had worked together more closely, the brand could have had an even bigger hit across all its channels.
It’s a great lesson on the many content-focused opportunities that lie untapped around your events. It’s also a kick-in-the-pants to get a meeting between the content and events teams on your calendar ASAP.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
During his joint address to Congress, President Donald Trump made a heartfelt gesture in reference to the Make America Healthy Again movement.
Trump appointed a 13-year-old as an honorary Secret Service agent and spoke of RFK Jr.’s priority in reversing childhood cancer.
Devarjaye “DJ” Daniel, a resident of Texas, has been fighting a rare form of brain cancer and has dreamed of becoming a police officer, Trump said.
MAKE AMERICA HEALTHY AGAIN: TIMELINE OF THE MAHA MOVEMENT
The boy was welcomed with a standing ovation as Trump recognized his courage in front of the nation.
“DJ was diagnosed with brain cancer. The doctors gave him five months at most to live. That was more than six years ago,” Trump said on Tuesday in his remarks.
Cancer survivor DJ Daniel, 13, was honored during President Donald Trump’s speech to Congress on Tuesday, March 4.(Fox News)
Daniel has been given honorary badges across the country, with more than 800 agencies recognizing the courageous kid, according to FOX 26 Houston.
“DJ and his dad have been on a quest to make his dream come true, and DJ has been sworn in as an honorary law enforcement officer,” Trump said.
SLEEP SPECIALIST BACKING RFK JR.’S MAHA MOVEMENT PUSHES TO CHANGE SCHOOL START TIMES IN AMERICA
Devarjaye “DJ” Daniel from Texas had a rare form of brain cancer and has dreamed of becoming a police officer, Trump said. Secret Service Director Sean Curran (pictured right) picks up DJ before handing him his badge.(Fox News Digital)
“Actually, a number of times,” Trump added. “The police love him…and tonight, DJ, we’re going to do you the biggest honor of them all.”
EVERYTHING TO KNOW ABOUT MAHA
Secret Service Director Sean Curran handed over an official badge to DJ Daniel, 13, then shared a wholehearted embrace. (Fox News Digital)
Secret Service Director Sean Curran handed over an official badge to Daniel, then shared a wholehearted embrace.
“DJ’s doctors believe his cancer likely came from a chemical he was exposed to when he was younger,” Trump said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Cancer is the leading cause of death by disease after infancy among children in the U.S., according to the National Cancer Institute.
In the past 20 years, there has been some increase in diagnoses of children battling cancer.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
From 11.5% of cases per 100,000 children in 1975, incidences have jumped to 14.8% per 100,000 children in 2004, according to the Congressional Childhood Cancer Caucus.
President Donald Trump, during his joint address to Congress in Washington, D.C., honored a 13-year-old boy named Devarjaye “DJ” Daniel from Texas, who is fighting cancer, with a Secret Service badge.(Fox News Digital)
“Reversing this trend is one of the top priorities for our new Presidential Commission to Make America Healthy Again. Chaired by our new Secretary of Health and Human Services, Robert F. Kennedy Jr.,” Trump declared.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Fox News Digital reached out to the Daniel family for comment.
Imarti, the super-crispy Indian dessert, is a celebration of sweetness. One bite into the swirly treat and your mouth explodes into syrupy and aromatic flavours. The rich ghee hits your taste buds while the saffron-cardamom blend melts effortlessly. No wonder, Imarti is a favourite mithai in many households. Do you know it is known by several names across India? In West Bengal, people call the delicacy Amriti, in Assam it is Omriti, while in Tamil Nadu it becomes Jangiri. Foodies with a sweet tooth just cannot resist this Jalebi-resembling sugary delight. If you are also planning to prepare Imarti at home, then we have got you covered.
Also Read: 5 Tips For Making Halwai-Style Jalebis In Your Own Kitchen
Imarti Recipe I How To Make Crispy Imarti At Home
Making Imartis can be a little tricky as it requires the right batter consistency, fermentation and skilled hand movements to create the shape. Follow these steps to make the perfect crunchy Imartis:
Making a thick batter by soaking urad dal in water is the first step. But make sure not to soak too much as the dal will absorb excess water, producing a thin consistency. Overnight soaking is not recommended.
Next, beat the dal properly so that it becomes fluffy. To test it, drop a nominal amount of batter into the water and check whether it floats.
After that, let the batter ferment for 3-4 hours. Over-fermentation can make the batter too sour, leading to an undesirable taste. What’s more, it can result in a chewy and rubbery texture.
Once you add sugar to water, keep in mind that it is kept at low heat as high heat can thicken the syrup too quickly. It can create unwanted sugar grains aka crystals. Note: Stir continuously till the sugar is completely dissolved.
Piping is another essential step to make the beautiful patterns. For that you can use a piping cloth or a piping bag and even squeeze a bottle. Once they turn golden-brown in low flame, drain and serve the crispy Imartis.
So what are you waiting for, follow these cues and prepare the perfect crispy Imartis.
Click here for the full Imarti recipe: https://food.ndtv.com/recipe-imarti-219625
Based on the conditions of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee, the CPPCC National Committee has coordinated different activities of public, people-to-people and think-tank diplomacy by convening major international events, such as the Summit of the Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, Wang Huning, chairman of the CPPCC National Committee, said on Tuesday.
The CPPCC National Committee and its affiliated organizations carried out 221 international exchange events with 2,600 foreigners from 140 countries and 11 international and regional organizations participating in those activities, Wang said.
The CPPCC National Committee opened its annual session on Tuesday in Beijing. Wang delivered a work report on behalf of the Standing Committee of the CPPCC National Committee.
The CPPCC National Committee has deepened international exchanges and better served the big picture of the Party and the nation, the chairman noted.
Real estate company Experion Developers will invest ₹1,000 crore to develop a new luxury housing project in Noida, Uttar Pradesh.
The company is a 100 per cent FDI-funded real estate developer and wholly-owned subsidiary of Experion Holdings Pte. Ltd, Singapore.
Also read: Godrej Properties sells over ₹1,000 crore in Pune project launch
In a statement on Monday, Experion Developers said it has acquired prime land in Sector 151, Noida.
When contacted, Nagaraju Routhu, CEO of Experion Developers, told PTI that the company has acquired a 5-acre land through auction conducted by the state government.
He said the company would invest ₹1,000 crore to develop this project.
Also read: February property registrations in Mumbai show stable trend
“With a planned investment of over ₹1,000 crore, the company is embarking on the development of this project,” the statement said.
“The overwhelming response to Experion Elements in Sector 45, Noida clearly demonstrated the strong demand for premium residences in Noida. Our acquisition in Sector 151 is a direct response to this demand, reflecting our belief in the continued growth of the Noida market,” said Nagaraju.
Experion Developers has developed real estate projects in Delhi-NCR.
PHOENIX — As Tanner Scott walked off the plane, Evan Phillips was waiting to board.
This was late June 2019, when Scott and Phillips were in the early stages of their MLB careers. At the time, each was trying to establish themselves as big-league talents. But both watched flashes of potential get overshadowed by inconsistent overall performance.
On bad Baltimore Orioles teams focused more on rebuilding their roster, it made both pitchers victims of regular roster shuffles. During 2018 and 2019 alone, they were optioned to the minors a combined 17 times.
“The revolving door,” Scott quipped. “It was not a fun one.”
On this day, that turnstile created a chance encounter in the Seattle airport. Scott, a hard-throwing left-hander battling command issues, had gotten a call-up to join the team during a road series against the Mariners. Phillips, who profiled similarly from the right side of the mound, was being sent down along with another Orioles player.
By chance, the plane that brought Scott from Baltimore’s triple-A affiliate in Norfolk, Va., was the same one operating Phillips’ flight back to the minor leagues. In the gate area, the two literally passed each other when Scott walked out of the jetway.
“I remember seeing him and I was like, ‘Ugh,’” Scott recalled, having grown close with Phillips during their time in the organization. “I mean, you’re happy to see your friend. But you’re also like, ‘Dang, it’s those guys who are in the revolving door.’”
Phillips’ reaction?
“I gave him a little high-five,” he joked, “and said, ‘Good luck!’”
Six years — and a remarkable amount of personal improvement from each — later, Scott and Phillips could still vividly recall the moment in the Dodgers’ clubhouse last week, using it as an example to illustrate how far they’ve come.
In Baltimore, the two were fringe big-leaguers just looking for opportunity. Now, after Phillips’ rise with the Dodgers and Scott’s four-year, $72 million signing with the team this offseason, they are teammates again on a juggernaut Dodgers roster, expected to serve key late-innings roles as two of the sport’s best current relief arms.
“It was not a fun [situation],” Scott said, reflecting back on their shared time in Baltimore. “But you’ve got to appreciate the journey you’ve been on.”
Dodgers fans are plenty familiar with Phillips’ journey, having watched the 30-year-old veteran blossom with the club to the tune of a 2.28 ERA and 44 saves over the last four seasons.
Scott, also 30, arrives in Los Angeles having experienced a similar ascension, transforming over the last two years into a shutdown late-game option thanks to a 2.04 ERA and 34 saves with the Miami Marlins and San Diego Padres.
“He’s someone that we have watched and admired from afar over the years and have tried to acquire multiple times,” general manager Brandon Gomes said at Scott’s introductory news conference this offseason. “Tanner possesses all of the qualities we value as an organization when looking to bring on a free agent.”
Scott was not always so coveted.
An Ohio native and sixth-round pick in 2014 out of tiny Howard College in West Texas, the 6-foot southpaw has long wowed scouts with his upper-90s mph and swing-and-miss slider. During his first five MLB seasons with Baltimore from 2017 to 2021, he showcased his premium stuff by racking up 208 strikeouts in his first 156 innings in the majors.
The problem, at that stage, was his command.
In that same period, Scott issued 96 walks and found the strike zone on just 44% of his pitches. After a promising performance in the pandemic-shortened 2020 season, when he posted a 1.31 ERA and gave up just 12 hits over 20 ⅔ innings, he regressed in 2021, posting the fifth-worst walk rate among qualified MLB relievers (14.7%). When he was traded to the Marlins the following offseason, his career ERA was 4.73.
“I was always just trying to stay [in the majors],” Scott said.
In Miami, Scott started to turn a corner. Under the tutelage of veteran Marlins pitching coach Mel Stottlemyre Jr., he cut down on his walks and found confidence attacking the strike zone. In June 2022, he began getting opportunities as the club’s closer, collecting 20 saves that season and 12 more during the Marlins’ surprise run to playoffs in 2023, when he also posted a 2.31 ERA (best in his career for a full season).
Then, last year, he finally unlocked the full potential of his arsenal.
During the season’s first four months, Scott posted a 1.18 ERA and earned his first career All-Star selection. At the trade deadline, he was sent to the San Diego Padres in a blockbuster deal, helping them make the playoffs and push the Dodgers to the brink of elimination in the National League Division Series.
“The fear in the batter’s box against him is certainly real,” Dodgers manager Dave Roberts said of Scott, who pitched three scoreless innings in the NLDS and memorably struck out Shohei Ohtani all four times he faced him.
“I’m happy he’s on our side [now],” Roberts added, comparing the quiet, bearded pitcher to an “assassin” on the mound.
Before landing in San Diego last year, the Dodgers made a push to acquire Scott themselves; coming “pretty close” to a deal with the Marlins at the deadline, according to Gomes, before the Padres swooped in.
This winter, the Dodgers made sure not to miss again. When Scott became a free agent, he said the Dodgers were the first team that reached out. And after small tastes of the postseason the past two Octobers, he craved the opportunity to join the defending World Series champions.
“I mean, you look at the lineup, you look at the pitching staff, it’s gonna be fun,” Scott said. “They do a lot of things the right way.”
In recent seasons, one part of the Dodgers’ way has been a closer-by-committee approach. And while Scott will get the “brunt” of save opportunities now, Roberts said he hasn’t been designated as the closer yet, with the Dodgers also viewing Phillips, Blake Treinen, Michael Kopech and others as ninth-inning options
Asked about that dynamic this week, Scott said he was on board with however the Dodgers choose to use him. Remembering the revolving door (and chance airport encounters) he endured in Baltimore, he said he’s simply happy to pitch “whenever my name is called.”
“It was tough, but you gotta enjoy the process,” Scott said. “Because it makes you who you are.”
Thailand lifts alcohol ban for travellers on Buddhist holidays. Here’s what it means for tourists!
Thailand is preparing to allow limited sales of alcohol on Buddhist holidays to cater to tourists, the latest step in the country’s effort to woo more overseas visitors.
Thailand’s tourism boost: Alcohol sales may soon be allowed on Buddhist holidays.(Image by REUTERS/Chalinee Thirasupa)
The government plans to allow the sale of alcoholic beverages in legally designated zones, Deputy Prime Minister Prasert Jantararuangtong said. The change could be implemented before May 11, a Buddhist holiday in Thailand, he told reporters Tuesday.
Thailand is already one of Asia’s top tourist destinations, thanks to its famed beaches, often boisterous nightlife and status as the only country in Asia that has decriminalized cannabis. But plenty of tourists seeking respite from the tropical heat with a cold beer have been surprised to find bars shuttered on religious holidays.
Not all venues may be able to sell alcohol once the changes go through, but thirsty tourists could be catered for in hotels, venues hosting major events and places officially classified as service or tourism areas. The plan is subject to public hearing for 15 days, after which it would then go to the minister of health for certification — and on to the prime minister for approval.
Thailand, where economic growth lags that of its neighbors, has been widening efforts to lure travelers. It recently legalized same-sex marriage in a move that could improve its allure as a tourist destination.
It’s also trying to woo more big spenders, capitalizing on the country’s starring role in season three of the smash-hit black comedy The White Lotus.
Recommended Topics
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
See More
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / No more dry days? Thailand set to let tourists drink alcohol on Buddhist holidays
See Less
This story has been published from a wire agency feed without modifications to the text. Only the headline has been changed.
It begins with the release of roguelike deckbuilding game Monster Train, which returns to Game Pass after a previous absence.
Monster Train will be followed by Galacticare on March 5, followed by One Lonely Outpost on March 6.
The releases continue with the admittedly excellent Enter The Gungeon on March 11, and a genuine hidden gem in the form of Mullet Madjack on March 13.
The speedrunning shooter sees players whizz through stages shooting everything in sight, all the while earning weapon upgrades and time extensions.
“Mullet Madjack is a high-octane-action shooter that puts you directly inside a classic anime,” reads the official description. “Pick your favourite weapon and reach the last floor to beat your best time or try again. Haste makes waste… of your enemies!”
The first wave of Xbox Game Pass titles come to an end with the day-one preview release of 33 Immortals on March 18.
As you can see from the gameplay trailer below, 33 Immortals looks a bit like Hades, only with support for 33 players in online multiplayer.
It could end up being one of this year’s surprise new gems, but we’ll have to wait and see.
“33 Immortals is a co-op action-roguelike for 33 players,” reads the official description.
“Play as a damned soul, and rebel against God’s final judgment. Dive straight into epic, 33-player co-op battles with instant “pick-up and raid” matchmaking.
“Cooperate with your allies to survive against hordes of monsters and massive, challenging bosses. Expand your arsenal and equip powerful new relics to permanently upgrade your soul.”
As you can see from the list above, the March Game Pass releases aren’t terrible, they’re just not as high profile as the games in the PS Plus line-up, which is why we’re giving the victory to Sony.
Still, there are a few hidden gems that are worth checking out, and one new game that could be a surprise hit for 2025.
South-east Queensland and the north-east region of New South Wales will soon be hit by Cyclone Alfred, set to bring intense winds and significant rainfall in the coming days.
While cyclones aren’t unexpected towards Australia’s north, it’s the first time in half a century that major population hubs such as Brisbane and the Gold Coast will be in the direct firing line.
This means a majority of residents have never experienced an impending disaster, and may be unprepared for the effects of Cyclone Alfred.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
According to the Queensland Government, you should undertake basic service checks to reduce the changes of your vehicle breaking down if you’re evacuating.
This means making sure its tyres are correctly inflated, fluid levels are where they should be and you have enough fuel to get to where you need to go, with some in reserve in case of traffic or road closures.
This also extends to having working lights and windscreen wipers in good condition, though it’s best to not drive during the cyclone.
An emergency first aid kit is also an important tool to have, while you should make sure your insurance coverage is up to date.
Once parked, towels can help protect your vehicle’s glass, however they need to be correctly secured otherwise they’ll be dislodged.
The Queensland Government has warned residents to rethink travel plans and try to avoid driving when a severe weather warning has been issued.
“The first thing you should consider if a severe weather or flood warning is issued is do you need to drive at all,” the Get Ready Queensland website says.
“If you are already on the road when a storm hits or need to be on the road due to family circumstances, follow these tips and remember to never attempt to drive across a flooded road:
When severe weather warnings are issued, park vehicles under cover, away from trees, power lines and waterways. If you cannot access undercover shelter for your vehicles, firmly secure blankets or quilts to them to minimise hail damage
If you need to drive home during a severe storm or flood warning, check road conditions before heading out
If you are caught on the road during a severe storm turn on your headlights (low beam), maintain a safe following distance, use cold air to demist windscreens, avoid braking suddenly, accelerating or turning quickly and use road line markings to stay in the middle of your lane
If visibility is low or if you are uncomfortable driving in the conditions, pull over in a safe place and with plenty of warning and turn on your hazard lights.”
Never drive through flood water
This message was echoed by the RACQ, which has advised motorists to “avoid unnecessary travel and drive to the conditions – if it’s flooded, forget it”.
The motoring club and insurance provider also said that where possible, motorists should move their vehicle to higher ground.
For warnings about Cyclone Alfred, the following ABC radio stations are available for certain regions.
Brisbane – 612AM,
Gold Coast – 91.7FM
Sunshine Coast – 90.3FM, 95.3FM or 1566AM
Wide Bay – 855AM, 100.1FM, 88.3FM
NSW North Coast (Richmond and Tweed) – 94.5FM
Murwillumbah – 720AM
Grafton – 738AM
The State Emergency Service (SES) can be contacted on 132 500 if you need storm and flood assistance, while all emergency calls should be made to 000.
MORE: Is it illegal to drive in floodwaters or flooded roads?
Advance tax requires taxpayers to estimate income and pay in installments if liability exceeds Rs. 10,000. Senior citizens without business income are exempt. Payments can be online or offline.
The due date for last installment of advance income tax return is March 15, 2025.
Advance tax is a system where taxpayers estimate their current income and pay taxes in installments throughout the financial year if their tax liability exceeds a certain limit. This ‘Pay as you Earn’ scheme applies to individuals with an estimated tax liability of Rs. 10,000 or more. However, senior citizens (60 years or older) with no business or professional income are exempt.
Advance tax payments can be made online or offline through authorized banks using Challan No. ITNS 280. Companies and individuals subject to tax audits under section 44AB must pay online.
What Are Due Dates For Advance Tax Installments?
The due dates and amounts for advance tax installments are: 15% by June 15th, 45% (less previous payment) by September 15th, 75% (less previous payments) by December 15th, and the remaining 100% by March 15th. Those declaring income under presumptive taxation schemes (sections 44AD/44ADA) must pay the entire amount by March 15th. Any tax paid by March 31st is considered advance tax.
Instalment
The due date for payment of advance tax
Amount
First
On or before June 15th of the previous year
Not less than 15% of advance tax
Second
On or before September 15th of the previous year
Not less than 45% of advance tax as reduced by the amount paid in the earlier instalment
Third
On or before December 15th of the previous year
Not less than 75% of the advance tax as reduced by the amount paid in earlier instalments
Fourth
On or before March 15th of the previous year
100% of advance tax as reduced by the amount paid in the earlier instalments
What Are The Consequences Of Failure To Deposit Advance Tax?
If the assessee does not pay the advance tax in accordance with the specified due dates, he shall be liable to pay the following interest:
(a) Interest under section 234B for default in payment of advance tax
(b) Interest under section 234C for deferment of payment of advance tax.
Failure to pay advance tax on time attracts interest under sections 234B (default in payment) and 234C (deferment of payment).
News business » tax Advance Tax Alert: Pay Your Dues Before March 15 To Avoid Penalties
The White House is preparing for its inaugural Crypto Summit on March 7, a pivotal event that will bring together some of the biggest names in the cryptocurrency industry and government. President Donald Trump is set to headline the event. The summit, which will run from 1:30 PM to 5:30 PM, will be a roundtable discussion featuring key figures like CEOs, investors, and members of the Presidential Working Group on Digital Assets (PWG).
According to Fox Business’ Eleanor Terrett, the guest list will be smaller than initially expected, with approximately 20-25 attendees. Among the confirmed participants are industry leaders such as MicroStrategy CEO Michael Saylor, Robinhood CEO Vlad Tenev, and Kraken CEO Arjun Sethi. Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong is also expected to attend. The group will engage in conversations with policymakers, including PWG members like Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick, Attorney General Pam Bondi, SEC Chair, and CFTC Chair.
The Crypto Summit aims to foster collaboration between the government and the digital assets industry to discuss and shape future policies. This meeting will serve as the first of a series of events designed to replace the previously proposed “crypto advisory council.”
Although official invitations were just sent out recently, the event is already generating significant interest. For those not included in the roundtable, a larger, invite-only reception will be held across the street from the White House, allowing the wider crypto community to participate in the discussions.
The gathering has sparked intrigue, especially given the involvement of prominent figures in both the government and the crypto industry. While the exact details are still being finalized, it is clear that the White House is aiming to play a major role in shaping the future of digital assets in the United States.
Aurora borealis is one of the coolest astronomical events that we can see with the naked eye. It makes the sky glow beautiful colors, and auroras are just random enough to be exciting occurrences. But they may not be as random as we all think: Historical data suggests that aurora borealis has seasons where they are more likely to occur than other times of the year. The spring equinox is one of those times, and it’s right around the corner.
Read more: Spring Equinox Is Almost Here: Have You Heard the Egg-Balancing Myth?
The idea that aurora borealis has “seasons” comes from data compiled by NASA astrophysicist, Dr. David Hathaway. According to the data, the northern lights are more likely to show up in March, April, September, and October. Those are the months closest to the spring and autumn equinoxes — the time of year when the sun crosses the equator and delivers almost equal amounts of daylight to the entire planet.
Hathaway’s data is the latest, but it’s not the first. Per Earth Sky, Aloysius Cortie, an English Jesuit astronomer, published research on the link between equinoxes and auroras in 1912. Later, Sydney Chapman and Julius Bartels included the idea of a twice-yearly aurora borealis season in their book Geomagnetism, which was the de facto textbook on the topic for decades.
Read more: Check Out These Breathtaking Northern Lights Photos From Aurora Watchers
That means over a century of scientific consensus says that the northern lights are more likely to show up over the next couple of months as we reach the spring equinox, and then again in September and October as the seasons change again.
Why does aurora borealis have seasons?
The key to the whole thing seems to be how equinoxes work. During the winter and summer months, half of the Earth is tilted away from the sun, therefore making aurora borealis less likely (unless the geomagnetic storm is particularly strong).
“The equinoxes are the transition points between which hemisphere is tilted toward the Sun,” Shannon Schmoll, director of the Abrams Planetarium, told CNET in an email. “At this point, the Earth’s magnetic field is at a more favorable angle, closer to perpendicular, that allows easier interaction of the charged solar particles with the Earth’s magnetic field and atmosphere.”
Read more: Why Is The Aurora Borealis More Frequent All of a Sudden?
According to Dr. Schmoll, the Earth’s magnetic field has a north and south pole, just like any magnet. The sun does as well. Dr. Schmoll says that science is still figuring out the specifics, but in short, the poles of the sun and Earth line up better during the equinox, which is conducive to more frequent auroras.
“The relative positions of all the magnetic field lines around this time make it easier for Earth to interact with the sun’s charged solar wind, resulting in aurora,” Schmoll says.
The equinox effect — also known as the Russell-McPherron effect — is also entirely separate from the 11-year solar cycle that the sun runs through. Currently, the sun is at its maximum for this cycle, which increases the odds of aurora borealis showing up even more.
The sun’s increased activity and the equinox effect have already been observed recently. Late in 2024, aurora borealis lit up the night sky for much of September and October, with some being visible way further into the US than is typical.
When’s the next aurora borealis?
‘Tis the season, as they say, and aurora borealis is already making its presence known. Per the Space Weather Prediction Center, an aurora is happening Tuesday, March 4, for one night only.
It won’t reach down as far as Texas like some of the more epic auroras did last year, but it should be a pretty good display for folks in the northern US.
The aurora is predicted to reach as far south as Iowa, with people in Montana, North Dakota, and Minnesota getting the best views. It’ll also be partially visible in Wyoming, South Dakota, Wisconsin, Maine, Michigan and parts of New York, New Hampshire and Vermont.
Amid the ongoing measles outbreak in Texas, Fox News senior medical analyst Dr. Marc Siegel sat down with HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. in an exclusive interview to discuss contagion concerns.
“The new Health and Human Services secretary told me he is recommending vaccines for the purpose of community immunity,” Siegel told Fox News’ Sandra Smith on America Reports following the Tuesday interview.
“He’s working with Texas health officials to provide many more doses of the shot in Texas.”
At the same time, RFK continues to believe in personal choice, Siegel added.
MEASLES CASES CONTINUE TO SPREAD IN MULTIPLE STATES FOLLOWING CHILD’S DEATH
During the interview, RFK noted that most of the people impacted in Texas are part of the Mennonite community, including an unvaccinated girl who tragically died.
Fox News senior medical analyst Dr. Marc Siegel sat down with HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. in an exclusive interview on Tuesday, March 4, to discuss the measles outbreak.(Fox News)
While the HHS secretary does recommend vaccines in “highly unvaccinated communities like the Mennonites,” he acknowledged that there’s “a lot of mistrust in vaccines.”
“There are people who cannot be — and should not be — vaccinated in that community, because they have autoimmune diseases or other immune problems,” he said. “If you do get vaccinated, you’re protecting those people from a possible spread.”
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR: MEASLES OUTBREAK IS A CALL TO ACTION FOR ALL OF US
Kennedy is also calling for more transparency and more studies on vaccines, as well as accurate reporting of vaccine injury, Siegel said.
A “startling” 108 people were treated for measles in Texas in the last 48 hours, RFK noted.
Therapies such as the use of cod liver oil, which contains vitamins A and D, “are working,” he said.
The Texas Department of State Health Services has reported 159 measles cases since late January 2025.(iStock)
Cases of measles continue to spread following the initial outbreak in Texas.
As of Tuesday, March 4, the Texas Department of State Health Services has reported 159 cases since late January.
Twenty-two patients have been hospitalized in Texas since the outbreak began in the state’s South Plains region.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Last week, Texas reported the first measles death – a school-aged child who lived in the area and was not vaccinated against the virus.
The agency warned that due to the highly contagious nature of measles, additional cases are “likely to occur” in surrounding communities.
The virus has spread outside Texas borders, with the CDC reporting 164 cases nationwide as of Feb. 27.(iStock)
The disease has since spread outside Texas borders, with the CDC reporting 164 cases nationwide as of Feb. 27.
Cases have been detected in Alaska, California, Georgia, Kentucky, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York City, Rhode Island and Texas.
Pennsylvania has also reported its first case in Montgomery County, according to local news sources.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Fox Weather reported on Monday that this Pennsylvania case led to a traveler warning at New York’s JFK Airport.
Officials cautioned that individuals who traveled within and from Terminal 4 of the airport on Feb. 25 may have been exposed, and some may have already been contacted about potential infection.
Most of these U.S. cases have occurred in unvaccinated, school-aged children, according to the CDC.
The best way to prevent infection is to be immunized with two doses of the measles, mumps and rubella (MMR) vaccine, according to experts.(iStock)
There have been nearly 200 reported cases since the beginning of the year. In 2024, there were 285 cases for the entire year, per the CDC.
Forty percent of last year’s cases were hospitalized for isolation or management of complications.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Texas health officials emphasized that the best way to prevent infection is to be immunized with two doses of the measles, mumps and rubella (MMR) vaccine.
The virus can remain in the air and on surfaces for up to two hours after the infected person has departed, doctors caution.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Pickles are a staple in Indian kitchens. They have the magic to completely transform any meal. Whether you are at home or dining out at a restaurant, an Indian thali is almost incomplete without a side of pickle. If you do not have any sabzi at home, pairing a good mango pickle with pulao, paratha, roti, or biryani can make the meal feel complete. While there are many types of pickles made from different ingredients, mango pickle remains an all-time favourite. Small mango pieces are mixed with oil and a blend of spices to create a tangy and spicy delight.
Also Read: Love Mango Pickles? Then Try Gujarati Gor Keri Before Mango Season Ends
Sure, store-bought mango pickles are easily available, but many people still prefer making them at home using traditional methods. It takes about a month for homemade mango pickle to develop its rich flavour. But making a good batch is not as easy as it sounds-you need to follow the right steps to get it just right. If you want that perfect balance of spice and tang, here are some useful tips to help you make delicious homemade mango pickle.
Also Read: Instant Raw Mango Pickle (Achaar) Ready In Just 10 Min! Watch Recipe Video
5 Tips To Make Mango Pickle
1. Wash The Mangoes Properly
Before anything else, wash the mangoes thoroughly to remove any dirt or bacteria. This step is crucial because unclean mangoes can cause the pickle to spoil.
2. Sun-Dry The Mangoes
After washing, wipe the mangoes with a clean cotton cloth, cut them into pieces, and leave them in the sun to dry. This helps remove excess moisture. Just make sure the mangoes do not shrivel up-only the surface should be dry.
3. Dry Roast The Spices
Always dry roast the spices before mixing them with the mangoes. This enhances their flavour and removes any traces of moisture, which helps the pickle last longer.
4. Do Not Skimp On Oil
Mustard oil is the best choice for mango pickle. Be generous with it-the pickle should be completely submerged in oil inside the jar. This acts as a natural preservative and prevents spoilage.
5. Use A Sterilised Jar
Always store the pickle in a clean, sterilised jar with absolutely no moisture inside. A transparent glass jar is ideal as it allows sunlight to reach the pickle, enhancing its flavour as it matures.
How To Make Aam Ka Achar | Mango Pickle Recipe
Mix all the spices together and add half a cup of mustard oil. Sprinkle a little of this spice mix into the jar.
Take some mango pieces and coat them well with the spice mixture. Place a layer of these mango pieces in the jar and sprinkle more spice mix on top.
Repeat the layering process until all the mango pieces are used. Pour any remaining spice mix on top.
Click here for the full recipe.
Want to try more delicious homemade pickle recipes? Click here for more details.
Give this mango pickle recipe a shot this summer and enjoy a flavour-packed addition to your meals!
3 Storage Tips For Longer Shelf Life:
Always use a dry spoon to take out the pickle. Any moisture can cause it to spoil.
Keep the jar in a cool, dry place and avoid direct exposure to water or steam.
The more the pickle sits in oil, the better it tastes!
Why Homemade Mango Pickle Is Better Than Store-Bought Pickle
1. Made with fresh, natural ingredients
Homemade mango pickles is prepared using fresh raw mangoes, pure spices, and mustard oil, ensuring a more authentic taste. Store-bought pickles may contain preservatives and artificial flavours.
2. No added chemicals or artificial colours
When you make pickle at home, you control the ingredients, keeping it free from synthetic additives. Packaged pickles often contain preservatives that may alter the natural taste over time.
3.Customisable spice levels and oil quantity
You can adjust the spice and oil according to your taste preferences. Store-bought pickles have a fixed flavour profile, which may not suit everyone.
4. Rich, authentic homemade flavour
Aam ka achar made at home develops a deep, robust taste over time. Mass-produced pickles often have a generic taste that lacks the richness of a homemade batch.
The Bottom Line:
Making aam ka achar at home is easier than you think! With the right ingredients, a little patience, and these expert tips, you can prepare a flavour-packed mango pickle that stays fresh for months.
So, what are you waiting for? Try this recipe this summer and enjoy homemade mango pickle with every meal!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/b72ce035dc774851acdec32ab9e49084/b72ce035dc774851acdec32ab9e49084.jpeg' alt='The opening of the 14th National Committee of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) on March 4, 2025 /VCG'
Editor’s note: Ankit Prasad is a CGTN biz commentator. The article reflects the author’s views and not necessarily those of CGTN.
The lead-up to the annual two sessions has witnessed tremendous buzz around China’s technological capabilities, with noteworthy developments taking place at an exhilarating pace. Now, as the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress and the third session of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee begin, a little more light is being shed on how this explosion of innovation ties in with holistic progress, not only for China but for everyone.
Just as the world acknowledged the market-shaking emergence of DeepSeek’s AI reasoning model, Chinese film “Ne Zha 2” shattered global box office records and confirmed China’s animation prowess before the world’s eyes. Simultaneously, humanoid robots made by Unitree Robotics took center stage at the China Media Group Spring Festival gala, going viral and bringing focus to how Hangzhou has emerged as an incubator for some of the most exciting new-gen tech startups in the world.
For many, just these headline achievements would imply sufficient advances to make it a successful year. But the reality is that the momentum is only building, with new successes continuing to emerge from China, marking somewhat of a coming-of-age.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/21219a218b6949c4a3313bab374f716c/21219a218b6949c4a3313bab374f716c.gif' alt='Humanoid robots perform the Yanko dance alongside human dancers, January 28, 2025. /CGTN'
The latest, and perhaps most exciting breakthrough in the long run, is in the realm of quantum computing. Chinese scientists have unveiled a 105-qubit superconducting quantum computer prototype named Zuchongzhi 3. Its developers tell Xinhua that it processes some tasks at speeds a quadrillion times faster than the world’s most powerful supercomputer and a million times faster than Google’s latest published results.
Just like how DeepSeek’s reasoning model followed hot on the heels of a similar but costlier offering from ChatGPT, Zuchongzhi 3 comes just a week after another US company – Microsoft – announced an almost literal ‘quantum leap’ with its Majorana 1 quantum chip. This and other developments indicate that China is showing signs of matching the US innovation-for-innovation, and even surpassing it in some areas. However, unlike in America’s case, the trait of protectionism and being ‘closed’ doesn’t typify China’s progress.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/890cedfa03ec453996c2b1aabc8c38de/890cedfa03ec453996c2b1aabc8c38de.jpeg' alt='(Top) A schematic diagram provided by the University of Science and Technology of China on March 4, 2025, shows the chip of superconducting quantum computing prototype "Zuchongzhi 3.0" /Xinhua
(Bottom) Microsoft's Majorana 1 quantum computing chip is unveiled on February 19, 2025. /Microsoft '
For instance, while the US has been imposing curbs on high-tech exports to China in an effort to stem AI progress, China has adopted an inclusive approach, sharing its innovations and capabilities with the world. Lou Qinjian, spokesperson for the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress (NPC), highlighted this during the pre-session press conference at the Great Hall of the People in Beijing on Tuesday. Answering a question on DeepSeek, he said, “DeepSeek follows an open source technological path. Such an open source approach has facilitated the wider application of AI technologies worldwide and contributed to China’s wisdom to the world. Through DeepSeek one can see China’s innovative and inclusive approach in sci-tech development.”
DeepSeek is but one important item in a pattern of encouraging wider and more inclusive adoption of pathbreaking technologies. China’s systematic pursuit of new quality productive forces in various sectors has now even made its way to agriculture, emphasized in the ‘No.1 central document’ of 2025 released on Feb 23. The successful integration of AI, drones, robots and genetics in farming would present models and use cases for numerous countries, particularly in the Global South.
Speaking before the CPPCC National Committee session, member Zhao Hong, Chief Physician of the Cancer Institute and Hospitals, CAMS, spoke about innovation in the pharma space. “A recent headline is about an unknown enterprise in China beating the most popular drug in the world in beating cancer. It’s one example showing how more therapies from China are exported overseas. We are catching up with the others and we gradually innovate to lead the way,” he said. The therapy he’s speaking of is Ivonescimab, made by Chinese biotech company Akeso, which beat US pharma giant Merck’s bestselling Cancer treatment drug Keytruda in a trial, as per CNN. A success of this type could easily have a global scope.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/760624fd352c42d3a1c08bea270dc16a/760624fd352c42d3a1c08bea270dc16a.jpeg'Lou Qinjian, spokesperson for the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress, addresses a press conference a day before the session begins, on March 4, 2025 /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/760624fd352c42d3a1c08bea270dc16a/760624fd352c42d3a1c08bea270dc16a.jpeg'Lou Qinjian, spokesperson for the third session of the 14th National People’s Congress, addresses a press conference a day before the session begins, on March 4, 2025 /VCG
Even in space, the formula is one of inclusion. Not satisfied with achieving the significant feat of continuously operating a space station in orbit, China is set to pave the way for developing countries to send their astronauts aboard the Tiangong space station, even signing an agreement to this effect recently.
Furthermore, there is an effort to appreciate accomplishments irrespective of origin. For instance, the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) and Chinese Academy of Engineering (CAE) last week unveiled separate lists of the top 10 Global and Chinese sci-tech achievements of 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-04/Inclusive-innovation-of-China-s-sci-tech-hailed-amid-Two-Sessions-1BtiwIxkFe8/img/84152c67f19943aa911ad688c1d74cb2/84152c67f19943aa911ad688c1d74cb2.jpeg' alt='A scale model of the Tiangong space station at the China Science and Technology Museum's China Aerospace Technology Exhibition in Beijing, on February 4, 2025. /VCG'
The idea that force-multipliers like science and technology should strike a balance between national aspirations and global inclusivity is a powerful one, and has the potential to being about tangible social change transcending borders. As the world’s second largest economy, China’s increasing competence combined with its capability to take up large and ambitious endeavors presents a great opportunity for all-round progress.
The World Trade Centers Association (WTCA) has terminated 13 licenses held by WTC Noida Development Pvt. Ltd and Spire Techpark Ltd effective February 19, 2025. The termination affects World Trade Center branded properties in Ahmedabad, Amritsar, Bhopal, Chandigarh, Faridabad, GIFT City, Lucknow, Noida, Noida CBD, Patna, Surat, Vadodara, and Varanasi.
According to WTCA, the decision follows “numerous material violations” of license agreements and failure to comply with the association’s bylaws. A spokesperson cited “significant problems” in the companies’ business development that have “adversely affected the reputation” of the WTCA brand.
The New York-based WTCA emphasized that it is not involved in developing or financing projects of its licensees, nor does it hold any ownership stake or profit share in their businesses. The non-profit organization clarified that it only licenses the World Trade Center brand to members.
WTCA operates a global network spanning nearly 100 countries with over 300 member organizations. The association focuses on facilitating international trade and investment through its member network.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NA ovogodišnjem Svjetskom kongresu mobilne tehnologije (MWC) u Barceloni, Lenovo je upravo predstavio pravu inovaciju: Solar Yoga PC, prijenosno računalo koje se može samo puniti pomoću sunčeve svjetlosti. Ovaj laptop može puniti bateriju čak i u uvjetima slabog osvjetljenja. Ovo je značajan napredak u održivoj tehnologiji.
Lenovo je smjestio solarne ćelije na poleđinu laptopa, što omogućuje bolje skupljanje sunčeve energije. Uz to, ugradili su i napredni sustav koji stalno prati položaj sunca i prilagođava se kako bi prikupio što više energije, prenosi HypeBeast.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Nije još poznat datum lansiranja
Prema Lenovu, njihov solarni panel može pretvoriti čak 24% sunčeve svjetlosti u električnu energiju, što je među najboljim rezultatima u industriji. Impresivno je da samo 20 minuta izloženosti suncu može proizvesti dovoljno energije za sat vremena gledanja videa.
Solar Yoga PC je dizajniran da bude praktičan – debeo je samo 15 milimetara i težak 1.22 kilograma, što ga čini lako prenosivim. Iako Lenovo još nije objavio datum kada će ovaj laptop biti dostupan za kupnju, ova inovacija nesumnjivo postavlja nove standarde za ekološki prihvatljiva računala budućnosti.
Reakcije na ovaj laptop na društvenim mrežama su mahom pozitivne. “Ovo je nevjerojatno”, “Jako kul koncept”, “Ne mogu vjerovati da ste to uspjeli napraviti”, “Snaga Sunca u dlanu moje ruke”, “Tehnologija u svom najboljem izdanju”, “Jako kul, sviđa mi se”, “Genijalno”, “Ovo je luđački dobro.”
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
When freshman Jorden Wells of Servite High ran the 100 meters in 10.64 seconds last month, it was a warning to everyone about his potential speed and talent in track and field as well as football.
“Electric” is how football coach Chris Reinert describes Wells playing running back for the freshman team. He scored more than 20 touchdowns for the 9-1 team. “He’s an offensive weapon.”
Then Wells unveiled his speed when running the 100 meters and suddenly he looks like a young talent on the rise.
His twin brother, Jace, also plays football and runs the 400 in track. It should be a fun spring seeing how fast the two brothers run. …
It will be No. 1 Corona against No. 4 La Mirada in baseball at 6:30 p.m. Tuesday at La Mirada. …
The Southern California Regional playoffs in soccer begins on Tuesday.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Xiaomi has unveiled its latest flagship smartphone lineup — the Xiaomi 15 Series — at an exclusive launch event in Barcelona, Spain. Featuring Leica Summilux optical lenses and powered by Xiaomi HyperOS 2, the Xiaomi 15 Series delivers a next-generation smartphone experience with advanced AI capabilities, according to the official release.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Display
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra features a 6.73-inch WQHD+ AMOLED display with a resolution of 3200 x 1440, a 522 ppi pixel density, and a peak brightness of 3200 nits. It also includes a 1Hz Always-Active Display. The device is equipped with an ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, providing fast, reliable unlocking even with wet or dirty fingers, a CNC-crafted aluminum frame, and Corning Gorilla Glass 7i.
Built for durability, the Xiaomi Guardian Structure integrates Xiaomi Shield Glass 2.0, improving drop resistance by up to 16 times, said the company.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Camera
The Xiaomi 15 Ultra boasts an industry-leading 23mm Leica 1-inch main camera, equipped with a 50MP Sony LYT-900 image sensor. Paired with a Leica Summilux optical lens, it features a large ƒ/1.63 aperture and an impressive 14EV high dynamic range.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra: Videography
According to the company, the Xiaomi 15 Ultra is designed to push the boundaries of videography, allowing users to enjoy exceptional cinematic slow-motion videography. Both the main and periscope telephoto cameras can shoot 4K video at 120fps.
To complement this flagship, Xiaomi introduces the Xiaomi 15 Ultra Photography Kit Legend Edition, featuring a classic camera-inspired design, a 67mm filter adapter ring, detachable thumb support and shutter buttons, and an integrated 2000mAh battery for extended usability.
Xiaomi 15: Display
The Xiaomi 15 features a 6.36-inch CrystalRes AMOLED display with a peak brightness of 3200 nits and a 94 per cent screen-to-body ratio. The device is available in Black, White, and Green in international markets.
Xiaomi 15: Camera
The Xiaomi 15 boasts a versatile triple-camera system. Its main camera features a Leica Summilux optical lens with a 7P aspherical high-transmittance element and an anti-glare coating, along with a large ƒ/1.62 aperture. For detailed telephoto shots, it is equipped with a Leica 60mm floating telephoto camera that utilizes a 50MP sensor. Additionally, the device features a Leica 14mm ultra-wide camera with a 50MP resolution and a large ƒ/2.2 aperture.
Xiaomi 15: Videography
For videography, the Xiaomi 15 offers 8K recording at 30fps and Dolby Vision 4K at 60fps. A 4-mic array delivers immersive audio, ensuring every video capture has professional-grade sound, the company added.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra & Xiaomi 15: Battery & Other Details
Both the Xiaomi 15 and Xiaomi 15 Ultra are powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Mobile Platform.
Regarding battery and charging, both devices utilise the Xiaomi Surge Battery Management System. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra houses a 5410mAh battery with 90W HyperCharge and 80W wireless HyperCharge support. The Xiaomi 15 features a 5240mAh battery with 90W HyperCharge and 50W wireless charging.
Xiaomi 15 Ultra & Xiaomi 15: India Launch
According to sources, the Xiaomi 15 Series is expected to launch in India in the second week of March. However, the company has yet to confirm the exact date at the time of publishing this report.
Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Omar Abdullah said on Tuesday that the government will develop pilgrim tourism circuits in Jammu to encourage pilgrims visiting the Mata Vaishnodevi shrine to tour various other tourist destinations in the region.
From temples to tourist hotspots: Jammu’s pilgrim tourism gets a makeover.(PTI Photo)
Noting that one crore pilgrims visit the Vaishnodevi shrine annually, Abdullah said if the government could divert 10 to 15 percent of these pilgrims to various destinations in the region, it would benefit the people.
“As for the pilgrim tourism circuit in Jammu, we will create three, four and seven day packages. We will promote these destinations to ensure pilgrims visit all such places,” Abdullah said in the assembly.
Responding to a query from BJP MLA Yudhvir Sethi during the Question Hour, he said many pilgrims are unaware of the pilgrimage tourism destinations in the region.
The chief minister emphasised the need to encourage pilgrims visiting Mata Vaishnodevi temple to also tour other places in the region.
“It is our challenge to divert pilgrims to various destinations in the Jammu region. We have not succeeded in diverting these pilgrims to other parts of the region,” he said.
Abdullah stressed that Jammu has distinct destinations that need publicity, adding that efforts will be made in this direction.
The department of tourism has been actively involved in developing tourism infrastructure in Jammu city to attract more tourists and has executed several projects under the State Capex Budget and Swadesh Darshan Scheme, he said.
He highlighted notable tourism-related infrastructure projects under different schemes, including the construction of musical water fountains with sound and light shows at Bagh-e-Bahu, as well as the development of tourist facilities at Bhagwati Nagar.
Other projects mentioned include the development of tourist facilities at Sidhra Golf Course, construction of an amusement park near Sidhra Golf Course in Jammu, a ropeway project from Mohmaya to Bagh-e-Bahu, and various development works planned under the Capex Budget 2024-25 in Jammu.
Jammu Smart City Limited (JSCL) has actively pursued multiple initiatives to enhance Jammu’s infrastructure and make it a more appealing destination for tourists, the chief minister said.
He outlined major infrastructure projects planned and executed by JSCL, including heritage conservation and beautification efforts such as the restoration of iconic landmarks like Bahu Fort, Mubarak Mandi, and Raghunath Bazaar, along with temples and ghats under the Smart City initiative and other historical sites.
In terms of road and transport improvements, Abdullah spoke about the upgrade of major roads, development of pedestrian-friendly pathways, and the introduction of electric buses for eco-friendly public transport.
He also highlighted the redevelopment of the Tawi riverfront with promenades, cycling tracks, and leisure spaces.
Regarding historic buildings and Tawi bridges, he said plans for facade lighting are underway at Bahu Fort, Army headquarters at Mubarak Mandi, Maha Maya Temple, and all Tawi bridges.
The Chief Minister said the JSCL’s vision aligns with making Jammu a modern, tourist-friendly and sustainable city while preserving its cultural and historical essence.
A couple of iconic PSOne era role-playing games are being re-released this week.
A must for retro gaming fans, Suikoden I&II HD Remaster Gate Rune and Dunan Unification Wars has a March 6 release date for PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC and Nintendo Switch.
The Suikoden collection contains the first two games in the series, complete with enhanced visuals and other quality of life upgrades. Available to pre-order now, the collection costs £44.99 on digital platforms such as the PlayStation Store and Nintendo eShop.
Judging by the cost of the original games, there’s a good chance the current-gen versions could increase in value as time goes in.
At the time of writing, the original Suikoden and its sequel are selling for a combined £595 at CEX. You can probably expect to pay more than £600 for sealed versions on sites like eBay.
Not only are you saving close to £600 by purchasing the modern remasters, but you may eventually be able to sell them for a profit when their value increases.
Whether you buy physical or digital, Suikoden I&II HD Remaster Gate Rune and Dunan Unification Wars is great value at £44.99 and well worth checking out.
Most people argue that the sequel is the superior game, although I’ve always liked the original more – probably because it was one of the first PSOne RPGs I owned.
Both games give players the ability to recruit dozens of characters to fight by your side in epic battles.
In addition to the classic turn-based combat most RPGs utilised at the time, the Suikoden games also feature large scale battle sequences.
Needless to say, the upcoming remasters also feature a ton of modern upgrades and improvements.
For starters, all background illustrations have been upgraded to HD – and they look great!
That’s on top of other visuals effects that are said to “breathe new life into the pixel art animation”.
Likewise, fans can expect new environmental sound effects, as well as an auto save feature and the ability to fast forward battles.
The Honda ZR-V isn’t the obvious choice for a smaller mid-sized SUV, but it’s not immediately clear why.
Sure, there are better sellers in the mid-sized SUV segment like the Mazda CX-5 and Kia Sportage, which both have greater breadth in their respective model ranges.
The ZR-V, meanwhile, is less popular and and nor is it the most affordable, while its styling is sure to polarise for one reason or another.
Indeed, it chalked up just 4092 sales for the entirety of 2024, compared to the 22,835 and 22,210 recorded by the CX-5 and Sportage respectively.
That sees the ZR-V slot in between the HR-V and CR-V not only in terms of size but also sales within the Japanese brand’s local SUV lineup. Last year the HR-V found 3350 new homes in Australia, while the CR-V racked up 5547 sales.
Still, there’s a lot to like about the ZR-V once you start delving into the spec sheets. It’s based on Honda’s Civic hatchback, which is considerably more expensive.
The long-running small hatch is hybrid-only, while the ZR-V is available in three petrol variants and a top-shelf hybrid flagship, which makes it more accessible price-wise.
There aren’t a lot of standard features missing despite the lower price either, and you still get the same quality interior seen in the Civic and most of its critical safety equipment.
On test here is the range-opening Honda ZR-V VTi X+, which has no hybrid tech and is the only variant with a list price under $40,000. Does it deserve to sell better, or is its unpopularity justified?
How does the Honda ZR-V compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Honda ZR-V against similarly sized vehicles.
Honda
ZR-V
How much does the Honda ZR-V cost?
The VTi X+ opens the ZR-V range at $37,900 drive-away.
Model
Drive-away pricing
2025 Honda ZR-V VTi X+
$37,900
2025 Honda ZR-V VTi L+
$43,400
2025 Honda ZR-V VTi LX
$49,000
2025 Honda ZR-V e:HEV LX
$54,900
Its most direct rival is the Mazda CX-5, which ranges in price from $36,950 to $55,000 before on-road costs and is available with three engine configurations and either front- or all-wheel drive, but with no hybrid assistance.
The ZR-V can also be compared against the Skoda Karoq, priced from $39,990 to $56,590 before on-roads. Like the Mazda it’s available with both front- and all-wheel drive and no hybrid tech, though with only two engines.
It also differs from the Honda with its inclusion of either a torque converter or dual-clutch automatic transmission instead of a continuously variable transmission (CVT).
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What is the Honda ZR-V like on the inside?
Clean, simple, and classically Honda.
In terms of layout, everything just makes sense. That means you won’t spend too much time trying to get used to it all, and Honda’s rock-solid build quality is immediately apparent.
Like the Civic it’s based on, you’ll notice the hexagonal mesh that spans the width of the dash. It’s a simple yet effective design element, not to mention a clever way to hide the four air vents up front.
Controlling those vents is done via the physical climate system below, which – much like the Civic, again – comprises three dials and a handful of buttons. There are, understandably, some button blanks for functions like seat heating that are only found on higher-spec ZR-Vs.
Even so, it adds to the interior’s more premium look, which helps make it one of the nicest interiors in this segment. It’s a good space to spend time in, as the buttons around the cabin – namely as part of the climate system – are very satisfying to interact with.
Everything in here feels high quality, with button actions feeling firm and dials turning with a crisp, notchy action. We have no reason to believe these won’t stand the test of time either.
That all continues up to the 9.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system, where you’ll find some more shortcut buttons and another one of those notchy dials.
It may be small by modern standards, but its display is sharp and easy to navigate. A selection of large shortcuts are shown on its home screen, and there are plenty of settings for you to dive into and tinker with.
As a bonus you get wireless Apple CarPlay, which worked reliably during our week with the car. Android users will still need to plug in to operate their native smartphone mirroring software, which can be done by either the USB-A or USB-C port found on either side of the ‘bridge’ in the middle of the cabin.
You may not even notice this bridge when you first get in the car, but it’s another way Honda has been able to squeeze out some more storage space, thanks to the tray underneath.
Its inclusion has allowed for a handful of driving-related buttons to be fitted on top for ease of access, but it means the cupholders have been moved ahead of the traditional-style gear selector. Thankfully, there’s just enough space above those two cupholders to still be able to fit taller bottles.
In front of that is a storage cubby suitably sized for phones and wallets, as well as a 12V outlet above it. It’s all very practical and pleasant in appearance, thanks mostly to the leather finish on the centre console.
Our only gripe with materials in the cabin is the use of glossy black plastic around the gear selector, which attracts dust and smudges even if it shouldn’t be a high-touch area.
More of that plastic is unfortunately also found on the steering wheel spokes, but the wheel itself is a quality unit. It’s nicely sized and leather-wrapped, which means it’s satisfying to hold on the road and throw around if necessary.
It may not be flashy or remarkable by any stretch, but that works to its advantage. The same can be said for the buttons on the wheel, which are all finished in dull plastic and work as reliably as everything else in the cabin.
On the right are driving assist controls we’ll delve into later, and on the left are the infotainment controls.
That small roller at the bottom can be pressed too, which is how you interact with the settings found within the 10.2-inch digital instrument cluster.
Unsurprisingly, it’s a simple setup headlined by clean graphics. It’s consistent with other Honda products in its presentation and is easy to navigate and adjust.
Another strength is the ZR-V’s seats. As this is a base-spec model you don’t get leather-appointed upholstery, but the cloth alternative remains incredibly comfortable – not to mention friendlier to the cabin’s occupants on hot Australian days.
Position adjustment is expectedly manual, but there’s a good range of movement to help you get situated. You’ll also have the benefit of tilt and reach adjustment from the steering wheel to help.
We’d stop short of calling the second row of the ZR-V spacious, but there’s more than enough room back there to stay comfortable on longer drives.
The ZR-V’s high roofline means head room isn’t an issue, though you may run into some issues if you’re unlucky enough to have to sit behind someone tall up front.
That cloth upholstery continues here, and the bench itself is surprisingly soft. To help get comfortable, there is a fold-down centre armrest and – unlike the smaller HR-V – an actual middle seat.
Narrow as it may be, it’s still a benefit to have all three seats ready to go, even if they’re only going to be used on rare occasions. Practicality in the back is boosted by Honda’s fitment of three top-tether points and two ISOFIX anchors for child seats.
Additionally, passengers can make use of two USB-C ports and the dual rear-facing air vents on the back of the centre console, while storage is limited to bottle holders in the doors and a map pocket on the back of the driver’s seat.
The ZR-V’s boot offers generous floor space, though vertical capacity is compromised by the roofline that drops aggressively once it passes the rear seats. At the top is at least a sturdy privacy cover, which can be removed for a little extra breathing room.
On each side is a light that will turn on when you open the manual tailgate, as well as small plastic cargo hooks. An additional 12V outlet and a small cargo net are found on the driver’s side only.
Fortunately, all non-hybrid ZR-V models are fitted with a space-saver spare wheel as standard, and under the boot floor is where you’ll find a handful of tools to make an impromptu swap possible. At the boot’s rearmost edge is also an underfloor nook for smaller odds and ends.
All up it’s a perfectly usable space, though it’s smaller than a CX-5 (438L) and Karoq (521L). It’s worth remembering you won’t have the easiest time transporting tall items or large pets back here, and it’s unfortunate that this is the only ZR-V without a powered tailgate.
That being said, we appreciate the cabin’s presentation as a whole – it’s a cohesive design that feels like it’s been assembled to an impressive standard.
Dimensions
Honda ZR-V VTi X+
Length
4568mm
Width
1840mm
Height
1620mm
Wheelbase
2655mm
Cargo capacity
380L (rear seats up incl. underfloor) 876L (rear seats folded, to window) 1312L (rear seats folded, to roof)
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
Like the other two non-hybrid ZR-Vs, the VTi X+ is fitted with a 1.5-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine pumping out 131kW of power and 240Nm of torque through a CVT automatic transmission. The e:HEV LX instead uses a 2.0-litre hybrid four-cylinder mated with an e-CVT.
Specifications
Honda ZR-V VTi X+
Engine
1.5L turbocharged four-cylinder
Power
131kW @ 6000rpm
Torque
240Nm @ 1700-4500rpm
Transmission
CVT
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
Kerb weight
1470kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.0L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
6.7L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
57L
Fuel requirement
91 octane regular unleaded
CO2 emissions
171.7g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6b
Our week with the car primarily involved highway driving, plus some stints on regional roads and suburban streets.
Most of the driving wasn’t particularly frugal either. There were a few traffic jams and moments with a heavy right foot, so we were impressed that we bettered Honda’s fuel economy claim – though economy would almost certainly worsen with more city driving.
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How does the Honda ZR-V drive?
In a surprisingly solid manner, in terms of both engine and chassis performance.
ZR-V e:HEV LX pictured
Starting with the engine, which despite lacking any form of hybrid assistance is fairly peppy. Lay into the throttle and you’ll notice how quickly it picks up, with little slip from the front wheels on dry roads.
Accelerating with some steering lock applied will naturally induce some degree of torque steer, but it’s not unmanageable.
Under load there’s a fair amount of engine noise on account of both the small-displacement four-cylinder and the continuously variable transmission it’s mated to.
There’s also no way to “shift gears” yourself, as there’s no manual mode on the gear selector nor any paddle shifters on the wheel. Even so, slotting the selector into Sport mode will create fake shifts at high revs, which are surprisingly convincing.
It’s the same deal in the Civic, and given the CVT can create the illusion of lightning-fast shifts, you do get something vaguely reminiscent of a baby race car. It’s a fun little twist in an otherwise standard commuter.
Supporting that is nicely weighted steering feel. There’s a good level of response from the wheel at varying speeds, and a convincing balance has been struck between being too light and too heavy.
You can’t adjust the steering feel as there are no dedicated drive modes beyond Normal and Econ, but that isn’t an issue. The standard configuration adds to the solid construction of the car overall, making it feel all the more premium – even if it isn’t a premium car.
Then there’s the chassis, which feels similarly well-sorted. There’s a robust quality to the ZR-V’s on-road characteristics – at least in non-hybrid models – that makes it a joy to drive.
That’s especially evident alongside the HR-V, which isn’t closely related but feels somewhat flimsy in comparison. You can feel that the ZR-V is heavier, which is a positive difference.
A final note regarding its on-road feel has to do with the ZR-V’s suspension setup. It’s on the firmer side and that’s certainly noticeable on rough roads, but it remains compliant enough to remain comfortable everywhere else.
A benefit is that it handles better than some of the competition, with reduced body roll in comparison. It’s another case of a vehicle seemingly working with you to make driving easier, and its physical characteristics are easy to live with.
The ZR-V also benefits from well-calibrated safety gear. No obnoxious beeps or bongs are going on while you’re driving, though the car will sometimes throw a false warning when it thinks you stray close to the lane markings.
Driver assist systems like adaptive cruise control work well to match traffic, while lane centring is also reliable on the freeway. Even tighter bends don’t pose too much of an issue, but it’s not flawless to the point where you’d want leave it alone on country roads.
This base ZR-V still benefits from a breadth of safety gear as standard too, which includes blind-spot monitoring and rear cross-traffic alert, but there’s no surround-view camera.
Fortunately, visibility out the sides and rear of the ZR-V is good. The rear window is on the smaller side but remains perfectly usable, while the side windows are appropriately sized for head checks.
Front and rear parking sensors assist in low-speed driving, the former of which is particularly useful because of the ZR-V’s sloping bonnet.
A reversing camera is also standard, though like in the Civic its resolution leaves a little to be desired.
Otherwise, the ZR-V remains an easy car to drive. It sets out to get the job done simply, and it does that well.
Even without hybrid tech it remains surprisingly efficient, while its engine – despite being small in displacement and relying on turbo boost – never feels laggy or overly strained.
There’s an aura of quality to the way the ZR-V drives, and tat’s supported by minimal road and wind noise, which is especially evident on the VTi X+ with its smaller alloys and meatier tyres.
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
What do you get?
There are four variants in the ZR-V range, and the VTi X+ sits at the very bottom.
ZR-V VTi X+ equipment highlights:
17-inch alloy wheels
Space-saver spare wheel
Adaptive LED headlights
Active cornering lights
Rain-sensing wipers with integrated washer nozzles
Hill descent control
9.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay
Wired Android Auto
10.2-inch digital instrument cluster
Eight-speaker sound system
Black fabric upholstery
Dual-zone climate control
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Leather-wrapped steering wheel and shifter
Upholstered centre console with French stitching
Front USB ports (1 x USB-A and 1 x USB-C)
Rear USB ports (2 x USB-C)
Rear air vents
60:40 split/fold rear seats
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
Is the Honda ZR-V safe?
All Honda ZR-V variants have a four-star ANCAP safety rating based on testing conducted on hybrid models by sister organisation Euro NCAP in 2023.
Category
Honda ZR-V
Adult occupant protection
79 per cent
Child occupant protection
88 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
81 per cent
Safety assist
68 per cent
Standard safety equipment includes:
11 airbags
Dual front and front knee airbags
Centre airbag
Front and rear side airbags
Full-length curtain airbags
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Adaptive cruise control with low-speed follow
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Driver attention monitoring
Lane-keep assist
Traffic Jam Assist
Traffic sign recognition
Front and rear parking sensors
Tyre pressure monitoring
ZR-V VTi LX and above receive a surround-view camera.
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
How much does the Honda ZR-V cost to run?
Honda backs its ZR-V range with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, and servicing is required every 12 months or 10,000km – whichever comes first.
Servicing and Warranty
Honda ZR-V
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 10,000km
Capped-price servicing
5 years
Total capped-price service cost
$995 ($199 each)
The Japanese brand also offers a ‘Honda Extend’ program, through which owners can extend their vehicle’s warranty by up to three years if they service regularly at a Honda Service Centre.
An additional three years of roadside assistance is available under the same conditions.
To see how the Honda ZR-V stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Honda ZR-V VTi X+
We like the ZR-V, and even going for this base-spec version won’t leave you wanting more.
Of course, while Toyota has proven hybrids do sell, Honda is yet to follow suit with the Accord or Civic, and there is now also a petrol-electric version of the ZR-V if you want to ride that bandwagon. Problem is that variant costs nearly $55,000 before on-roads, which is a lot to cough up for a relatively small medium SUV.
Instead, the petrol versions are not only more affordable but comfortable and liveable, not to mention efficient enough to avoid breaking the bank in daily commuting.
If you’re going to go for a petrol ZR-V, why not save your cash and go for the cheapest option while you’re at it?
The VTi L+ and VTi LX have larger wheels, a nicer sound system, power tailgate, and power-adjustable seats, but they’re less efficient and cost a fair bit more.
Instead, the base ZR-V retains a healthy list of standard gear and still costs less than $40,000 before on-roads. It doesn’t really feel like a base-spec model either, which makes it hard to look past.
We like its interior presentation and excellent build quality, and on the road it feels composed and somewhat zippy while remaining comfortable and quiet enough.
As a bonus, its safety tech is far from unbearable and is generally easy to live with, and early-life servicing costs are ridiculously cheap. Plus, you get more interior space that in a HR-V, and it costs less than a Civic.
Yes, a VTi X+ priced in the low-$30,000 range would make more sense and sell much better, and of course it would be nice if Honda also offered cheaper versions of the hybrid ZR-V, as with the Hyundai Kona. But Hondas aren’t known for their affordability in Australia, so that’s just wishful thinking.
Interested in buying a Honda ZR-V? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Ennoconn excels in industrial IoT and embedded tech. The market is led by Advantech, Siemens, and Rockwell at present
Ennoconn’s Industrial Metaverse Transformation enables the development of new cloud-based AIoT products, services and solutions. (Representative/News18 Hindi)
Taiwanese company Foxconn’s subsidiary, Ennoconn, is preparing to enter the Indian market. Ennoconn has registered a company in Tamil Nadu. The company plans to introduce its products to the domestic market.
Ennoconn Corporation is a global leader in integrated cloud management services, industrial IoT and embedded technology. Ennoconn’s parent company, Foxconn, operates the Apple iPhone assembly plant in Sriperumbudur, Tamil Nadu, which employs 40,000 people. In 2007, Ennoconn became a subsidiary of Foxconn Technology Group, headquartered in New Taipei City.
Ennoconn delivers world-class services in industrial IoT and embedded technology, design manufacturing services, IT, and system integration in high-growth markets. These markets include smart cities, smart manufacturing, smart retail, financial services, media, and entertainment.
“We provide digital transformation strategies across all internal design, manufacturing, and supply chain platforms and disciplines,” the company stated.
Currently, the Indian market is dominated by Taiwan-based Advantech, Siemens and Rockwell Automation, among other players. Ennoconn’s Industrial Metaverse Transformation enables the development of new cloud-based AIoT products, services and solutions.
In a strong move to accelerate industrial growth, the government has made a spectacular increase in the budget allocation for key sectors under the PLI scheme in 2025-26, reaffirming its commitment to strengthening domestic manufacturing.
A total of Rs 1.46 lakh crore of actual investment has been received till August 2024, with an estimate that this figure will cross Rs 2 lakh crore within the next year. These investments have already led to a spectacular increase in production and sales amounting to Rs 12.50 lakh crore, while creating about 9.5 lakh jobs directly and indirectly. This number is expected to rise to 12 lakh soon.
Several sectors have experienced remarkable growth. Allocations for electronics and IT hardware have increased from Rs 5,777 crore (revised estimate for 2024-25) to Rs 9,000 crore, while allocations for automobiles and auto components have risen from Rs 346.87 crore to Rs 2,818.85 crore.
News business Foxconn’s Ennoconn Set To Enter Indian Market, Has Registered Company In This Southern State
When someone lives with a health condition such as asthma, psoriasis, or bacterial infections, they’re not the only ones who are affected.
Their family members — parents, spouses, siblings, children, or other relatives — often step up to provide care at home.
Global biopharma company GSK recognized this patient-adjacent audience in its content and marketing program. It’s a big group. In the United States alone, an estimated 44.6 million family caregivers assist their family members, according to Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health.
That prompted GSK to create an initiative — Carerhood — to help caretakers find credible information and peer support. Its success led to its selection as the Best Content Marketing Program in Health Care for the Content Marketing Awards. And, for her work on the program, Debbie Hsu, then the global patient digital platform and content strategy lead, was recognized as a 2024 finalist for B2C Content Marketer of the Year.
Caregivers deserve their own content
“The knowledge needed to care for their loved ones goes beyond just dispensing medication,” GSK explains in its awards application. “Carers must research on their own, combing through many different sources, to find credible information to help their loved ones manage their conditions.”
These caregivers sacrifice and face increased stress as they help their family members navigate confusing paths. Doctors, nurses, and other health care professionals are already overwhelmed and not always available to answer questions.
GSK created Carerhood to solve or at least help address that problem. The mobile-responsive platform connected carers to the right information and actionable advice from expert carer communities.
It personalized the experience, too. On the homepage, visitors were immediately met with a quiz to understand their caregiving style (and a sign-up for updates so GSK captures email addresses).
The quiz helped GSK understand the loved one’s conditions as well as the carer’s needs and capabilities. It then recommended relevant content and opened the door to its carer communities on social media, including Facebook (116,000 followers), Instagram (almost 1,800 followers), and YouTube (3,870 subscribers).
Much of the content available through Carerhood was derived from experts in caregiving — people who have helped family members through their health challenges.
Its Instagram page illustrates the array of available content, from posts about offerings on the Carerhood site to self-care tips and advice on specific illnesses, such as benign prostatic enlargement.
In this Instagram Reel published on International Epilepsy Day, for example, a mom named Emma shares what it’s like caring for her son, Oscar, who was diagnosed with the disease when he was 6:
YouTube served as a home base for its videos, including ones featuring carer advocate Elizabeth Miller giving tips to help relieve caregiver stress.
The Carerhood team made the experiences easy to navigate. For example, a four-minute video providing stress-relief tips was broken into clearly labeled chapters in the description. It also linked to the speaker’s Instagram account so viewers could follow her and learn more about caregiving.
On the Carerhood website, a video library gave caregivers access to relevant videos as well as suggested related videos:
It also displayed the site’s tagging system on the homepage so people could easily select the topic they’re most interested in and discover relevant content.
Delivering healthy results
In the first year after launch, Carerhood attracted more than 50,000 website visits from 50 countries. Over half (25,000) completed the questionnaire and saw their personalized content. About nine months after beginning, GSK expanded the site to add more health conditions and collaborated further with expert carers to spotlight the vital role played by caregivers.
Is your work award-worthy? You’ll never know unless you enter. Visit the Content Marketing Awards website to review the rules, study past winners, and see the latest categories and deadlines.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE) and TENVIC Sports have signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) to launch a comprehensive set of academic and infrastructural initiatives to develop skilled professionals for the sports industry and provide a structured career pathway for athletes, during and beyond their competitive years.
MAHE and TENVIC Sports will establish an interdisciplinary academic framework integrating sports coaching, management, technology, and sciences to nurture talent for India’s sports sector. The framework will be supported by a research and incubation hub, fostering innovation in high-performance training, sports infrastructure, and athlete support systems.
A key component of this partnership is the creation of ‘High-Performance Sports Centres’ across the MAHE campuses, allowing professional athletes to pursue academic qualifications alongside their training and offering hands-on learning opportunities for students in sports-related disciplines through internships and practical exposure.
Recognising the need for structured career transitions, the collaboration will also equip active and retired athletes with the skills and qualifications required to thrive in corporate and entrepreneurial roles. A media statement said MAHE and TENVIC Sports aim to engage with industry stakeholders, sports organisations and policymakers to drive meaningful change across the sports landscape.
Quoting Ranjan Pai, President of MAHE and Chairman, Manipal Education and Medical Group, the statement said, “MAHE’s collaboration with TENVIC demonstrates our commitment to innovation and excellence in higher education. Developing a new generation of professionals – excelling on the field and across India’s sports ecosystem – is a step towards a fitter nation with a competitive sports culture.”
MD Venkatesh, Vice Chancellor of MAHE, said “Partnering with TENVIC is a notable milestone in our vision of holistic education nurturing well-rounded individuals who contribute meaningfully to society. Sports is not just about competition; it develops character, discipline and leadership. We are proud to support India’s aspirations as a sporting nation.”
Anil Kumble, Co-Founder of TENVIC Sports, said “Since the founding of TENVIC 15 years ago, it has been my aspiration to bridge the gap between education and sports. I am pleased to announce that this vision has been realised through our partnership with MAHE.”
Vasanth Bharadwaj, Co-Founder of TENVIC Sports, said TENVIC’s collaboration with MAHE will nurture and develop Indian talent in sports coaching, technology, sciences and management.
London-based tech firm Nothing has delighted us before with its light-up Android phones that provide some much-needed frivolity in a world full of plain, gray smartphones that take themselves too seriously. The Nothing Phone 3A and 3A Pro are cut from the same cloth as their predecessors, packing solid all-round specs, affordable price tags and an LED-infused design that stands out from the crowd.
The Nothing Phone 3A is the base model in the new series, starting at $379 with 12GB RAM and 256GB storage. In the UK, you can pick up a pared-back model with 8GB RAM and 128GB of storage for only £329, or get the 12GB/256GB model for £379. The Phone 3A Pro has a more full-featured camera system than the base 3A, but shares the same processor, display and batteries. It costs $459 (£449) for the 12GB/256GB model.
I’ve been testing the Nothing Phone 3A Pro while on the ground in Barcelona for this year’s Mobile World Congress. I’m quite keen on the phone’s balance of price and performance and look forward to seeing how it stacks up against other affordable phones like the new Samsung Galaxy A series and the Google Pixel 8A — as well as pricier budget phones like the iPhone 16E.
A flashy design
Flashy lights? Yes, please.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
The design is the first thing that stands out about these phones. The glass back reveals screws and data ribbons, giving it an industrial look that I find appealing. The LED lights — which Nothing calls the Glyph — are strewn around the camera units on both phones and light up to alert you to incoming notifications. They’re a fun addition to Nothing’s phones that you won’t find anywhere else.
Both phones have 6.7-inch displays that looked bright and vibrant during my hands-on time, easily countering Barcelona’s gray, overcast weather. Those under the bright midday California sun may have a different experience. With an IP68 water resistance rating, taking calls in the pouring rain (again, not you, California) won’t be a problem.
Solid performance, Android 15 and AI
The display is vibrant and sharp.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
Powering the 3A series is the Qualcomm Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 processor, which provided decent scores on our benchmark tests, especially considering the price of the phones. While not topping today’s flagship phones, the 3A Pro’s results are more in line with the Pixel 8A and Galaxy A35 5G, both of which are great phones.
In everyday use, the phone has plenty of power for essential tasks, while games like Alto’s Odyssey and Vampire Survivors ran smoothly.
Both phones run Android 15 at their core, but Nothing has heavily customized the interface with a stark, monochrome aesthetic. It looks sleek, but I sometimes struggle to distinguish app icons when they’re reduced to minimalist black-and-white buttons. Still, you might be into the mono look, and if not, you can customize the layout to your liking. Nothing promises a total of six years of software and security support, which is good, especially considering the price.
Gemini Advanced, Gemini Live and Circle to Search are all available to use on the phones, and while Nothing hasn’t thrown in much of its own AI stuff (for which I’m grateful), it has launched one tool that I quite like. Called the Essential Space, it’s designed as a central hub for storing your thoughts, notes, screenshots and ideas throughout the day.
The Essential Space will fill up with all your thoughts and ideas. Maybe.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
See some shoes you like? Open the camera and use the dedicated Essential Space button on the side of the phone to save a shot — along with your voice note about them — to your Space. Need to buy brie, vodka, party hats and snake food on the way home? A long button press will let you dictate your shopping list to add it to your Space to check later.
It’s a nice idea in theory, though right now it seems limited in its functionality. Essential Space is essentially a hub for screenshots and voice notes, but I see its potential. It’s refreshing to find a feature that’s both unique and genuinely useful. Nothing emphasizes that Essential Space is still in beta, with more features on the way — so keep an eye on this space.
Good enough cameras
Both phones pack 50-megapixel main cameras and while Nothing says the Pro model has upgraded autofocus and dynamic range, I haven’t yet been able to compare them, so my thoughts here are based on my use of the Phone 3A Pro.
Enlarge Image
Taken with the main camera, this shot is vibrant and sharp.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
Enlarge Image
Despite the challenging high-contrast scene, the Phone 3A Pro does a decent job balancing bright highlights and shadowy areas.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
Enlarge Image
There are various filters, but I particularly like the black and white one.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
Enlarge Image
The ultrawide camera delivers a well-balanced exposure in this shot.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
While the base 3A packs a 50 megapixel telephoto camera capable of 2x optical zoom, the 3A Pro’s 50-megapixel periscope camera offers 3x optical zoom, with 6x “in-sensor” zoom, which effectively crops the sensor out to achieve a longer zoom.
Enlarge Image
Taken at 6x zoom, this shot remains nice and sharp
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
The base Phone 3A has a 32-megapixel front-facing camera and the 3A Pro has a 50-megapixel sensor that’s larger to help take sharper shots.
Enlarge Image
Testing the Pro’s front-facing camera was the perfect excuse to get a large beer. The image itself is fine, especially considering the relatively low-light environment.
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
Nothing Phone 3A, 3A Pro or a rival phone?
The Nothing 3A (left) and Nothing 3A Pro (right).
Andrew Lanxon/CNET
I’m surprised by how little difference there is between the two models. With the same processor, display, and 5,000mAh battery (with 50W fast charging), the main distinctions are the added periscope zoom and the higher-resolution front-facing camera. Is photography important to you? If so, maybe spring for the pro. Otherwise, save yourself a few bucks and go for the base model.
The Make America Healthy Again (MAHA) movement has taken off ever since HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s first pitch for a healthier America.
MAHA aims to improve nutrition, eliminate toxins, preserve natural habitats and fight the chronic disease epidemic in this country, according to its website.
Since the slogan’s introduction in July 2024, many people — everyone from President Donald Trump to social media influencers nationwide — have embraced the widespread effort to improve public health.
EVERYTHING TO KNOW ABOUT MAHA
Lara Trump, daughter-in-law of President Trump and host of the new program “My View with Lara Trump” on Fox News, said the MAHA movement is “gaining momentum big time.”
“With RFK Jr. confirmed as our HHS secretary, we’re poised to learn so much more than I think we ever knew,” she said during an interview on Monday evening with Fox News Digital.
The Make America Healthy Again (MAHA) movement has taken off ever since HHS Secretary RFK Jr.’s first pitch for a healthier America under the leadership of President Donald J. Trump.(GREG NASH/POOL/AFP/Tierney L. Cross/Bloomberg/Sebastian Gollnow/picture alliance)
“And I think it’s going to encourage so many more people to start paying attention to their health and well-being. That’s a great thing for all of us,” she added.
RFK JR.’S TOP HEALTH AND WELLNESS PRIORITIES AS DOCTORS SHARE INPUT
Dr. Marc Siegel, Fox News’ senior medical analyst, has also shared his support for MAHA.
“The focus will be on wellness, lifestyle, exercise and diet, along with a war on ultraprocessed foods,” he predicted in an interview with Fox News Digital.
MAHA milestones
Below is a timeline of events so far in the MAHA movement.
Aug. 23, 2024
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (RFK) suspends his own campaign for president and endorses Donald Trump for the White House to target public health and chronic disease concerns as an alliance.
Sept. 23, 2024
RFK Jr. speaks on Capitol Hill, sounding alarms about the state of public health in America. He introduces the MAHA agenda with the intention of tackling it with soon-to-be President Trump.
Donald Trump welcomes Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to the stage at a Turning Point Action campaign rally at the Gas South Arena on Oct. 23, 2024, in Duluth, Ga.(Anna Moneymaker/Getty Images)
Nov. 5, 2024
Donald Trump is elected as 47th president of the United States.
Nov. 14, 2024
President-elect Donald Trump nominates RFK Jr. to lead the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Dec. 19, 2024
Sen. Roger Marshall, R-Kan., launches the Make America Healthy Again (MAHA) Caucus to support the joint mission of President Trump and RFK Jr.
Jan. 15, 2025
The FDA bans Red 40, also known as FD&C Red No. 3, from use in food, beverages and ingested drugs. Food manufacturers have until Jan. 2027 to remove the dye from their products, while drug manufacturers will have until Jan. 2028 to do so.
“The FDA is taking action that will remove the authorization for the use of FD&C Red No. 3 in food and ingested drugs,” said Jim Jones, the FDA’s deputy commissioner for human foods, in a statement.
Jan. 20, 2025
Donald Trump is sworn in as the 47th president of the United States.
Jan. 29, 2025
RFK participates in his confirmation hearing before the Senate Finance Committee regarding his nomination as HHS secretary.
Jan. 30, 2025
RFK Jr. testifies in front of the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions to defend his nomination to serve as secretary of HHS.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Feb. 13, 2025
RFK. Jr. is confirmed by the Senate as secretary of HHS and is sworn in.
That same day, President Trump signs an executive order establishing the president’s Make America Healthy Again Commission, chaired by RFK, to investigate chronic disease prevalence in the U.S., with an initial focus on childhood diseases.
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. is sworn in as secretary of Health and Human Services in the Oval Office of the White House, as President Donald Trump looks on, on Feb. 13, 2025. Members of RFK Jr.’s family are shown at right.(Andrew Harnik/Getty Images)
Feb. 25, 2025
Trump signs an executive order directing the departments of the Treasury, Labor, and Health and Human Services to make healthcare prices transparent.
Feb. 27, 2025
RFK commends the Steak ‘n Shake fast-food restaurant for transitioning away from seed oils and using only beef tallow for its french fries.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
March 3, 2025
The Texas Legislature introduces several bills supporting the MAHA movement. These include calls for more physical education in schools, increased nutrition education for medical students, and a reduction of “junk food” for federal food stamp recipients.
Looking ahead
As the MAHA movement gains steam, Lara Trump said she is “very inspired” by its mission.
“I think Make America Great Again is the overall goal, but part of that is making America healthy again, and I am pumped up about it,” she told Fox News Digital.
“I really do feel like over the next four years, with Donald Trump in the White House and RFK Jr. as HHS secretary, we’re really going to see people live happier, healthier lives,” Lara Trump told Fox News Digital.(AP Photo/Evan Vucci, File)
“I think we’re living in such a transformative time, such a revolutionary time … and I think one of the revolutions we’re seeing is with our health and well-being.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“I really do feel like over the next four years, with Donald Trump in the White House and RFK Jr. as HHS secretary, we’re going to see people live happier, healthier lives,” she said.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Ramadan is a time for spiritual reflection, fasting, and sharing meals with loved ones. After a long day of fasting, indulging in a sweet treat is a cherished tradition in many cultures. Here are seven easy and delicious desserts that add a special touch to your Iftar spread. These seven delicious and easy-to-make sweets add a special touch to your Iftar table. Whether you prefer traditional delights like Sheer Khurma and Malpua or healthier options like Date Energy Balls, there’s something for everyone to enjoy.
Here Are 7 Easy Sweets Recipes For Ramadan Feast
1. Sheer Khurma
A rich and flavourful dessert made with vermicelli, milk, dry fruits, and dates, Sheer Khurma is a must-have for Ramadan and Eid celebrations. The warm spices and creamy texture make it a comforting treat after Iftar.
2. Kunafa
This popular Middle Eastern dessert is made with shredded pastry, filled with a creamy cheese or custard layer, and soaked in fragrant sugar syrup. Kunafa has a perfect balance of crunch and sweetness, making it a delightful post-Iftar indulgence.
3. Date and Nut Energy Balls
For a nutritious and naturally sweet option, date and nut energy balls are packed with fibre, healthy fats, and essential nutrients. They are quick to make, require no baking, and provide an instant energy boost after fasting.
4. Baklava
This flaky and rich pastry, layered with nuts and soaked in a fragrant syrup, is a traditional favourite across the Middle East and Mediterranean. The combination of crisp pastry and sweet, nutty filling makes it a satisfying treat.
5. Mango Lassi
This thick, creamy yoghurt-based drink blended with ripe mangoes is perfect for cooling down after a long day of fasting. Naturally sweet and packed with probiotics, mango lassi is both delicious and hydrating.
6. Malpua
A deep-fried, syrup-soaked pancake, malpua is a traditional Indian sweet often served with thickened milk (rabri). Soft on the inside and crispy on the outside, it is a favourite during Ramadan and Eid.
7. Rose and Pistachio Firni
Firni is a creamy, slow-cooked rice pudding infused with cardamom and rose water, then topped with pistachios and saffron. Served chilled, it is a perfect dessert to enjoy on warm Ramadan evenings.
This Ramadan, treat yourself and your loved ones to these delightful desserts and create lasting memories over shared meals
China’s economy made steady progress in 2024, and high-quality development has been solidly promoted, Liu Jieyi, spokesperson for the third session of the 14th Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee, said on Monday.
The CPPCC National Committee, China’s top political advisory body, held a press conference on Monday, one day before its annual session. Liu made the remarks while briefing the press on the session.
In 2024, China’s gross domestic product (GDP) reached a record 134 trillion yuan (about $18.38 trillion), marking a 5-percent year-on-year increase, ranking the country as one of the best among major economies in the world, Liu said.
New industries and new business formats keep emerging. Smart manufacturing and smart products are advancing on a monthly or daily basis, and green productivity is booming, he continued, adding that China is leading the world in wind power, photovoltaics and new energy vehicles.
China’s consumption has been showing strong momentum during the Spring Festival holiday, the spokesperson said, adding that the household appliance and audiovisual equipment sales revenues surged 166.4 percent from last year’s figure, with sales revenues from tourism-related services increasing 37.5 percent.
China’s economy is moving steadily along the path of high-quality development, the spokesperson noted.
The backlash against the electric vehicle company has intensified as the billionaire ally of President Trump exerts his power over the federal government.
The Oberoi Group announced its plans to develop two new resorts in Rishikesh in partnership with The Ladhani Group on Monday. The expansion includes an 80-key luxury Oberoi-branded resort with the “vilas” designation and a 120-key five-star Trident-branded hotel.
Both properties will be situated on a 60-acre site bordered by the Ganges on three sides. The Ladhani Group’s entities — Devprayag Ganges Resorts Pvt Ltd and Jamuna Hotel Enterprises Pvt Ltd — will own and develop the properties, with renowned architect Bill Bensley handling the design.
Construction is expected to begin in early 2026, with the new resorts adding to EIH’s previously announced development pipeline of 19 properties scheduled for completion by 2029.
Q3 results
The announcement comes as EIH, the Oberoi Group’s flagship company, reported strong financial performance with its highest-ever Q3 results. The company posted standalone revenue of ₹722 crore and consolidated revenue of ₹831 crore, with standalone and consolidated profit after tax increasing 18 per cent and 21 per cent respectively.
“These two resorts reflect our unwavering commitment to expanding our presence in remarkable destinations,” said Arjun Oberoi, Executive Chairman of The Oberoi Group, while S.N. Ladhani, Chairman of The Ladhani Group, expressed excitement about the collaboration, noting the cultural and natural significance of Rishikesh.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
AKO ne volite peglati posteljinu, ne brinite, postoje rješenja. Danas možete birati među brojnim materijalima koji izgledaju uredno bez puno truda i peglanja. Neki se manje gužvaju zahvaljujući sastavu vlakana, poput pamuka s dodatkom sintetike, dok drugi, poput muslina i lana, imaju prirodno opušten izgled kojemu nabori samo dodaju šarm. U oba slučaja rezultat je isti – posteljina koja izgleda lijepo i uredno bez nepotrebnog gubljenja vremena.
Među materijalima koji se slabije gužvaju je pamuk s dodatkom sintetičkih vlakana, najčešće poliestera. Osim što su takve tkanine otpornije na gužvanje, često prolaze i dodatnu obradu koja pomaže da posteljina ostane uredna čak i nakon pranja i sušenja. Zbog toga su idealan izbor za one koji žele uredan izgled kreveta bez puno muke.
Muslin i lan – zaboravite peglu, nabori su ovdje poželjni
Ako vam ne smetaju izražena tekstura i prirodni nabori, muslin i lan odličan su izbor. To su materijali koji ne traže peglanje, lako se održavaju, a izgledaju sve bolje što ih više koristite.
Muslin je lagan, prozračan i mekan materijal prepoznatljiv po svojoj posebnoj teksturi. S vremenom postaje još ugodniji na dodir, a zahvaljujući strukturi tkanja savršen je za korištenje tijekom cijele godine, bez obzira na sezonu.
Lan, s druge strane, poznat je po tome što se lako gužva, ali upravo su nabori dio njegova prepoznatljivog, ležernog izgleda. Lanena posteljina je prozračna, ugodna za spavanje, osobito u toplijim mjesecima, i nudi onu opuštenu, prirodnu estetiku zbog koje mnogi na kraju potpuno zaborave na peglu.
Bez obzira na to koji materijal odaberete, sve ove opcije omogućuju vam da uživate u lijepoj i udobnoj posteljini bez muke oko glačanja – i bez kompromisa oko izgleda.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
When he lived in Los Angeles before, Chad Bowden worked at one point as a telemarketer. He was 18 at the time, making calls for a Google ad services company based out of the Flynt Building in Beverly Hills. Every day, hundreds of times per day, people on the other line would find colorful ways to share how unhappy they were to hear from him.
It was a thankless job. For a while, it wore him down emotionally. But “it was the greatest experience,” he says.
Turns out, as Bowden learned later, it was perfect training for a career in major college football.
“Because I’m so used to people telling me no,” Bowden says, “and trying to get them to say yes.”
That conviction is part of the reason why Bowden has risen so quickly through the front-office ranks and why USC made him one of the highest-paid personnel directors in the nation in late January, plucking him for Notre Dame with a seven-figure salary.
But at USC, he hasn’t had to do much convincing in his first six weeks. Since his first conversations with coach Lincoln Riley and athletic director Jennifer Cohen, it was made clear to Bowden that they believed in his vision for what USC could become — and would provide the resources to make it happen.
Those factors weren’t always in his full control at Notre Dame.
“I knew I was coming to USC when, in an hour’s time span, I spoke to Jen and Lincoln and had voiced my aspirations and what I believe college football is going to be and how aggressive I’d like to be in that new era,” Bowden said. “They shared a lot of the same thoughts as I did.”
“That’s a huge reason as to why I chose to leave a great situation. Because I felt like this was better.”
His arrival at USC has since been heralded as one of the biggest moves of the college football offseason to date. But while Cohen and Riley have raved about their new general manager, no one seems happier about these new circumstances than Bowden.
Every morning, he says, he looks into his closet stocked with cardinal and gold apparel and has to pinch himself.
“I always felt like USC was the sleeping giant of college football,” Bowden said, “and I remember thinking if I ever got that opportunity, deep down, I’d want to take it because I know what this place can do.”
He’s been thrilled with Cohen, whom he called both “a friggin’ animal” and the “best [athletic director] in the country.” He’s overjoyed with Riley, whom he says “can do it all,” including grilling up a mean balsamic steak, one Bowden was still thinking about weeks later.
Where there were concerns in the past about USC having enough resources to compete with other blue bloods, Bowden says he has no such worry.
USC “won’t be slowed down” by the new era of revenue sharing, he assured. And its NIL approach would be among “the most aggressive” in the country.
“USC has everything,” he says. “There’s not one thing that this place doesn’t have.”
What it lacked was a vision — and the necessary infrastructure — to keep up in the incoming era of revenue-sharing in college football. But since Bowden’s arrival, USC has put a tremendous amount of trust in its new general manager to fill in those blanks.
That’s led naturally to questions about the dynamics around the new general manager role. Bowden technically reports to both Riley and Cohen. But he shrugged off any suggestion of a potential “power struggle”.
“We’re all in this together,” Bowden said. “I’ve always viewed it that way.”
Already, the plans Bowden laid out in those calls with Cohen and Riley are starting to come to fruition. Bowden has stocked the front office with rising star personnel staffers that he worked with at both Notre Dame and Cincinnati, three of which — Dre Brown, Max Stienecker and Weston Zernechel — Bowden said were general managers in their own right.
The focus since has almost entirely been on the recruiting trail, where in recent years, Riley has spent a lot of time chasing big-time prospects outside of the state, many of whom ended up flipping to local schools late in the process. But that approach has been scrapped since Bowden’s arrival, as USC now plans to focus most of its effort on recruiting Southern California.
“Back when national championships were won here, when Rose Bowls were won here, you know, you look back at Pete Carroll’s classes — ‘02, ‘03, ‘04 — over 80% of the recruiting classes were from the state of California,” Bowden said. “History repeats itself. It always does. And if you look into the fine details of how programs are built and how the place was built and when success had happened, that was a key part of USC being on top. My plans and my vision is to bring that back and take care of the state.”
It’s an important time to start seriously recruiting the state, considering the wealth of talent in the 2026 class. Bowden said he believes it’s “the best class that California has had in two decades.”
With that in mind, he has spent the better part of the past 30 days dropping by local high schools and meeting with the sport’s local powerbrokers. He prefers to say he’s “enhancing” those local ties, rather than “restoring” them; though, it’s clear in recent years that they’d faded.
“We’re going to take care of those people and they’re going to know that we’re here,” Bowden said. “That’s not done over one call. That’s not a text message every day. It’s done through consistent communication and action.”
A new general manager and new vision won’t change a program overnight on their own either. But as Bowden sees it, USC is “a lot closer than people think.”
As for the remaining distance? Bowden seems content to carry USC himself.
“I’m gonna give every ounce of me to whatever is necessary for USC to win,” Bowden said. “Whatever this place needs, I’m gonna do it.”
The Kashmir Valley experienced a drop in temperature after recent rainfall, contributing to the winter chill. The temperature recorded was five degrees Celsius.
Srinagar, 03: People holding an umbrella pass on a road amid rains, in Srinagar on Monday.(ANI Photo/Basit Zargar)
Meanwhile, IMD issued an orange alert, forecasting thunderstorms with lightning and heavy rainfall likely over the Jammu region and Himachal Pradesh, along with hail predictions for Punjab.
Tourists visiting the valley are experiencing the changing weather conditions, with many relishing the snowfall in popular destinations like Gulmarg.
Speaking to ANI, tourist Akshay, who hails from Mumbai, shared his experience. “It is quite cold now. Compared to yesterday, when the weather was a bit clear, today started with rainfall, making it even colder. We were lucky to witness snowfall in Gulmarg, which was an incredible experience. We stayed there for two days, and the snowfall on February 26-27 was mesmerizing.”
“We enjoyed riding a lot in Dal Lake..Later, we took a house boat, so we had a stay there, so it was very good to eat and drink food and whatever the ride was there in the rain or the snow or whatever in the winter, it was fun…February has ended, and March has begun, so the weather is likely to be pleasant now. Compared to the last three months, this is a great time to visit,” he further added.
Another tourist, Anvita from Gujarat’s Vadodara, said, “It is very cold. We are wearing four layers of clothes now, and it is still very cold. At the moment, it is very good. We enjoyed the weather. We enjoyed it very much. We stayed in the houseboat. We rode Shikara for a whole day. It was very fun, and at the same time, we tried the food here, including homemade dishes, which were also very good.”
She further stated, “I saw the weather forecast, so there is a chance to see snowfall between the 6th and 13th. If it happens, it would be very good. If it happens, then everyone should definitely come.”
With winter tourism thriving in Kashmir, visitors are making the most of their stay, indulging in boat rides, local cuisine, and sightseeing.
The first big Monster Hunter Wilds update is about to go live on PS5, Xbox Series X|S and Steam.
Capcom’s new Monster Hunter game has experienced a number of issues since launch, particularly on PC. Fortunately, the game’s first big update will address some of the more pressing problems, including a fix for bugs that have been blocking story progression.
The new Monster Hunter Wilds update has a March 4 release date and an 8am GMT UK release time.
READ MORE: Monster Hunter Wilds on PS5 is only £48 thanks to sneaky checkout trick
The news was announced by Capcom on X, alongside a preview about what to expect and some of the bugs that will be fixed.
“Heads up, hunters: an update is planned to go live on all platforms at 12am PST / 8am GMT on March 4th with fixes for issues with the Ingredient Center, Grill a Meal and story progression in Chapter 5-2 A World Turned Upside Down,” reads a Capcom tweet.
“Once the update is out, any online sessions will be discontinued and you will need to update to continue playing online.”
According to a companion tweet, the patch will address multiple progression blockers, which means you should be able to work through the story without issue.
According to Capcom, players will be removed from online sessions when the update drops, so make sure you’re not in the middle of an important hunt.
Needless to say, players will be able to jump back in the moment the update is downloaded and installed.
You can check out the early Monster Hunter Wilds patch notes below.
Monster Hunter Wilds March 4 update early patch notes….
• Fix for issues with the Ingredient Centre
• Fix issue with Grill a Meal
• Fix an issue blocking story progression in Chapter 5-2 A World Turned Upside Down
Daily Express will update this article with the full list of patch notes, so keep checking back for the latest information.
Ford Australia may have done the hard yards to get its popular F-150 full-size pickup Down Under, but the company’s local marketing boss says there are currently no plans to add a larger SUV to sit above the Everest.
Speaking with media at the launch of the new Everest Tremor, Ford Australia marketing director Ambrose Henderson said while there’s definitely customer interest in such a vehicle, a local conversion program of the American-market Explorer or F-150-based Expedition could prove to be a difficult business case.
“As you can imagine, when you ask customers what they’d like on anything, there’s always a very long list – so yes… absolutely we’ve been asked for bigger, wider, taller, stronger [SUVs],” Mr Henderson said.
“For us, it’s our job then to go, of all those wants, is there a market in Australia that makes a business case work? When you think about Australia and what customers are using their vehicles for, we think [the Everest’s] footprint is the right one.”
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Ford Everest Tremor
“Not only do you want to carry a bunch of stuff and go 4×4-ing, but you also need to go to Coles and get the shopping, and parking cars that are significantly bigger than [the Everest] is much more challenging,” Mr Henderson continued.
“We go to that sort of detail when we’re deciding which product to bring in, but also about what we’re doing on any future products in terms of dimensions and size and things like that.
“As you can imagine, we’re always looking at our global product portfolio, what opportunities we have and what Australian customers are wanting. But at the end of the it comes down to the business case, and we assess each of those based on the business case.
“So we don’t have any product news to share today, and we continue to assess all of the product we have globally and whether it makes sense for us.”
Despite several teething issues post-launch, including recalls and stop-sales, the Ford F-150 managed to finish second in the American pickup sales race last year with 2427 deliveries, behind the Ram 1500 (3239) but ahead of the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 (2389).
Ford F-150
While the full-size pickup segment has matured in Australia and continues to do solid volumes, the American SUV segment is in its infancy.
General Motors (GM) will be the first factory-backed entrant back in this space with the new GMC Yukon Denali, which is scheduled to arrive during the second quarter of 2025 in a single, high-spec trim priced from a lofty $169,990 plus on-road costs.
It was also the last company in this segment with the Holden Suburban, axed back in 2000. While that was produced in factory right-hand drive, the Yukon will be locally remanufactured from left- to right-hand drive by Walkinshaw Automotive in Melbourne like the Chevrolet Silverado.
Such positioning lines the GMC up against flagship European SUVs like the BMW X7 and Mercedes-Benz GLS, in addition to up-spec versions of the Toyota LandCruiser 300 Series and related Lexus LX.
Ford Expedition
A locally converted Ford SUV costing well in excess of $100,000 could be a niche too far for the Blue Oval in Australia, even if the F-150 is currently the brand’s most expensive offering starting at $106,950 plus on-roads.
Over in North America, the Ranger-derived Everest isn’t offered. Instead, Ford sells the slightly larger Explorer crossover, not to be confused with the European-market Explorer EV based on the Volkswagen ID.4.
Unlike the diesel-only Everest, the Explorer is offered with a choice of turbocharged petrol four-cylinder or V6 engines. Hybrid and plug-in hybrid versions have also previously been offered.
Ford also offers the considerably larger Expedition and Expedition Max, which serve as SUV companions to the company’s top-selling F-150 pickup.
The shorter (but still 5.3m-long) Expedition rivals the GMC Yukon, as well as the Chevrolet Tahoe and Jeep Wagoneer, and comes exclusively with twin-turbo V6 power.
Ford Explorer
Ford previously sold the North American Edge SUV as the Endura in Australia as a factory right-hand drive offering, but it was canned after just two years on sale due to slow sales.
The smaller European-produced Escape and Puma SUVs have also been culled locally in recent years, leaving the Thai-sourced Everest and Mexican-sourced, electric Mustang Mach-E as the Blue Oval’s only SUVs here.
It also offers a lone passenger car, the Mustang.
Now, Ford’s main focus in Australia appears to be four-wheel drive and commercial vehicles, with its electrification rollout centring around the Ranger PHEV as well as the incoming PHEV and EV versions of its latest Transit Custom van.
They’ll join the aforementioned Mustang Mach-E, plus the full-size E-Transit electric van.
Ford Expedition
Do you want to see Ford’s American SUVs in local showrooms? Leave your thoughts in the comments!
MORE: Everything Ford Everest MORE: Everything Ford F-150
Senior citizens in India have higher tax exemptions for FY 2024-25. Ages 60-79 have Rs. 3,00,000, and 80+ have Rs. 5,00,000. These benefits apply to Indian residents only.
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget 2025-26 in which she introduced some major tax reforms.
Senior citizens and very senior citizens in India enjoy higher tax exemption limits compared to regular taxpayers. This means they can earn a certain amount of income before becoming liable to pay income tax. However, these benefits are only available to Indian residents, not non-residents.
Understanding Exemption Limits
Senior Citizens: Individuals aged 60 years or above but less than 80 years at any point during the financial year 2024-25 qualify for a higher exemption limit of Rs. 3,00,000. This is Rs. 50,000 higher than the exemption limit for non-senior citizens, which is Rs. 2,50,000.
Very Senior Citizens: Those aged 80 years or above at any point during the financial year 2024-25 benefit from an even higher exemption limit of Rs. 5,00,000. This translates to an additional benefit of Rs. 2,50,000 compared to non-senior citizens.
Age Criteria And Residency
To avail of these benefits, individuals must meet the age criteria mentioned above and be residents of India.
Additional Benefits Under Section 80D
Besides higher exemption limits, senior citizens can also benefit from tax deductions on medical insurance premiums and related expenses under Section 80D of the Income-tax Law. For detailed information on these benefits, refer to the section “Deduction in respect of medical insurance premium [Section 80D]” on page 5 of the relevant document.
News business » tax Tax Benefits for Senior Citizens In India: Higher Exemption Limits & Deductions Explained
[City], [Date] – A new chapter in decentralized finance participation has opened following the official launch of ZacroTribe’s native utility token, ZACRO. The token is crafted to incentivize users to interact with financial content by rewarding them with premium access, allowing them to stake for passive income, and taking part in governance voting.
Earn While You Engage: How ZACRO Tokens Work
As the presale goes live for early adopters at a singular entry price, they can secure ZACRO tokens ahead of the platform launch. The presale strategically positions participants in a tiered pricing model set to rise daily, guaranteeing increased token prices alongside implementing prompt participation benefits including staking, referral bonuses, and governance. This creates an opportunity for high growth investors who want to maximize returns right from the start.
ZacroTribe will allow users to earn tokens through active participation in the decentralized financial ecosystem. Users reading, writing, and sharing insights increases their earnings.
This marks will be an important milestone in shifting users from passive to active content engagement, ensuring they will not just learn, but contributing towards shaping the context around finances.
Ways to Utilize ZACRO Tokens
In addition to earning, ZACRO tokens allow users to supercharge their engagement within the ZacroTribe community:
Staking for Passive Income: Users will be able to secure the network by staking ZACRO tokens, which will earn them passive rewards in the long run.
Accessing Premium Features: ZACRO holders will be granted access to advanced AI analytics, sentiment analysis, and even proprietary trading signals, enabling them to make more informed investment decisions.
Governance and Decision-Making: With ZACRO, your voice matters. The token holders have the ability to vote on platform proposals, make important decisions, and actively participate in the development of ZacroTribe.
“The vision of ZacroTribe is to allow the users to have real assets and an opinion in the ecosystem,” explains the ZacroTribe team. “Users, with the right tools, can actively participate and help shape the future of Zetro as well as gain knowledge in the process.”
How to Get Started with ZACRO Tokens
Here’s how to earn and spend ZACRO tokens.
Join the ZacroTribe Platform: Create an account and start gaining exposure to DeFi content.
Engage with Content: Create, share, or consume financial content to earn ZACRO tokens.
Utilize Your Tokens: Stake the tokens, unlock services, vote on features, or trade for other tokenized assets.
A New Financial News Era Begins
ZacroTribe’s ZACRO token will be a step towards a new way of creating, consuming, and rewarding financial content. Their unique combination of AI-driven insights, self-governance, and rewards for participation turn users from passive observers into proactive players in the economic environment.
About ZacroTribe
ZacroTribe is an AI-powered decentralized platform that offers financial news and analytics. It is based on blockchain and community intelligence, along with ZacroTribe’s proprietary algorithms. The platform incentivizes users to interact with financial content while offering tools to improve market predictors and trade strategies.
Low-cost base isolation technology as a means of protection from earthquakes developed at BITS-Pilani Hyderabad Campus can be effectively used to retrofit existing buildings, significantly enhancing earthquake resilience, says Mohan SC, Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering and Associate Dean-Infrastructure and Planning, at the Campus.
Base isolation system is a construction technique that separates a building’s structure from its foundation. This reduces the amount of energy that’s transferred to the building during an earthquake
Mohan told businessline in an interview National Disaster Management Authority has classified approximately 59 per cent of buildings in India as vulnerable to earthquakes, making retrofitting a crucial step in reducing seismic risks.
Could you explain how base isolation doubles up as an ideal retrofitting technology?
Among various retrofitting techniques, base isolation has proven to be one of the most effective methods for minimising earthquake damage. It works by reducing the seismic forces transmitted to the structure, rather than just strengthening the building to resist shaking. Retrofitting with base isolators involves temporarily lifting or supporting the building using a jacking system, followed by installing isolators at the foundation level. While this process requires careful engineering and precise execution, it has been successfully implemented in several countries to protect heritage buildings, hospitals, and other critical infrastructure. Despite technical challenges, base isolation remains a practical and highly effective solution for making older buildings earthquake-resistant. If implemented correctly, this technology can be adapted for a wide range of structures, ensuring safer buildings and better protection against future earthquakes.
What are options available for heavier structures in urban areas?
Air cushion base isolation is an experimental earthquake protection technique where a building is temporarily lifted on a cushion of compressed air during an earthquake, acting like an air-based shock absorber. This concept has been tested in Japan for light-weight houses, where sensors detect tremors and instantly pump air under the house, allowing it to float about 3 cm off the ground to reduce shaking. As of 2011, around 88 homes in Japan were equipped with this system, demonstrating its ability to absorb seismic shocks and minimise structural damage. However, for large, multi-story buildings in urban areas, this technology is not yet practical. Lifting a heavy apartment or office tower weighing thousands of tons on a cushion of air within seconds poses significant engineering challenges. Additionally, this system requires a constant power supply to function, and any air leakage issues during an earthquake could lead to system failure, potentially causing more damage than the earthquake itself. Moreover, non-uniform air distribution could create instability, making the structure unsafe. While air cushion isolation is an innovative idea, it is still in the experimental stages for heavy buildings due to the challenges involved.
Friction pendulum bearings are an effective coping mechanism in some cases. Do they work in India?
Friction Pendulum Bearings allow buildings to slide gently during an earthquake, reducing the force transmitted to the structure. The system works by placing the building on curved sliding surfaces, so when the ground shakes, the building moves like a pendulum, slowing down the impact and minimising damage. This technology has been successfully implemented in New Zealand, the US, Japan, and Chile, where it has proven highly effective in protecting critical infrastructure, bridges, and high-rise buildings. In India, these are technically feasible and could offer strong seismic protection, particularly for structures in high-risk zones such as the Himalayas, North-East India, and major urban centres like Delhi. However, their widespread use is still limited due to high costs, complex installation requirements, and a lack of awareness. While they are used in some special projects, such as hospitals and important government buildings, they remain too expensive for most residential and small commercial constructions. Another challenge is lack of well-defined building codes for base-isolated structures in India. Until the recent release of IS 1893: Part 6 (2022), there were no standardised guidelines for design and implementation of base isolation techniques.
Devices that absorb energy and reduce vibrations are in vogue in some countries. Your views?
Energy-absorbing devices act like shock absorbers, reducing force transferred to the structure. Many earthquake-prone countries have implemented these systems in high-rise buildings, bridges, and older structures through retrofitting. Among the most widely used devices are tuned mass dampers, which involve a large suspended weight that moves in the opposite direction of building sway during an earthquake, effectively counteracting vibrations. A famous example is the 730-ton golden sphere in Taipei 101 (Taiwan), which helps stabilise the tower during seismic events. Another widely used technology is viscous dampers, which contain a thick, high-viscosity fluid inside a cylinder with a piston. When earthquakes cause shaking, the piston moves through the fluid, dissipating seismic energy as heat. These are commonly found in high-rise buildings and bridges, especially in Japan and the US. Friction dampers rely on controlled sliding between solid surfaces, allowing movement while gradually dissipating energy. These dampers are commonly used in steel-frame buildings and bridges and have been widely installed in retrofitted buildings across Japan. Another effective system is tuned liquid dampers, which use a tank of liquid, such as water, to counteract movements. When an earthquake or strong wind sways a structure, the sloshing motion of the liquid stabilises the building. These are cost-effective and low-maintenance, making them an attractive option for high-rise buildings and industrial structures. Shape memory alloy dampers use advanced materials that can return to their original shape after being deformed. These dampers can absorb energy and restore stability, offering high durability and reusability. They are currently being tested and used in Japan and the US.
How does base isolation technology score over above technologies?
Above technologies significantly reduce damage: they can prevent beams and columns from bending too much and also keep the building’s contents from shaking violently. In short, countries globally have embraced these vibration-control devices, from high-tech dampers to base isolators, as a key part of earthquake-resistant design. While energy-dissipation devices are effective in reducing earthquake damage, they still allow some seismic forces to transfer to the structure before absorbing the energy. In contrast, base isolation offers a more proactive approach by reducing seismic forces at the foundation level, preventing them from reaching the building in the first place. This significantly enhances structural safety. However, in India, the biggest challenge remains cost and accessibility, making techniques difficult to implement in residential and low-rise buildings. This is where the low-cost base isolation system being developed at BITS-Pilani, Hyderabad campus plays a crucial role. By making earthquake-resistant technology affordable and practical, this innovative system can be widely adopted, helping to protect ordinary homes and smaller structures, which are often the most vulnerable during earthquakes.
This came amid rumors that the agency would see a potential cut of up to 50% of its workforce and abrupt resignations of top regional SSA officials, casting worry and doubt on those currently receiving benefits or getting ready to apply for them.
TAX SOFTWARE DEALS OF THE WEEK
Deals are selected by the CNET Group commerce team, and may be unrelated to this article.
Millions of Americans rely on Social Security benefits each month, including retirement and survivor benefits, as well as Disability Insurance. While it remains to be seen exactly how the new changes will affect beneficiaries, we’ll sort out the details of the latest release and potential impacts you should know about.
For more, don’t miss all the details about working and receiving Social Security benefits.
The SSA clarifies reduction details, addresses rumors
The SSA is seeking an overall reduction in its workforce to reduce its headcount from 57,000 to 50,000. The latest announcement directly addresses the rumor that the goal to cut up to 50% of its workforce is false.
According to the press release, the SSA’s first steps for the reduction included offering the Deferred Resignation Program and Voluntary Early Retirement to a limited number of employees. It goes on to say that now employees will be offered Voluntary Separation Incentive Payments on a first-come, first-served basis and that the VERA will be expanded to all employees.
The SSA anticipates that a significant amount of the reduction it’s trying to achieve will be done through these means. Additional reductions will be made from reduction-in-force actions, like eliminating organizations and positions. Exact details from what departments these RIF actions may come from remain unknown.
How could the SSA layoffs affect you?
Layoffs at the SSA could affect soon-to-be and existing Social Security beneficiaries in a couple of ways. News reports suggest there would be an immediate shuttering of local SSA field offices that serve benefit recipients. There are conflicting reports on staffing cuts, according to The American Prospect: Some say the reduction in the workforce would not affect front-line workers, while others say it will affect all levels of the agency.
The SSA said in its Thursday news release that the reorganization efforts would move some employees from “non-mission critical positions” to “mission-critical direct service positions,” such as field offices, telecenters and processing centers.
Closures of Social Security Administration offices would require beneficiaries to travel further to find an office or to rely on the SSA’s telephone service. While you can get some things done through a My Social Security account now, not everyone has reliable access to a computer or internet service.
Another way Social Security recipients could be affected is delays in applications. Social Security Disability Insurance already has a long wait for cases to be reviewed. A reduction in workforce could potentially slow these reviews to an even slower crawl.
Will the layoffs affect my benefit money?
So far, there’s no indication that layoffs at the SSA would affect your benefit amount directly. Delays in application processing and access to local offices seem to be the most immediate concerns. But fewer people on staff could make it harder to sort out any payment issues that arise.
However, former SSA Commissioner Martin O’Malley’s comments are pointedly ominous, telling CNBC, “Ultimately, you’re going to see the system collapse and an interruption of benefits.” He later said he believes this will happen within the next 30 to 90 days and that beneficiaries should start saving now.
Only time will tell to see the effects of these “efficiency” cuts at the Administration, but it’s business as usual until we hear otherwise.
What can you do right now?
You can do a few things up front, most notably, make sure your account with the SSA is in good standing today.
First, sign up for a My Social Security account if you haven’t already. Not only does it provide a host of tools for you to access at any given time for estimating your Social Security benefits, but you can also add your up-to-date direct deposit information and check the status of your application. Providing all the information you can through the online portal will help minimize any hiccups that could delay your benefits.
If you’re not ready to jump into the SSA’s online services just yet, you can also find nearby field offices by checking out the SSA’s office locator. Simply add a ZIP code to find the closest office and quick access to a map and directions to get you there, assuming it stays open.
For more, check out the maximum amount of Social Security money you can get in 2025.
A Washington company has recalled pet food products amid the ongoing bird flu outbreaks.
On March 1, Wild Coast Raw of Olympia, Washington, has recalled its frozen Boneless Free Range Chicken Formula raw pet food for cats, according to a March 1 announcement from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
The product could potentially contain the highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1, the statement cautioned. Animals who eat contaminated food can contract the virus.
NEW BIRD FLU STRAIN DETECTED ON POULTRY FARM AS EXPERTS MONITOR MUTATIONS
The recall affects 16 oz. and 24 oz. sizes of the product. Lot numbers are listed on the FDA’s website.
A Washington company has recalled pet food products amid the ongoing bird flu outbreaks.(iStock)
The announcement comes days after the Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) warned pet owners that at least two domestic, indoor cats have tested positive for the HPAI strain of bird flu.
“One of the cats was euthanized due to the severity of the illness,” the WSDA stated in the Feb. 26 announcement. “The second cat is being treated by a veterinarian.”
MINNESOTA DECLARES STATE OF EMERGENCY AS DISEASES CRIPPLE MIDWESTERN FARMS
“This is a difficult situation — we love our pets, and it’s devastating when they fall ill,” WSDA field veterinarian Dr. Zac Turner said. “If your cat is showing symptoms, consult a veterinarian as soon as possible.”
Pet owners whose animals ate any of the recalled products should monitor for any bird flu symptoms, including fever, lethargy, low appetite, reddened or inflamed eyes, discharge from the eyes and nose, difficulty breathing, and neurological signs like tremors, stiff body movements, seizure, lack of coordination or blindness, according to the FDA’s announcement.
The announcement comes days after the Washington State Department of Agriculture warned pet owners that at least two domestic, indoor cats (not pictured) have tested positive for the HPAI strain of bird flu.(iStock)
Pets with these symptoms should be seen by a veterinarian.
“Cats have previously been seen to become infected with bird flu through presumed contact with infected birds,” David J. Cennimo, MD, professor of infectious diseases at Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“More recently, ingesting raw food that was made with chickens or other birds that were infected with avian influenza has resulted in cat infections. This is why raw food poses some danger and should be recalled if contaminated with avian influenza.”
There have not been cases reported of infections transmitted by cooked bird products, Cennimo noted, “so these remain safe for pets as well as humans.”
“Cats have previously been seen to become infected with bird flu through presumed contact with infected birds.”(iStock)
There have been no reports of humans contracting bird flu after handling raw pet food, but there is the potential for transmission if the virus enters the eyes, nose or mouth, the FDA warned.
To prevent this, the agency recommends that people wash their hands after handling the raw product and sanitizing contact surfaces such as countertops, refrigerators, bowls or utensils.
“If your cat is showing symptoms, consult a veterinarian as soon as possible.”
“People who handled contaminated products should watch for symptoms of bird flu, including eye redness or irritation (conjunctivitis), cough, sore throat, sneezing, runny/stuffy nose, muscle/body aches, headaches, fatigue, fever, trouble breathing, seizures, rash, diarrhea, nausea, and/or vomiting,” the FDA recommended.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“People exhibiting these signs after having contact with this product should contact their healthcare provider and local health department.”
Experts also recommend that pet owners isolate sick animals and use proper precautions when caring for them.
Experts recommend that pet owners isolate sick animals and use proper precautions when caring for them.(iStock)
The WSDA advises against feeding raw pet food or raw milk to animals, its announcement stated.
“Public health monitors all people exposed to animals infected with HPAI through 10 days following their last exposure,” the agency stated.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
More than 80 domestic cats have been confirmed to have contracted bird flu since 2022, according to KFF Health News.
Fox News Digital reached out to Wild Coast Raw requesting comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
The Indian Culinary Forum (ICF) has announced the 17th Edition of Culinary Art India (CAI) 2025, set to take place alongside the 39th Edition of AAHAR International Fair from 4th to 8th March 2025 at Pragati Maidan, New Delhi. This event promises an extraordinary platform for culinary innovation, creativity, and professional excellence. With an expanded lineup of 18 competition categories, Culinary Art India 2025 is expected to attract over 600 participants, including senior and apprentice chefs across India, who will compete on an internationally modelled stage. The event serves as a professional arena for culinary professionals to showcase their skills, share experiences, and foster valuable industry partnerships.
These competitions will be judged by a distinguished panel of the World Association of Chefs Societies (WACS)-certified jury members from India and abroad. The Malaysian Culinary Legend Illy Lee Chan Hoong will serve as the Chairperson of this year’s jury. Chef Sireesh Saxena and Chef Arvind Rai will oversee the competition as Organizing Secretaries. This prestigious event is brought to you by the Indian Culinary Forum (ICF) and is being organized by ITPO and Hospitality First, with technical guidance from the ICF.
Designed to test a wide range of techniques, this year’s competition will highlight sustainability, plant-based cuisine, and modern plating trends, reflecting the evolving landscape of the culinary world.
The competition will feature 18 categories across individual competitions: artistic display, cold display, and live competition. The artistic display segment will highlight chefs’ craftsmanship through 3-tier wedding cakes, artistic pastry showpieces, artistic bakery showpieces, and fruit and vegetable carving. The cold display category will focus on technical precision and plating skills with competitions in plated appetizers, petit fours or pralines, three-course dinner set menu – international, plated desserts, and authentic Indian regional cuisine.
The live competition will test chefs’ speed and creativity in real-time culinary challenges, including Contemporary Sushi Platter, a two-course live cooking challenge in 1 hour 30 minutes, and a 45-minute rice dish competition open to all. Additional categories include a cooking challenge for students and apprentices, egg benedict, chocolate mania, cake decorating – dress the cake, mocktails competition, and a live sandwich making competition. With 18 diverse competition categories, Culinary Art India 2025 remains a defining platform for chefs to push creative boundaries and set new standards of excellence in the culinary industry.
Event Details:
Venue: First-Floor,Hall Number 1,Pragati Maidan, New Delhi
Liu Jieyi, spokesperson for the third session of the 14th Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) National Committee, on Monday gave a thumbs up to China’s booming consumption market during the Spring Festival.
Liu made the remarks when briefing the press as the CPPCC is set to open its annual session on Tuesday.
Noting that the year 2025 marks the first Spring Festival since its inclusion in the UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity, Liu highlighted the record-high box office revenue and moviegoer count and praised the integration of traditional culture and tech.
Fueled by the upgraded visa-free policy, inbound arrivals during this year’s Spring Festival hit a record high, with a 150 percent year-on-year leap, Liu pointed out.
With the successful inscription of the Spring Festival, China now boasts 44 cultural elements or practices, the most of their kind worldwide, on the UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage list, he said, adding it demonstrated the great charm of China’s outstanding traditional culture.
Last year, CPPCC members went to Shandong, Shanxi, Henan and other places to carry out thematic investigations, to talk and exchange views with front-line cultural and museum workers, and to learn in detail about the progress of important projects, such as those to trace the origins of Chinese civilization, and to put forward suggestions, he added.
To guide the whole society to establish a correct view of the history of the Chinese nation, the CPPCC also published “100 Facts on History and Culture of Community for the Chinese Nation,” a book elaborating the extensive exchanges and integration among various ethnic groups in China through 100 topics, he added.
The spokesperson also said the CPPCC will continue to devote itself to the promotion of the excellent traditional Chinese culture, to constantly strengthen the people’s spiritual power, and to help build the cultural foundation for the construction of the strength and rejuvenation of the nation.
Embassy Office Parks REIT has signed a definitive agreement to invest ₹100 crore in developing the Kadubeesanahalli Metro Station along the Outer Ring Road (ORR) corridor.
The 17-km ORR metro project connects Central Silk Board Junction to K R Puram and includes 16 stations, linking key commercial hubs, including Embassy TechVillage business park. As part of the agreement, the metro station will be named Embassy TechVillage Kadubeesanahalli Metro Station for 30 years from its commercial operation date.
Previously, Embassy REIT invested over ₹180 crore to construct a flyover at Embassy Manyata Business Park and ₹30 crore in a pedestrian footbridge to enhance connectivity and safety, said Ritwik Bhattacharjee, Chief Executive Officer of Embassy REIT.
“The Outer Ring Road corridor is a vital mobility route in Bengaluru, linking major commercial hubs, IT parks, and residential areas,” said M Maheshwar Rao, Managing Director, BMRCL.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KUHINJSKA pomagala mogu itekako olakšati pripremu hrane. Istina, neka samo zauzimaju mjesto u ladici i rijetko ih se sjetimo, ali ima i onih koja stvarno vrijedi imati pri ruci. Kuharica i urednica za kuhinjske aparate u časopisu Homes & Gardens Lydia Hayman otkrila je koja su mala pomagala njoj najkorisnija u kuhinji.
Držač žlice
Prvo pomagalo na njezinu popisu je držač za žlicu (ili držač pribora za kuhanje). “Drži kuhaču na mjestu i sprječava nered po radnoj površini. Le Creusetov držač je čvrst, lako se čisti i unosi malo boje i francuskog šarma na radnu površinu. Jednostavan dodatak bez kojeg više ne bih mogla”, rekla je Lydia.
Rezač
Sljedeće pomagalo koje je izdvojila je mandolina za rezanje. “S njom bez puno truda dobijete tanke, jednake kriške”, kaže Lydia. Korisna je za rezanje krastavaca, komorača ili krumpira, a uz to štedi vrijeme, pomaže i da sve izgleda uredno i jednako – što je i bit dobrog kuhanja. Samo pazite na prste, zaštita za ruke je obvezna jer su oštrice vrlo oštre.
Kuhinjski tajmer
Mjerač vremena još je jedan nezaobilazan alat u Lydijinoj kuhinji. Iako svi imamo satove na mobilnim telefonima, kaže da ništa ne može zamijeniti pravi kuhinjski tajmer: “Pouzdan je, precizan i ne morate se brinuti ako ga uprljate dok kuhate.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Žlica za dubljenje voća
Još jedno pomagalo koje ju je ugodno iznenadilo je žlica za oblikovanje kuglica od dinje ili lubenice. “Osim što njome možete napraviti savršeno okrugle komadiće voća, koristim je i za vađenje sredine iz jabuka, krušaka i za čišćenje krastavaca od sjemenki. Ako volite voće i malo estetike, vrijedi joj pronaći mjesto u ladici.”
Žlica za tjesteninu
Ako ste ikad pokušali vaditi špagete iz lonca običnom žlicom, znate koliko to može biti nespretno. Zato je žlica za posluživanje tjestenine idealno rješenje – njome, primjerice, lako vadite špagete, a serviranje je urednije i ljepše. Jednostavan, a nezaobilazan alat za svakoga tko voli tjesteninu.
Ribež
Za kraj, tu je Microplane ribež. Trebate malo limunove korice? Sitno naribani parmezan? Ili listiće češnjaka ili đumbira ravno u tavu? “Koristim ga svaki dan i kad ga jednom probate, pitat ćete se kako ste uopće kuhali bez njega”, zaključila je Lydia.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Henry Aslikyan of Birmingham keeps making history in high school wrestling.
He became the first City Section athlete to be a two-time state wrestling champion on Saturday when he won the 113-pound division in Bakersfield.
“He wrestled really smart and a couple times put on a show,” Birmingham coach Jimmy Medeiros said.
Aslikyan is a junior and will probably compete next season at a higher weight level because he wants to compete at the U20 championships and the lowest level is 125 pounds. …
The City Section likes to compete against Southern Section schools in soccer and that will happen this week in the Southern California Regionals.
Among the intriguing matchups on Tuesday are Birmingham at Loyola and Hart at El Camino Real in boys along with Cleveland at Orange Lutheran in girls.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Samsung has unveiled its latest Galaxy A56 5G and Galaxy A36 5G smartphones, introducing “Awesome Intelligence” to enhance creativity through advanced search and visual experiences. These devices feature a new design, improved durability, robust performance, and fortified security.
Awesome intelligence: Democratising AI
The Galaxy A56 5G and A36 5G debut “Awesome Intelligence,” a mobile AI suite offering advanced features like:
Circle to Search: Instantly identify songs playing near you or on your phone by long-pressing the navigation bar.
Visual Editing Tools: Flagship AI features like Auto Trim, Best Face and Object Eraser.
Custom Filters: Personalise photo styles with unique filter creation.
Design and Display
Both models showcase a new design with a Linear Floating Camera Module and a “Radiance” color theme. At just 7.4mm thick, they are the slimmest Galaxy A-series smartphones. The 6.7-inch FHD+ Super AMOLED display with 1200 nits brightness ensures vibrant visuals, complemented by stereo speakers for rich audio.
Camera setup
The smartphones are equipped with a 50MP main camera, a 12MP ultra-wide lens, and enhanced Nightography for stunning low-light shots. The 10-bit HDR front camera ensures bright and crisp selfies.
Performance
Galaxy A56 5G: Powered by the Exynos 1580 chipset.
Galaxy A36 5G: Runs on Snapdragon® 6 Gen 3 Mobile Platform.
Advanced vapor chamber cooling ensures smooth performance for gaming and video playback.
Battery
With a 5,000mAh battery and 45W Super-Fast Charge 2.0, these devices promise all-day usage with rapid charging.
Durability and security
The Galaxy A series features:
IP67 water and dust resistance.
Corning Gorilla Victus+ Glass for added durability.
Six years of security updates and Android OS upgrades for long-term reliability.
For privacy, Samsung Knox Vault and One UI 7 introduce enhanced security features like Theft Detection and more robust settings.
Price, variants and launch offers
12GB+256GB variant at the price of the 8GB+256GB variant.
8GB+256GB variant at the price of the 8GB+128GB variant, saving Rs 3,000.
Air India on Monday announced expanding its codeshare partnership with All Nippon Airways (ANA), and also shifting its operations in Japan to Haneda airport, which is nearer to Tokyo city.
Fast-track to Tokyo: Air India’s shift to Haneda Airport makes travel between India to Japan smoother than ever!(Representational photo)
From March 31, the airline will operate its 4x weekly flights from Delhi to Tokyo’s Haneda Airport (HND), replacing the existing services to Narita International Airport (NRT).
Haneda airport is located 18 kilometres from downtown Tokyo and cuts travel time to Tokyo station from nearly one hour by road (70 kilometres from Narita) to around 30 minutes, according to a release.
Further, the carrier has expanded its codeshare partnership with ANA.
“Subject to due regulatory approvals, beginning 1 April 2025, Air India will place its ‘AI’ designator code on ANA’s flights between Tokyo Haneda and 6 other cities in Japan: Fukuoka, Hiroshima, Nagoya, Okinawa, Osaka, and Sapporo. This will allow Air India guests to travel to any of these destinations on a single ticket, with their baggage checked through the entire journey,” the release said.
Reciprocally, ANA will place its ‘NH’ designator code on Air India’s flight between Delhi and Haneda, Delhi and Ahmedabad, Bengaluru, Chennai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, and Pune.
Both airlines entered a codeshare agreement in April last year.
Generally, a codeshare partnership allows an airline to book its passengers on its partner carrier, and there will be a single ticket.
PS Plus subscribers are counting down to the release of the free PS4 and PS5 games for March 2025.
A much stronger line-up compared to February, the next batch of free PlayStation Plus games have a March 4 release date. The free PS4 and PS5 games should be available to download and install from around midday UK time. Subscribers have until April 1 to redeem the PS Plus Essentials for March, so make sure you don’t delay.
The March games have a surprising headliner, as Dragon Age Veilguard joins the line-up, despite only launching at the end of October.
Dragon Age Veilguard is the latest action role-playing game from BioWare. The game earned largely positive reviews from critics, but has been less popular with gamers. This led to lower than expected sales, which is why Dragon Age finds itself in the PS Plus line-up so early in its lifecycle.
The game takes place in the land of Thedas, where a team of seven companions are on a quest to destroy a pair of corrupt gods.
Sony explains more: “Unite the Veilguard and defy the gods in this immersive single-player RPG where you become the leader others believe in. When a pair of corrupt ancient gods break free from centuries of darkness, the vibrant land of Thedas needs someone they can count on.
“Rise as Rook, Dragon Age’s newest hero. Be who you want to be and play how you want to play as you fight back and lead your team of seven companions, each with their own rich story. Together you will become The Veilguard.”
Veilguard is joined by action platformer Sonic Colours: Ultimate, which sees the SEGA mascot speed through stages with the help of the Wisps.
The Wisps each have their own unique abilities, letting Sonic drill through the environment or rocket through the air.
The game I’m most excited to play is Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Cowabunga Collection for PS4 and PS5.
The collection features 13 classic TMNT games from the 80s and 90s. The games come with a selection of quality-of-life improvements, including online multiplayer, saves, rewinds and button mapping. That’s on top of concept art, TV spots and other fun behind-the-scenes content.
Needless to say, you can consider this your last chance to redeem the PS Plus Essential games for February.
This includes multiplayer heist game Payday 3, as well as High on Life and Pac-Man World Re-Pac.
Pac-Man World Re-Pac is well worth checking out, featuring dozens of platform stages, as well as various mini-games.
SPONSORED: If it wasn’t enough for Chery Australia to sell up a storm in 2024 with its new Tiggo 4 Pro light SUV and Tiggo 8 Pro Max large SUV, it now looks set to continue that momentum with the latest version of its Tiggo 7 Pro mid-sized SUV.
Chery, perhaps more than any other Chinese car manufacturer, has quickly carved out a solid reputation as the value-for-money champion at the affordable end of Australia’s booming SUV market.
Within three years of its relaunch Down Under, Chery has methodically filled some of the nation’s most popular sales segments to offer a range of new models with contemporary designs, sound engineering, and high-tech features, all backed by a comprehensive seven-year factory warranty and five-star ANCAP safety ratings.
And now less than 18 months after it arrived here, the Tiggo 7 Pro has come in for what Chery calls a mid-cycle refresh, streamlining the lineup to the Special Edition (SE) and Special Edition+ (SE+). Both medium SUVs are front-wheel drive, with all-wheel drive no longer available in the Tiggo 7 Pro range. Chery says there was little demand for the pricier AWD version, with those buyers gravitating to the larger Tiggo 8 Pro Max AWD.
While the newest Tiggo 7 boasts a couple of new design cues, including a section of the front fascia that’s gone from blue to silver and a new black alloy wheel design for the top-spec Plus. But that’s hardly the most enticing aspect of the newest mid-sized SUV from Chery.
Amid the rising cost of living, buyers will be thrilled to learn the new entry-level Tiggo 7 Pro SE is priced from just $29,990 drive-away, while the top-spec SE+ can be yours from only $33,990 drive-away.
Prices like those haven’t been seen on a new mid-sized SUV for several years, and there’s nothing even close in the same segment today. Even without considering the technology and equipment on offer here as standard, the Tiggo 7 Pro represents extraordinarily good value.
Most Chinese car brands pack a lot into their vehicles, but it’s Chery which seems to be consistently offering the most complete package for even less money than its rivals – and there’s an endless inventory of standard features.
But beyond the premium features and high level of comfort on offer, it’s the execution of the engineering and overall build quality that really impresses here.
There’s so much standard kit inside, even in the base SE, that I found myself looking around the cabin for signs of cost-cutting because it’s such a feature-rich environment that covers all the bases – from design, materials and build quality to tech and comfort. You wonder how Chery does it for the price.
For example, not only are the front bucket seats more comfortable than anything from many luxury brands, but they also look the part. There’s contrast piping and metal-look ‘sports’ inserts, along with outstanding cushion comfort for those longer hauls.
Buyers coming out of older vehicles are in for a genuine treat with the long list of standard goodies including machined 18-inch alloy wheels, dusk-sensing LED headlights with auto high-beam, proximity entry with push-button start, and auto walk-away locking – we can’t tell you enough how convenient this feature is.
There are dual 12.3-inch displays for the driver’s instrument cluster and infotainment array, along with wireless and wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, satellite navigation, an eight-speaker Sony sound system, dual-zone climate control and LED interior lights.
Again, that’s just in the base Tiggo 7 SE. The SE+ you see here adds big-ticket features like a giant panoramic sunroof, power tailgate, black alloy wheels and power-folding exterior mirrors.
Behind the wheel, it feels substantial in terms of cabin space and ride height, but dimensionally it stretches just over 4.5 metres in length, making it shorter overall than many medium SUVs and making tight spaces and shopping centre carparks a breeze.
But here’s the thing: rear legroom is still more than generous and there’s also decent boot space along with a full-sized spare wheel. So the Tiggo 7 somehow seems to tick all the boxes and then some.
The value for money on offer with this vehicle is genuinely impressive, so you end up waxing lyrical about it to anyone even remotely interested in a new SUV.
We thought we’d put it to the test with a day trip down to Berry on the NSW South Coast to visit a friend’s farm, complete with horses and a delightful six-bed cottage with all the mod-cons called Girracool Grove, just over the hill from Werri Beach at Gerringong.
It’s a priceless setting, and the place has only ever been without guests for 20 weekends over the past five years.
Before hitting the road, the first test is always how quick and easy it is to connect your phone to Apple CarPlay (or Android Auto). While there are still some legacy brands offering only wired smartphone mirroring, the Tiggo 7 Pro boasts wireless forms of connectivity for both platforms. It couldn’t be easier to connect and it works a treat every time you climb back in.
Better still, those dual screens offer crystal-clear clarity and bright colours. And there’s a wireless charging pad ahead of the shifter with a good non-slip rubber base that holds your device in place, even when punting along a twisty road at a reasonable clip.
The Tiggo 7 Pro offers several drive modes – Eco, Normal and Sport – but we found Normal to be the most suitable for everyday conditions given the overall calibration of engine and gearbox.
By that I mean it’s suitably responsive if you need to get away from the traffic lights or when pulling out of a busy junction, but it’s also comfortably smooth-shifting when pottering around suburbia or on the motorway.
Again, it’s the cosiness of the front bucket seats that goes a long way to making this SUV one of the more comfortable vehicles available right now.
At this more affordable end of the market, sophisticated air suspension systems or even adaptive dampers aren’t feasible for manufacturers, but the Tiggo 7 Pro is a great example of conventional suspension done well, rewarding its occupants with a nicely tuned chassis which offers satisfying ride compliance and good body control.
We pushed the Tiggo 7 through a few 80km/h sign-posted corners and the videographer confirmed there was almost zero body roll. From behind the wheel, it felt safely planted to a level we didn’t expect.
It might be front-wheel drive, but we also headed off the beaten track across rocks and small ruts while filming, and the Tiggo 7 didn’t want for additional traction.
It’s a surprisingly quiet cabin even on busy motorways, which was yet another pleasant surprise given the bargain-basement price point. And let’s not forget the aftersales ownership costs across the entire Chery range.
The Tiggo 7 Pro is covered by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, as well as seven years of roadside assistance and capped-price servicing for ultimate peace of mind.
It’s no wonder the Chery logo is becoming a more common sight on Australian roads, with top-notch vehicles that provide a complete new car package, at price points that should not be overlooked by those seeking ultimate value for money.
Interested in buying a Chery Tiggo 7 Pro? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Delhi’s recent earthquake underscores the need for home insurance. Vivek Chaturvedi from Go Digit General Insurance noted that standard policies cover natural disasters. Review terms and reliability.
Home Insurance: Things you must know beforehand.
Imagine being jolted awake in the dead of night, the ground shaking beneath you. That was the reality for many in Delhi recently when a powerful earthquake struck. Thankfully, the city escaped major damage, and there were no reported casualties. But the event serves as a stark reminder: are our homes adequately insured? Specifically, does our home insurance cover earthquake-related losses, and if so, to what extent?
Speaking to News18, Vivek Chaturvedi, CMO and Head of Direct Sales, Go Digit General Insurance said that standard home insurance policies typically include coverage for natural disasters like earthquakes.
He explained that a standard policy, like the ‘Bharat Griha Raksha’ policy, covers events like earthquakes, landslides, floods, cyclones, storms, other natural catastrophes, fire, explosions, aircraft damage, and even acts of terrorism.
“It’s important to understand that a comprehensive coverage usually applies to both the structure of your home (the building itself) and your belongings inside (the contents),” he added.
Bharat Griha Raksha Policy is a standard home insurance policy introduced by the IRDAI (Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India) to provide basic and affordable coverage to homeowners. It typically includes coverage for common perils and can be enhanced with add-ons. It serves as a good baseline for coverage.
“Borrowers should consider opting for home loan insurance due to our country’s vulnerability to natural disasters, including earthquakes. Areas in Northern and Western India are prone to earthquakes, and often face a significant risk of property damage,” said Atul Monga, CEO & Co-founder of BASIC Home Loan.
What Homeowners Should Check To Stay Protected?
Chaturvedi said that before buying a home insurance plan, do your due diligence carefully as it is one of the most valuable assets you own. Check the policy terms and conditions, coverages it provides, inclusions and exclusions carefully before opting for a plan.
He cautioned to carefully choose the add-ons that make the most sense to you.
Moreover, he said, check the claims settlement ratio, customer servicing levels, response time, ease of filing claims of the insurer to narrow down on the insurer of your choice.
“It’s important to remember that every policy is different, and the specific coverage details, exclusions, and limitations will vary. Always read your policy document carefully and ask your insurer any questions you have to ensure you understand what is and isn’t covered,” he added.
What Are Types of Add-On Cover?
Add-on Covers: These are optional covers that you can add to your basic home insurance policy to enhance your coverage. Some common examples include:
• Cover for Valuable Contents: This provides extra coverage for high-value items like jewellery, artwork, or collectibles, often at an agreed-upon value.
• Personal Accident Cover: This offers financial protection in case of accidental injury or death to the insured individuals.
• Additional Living Expense Cover: This helps cover temporary living costs if your home becomes uninhabitable due to a covered event.
• Tenant Liability Insurance: This protects tenants from liability claims related to damage to the property raised by the owner of the property.
• Cover for theft, burglary, electronic items: Your home insurance may not necessarily cover theft, burglary or any damage to your electronic items. You might have to opt for additional add-ons to cover your valuables. Check your policy terms to understand different types of coverages your policy provides.
News business » banking-finance Home Insurance: Does It Cover Natural Disasters Like Earthquakes? What Policyholders Should Know – Explained
Bitcoin Lithium ($BTCL) is poised to present itself as the next bottleneck in crypto, one that is a much-needed cross-section of a world that intersect between sustainability and technology to solve the great problems of global humanity. The project is combining blockchain innovation and environmental consciousness which promises great returns to investors but is also distinctly unique in that it takes this eco-friendly approach. Now, let us take a close look at what Bitcoin Lithium has to offer and how it is better than its green counterparts.
What is Bitcoin Lithium?
Bitcoin Lithium is a new cryptocurrency project using the blockchain architecture to benefit the real world. Fundamentally, $BTCL is the tokenization of carbon credits where consumers and corporations can easily offset carbon emissions. Providing seamless access between carbon tie-ins and cryptocurrency investment, this tokenization makes carbon credits available and easily tradable.
Now in stage 6 of its presale, Bitcoin Lithium has already generated more than $2.5 million in funding so far from investors around the globe. This innovative method of combining profitability with sustainability seems to set it apart from other green crypto projects popping up in this trending niche.
The Eco-Friendly Advantage
The main benefit of Bitcoin Lithium is the capacity to turn environmental action into tangible rewards. The platform achieves this by incorporating carbon credits into its blockchain which both eliminates hurdles to entering into the sustainability sector while also encouraging users to implement green habits. Bitcoin Lithium is in a league of its own with its dual focus on environmental and financial benefits.
On top of that, Bitcoin Lithium will roll out low-cost, high-efficiency battery recycling stations, solving another environmental problem, energy storage. The stations are clean energy-friendly, creating green energy infrastructure for the future. The project also moots launching a crowdfunding platform to enhance its social and ecological impact.
Introducing $BTCL Token: Driving Forces Ready for Change
The $BTCL Token is at the center of this ecosystem. This token is the backbone of Bitcoin Lithium, rewarding holders as we continue to grow and fund green initiatives. With presale interest soaring, $BTCL could rise immensely, with analysts expecting it to top $1 by the end of 2025. This makes it an appealing investment option for people looking for financial returns while contributing to climate change through rewarding forests.
The Future of Bitcoin Lithium
Bitcoin Lithium is the next generation of green crypto. It provides a unique selling point through the merger of Blockchain innovation with the commitment to sustainability, which focus on assessing customers who are aligned with eco-friendly. With the addition of tokenized carbon credits, a strong renewable energy ecosystem, and a future crowdfunding platform, it is unlike, and a leader in cryptocurrency.
Now is the right time to act, as its presale has already achieved more than $2.5 million. The vision for Bitcoin Lithium is certainly in line with the direction that the world economy is headed, making this a potentially paradigm-shifting cryptocurrency, with Bitcoin Lithium in the forefront.
To sum it up, Bitcoin Lithium is not just a green cryptocurrency, but rather a step into a clean, green, and sustainable world. If your interest lies in making an impact and earning its significant returns, $BTCL will interest you.
We’re living in an era obsessed with overachievement.
Tech billionaires tout themselves as the sole architects of progress, preaching the virtues of moving fast and breaking things. Eager to emulate this mindset, companies chase disruption at all costs.
But here’s the irony: Marketing teams have spent the last decade moving fast and breaking things, only to find themselves stuck in an endless cycle of fixing. Fixing broken analytics. Fixing disconnected martech stacks. Fixing fractured messaging. Nothing is ever complete enough to set a new standard.
Somewhere along the way, teams have lost the value of the humble process of setting a process.
Comedian David Mitchell once offered this funny observation on the British game show Would I Lie To You?:
“One of the codes I live my life by is that my appearance should be in no way noteworthy. But then again, not so unnoteworthy as to be in itself noteworthy.”
David explained his code with the example of a person who wears a gray tie that’s so colorless, so unnoteworthy, that it actually becomes noteworthy in itself.
I thought of David’s “code” when someone sent me an Inc. article from a couple of years ago that pitted content (and the disruptive iconoclasts who go against the grain of conventional processes to create it) against predictable processes (and the people who follow them).
I’ll explain how I think it ties to Mitchell’s life code. But first, a bit of a rant. (You can watch it in the video below or read it — with even more detail — right here.)
Content vs. process
The Inc. article warns organizations not to overlook “hyper-performers.” OK, you might say, who would argue differently?
But what prompted my rant is the mischaracterization of hyper-performers based on a quote the article mentions from a mid-1990s interview with Steve Jobs:
“I found that the best people are the ones that really understand the content. (By “content,” think what truly drives results in your business.) And they’re a pain in the butt to manage. But you put up with it because they’re so great at the content. And that’s what makes great products. It’s not process. It’s content.”
Can you think of anyone getting attention for how seemingly good they are at disrupting the status quo and creating value but who is also a pain to manage?
In the interview, Jobs recounted how Apple’s engineering team told him they’d need five years to develop the mouse, and each one would cost $300 to build. So, he hired an outside firm that developed one in 90 days that would cost $15 to make.
A remarkable achievement. But later in the interview, Jobs implies that process always gets in the way of innovation:
“Companies get confused. They want to replicate initial success, and a lot of them think somehow there’s some magic in the process. So, they try to institutionalize processes, and before long, people get confused that the process is the content.”
That’s wrong.
Process and content must be in balance for either one to achieve remarkable results. All remarkable content — including the content of a product and the experiential content that marketers create — is built on standardized, repeatable processes.
Jobs recognized the need for an innovative way to develop the mouse because Apple’s standard, well-understood processes informed its engineers that the kind of mouse Jobs wanted would take five years and cost $300. But having that well-understood process in place allowed him to recognize that need.
Finding a firm to design an inexpensive mouse in 90 days was just Step 1. Success came because Apple developed that mouse quickly and then improved its existing, repeatable process to set a new standard for producing mice.
The creative solution and the repeatable process made it work.
Jobs could only know that developing an inexpensive mouse in 90 days was innovative because Apple’s engineers had already set a standard.
Why content and marketing need both
Most organizations have at least a few hyper-performers in content — creative or subject matter expert stars who bust their butts to craft remarkable things.
In some organizations, these creators have no content standards or processes to follow. In others, the hyper-performers get excused from the established process to avoid disrupting their disruptiveness.
Without a standard operating process to establish what “remarkable” looks like, organizations struggle to spot the value these star employees generate.
Let’s say you’re a new content leader at a company where the product marketing, brand, and PR teams all produce thought leadership without visibility into each other’s plans. As a result, the content often conflicts.
You might conclude that there’s no hope for changing the way these iconoclastic content-focused hyper-performers work — so why create a process at all?
That’s a mistake.
Without a standard way of doing things (a process), the business can’t determine which content should be prioritized or eliminated from contention. Everybody gets to decide what “remarkable content” looks like from an individual or team lens. When someone says, “That sucks,” and someone else says, “That’s awesome,” they’re both right — because no standard exists.
Some might say, “Let the performance data decide.” But with no standard process, the data isn’t enough.
For example, you can’t determine whether the content performed well or poorly unless each piece followed an established distribution and promotion process. You won’t know if the success or failure had more to do with the content itself or the promotion of it. Did it fail because it wasn’t promoted effectively, or did it succeed only because of an extensive promotional campaign?
AI as disruptive hyper-performer?
The promotion of generative AI as the “hyper-performer” in the proverbial content room illustrates my point.
For example, OpenAI has advised people to prompt its new reasoning models in a particular way. But as Marketing AI Institute’s Mike Kaput notes in a recent LinkedIn post, many say doing the opposite of what OpenAI advises produces superior results.
Who’s right? Everyone.
Only humans can assign meaning to ChatGPT or any generative AI output. And people use their own learned experience to determine “superior” results.
If you don’t have an established process for assessing the output, whatever output you believe to be superior is superior. It’s like asking whether one movie is better than another. You might hold one view while someone else holds another. Everyone is right.
Standard processes show where to innovate
Taiichi Ohno, who pioneered the Toyota Production System, once said, “With no standard, there can be no improvement.”
That’s why the push for remarkable content in modern marketing must strike a balance with a collaborative process. Some of the most hyper-performing professionals I’ve met are managers who created a company-wide method for developing creative endeavors.
It is the process, the standard, and the business-as-usual approach that lets them see the possibility for innovation. Yes, it slows things down. It does so purposely.
It’s easy to see the value in the innovative superstar who doesn’t want to conform to the process but frequently creates incredibly valuable things.
However, you only see how remarkable the results are by comparing them to the results from content created consistently and at scale.
Process and content must work together symbiotically.
Welcome process disruptions
I’d bet money that the Apple engineers weren’t a bunch of dullards who didn’t get it. They were probably extraordinarily competent people who looked at the situation and said, “This is what it currently takes.”
Would they have been open to investigating ways to improve and innovate the process? Jobs doesn’t say.
If they weren’t, then Jobs makes a good point about moving the innovation to someone who might innovate the process to an extreme. A process is only as strong as its ability to evolve and improve.
Your process should be in no way noteworthy but not so unnoteworthy as to be in itself noteworthy.
A great content process is like excellent plumbing: invisible and adaptable. It should foster improvisation and innovation by allowing for the integration of remarkable exceptions.
And that brings me to my ultimate defense of the process person vs. content person. An innovative process is (or can be) content itself (i.e., the contents of a great strategy).
Remarkable, standardized processes need the unique, out-of-the-box thinking, design, and execution associated with great products. And the teams responsible for the process are no less valuable or innovative than those who think up the things that process will produce.
Your team members won’t create remarkable content every day. But on the days they do, your process will help you recognize, repeat, and improve on it.
It’s your story. Tell it well.
Updated from a March 2023 story.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
IIM Calcutta on Monday said its flagship MBA programme has recorded 100 per cent placements despite tough market conditions, with 456 students participating in the process securing 538 offers.
Concluded on February 21, the final placements for the 60th batch of the MBA programme witnessed 196 companies rolling out 538 offers for the students.
The consulting sector was at the top with 201 offers (37.3 per cent) being made, IIMC said in a statement. Boston Consulting Group(BCG) emerged as the top recruiter in the management consulting cohort while Accenture Strategy emerged as the top recruiter in the strategy consulting cohort.
Other consulting firms that participated were McKinsey, Kearney, Alvarez & Marsal, Arthur D Little, Auctus Advisors, EY-Parthenon, Monitor Deloitte, TCS, KPMG, PwC, and Vector Consulting, amongst others. American Express emerged as the top recruiter in the payments and card cohort, followed by Mastercard.
IIMC continued to attract marquee finance firms justifying its domain leadership.
As many as 114 offers were made in the areas of private equity, venture capital, investment banking, markets, asset and wealth management which saw participation from firms like Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, Citi, Barclays, UBS, HSBC, BNP Paribas, Avendus, Moelis, Elevation Capital, DE Shaw, Claypond Capital, Standard Chartered, Arga Investment Management, Neo Asset & Wealth Management, Kotak Mahindra Capital, Kotak Alternate Asset, Ambit, Prime Ventures, Edelweiss, Ebullient Securities, EY IB, and DC Advisory, amongst others.
Both new and legacy firms participated in the process. The technology sector witnessed participation from firms like Google, Microsoft, Navi, Infosys Global, HiLabs, ThoughtSpot, Ola, Browserstack, UKG, Optum, ITC Infotech, EXL, and HCL. These firms extended 78 offers (14.5 per cent).
As many as 145 offers (27 per cent) were made primarily in Marketing and General Management domain by firms like Tata Administrative Services, Aditya Birla Group, GMR, RPSG, Zomato, Vedanta, RPG, Adani, Puma, Coca-Cola, Dabur, Airtel and Mankind Pharma, among others.
“The placement season also saw participation from many new recruiters like DBS Bank, Welspun, Nykaa, Clear, Lava International, Juspay, Modelama Exports, Waaree Group, Fashion Accessories, Policybazaar, to name a few,” the business school said in the statement.
“This year saw many new trends and a greater interest in the pre-placement offers. Several global firms participated as first time recruiters reinforcing the trust in the talent pool at the MBA programme. As always, the strength and affection of the alumni base and network of the institute continued to provide strong support to the placement outcomes,” it added.
Professor Ritu Mehta, Chairperson, Placement Committee, said, “We are very fortunate to have remarkable placement results despite challenging market conditions. Our graduates have got great opportunities to kickstart their careers after the management degree. We are very grateful to our recruiters to repose their trust in our students and our academic ecosystem”.
Natarajan Sankar, Managing Director and Partner, and Saurabh Chhajer, Managing Director and Partner at Boston Consulting Group, said in a joint statement, “We are excited to welcome another exceptional cohort of candidates from IIM Calcutta this year. Joka has always been a campus we eagerly anticipate visiting, and once again, we were highly impressed by the depth and diversity of talent we met here. A big thank you to the placement team for ensuring a seamless process, from events to the final hiring day. We look forward to having this outstanding group join us at BCG!”
The TCL 60 series of phones is expanding, the company revealed Monday at Mobile World Congress 2025. TCL highlighted its plans internationally for lower-cost phone models that have a 108-megapixel main camera, more NxtPaper displays that mimic e-readers and big 5,200-mAh batteries with 18-watt wired charging.
The TCL 60 series first debuted in January at CES 2025 with the $200 TCL 60 XE NxtPaper 5G that will head to the US market later this year. The TCL 60 XE will be joined by several variations of both TCL’s NxtPaper devices and phones with traditional displays that are set for release in Asia, Europe and Latin American markets.
Read more: MWC 2025: All the Phones, Wearables, Robots and AI Live From Barcelona
The TCL 60 SE NxtPaper 5G.
TCL
The TCL 60 SE NxtPaper 5G has a 6.7-inch display, 5,200-mAh battery, support for AI tools like a writing assistant, an IP54 rating for splash and dust resistance and 18GB of memory paired up with 256GB of storage. That phone will cost 189 euros, which roughly converts to $195.
The TCL 60 NxtPaper — without any additional letters in its name — has a larger 6.8-inch display, a 108-megapixel main camera (which we rarely see in these price ranges) and up to 512GB of internal storage. Like the SE phone, it will also include 18GB of memory and a 5,200-mAh battery. That phone will cost 199 euros.
The entire TCL 60 series unveiled at MWC 2025.
TCL
TCL’s non-NxtPaper devices range in price from 109 euros to 169 euros. On the low end of this price range is the TCL 605 which has 128GB of storage, a 50-megapixel main camera and a 5,200-mAh battery. While on the higher-end are the TCL 60 5G and TCL 60 SE. The 60 SE has a 6.67-inch display, a 50-megapixel main camera, 8GB of memory and 512GB of storage. The 60 5G — without any additional letters — gets a 6.8-inch display with a 120Hz refresh rate, runs on a MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor and has 6GB of memory along with 256GB of storage.
While most of these phones aren’t coming to the US, this lineup does give a few hints about what could be coming to phones that cost $200 and less from TCL and other phone companies. For the last few years, phone batteries in these lower-cost phones have kept to 5,000 mAh — which as it is often last a full day — but companies like OnePlus are starting to push those capacities even higher in more expensive phones. Its promising to see that lower-cost devices can start bumping up the battery capacity.
After suffering from a lifelong eating disorder that almost killed her, an Ohio woman says switching to a carnivore diet saved her life.
Valerie Smith, 54, struggled for decades with multiple physical and mental health conditions, including anorexia.
At one point, Smith, who is 5’9″, was down to 70 pounds and a BMI of 11. She was hospitalized and kept alive by feeding tubes several times, she told Fox News Digital.
8 CARNIVORE DIET MYTHS DEBUNKED BY RESEARCHER
In 2017, after following a strict plant-based diet for most of her life, she slowly began transitioning to an animal-based ketogenic diet, which she credits for healing her mind and body.
At one point, Smith (pictured here), who is 5’9″, was down to 70 pounds and a BMI of 11. She says switching to a carnivore diet saved her life.(Valerie Smith)
Prior to switching to animal foods, Smith tried a myriad of other treatments for her anorexia and other disorders.
“I was actively in treatment for my entire life,” she said during an interview. “I was seen by hospitals and medical doctors. I had over a dozen psychiatrists. I was on a cocktail of different psychotic medications over the course of three or four decades.”
“I spent a lifetime under traditional treatment and never got better.”
LITTLE-KNOWN EATING DISORDER NEARLY STARVED A 9-YEAR-OLD: ‘IT WAS TORMENTING HER’
The hospitals recommended a plant-based diet “devoid of any animal protein,” Smith said. She stuck with their meal plans, but struggled to maintain a healthy weight and suffered digestive issues.
By the time Smith was 47, she was back down to 70 pounds, enduring fractures due to osteoporosis, and had undergone several surgeries for multiple organ prolapse. Her mental health was also at an all-time low.
“I was not going to survive another year,” she said. “I desperately needed to gain weight, but the mental illness was stopping me from gaining anything permanently.”
“I spent a lifetime under traditional treatment and never got better.”
“And I also knew that even if I weighed more, it was not going to help my brain, because I had experienced that many times in those decades.”
While doing research, Smith discovered some metabolic psychiatrists and learned about the benefits of the ketogenic diet.
“I learned that animal foods and animal fats are a priority in the brain,” she said.
Valerie Smith poses for photos after reaching a healthy weight on the ketogenic diet, following 35 years of not consuming any animal foods.(Valerie Smith)
“There are more than 100 neurotransmitters in our brain, and most of them rely on the amino acid profile that’s in complete animal proteins,” Smith went on. “Our brain is not going to function correctly if we don’t have the building blocks of animal products.”
After 35 years of not consuming any animal foods, she decided to experiment with adding them back into her diet.
THIS IS THE HEALTHIEST VEGETABLE OF ALL, ACCORDING TO CDC: ‘NUTRIENT POWERHOUSE’
Smith started slowly, with just one bite of meat per day. Each week, she added another bite. It took her eight weeks to get up to eating 8 ounces of meat.
At the three-month mark, she began seeing improvements — not necessarily in her weight, but in her mental health.
“My depression and anxiety were lifting,” Smith said. “At that point, I had not gained any weight yet, so it was not weight gain that healed my brain — it was the ketogenic diet.”
As the months went on, Smith continued to look and feel healthier. After a year, she said, all anorexia symptoms were gone.(Fox News)
As the months went on, Smith continued to look and feel healthier. After a year, she said, all anorexia symptoms were gone.
“Even my body dysmorphia was gone — and I had no drive to starve whatsoever,” she said. “All the obsessive thoughts, the negative self-talk, the brain dysfunction — it was completely gone.”
“I was not fighting against myself anymore. It was effortless.”
RED MEAT COULD RAISE DEMENTIA RISK, RESEARCHERS CLAIM
Today, Smith consumes between 2 and 3 pounds of meat each day — primarily red meat — as well as eggs. She also occasionally eats chicken, pork and wild-caught fish.
Since starting her animal foods diet, Smith has gained 50 pounds of muscle. In eight years, she said she has not experienced any of the health issues that have plagued her for decades.
“For me, this is about healing — and I feel that the ultimate healing for body and mind is with animal products in the diet.”
Doctor voices support
Dr. Georgia Ede, a Harvard-trained, board-certified psychiatrist specializing in nutritional and metabolic psychiatry, has often spoken about her support of the carnivore diet.
“In my clinical work, I have found well-formulated carnivore diets to be very helpful in stubborn cases of overeating disorders, such as binge-eating and food obsession,” she told Fox News Digital.
Since starting her animal foods diet, Smith has gained 50 pounds of muscle. In eight years, she said she has not experienced any of the health issues that plagued her for decades. (Valerie Smith)
“Some patients have reported relief from ‘food noise’ and a welcome sense of satiety, often for the first time in years.”
Research has suggested that carnivore diets may be “exceptionally useful” in treating the severe malnourishment of anorexia, Ede said.
MEAT ‘CHEAT MEALS’ AMONG VEGETARIANS, VEGANS ‘MORE COMMON THAN YOU MIGHT THINK’
“Meat contains all the nutrients we need, in their most bioavailable forms, and without the antinutrients and defensive toxins naturally found in plant foods,” she went on.
“Medically supervised clinical trials are needed to help us understand better the potential risks and benefits of carnivore diets in the management of anorexia.”
Research has suggested that carnivore diets may be “exceptionally useful” in treating the severe malnourishment of anorexia, one doctor said.(Valerie Smith)
Nick Norwitz, a Harvard medical student and researcher, recently completed a case study on three people who overcame eating disorders using the ketogenic diet.
He also recently released a video in which he debunked eight myths surrounding the carnivore diet. (See the video at the top of this article, and more videos at https://www.youtube.com/@nicknorwitzPhD.)
There is no “one size fits all” dietary solution, Norwitz said, adding that “context and nuance are essential.”
“However, I do feel the carnivore diet is misunderstood, and that red meat and animal-based foods often get unfairly scapegoated and thrown under the ‘big food bus,'” he told Fox News Digital.
Experts call for caution, more research
Margot Rittenhouse, a licensed professional clinical counselor with Alsana in California, said it is “absolutely critical” that any diets or modalities used to treat eating disorders are backed by “extensive and consistent research.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“While some research indicates that a ketogenic carnivore diet may be beneficial in treating anorexia nervosa, there is not a preponderance of evidentiary proof to indicate that this could currently be used as a viable treatment option,” she told Fox News Digital.
“There is little to no evidence to support that one can receive all the vitamins and nutrients required to sustain the body through a ketogenic diet,” which aims to eliminate most or all plant-based foods and carbohydrates, according to Rittenhouse.
Experts agree that those suffering from disordered eating should not attempt to treat the condition without professional help.(iStock)
Tanya Freirich, a registered dietitian nutritionist in Charlotte, North Carolina, who practices as The Lupus Dietitian, said she does not recommend the carnivore diet as a means of treating disordered eating.
“Nuts, seeds, legumes, grains, fruits and vegetables are an important part of a balanced diet and provide a multitude of important nutrients,” Freirich told Fox News Digital. “For optimal health, you also need the wide variety of vitamins and minerals found in other food groups, as well as fiber and carbohydrates.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Dieting in general, but especially with such a restrictive diet as the carnivore diet, is a factor that increases the risk of developing disordered eating,” she added.
Rittenhouse also cautioned against adopting any type of restrictive diet, which has been shown to create “harmful relationships to food.”
“Some patients have reported relief from ‘food noise’ and a welcome sense of satiety, often for the first time in years.”(iStock)
“Eating only animal proteins is not a complete diet by any means, as one would be consuming nearly exclusively saturated fats and protein,” she said in an interview with Fox News Digital.
Experts agree that those suffering from disordered eating should not attempt to treat the condition without professional help.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Rittenhouse recommends seeking support from a multi-disciplinary team that includes an eating disorder-informed dietitian, therapist, psychiatrist and doctor.
“These mental illnesses are complex, bio-psychosocial disorders and cannot be treated by only one provider or discipline alone,” she said.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Validating new training data in regression testing is essential to ensure that AI models continue to perform accurately after updates. Training data plays a critical role in shaping an AI system’s behavior, and any modifications can impact its performance, predictions, and overall reliability. Regression testing helps verify that adding or modifying training data does not introduce errors, degrade performance, or cause unintended biases. By thoroughly validating new training data, developers can maintain model consistency and prevent regressions in AI applications.
One of the primary steps in validating new training data is data quality assessment. This involves checking for inconsistencies, duplicates, missing values, and formatting errors. Poor-quality data can introduce noise and reduce model accuracy. Automated data validation tools help detect anomalies in the dataset and ensure that the new data follows the same structure and standards as existing data. If any issues are found, they must be corrected before incorporating the new data into the training process.
Another important aspect of validation is bias detection. When new training data is added, it must be analyzed for potential biases that could skew the model’s outputs. AI models learn from patterns in data, and if the new data is imbalanced or favors certain groups disproportionately, it may lead to biased predictions. Al regression testing for voice agents involves comparing model performance before and after training with the new data to ensure that it does not introduce unfairness or discrimination. Various fairness metrics can be applied to measure whether the updated model provides equitable outcomes across different user demographics.
How Do You Validate New Training Data in Regression Testing?
Performance benchmarking is a crucial part of regression testing when validating new training data. Developers run test cases using the model trained with previous data and compare its accuracy, response times, and decision-making consistency against the newly trained model. If the new data negatively impacts performance, it may indicate overfitting, underfitting, or misalignment with existing patterns. By analyzing key metrics such as precision, recall, and F1-score, teams can determine whether the updated model maintains or improves performance.
Another validation approach involves running controlled A/B tests. By deploying both the old and updated models in parallel, developers can compare their outputs in real-world scenarios. This helps determine whether the newly trained model behaves as expected and whether it introduces any unexpected regressions. A/B testing is particularly useful in applications such as chatbots and voice agents, where user interactions provide valuable feedback on model effectiveness.
Regression testing also includes stress testing to evaluate how the model handles edge cases and diverse user inputs. New training data should improve the AI system’s ability to manage a wider range of scenarios rather than limit its flexibility. Testers introduce challenging queries, ambiguous inputs, and extreme cases to check whether the updated model remains robust. If the new training data reduces adaptability or causes unexpected failures, further refinements are necessary before deployment.
Ultimately, validating new training data in regression testing involves assessing data quality, detecting bias, benchmarking performance, conducting A/B tests, and stress-testing model responses. These steps ensure that AI models continue to function optimally, providing accurate and fair results even as they evolve. By incorporating rigorous validation techniques, developers can maintain AI reliability and improve model performance without introducing unintended errors or regressions.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-03-02/Peaceful-coexistence-of-China-U-S-an-obligation-and-a-must-Xie-Feng-1BpPABTiUmc/img/57eb1d055c8c4f0aa743fe8eefdd00f1/57eb1d055c8c4f0aa743fe8eefdd00f1.png' alt='Chinese Ambassador to the United States Xie Feng delivers a speech via video at the 2025 Duke-UNC China Leadership Summit, February 28, 2025. /Chinese Embassy in the U.S.'
Chinese Ambassador to the United States Xie Feng on Friday stated that as two major global powers, China and the U.S. have an obligation to achieve long-term peaceful coexistence on this planet.
Xie made the remarks while delivering a speech via video at the 2025 Duke-UNC China Leadership Summit.
Xie called on the U.S. to adopt a correct perception of China, saying “If we see each other as a rival and engage in a race to the bottom, neither of us would be a winner, and the world would suffer. If we choose to be each other’s partner and help one another succeed, we can prosper together, with the whole world benefiting from it.”
He stressed that the pressing priority is for the U.S. to earnestly abide by the one-China principle, properly handle the Taiwan question in accordance with the three China-U.S. Joint Communiqués, resolutely oppose “Taiwan independence”, stop upgrading its substantive relations with Taiwan, and cease efforts in helping Taiwan expand its so-called “international space.”
Trying to “use Taiwan to contain China” would only invite trouble for oneself, Xie added.
The Chinese ambassador pointed out that bilateral trade between China and the U.S. last year exceeded $680 billion, with around 73,000 American companies investing in China. He cautioned that any attempt to decouple and disrupt supply chains would cause a heavy blow, and any trade war or tariff war would inflict greater harm on those who initiate it.
Xie reiterated that as early as in 2019, China became the first country in the world to officially schedule fentanyl-related substances as a controlled category. “The progress in China-U.S. counternarcotics cooperation in recent years has also been widely recognized. Wielding the baton of tariffs on the pretext of the fentanyl issue would only be counterproductive.”
Noting the emerging global challenges and the flaring up of hotspot issues, Xie urged both countries to live up to their responsibility as major powers by upholding peace, development and cooperation, while rejecting hegemonism, unilateralism and protectionism.
Chennai is the only city among the top six – the other five are Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Pune and NCR – that witnessed a dip in new office completions (Grade A) in 2024. In comparison, Mumbai saw the highest increase.
In 2024, Chennai saw a 57 per cent dip in new office constructions (Grade A) to 2.9 million sq ft. In comparison, in 2023, the city saw a 43 per cent increase and in 2022, the increase was 213 per cent, according to a US-based Vestian office market report for 2024.
In comparison, Hyderabad reported the highest new office completions of 14.5 million sq ft in 2024, closely followed by Bengaluru with 14 million sq ft.
Interestingly, Kolkata witnessed no new completions during 2024 as compared to over 10 lakh sq ft of supply in the previous year, says Vestian. The company’s service portfolio includes investment and consultancy, transaction advisory, retail business solutions and integrated facilities management services.
Also read: Jet fuel demand dips in February after record highs
Shrinivas Rao, FRICS, CEO, Vestian, on reasons for dip in new office completion in Chennai said that supply of new office spaces is influenced by various factors, including the pipeline of under-construction projects, completion timelines, regulatory hurdles, natural calamities, raw material availability, supply chain disruptions, and overall market demand.
In 2024, Chennai recorded 2.9 million sq ft of new completions, marking a 57 per cent decline from the previous year and the lowest in the past three years. However, 2021 witnessed the lowest new completions of 1.5 million sq ft post-pandemic, he told businessline.
Echoing a similar view, Bharat M Jain, Director of the Chennai-based Arihant Foundations & Housing, said constructions of many commercial Grade A projects are going on in the city. Typically commercial buildings take 3-5 years to hit the market depending on the size and scale. Based on this timeline, we see that during Covid and its immediate aftermath (2020-2021) new projects were not launched, causing this lull in completed office space deliveries.
However, in 2025 and going forward a steady supply of Commercial Grade A office spaces will be seen ready to occupy, he said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
BRADLEY COOPER poznati je ljubitelj i kolekcionar tenisica Air Jordan. Kako navodi GQ, posjeduje modele Travis Scott x Air Jordan 1 High OG, Air Jordan 4 Wet Cement i Air Jordan 4 Taupe Haze. Međutim, za nedavnu šetnju New Yorkom, umjesto jordanki, odabrao je salomonke – što mu nije prvi put.
Bradley dokazao da se ovaj model uklapa i u gradske šetnje
Cooper je već ranije nosio Salomon tenisice, no ovog puta nije posegnuo za popularnim modelima koji su zavladali street style scenom, već za ozbiljnim planinarskim čizmama – Salomon X Ultra 4 Mid GORE-TEX čizmama.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ovaj model, predstavljen 2021. godine, prema brendu spaja okretnost tenisica za trail trčanje sa stabilnošću, prianjanjem i vodootpornom zaštitom potrebnom za svladavanje zahtjevnog terena.
X Ultra 4 GTX, kako tvrdi Salomon, donosi najbolje iz oba svijeta – lagane su, prilagodljive i vodootporne, ali istovremeno pružaju čvrstu potporu kakvu planinari trebaju. Osim toga, Salomon obuća poznata je po udobnosti, zbog čega je sve češće viđamo i na gradskim ulicama. Cooperov odabir samo potvrđuje da planinarske čizme više nisu rezervirane isključivo za prirodu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
#6 San Diego Montgomery at #3 Sherman Oaks Notre Dame
#2 Santa Maria St. Joseph, bye
Division I
Tuesday
#16 Corona Centennial at #1 Sierra Canyon
#9 Mission Bay at #8 Santa Barbara
#12 Fairmont Prep at #5 Carlsbad
#13 San Marcos at #4 JSerra
#14 Newport Beach Pacifica Christian at #3 Redondo Union
#11 Cathedral Catholic at #6 Los Alamitos
#10 Crean Lutheran at #7 Mira Costa
#15 Torrey Pines at #2 Santa Margarita
Division II
Tuesday
#16 Sage Creek at #1 Riverside Poly
#9 Canyon Country Canyon at #8 St. Augustine
#12 Oak Park at #5 Bakersfield Christian
#13 Victory Christian Academy at #4 Santa Fe Christian
#14 Knight at #3 Chatsworth
#11 Irvine at #6 Francis Parker
#10 St. Bonaventure at #7 Cleveland
#15 La Jolla Country Day at #2 Westchester
Division III
Tuesday
#16 Righetti vs. #1 Palisades, 7 p.m. at Birmingham
#9 Aquinas at #8 Bakersfield North
#12 Norte Vista at #5 San Gabriel Academy
#13 Venice at #4 Mission College Prep
#14 Washington Prep at #3 Olympian
#11 Keppel at #6 Maranatha
#10 San Dimas at #7 Mira Mesa
#15 Birmingham at #2 Sage Hill
Division IV
Tuesday
#16 Citrus Hill at #1 Fresno Christian
#9 Elsinore at #8 Southwest SD
#12 Ramona at #5 Grant
#13 Garden Grove Pacifica at #4 Maranatha Christian
#14 Tri-City Christian at #3 Sun Valley Poly
#11 Bernstein at #6 Garden Grove Santiago
#10 Monache at #7 Granada Hills
#15 California at #2 Fairfax
Division V
Tuesday
#1 Hacienda Heights Wilson, bye
#9 La Puente at #8 Strathmore
#12 New West Charter at #5 Diamond Ranch
#13 Rosemead at #4 Kaiser
#14 South El Monte at #3 Alhambra
#11 Downtown Magnets at #6 Sierra Vista
#10 Arroyo at #7 Math & Science College Prep
#15 Saddleback at #2 Pacific Ridge
GIRLS
Open Division
Wednesday
#1 Ontario Christian, bye
#5 Mission Hills at #4 Sierra Canyon
#6 Bishop Montgomery at #3 Santa Ana Mater Dei
#2 Etiwanda, bye
Division I
Tuesday
#16 Birmingham at #1 Fairmont Prep
#9 Harvard-Westlake at #8 Francis Parker
#12 Oak Park at #5 Rancho Christian
#13 North Torrance at #4 Windward
#14 Westview at #3 Hamilton
#11 La Jolla Country Day at #8 Brentwood
#10 Santa Maria St. Joseph at #7 Moreno Valley
#15 Westchester at #2 Sage Hill
Division II
Tuesday
#1 Monache, bye
#9 Rolling Hills Prep at #4 Palos Verdes
#12 Victory Christian Academy at #5 Portola
#13 Rancho Buena Vista at #4 El Capitan
#14 Oak Hills at #3 Cathedral Catholic
#11 Burbank Burroughs at #6 Arroyo Grande
#10 Rosary Academy at #7 Rancho Bernardo
#15 Mark Keppel at #2 Grossmont
Division III
Tuesday
#16 El Toro vs. #1 Palisades, 5 p.m. at Birmingham
#9 Cerritos at #8 El Cajon Christian
#12 Bakersfield Liberty at #5 Chula Vista Mater Dei
#13 Escondido Charter at #4 Carlsbad
#14 Chaparral at #3 Garfield
#11 King/Drew at #6 Otay Ranch
#10 Culver City at #7 La Jolla Bishop’s
#15 Shafter at #2 El Camino Real
Division IV
Tuesday
#16 La Mirada at #1 Cantwell-Sacred Heart
#9 Savanna at #8 Tesoro
#12 Wilmington Banning at #5 Gahr
#13 Leuzinger at #4 Verdugo Hills
#14 Harbor Teacher at #3 Granada Hills
#11 Gardena Serra at #6 Santa Ynez
#10 Chatsworth at #7 Washington Prep
#15 Pilibos at #2 Cerritos Whitney
Division V
Tuesday
#16 Santana at #1 La Palma Kennedy
#9 Northridge Academy at #8 St. Pius X-St. Matthias
#12 Gabrielino at #5 RFK Community
#13 Rosemead at #4 Rosamond
#14 Pasadena Marshall at #3 Hillcrest
#11 Crawford at #6 Nordhoff
#10 Lindsay at #7 Santa Ana
#15 Bolsa Grande at #2 University Prep Value
Note: Quarterfinals in Division I-V are Thursday at higher seeds; Semifinals in all divisions are Saturday at higher seeds; Finals are Tuesday, March 11, at higher seeds.
These are the 10 highest-grossing films that did not win a single Oscar between them. (Image: Getty)
As the world’s biggest and richest stars gather in Los Angeles ahead of the 95th Academy Awards this evening (March 2), it must be noted that those films that draw in the biggest crowds are not guaranteed to win big.
In fact, many of the highest-grossing films of all time were not even nominated for an Oscar, and if they were, many were beaten at the last minute.
The Daily Express looks at 10 of Hollywood’s “richest” films – those which earned the most money once they hit the big screens – that did not win a single Oscar between them.
READ MORE: Watch the Oscars live in the UK – timings, hosts and nominations
The sequel to the world-renowned 2013 film, Frozen 2 was released in 2019. (Image: Getty)
The sequel to the world-renowned 2013 film, Frozen 2 was released in 2019, produced by Walt Disney Animation Studios. Directed by Chris Buck and Jennifer Lee from a screenplay by Lee, it starred the voices of Kristen Bell, Idina Menzel, Josh Gad, and Jonathan Groff.
The film grossed $1.45 billion worldwide and received a nomination for Best Original Song at the 92nd Academy Awards, but was beaten by Rocketman’s “(I’m Gonna) Love Me Again” by Elton John and Bernie Taupin.
Also known as Fast & Furious 7, this film, directed by James Wan and written by Chris Morgan was the seventh instalment of the franchise. The film stars an ensemble cast including Vin Diesel, Paul Walker (in his final role) and Dwyane Johnson.
It grossed $1.515 billion worldwide, making it the third-highest-grossing film of 2015 and also set the record for the second-highest opening weekend of its time, grossing $397.6 million worldwide. Furious 7 was predicted by Vin Diesel to win the Best Picture Oscar, but it was not nominated.
The Avengers set numerous box office records and grossed over $1.52 billion worldwide. (Image: Getty)
8. The Avengers (2012) – $1.52 billion (£1.21 billion)
The first of the “Avengers” franchise and the sixth MCU film, The Avengers was written and directed by Joss Whedon. It featured an ensemble cast including Robert Downey Jr., Chris Evans, Mark Ruffalo, Chris Hemsworth, Scarlett Johansson, and Jeremy Renner, alongside Tom Hiddleston, and Samuel L. Jackson.
It grossed over $1.52 billion worldwide, setting numerous box office records and became the third-highest-grossing film of all time at the time of its release and the highest-grossing film of 2012. It received a nomination for Best Visual Effects at the 85th Academy Awards, but was beaten by Life of Pi.
7. The Lion King (2019) – $1.66 billion (£1.32 billion)
The 2019 photo-realistically animated remake of the traditionally-animated 1994, The Lion King was directed by Jon Favreau and written by Jeff Nathanson. It starred the voices of Donald Glover, Serth Rogen, Beyonce and James Earl Jones, reprising his voice role as Mufasaq for the last time.
The film received mixed reviews from critics, with many criticising its lack of originality and its nearly identical nature to the original. However, it grossed over $1.6 billion worldwide during its theatrical run and broke several box-office records. It was also nominated at the 92nd Academy Awards for visual effects but was beaten by 1917.
On release, it set several box office records, including for the largest opening weekend, both domes (Image: Getty)
6. Jurassic World (2015) – $1.67 billion (£1.33 billion)
Directed by Colin Trevorrow, who co-wrote the screenplay with Rick Jaffa, Amanda Silver, and Derek Connolly, Jurassic World was the first instalment in the new series and the fourth instalment in the Jurassic Park film series. The film stars Chris Pratt, Bryce Dallas Howard, Vincent D’Onofrio and BD Wong, who reprised his role from the original film.
On release, it set several box office records, including for the largest opening weekend, both domestically and worldwide. It ultimately grossed $1.67 billion worldwide. It was not nominated for any Oscars, though Ty Simpkins won Best Performance by a Younger Actor at the 42nd Saturn Awards.
5. Spider-Man: No Way Home (2021) – $1.92 billion (£1.53 billion)
The third installment of Tom Holland’s Spider-Man series, No Way Home was directed by John Watts and written by Chris McKenna and Erik Sommers. Holland starred alongside Zendaya, Benedict Cumberbatch, Andrew Garfield and Tobey Maguire, who both reprised their Spider-Man roles.
The film received positive reviews from critics and grossed over $1.923 billion worldwide, surpassing its predecessor as the highest-grossing film released by Sony Pictures. The film received a nomination for Best Visual Effects at the 94th Academy Awards, but was beaten by Dune.
The newest film on our list, Ne Zha 2 is a 2025 Chinese animated fantasy adventure film. (Image: Getty)
4. Ne Zha 2 (2025) – $1.96 billion (£1.56 billion) and counting…
The newest film on our list, Ne Zha 2 is a 2025 Chinese animated fantasy adventure film, serving as a sequel to the first film from 2019. Written and directed by Jiaozi, the film is loosely based on Chinese mythology stories and the 16th century Chinese novel “Investiture of the Gods”.
The film was released in cinemas across China on January 29, coinciding with the first day of Chinese New Year. It received positive reviews from critics and has grossed US $1.98 billion against a production budget of US $80 million, breaking multiple box-office records inside and outside of China. It also ranks as the highest-grossing film of 2025. It did not, however, receive a nomination for this year’s Oscars.
3. Avengers: Infinity War (2018) – $2.05 billion (£1.63 billion)
The sequel to The Avengers and Avengers: Age of Ultron (2015), Infinity War was directed by Anthony and Joe Russo and written by Christopher Markus and Stephen McFeely. It features a huge ensemble cast, including all of the original Avengers plus Benedict Cumberbatch, Tom Holland, Chadwick Boseman, Paul Bettany, and Josh Brolin.
With an estimated budget of $325 million – $400 million, the film is one of the most expensive films ever made. It was a major box-office success, becoming the fourth film and the first superhero film to gross over $2 billion worldwide, breaking numerous box-office records, and becoming the highest-grossing film of 2018. It received a nomination for Best Visual Effects at the 91st Academy Awards but was beaten by First Man.
The Force Awakens was positively received by critics, and grossed $2.07 billion worldwide. (Image: Getty)
2. Star Wars: The Force Awakens (2017) – $2.07 billion (£1.65 billion)
The first of the sequel trilogy and the seventh film of the “Skywalker Saga”, Star Wars: The Force Awakens, was co-produced, co-written, and directed by J. J. Abrams. It starred Daisey Ridley, John Boyega, Oscar Isaac and Adam Driver, alongside much of the original cast, including Harrison Ford, Mark Hamill, Carrie Fisher and Anthony Daniels.
It was positively received by critics, and grossed $2.07 billion worldwide, breaking various box office records and becoming the third-highest-grossing film at the time of its release. It was nominated for five awards at the 88th Academy Awards, including Best Music and Best Visual Effects, but did not win any Oscars.
Topping our list is the direct sequel to Infinity War and the 22nd film in the MCU franchise, Avengers: Endgame. This film was shot back-to-back with Infinity War. With an estimated budget of $356–400 million, the film is one of the most expensive films ever produced. The cast was much the same, with the addition of actors like Paul Rudd (Ant-Man) and Brie Larson (Captain Marvel).
The film received praise for its direction, acting, musical score, action scenes, visual effects, and emotional weight, with critics lauding its culmination of the 22-film story. It grossed $2.799 billion worldwide, surpassing Infinity War’s entire theatrical run in eleven days and setting several box-office records. The film was nominated for Best Visual Effects at the 92nd Academy Awards, but lost out to 1917.
Many of the highest-grossing films in history have won Oscars, including Avatar and its sequel, The Way of Water, Titanic and, potentially after tonight, Inside Out 2, which is nominated for Best Animated Feature.
The Kia Stonic may be almost eight years old, but the Korean brand is squeezing some more life out of the popular Mazda CX-3 rival.
Images published by New Car Scoops show camouflaged examples of the facelifted Stonic wearing design cues from other, newer members of the Kia lineup.
Kia has been busily making over existing models to give them versions of the new corporate face, with the Picanto micro hatch, the Sportage and Sorento SUVs, and the Carnival people mover all refreshed to look like new-generation models like the new K4 sedan, and the EV5 and EV9 electric SUVs.
Hundreds of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The Stonic wears the new face, featuring vertical headlights with blocky internals.
While we can’t quite make this out under the camouflage, the facelifted Stonic is also expected to receive a restyled front bumper, grille, and potentially a light bar across the top of the grille.
Down back, the tail-lights closely resemble those of the electric EV5 mid-sized SUV.
It’s unclear what other changes will be made to the Stonic, though we’d expect a refreshed interior with a larger infotainment touchscreen and Kia’s latest instrument cluster setups.
The Stonic remains an important model for Kia not only in Australia, but also Europe. It’s also sold as the KX1 in China, though it was discontinued in Kia’s Korean home market in 2020.
The Stonic arrived here in 2021, after having debuted in Europe in 2017. It eventually supplanted the closely related Rio hatchback, which was retired in 2023.
The naturally aspirated 1.4-litre four-cylinder petrol engine that had opened the range was dropped in 2024, with the Stonic henceforth offering only a turbocharged 1.0-litre three-pot. However, Australia has continued to miss out on the 48V mild-hybrid system offered with this engine in Europe.
Last year, the Stonic was the sixth best-selling Kia in Australia with 6189 examples delivered, a drop of 11.4 per cent on the previous year.
It was also the fifth best-selling vehicle in its segment, behind the dominant Mazda CX-3 as well as the Suzuki Jimny, Toyota Yaris Cross, and Hyundai Venue.
Last week, Kia previewed a new entry-level electric SUV concept called the EV2, previewing a Slovakian-built production model that’ll serve as an electric alternative to the Stonic in Europe. However, it’s unlikely to come here.
Following the announcement of the Crypto Strategic Reserve, Bitcoin (BTC) jumps by over 10.48% to $94,144, Ethereum (ETH) by 12.68% to $2,472.67, XRP by 38.21% to $2.96, Solana (SOL) by 24.2% to $173.17, and ADA up by 62% to $1.02.
US President Donald Trump says he directed the Presidential Working Group to move forward on a Crypto Strategic Reserve.
US Crypto Strategic Reserve: US President Donald Trump on Sunday said he directed the Presidential Working Group to move forward on a Crypto Strategic Reserve that will include Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), XRP, Solana (SOL), and Cardano (ADA). Following the announcement, Bitcoin (BTC) jumped by over 10.48% to $94,144, Ethereum (ETH) by 12.68% to $2,472.67, XRP by 38.21% to $2.96, Solana (SOL) by 24.2% to $173.17, and ADA up by 62% to $1.02.
“A U.S. Crypto Reserve will elevate this critical industry after years of corrupt attacks by the Biden Administration, which is why my Executive Order on Digital Assets directed the Presidential Working Group to move forward on a Crypto Strategic Reserve that includes XRP, SOL, and ADA. I will make sure the U.S. is the Crypto Capital of the World. We are MAKING AMERICA GREAT AGAIN!” US President Donald Trump said in a post on Truth Social.
In another post, he added, “And, obviously, BTC and ETH, as other valuable Cryptocurrencies, will be the heart of the Reserve. I also love Bitcoin and Ethereum!”
Bitcoin recently fell below $80,000 amid Trump Tariffs after hitting its all-time high of $109,350 in January.
On November 6, 2024, when Donald Trump won the US Presidential elections, Bitcoin crossed the $75,000-mark to hit its all-time high of $75,011.06, supported by significant inflows into exchange-traded funds (ETFs) amid reports of Donald Trump’s gains in the US presidential elections.
Bitcoin continued to surge after the Trump victory on a pro-crypto agenda and hit its peak of $109,350 in January 2025.
Trump is hosting the first White House Crypto Summit on Friday. His family has also launched its own coins.
What Is A Crypto Strategic Reserve?
A Crypto Strategic Reserve is a government-managed pool of major cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), XRP, Solana (SOL), and Cardano (ADA), held as part of national reserves. Similar to how countries store gold or foreign currencies for economic stability, this reserve would help in financial security, crisis management, and supporting digital asset policies. It ensures the government has access to valuable crypto assets for future economic or technological use.
It’s not clear how the new stockpile will be set up or work.
According to Reuters, analysts and legal experts are divided on whether an act of Congress will be necessary. Some have argued the reserve could be created via the US.
Treasury’s Exchange Stabilization Fund, which can be used to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
Trump’s crypto group had planned to look at potentially creating the stockpile with cryptocurrencies seized in law enforcement actions.
ADA, the native token of the Cardano blockchain, appears bullish and is poised for a significant upside rally following Donald Trump’s latest announcement. The recent Crypto Strategic Reserve announcement has fueled the broader cryptocurrency market, especially ADA, resulting in a 70% upside momentum.
Cardano (ADA) Technical Analysis and Upcoming Levels
This significant price rally has triggered a breakout of the bullish price action pattern that ADA has formed on the weekly timeframe.
According to expert technical analysis, ADA has broken out of a bullish flag and pole price action pattern on the weekly timeframe. This pattern began forming in December 2024, with the price moving in a downtrend since then. However, today’s 70% upside rally has breached this bullish pattern, paving the way for a potential 90% upside move.
Source: Trading View
Based on recent price action and historical momentum, if ADA closes a weekly candle above the $1.05 level, there is a strong possibility that it could soar 90% to reach the $1.90 mark in the future.
ADA’s Current Price Momentum
Following this notable price surge, ADA has once again moved above the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily timeframe, indicating that the asset is now shifting into an uptrend.
ADA is currently trading near $1.05 and has surged over 70% in the past 24 hours. However, a significant portion of this rally occurred within the last 120 minutes. During the same period, the asset’s trading volume jumped by 800%, indicating heightened participation from traders and investors following ADA’s inclusion in the Crypto Strategic Reserve.
Imagine your jacket could do more than just protect you from brisk wind — imagine it could also help power your electronics. And make you look like a Jedi.
That’s what this poncho-like jacket from Anker Solix, the solar and energy storage tech branch of Anker, aims to do. I saw a prototype of it at Mobile World Congress in Barcelona — and tried it on for size. I’ve never felt simultaneously cooler and weirder.
The jacket, which Anker Solix calls a cloak, is covered in about two dozen sewn-on solar cells made from perovskite, a mineral that helps the cells feel more fabric-like and somewhat flexible. An attached cable with a 30-watt USB-C output connects to a power bank or directly into your device, so you can charge your electronics as you walk around or relax outdoors.
Blue light lines the hood to give a cooler, more futuristic feel. I imagine it’s also helpful if you’re out at night and want to make yourself clearly visible for safety.
The cloak resembles a rain jacket, with a slick surface, a lightweight feel and a zipper. Wearing it, the solar cells feel like large iron-on patches, which are thankfully smaller and triangle-shaped on the right arm and shoulder to make it easier to bend your elbow and otherwise move around. Panels on the front left and back are rectangular.
The solar jacket is still just a concept, so it’s not clear if or when it’ll see the light of day. Anker Solix has been seeking other unique ways to charge devices and gadgets. During CES, it unveiled the EverFrost 2 electric cooler, which is slated to come out this month, as well as a solar umbrella that it said would be available this summer.
For those who were vaccinated for measles many decades ago, there’s a chance the protection has worn off by now.
Amid the current measles outbreak in West Texas — and with cases also reported in New Mexico, New Jersey and several other states — some doctors are warning about the possibility of legacy vaccines becoming less effective over time.
Measles is a highly contagious virus for those who have not previously been infected or vaccinated, with up to a 90% chance of transmission.
MEASLES CASES CONTINUE TO SPREAD IN MULTIPLE STATES FOLLOWING CHILD’S DEATH
The measles vaccine was first introduced in 1968. Three years later, in 1971, the MMR vaccine made its debut, providing a trifecta of protection against measles, mumps and rubella.
Some doctors are warning about the possibility of legacy vaccines becoming less effective over time.(iStock)
A couple of decades after the release of the MMR vaccine, measles was declared eliminated in the U.S. in 2000.
“The standard recommendation from health authorities like the CDC is a two-dose series of the MMR vaccine,” Fox News medical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier told Fox News Digital.
“For most people, these two doses provide lifelong immunity — about 97% effectiveness against measles.”
Who needs another vaccine?
The question of whether someone should get another measles vaccine depends on a few factors, like their vaccination history, age and health status, according to Saphier, who practices in New York.
“If you’re an adult who got both doses as a kid, you’re likely fine unless you’re in a high-risk group — such as healthcare workers or travelers to outbreak areas — where a booster might be considered,” she said.
“Adults who were vaccinated for measles between 1963 and 1968 should check their vaccination history.”
People born before 1957 presumably have natural immunity, as they were likely exposed to measles before vaccines became available, according to the doctor.
“Adults who were vaccinated for measles between 1963 and 1968 should check their vaccination history to determine which vaccine they received,” Saphier advised.
MEASLES OUTBREAK IN TEXAS CONTINUES TO WORSEN IN KIDS
“During that time, a version of the vaccine that used an inactivated form of the virus was available that was found to be not as effective and was ultimately withdrawn.”
Studies show that antibody levels can wane over decades, but actual measles cases in fully vaccinated people remain rare, Saphier added.
Studies show that antibody levels can wane over decades, but actual measles cases in fully vaccinated people remain rare.(iStock)
“No hard data says people need a third shot routinely, but if you’re worried, a blood test can check your antibody levels,” she said.
“As with everything in medicine, there are rare risks to vaccinating and substantial risks to not vaccinating.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Each person’s situation is different and should be weighed carefully after a thorough conversation with a trusted medical team, Saphier added.
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center and a Fox News medical contributor, also emphasized the importance of measles vaccinations — “particularly with the number of circulating measles cases and underimmunized people coming into the U.S. at a time when there is a big measles surge around the world.”
The measles vaccine was first introduced in 1968. Three years later, in 1971, the MMR vaccine made its debut, providing a trifecta of protection against measles, mumps and rubella.(iStock)
For those who are traveling to an area where a measles outbreak is occurring, he recommends that they see a doctor for a measles “titer test” and get a booster if they are not showing immunity. (The titer test measures an individual’s level of immunity to the virus.)
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“This is not yet an official suggestion anywhere, but I do check measles titers in many of my patients, and if they are low, I may give a booster as a precaution,” Siegel said.
MMR is a live virus vaccine and cannot be given to pregnant women or immunocompromised people, the doctor noted.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
So far in 2025, a total of 164 cases of measles have been reported in the U.S., according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
A vast majority of those (140) are in Texas. Nine cases have been reported in New Mexico, with the remainder in California, Georgia, Kentucky, New Jersey and Rhode Island.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Middle Eastern cuisine is known for its rich flavours, spices and textures. This includes food from Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Cyprus and several other countries. Similar to Indian cuisine, this one is also rooted in tradition. Several ingredients used to make Middle Eastern food may already be present in your Indian kitchen! Surprised? From falafel to baba ganoush to labneh, your kitchen may already have everything you need to make these lip-smacking and authentic Middle Eastern dishes. Sounds interesting, right? Read on to understand this cuisine better and bring it to your home.
Simplified: 6 Tips For Mastering Middle Eastern Cooking
1. Spices Rule The Food
Just like Indian cuisine, Middle Eastern dishes rely on spices like cumin, coriander, and cinnamon. Use fresh, high-quality spices to enhance the depth of flavour in your cooking.
2. Use Fresh Herbs Generously
Herbs like mint, coriander, and parsley play a key role in Middle Eastern flavours, much like these do in Indian dishes.
3. Add a Tangy Touch
Middle Eastern dishes often use lemon juice and sumac (a tangy spice made from dried berries) for a zesty kick, similar to how Indian cuisine uses tamarind or amchur (dry mango powder).
Middle Eastern cuisine uses plenty of spices and fresh herbs. Photo: iStock
4. Balance Sweet and Savoury
Middle Eastern cuisine is known for its balance of sweet and savoury flavours with ingredients like honey, dried fruits, and spices coming together to achieve the perfect harmony in the dishes.
5. Explore Mezze (Small Plates)
Mezze is like the Middle Eastern version of Indian snacks and chaats. Try serving a variety of dips, pickles, and freshly baked bread for a flavorful spread.
6. Enjoy Food In Family-Style
Middle Eastern food is often prepared to be shared with family and friends, just like traditional Indian food. Bonding over food is a great way to bring people closer.
Now that you have a fair idea of the basis of the Middle Eastern cuisine, here are some tasty dishes you can recreate.
6 Popular Middle Eastern Dishes You Must Try:
1. Falafel
Falafel is made with a mixture of ground chickpeas and a blend of flavourful spices and deep-fried to perfection. These are crispy on the outside and fluffy and soft on the inside. Click here for the recipe.
2. Baba Ganoush
Roasted eggplant, garlic and sesame seeds combine to make this delicious and smoky dip. Pair it with fresh pita bread. Find the full recipe here.
3. Hummus
Hummus is perhaps the most popular Middle Eastern dish. The classic hummus is made with chickpeas, garlic, tahini and olive oil. Garnish it with olive oil, whole chickpeas, parsley, and paprika. Here is the complete recipe.
Call your friends and family for a Middle Eastern feast. Photo: iStock
4. Fattoush
Fattoush is a Lebanese salad made from toasted or fried pieces of khubz (Arabic flat bread) combined with mixed greens and veggies like radishes, cucumber and tomatoes. You can also use pita chips for croutons.
Also Read:Heard Of Muhammara Dip? Enjoy This Spicy Red Pepper Dip With Pita Bread
5. Labneh
Labneh is a spicy yoghurt cheese made with hung curd, olive oil and spices. It’s a great dish when you want something light yet satisfying. Click here to learn how to make it at home.
6. Tabbouleh
Tabbouleh is a Levantine salad of finely chopped parsley, soaked bulgur (or use semolina), tomatoes, mint, and onion. It is seasoned with olive oil, lemon juice, salt and sweet pepper. Click here for a detailed recipe.
Are you excited to try Middle Eastern cooking at home? Share your experience with us in the comments section.
China’s organic farmland area has shown steady growth, positioning the country as the fourth-largest organic farming nation globally.
As consumer demand for food safety, variety, and quality continues to rise, organic agricultural products are gaining increasing popularity.
Labels such as pollution-free, green, and organic have become popular for vegetable sales, and many entrepreneurs use organic agriculture as an entry point to start a business.
However, for Wang Jing, running an organic farm goes beyond business. Through supporting local farmers, her farm promotes the development of the local rural economy while enriching the cultural life of local communities.
Real estate developer DLF Ltd and Singapore wealth fund GIC are exploring an initial public offer for their joint venture DLF Cyber City Developers Ltd (DCCDL), rather than floating a real estate investment trust, where regulations are more restrictive, sources said.
The joint venture, DCCDL, in which DLF holds the majority 66.67 per cent stake, is its rental business with over 40 million square feet of operational commercial portfolio, and 19 msf under development of which 7 msf are due for completion this year.
The two partners have been exploring various options to monetise the venture over the last few years and a REIT was one of the routes that was discussed. Following the successful listing of the three office REITs – Embassy Office Parks REIT, Mindspace Business Parks REIT, and Brookfield India Real Estate Trust – DLF was in favour of floating a REIT, but plans were postponed pending approval from GIC.
Recently GIC is understood to be in favour of a regular equity issuance, as REIT regulations are seen as restrictive with a high dose of compliance. Under the REIT regulations in India at least 80 per cent of the assets by value held by the REIT should be completed and generating rental income. They have to distribute at least 90 per cent of their net distributable cash flows to the unitholders periodically. There are no such strictures for companies whose shares are listed on the exchanges.
Also read: Excelsoft Technologies files for ₹700-crore IPO with SEBI
Sources said the talks were still on between the partners as to the best way to monetise the venture, with IPO being a preferred mode according to current thinking.
GIC did not respond to a request for comment sent through its website while there was no response from DLF to an email request.
The office assets of DCCDL are concentrated in the National Capital Region, primarily in Gurgaon and other cities such as Chennai, Chandigarh, and Hyderabad. It has more offices coming up in Gurugram and Chennai. The occupancies at its non-SEZ offices are at 98 per cent, while in the SEZ portfolio it is 87 per cent.
About a tenth of the total operational portfolio consists of retail assets. It has three upcoming retail plazas totalling 1.4 msf, rents from which will start from the middle of next fiscal year. Retail occupancy is 98 per cent.
The net debt of the company was ₹16,713 crore at the end of December 2024, a tad down from the ₹17,583 crore reported at the end of March.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PARFEM vam ne traje onoliko koliko biste željeli? Ne brinite se, postoje rješenja. Mnogi se bore s tim problemom, posebno tijekom dugih zimskih dana kada slojevi odjeće mogu prigušiti miris ili tijekom večernjih izlazaka kada žele da parfem ostane svjež do kasno u noć.
Srećom, postoje načini kako da vaš omiljeni miris postane dugotrajniji. Donosimo nekoliko metoda koje će vam pomoći da vaš parfem ostane primjetan i ugodan tijekom cijelog dana ili večeri, bez obzira na godišnje doba.
Nanesite parfem na pulsne točke
Prvi korak prema dugotrajnijem mirisu je pravilno nanošenje parfema. Ključ je u odabiru pravih mjesta na tijelu. “Parfemi – bilo da su alkoholni, uljni ili nešto drugo – funkcioniraju kroz isparavanje, pa je toplina vašeg tijela na tipičnim pulsnim točkama uvijek siguran izbor za dugotrajnost mirisa”, objašnjava Michael Nordstrand, vlasnik i parfumer Mythologist Studija, u razgovoru za Glamour.
Dodaje da su te točke – zapešća, zatiljak i područje iza ušiju. Nordstrand također upozorava na čestu pogrešku: “Savjetujem da ne trljate zapešća jedno o drugo nakon nanošenja, osobito ako želite da miris traje dulje. Ovo ometa gornje note parfema i može ih brže izblijediti.”
Dodajte osobni pečat
Nanošenje parfema može biti i vrlo osobno iskustvo. Emma Vernon, voditeljica podcasta Perfume Room, dijeli svoj pristup: “Volim nanositi parfem na mjesta na tijelu s kojima će ljudi najvjerojatnije doći u interakciju.” Kao osoba koja puno gestikulira rukama, Vernon nanosi miris na zapešća, podlaktice i laktove, uz prsa te prednju i stražnju stranu vrata. “Odlično za susrete s grljenjem”, dodaje.
Nordstrand nudi još jedan zanimljiv savjet: “Imam jednu klijenticu koja često nosi haljine i ona se kune u dodavanje malo parfema iza koljena ili na rub suknje; to stvara predivan trag mirisa dok hoda.”
Poprskajte parfem na kosu i odjeću
Za dodatnu dugotrajnost, razmislite o nanošenju parfema na kosu i odjeću. Nordstrand objašnjava: “Vlakna bolje zadržavaju miris i imaju prednost što nisu prirodno topla poput ljudskog tijela, tako da je to uvijek najbolja opcija za postizanje dugotrajnijeg mirisa.”
Ova metoda je posebno korisna u toplim klimama, gdje kombinacija vrućine i znojenja može brzo raspršiti miris s kože. Ipak, budite oprezni: testirajte parfem na manje vidljivom dijelu odjeće kako biste izbjegli moguće mrlje, posebno ako koristite tamnije ili prirodne mirise.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kada je riječ o kosi, imajte na umu da alkohol u parfemima može isušiti vlasi. Umjesto klasičnog parfema, razmislite o korištenju vodene maglice za kosu, poput Parfums de Marly Delina maglice za kosu.
Nanesite parfem na hidratiziranu kožu
Hidratacija je ključ dugotrajnosti parfema. Vernon ističe: “Sve dok je vaša koža dobro hidratizirana, vaš miris bi trebao pristojno trajati.” Nordstrand dodaje da nanošenje parfema na hidratiziranu kožu mijenja “matricu” mirisa – ulja i voskovi u hidratantnoj kremi usporavaju isparavanje mirisnih molekula.
Držite se određenih nota ili isprobajte pojačivač mirisa
Parfemi su složene mješavine prirodnih i sintetičkih sastojaka, a neki od njih poznati su po svojoj dugotrajnosti. Nordstrand objašnjava da mirisi kategorizirani kao amberni, smolasti, balzamični, drvenasti i ponekad gurmanski obično sadrže sastojke koji dugo traju.
Ako vam ti mirisni profili ne odgovaraju, možete isprobati “pojačivač” mirisa. To su posebni proizvodi namijenjeni produljenju trajnosti vašeg omiljenog parfema. Popularan izbor je D.S. & Durga’s I Don’t Know What – prozračan, lagani mošus za slojevito nanošenje.
Za one kojima je dugotrajnost apsolutni prioritet, Vernon predlaže izradu “malog dekanta” omiljenog parfema ili nabavku putne veličine za osvježavanje tijekom dana.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
PHOENIX — On June 8 last year, during the Dodgers’ highly anticipated midseason series at Yankee Stadium, Will Smith ran hard trying to beat a throw. As he neared second base he slid, left foot extended. Almost immediately after he hit the base he bent down in pain, having awkwardly rolled his ankle as it jammed against the bag.
It wasn’t publicly revealed, but Smith suffered a bone bruise that resulted in ankle pain for the rest of the season and continued discomfort all the way into spring training.
“It just stuck around all year,” Smith said, “and didn’t get better in the offseason.”
Chalk it up as one more thing that went awry for the Dodgers catcher last year.
At the plate he posted career lows in batting average (.248) and on-base-plus-slugging percentage (.760), failing to sustain a blistering opening month that helped him earn a second All-Star selection and slumping through much of the summer months while struggling in particular against four-seam fastballs.
Smith was nursing the nagging ankle injury, the second straight season he was less than 100% and finished with an OPS under .800. In 2023 he suffered an early rib injury that continued to plague him the rest of the season.
Smith’s ankle injury didn’t come to light until the start of camp, when manager Dave Roberts announced that the 29-year-old backstop — who is entering the second season of the 10-year, $140-million extension he signed last March — would miss the start of Cactus League play to give his ankle extra rest.
“I just don’t think it’s something that’s gonna go away anytime soon,” Roberts said. “It just kind of is what it is.”
Smith made his spring debut Friday night and said his ankle felt 100% as he went 0 for 3 and spent five innings behind the plate in the Dodgers’ win against the Angels. Less than three weeks out from the season-opening trip to Japan, there is no concern about him missing the start of the season.
But as Smith and the team try to figure out the reasons behind his drop in production and create a game plan for a bounce-back performance, the ankle is something he will have to keep managing.
“You can do all sorts of treatment and everything,” Smith said. “But the only thing that really heals it is rest.”
Exactly why his ankle has bothered him this long is unclear — “We’re looking more into why maybe it’s not going away,” he said — but Roberts confirmed that surgery never was an option.
“It’s a bone bruise that’s deep, clearly,” Roberts said. “Four months hasn’t helped the pain go away.”
Neither Smith nor Roberts could say how much it influenced last year’s struggles at the plate.
“It might have a little bit,” Smith said. “But it didn’t hurt really the swing. Maybe I could’ve compensated. I don’t know. But running was the only thing it really affected.”
Roberts offered a slightly different perspective, saying he does “believe the foot was kind of impeding the swing.”
“He’ll never use that as an excuse,” Roberts said. “But I think that certainly played a part.”
The good news: Smith said his swing is in a better spot than during the second half of last year, something he credited to changes in his mechanics; mostly, staying more inside the ball to create “room for my hands to work.”
“There are definitely some mechanical things I was doing last year that I need to clean up,” Smith said. “So worked on them all offseason. Feels good. Swing feels like it’s in a good spot.”
Roberts is hopeful the ankle will be less of an impediment, banking on the club’s franchise catcher, who still is considered one of the best hitters at his position, being able to play at a high level again.
“It’s one of those things that he’s just going to have to deal with it,” Roberts said. “But I think right now he’s in a really good spot.”
One of the perks of business travel is visiting a whole new city. In hindsight, it’s even more upsetting when you are stuck with presentations, client meetings, and the usual deadline chase. But don’t just cave in to the disappointment and let go of your wish to explore the place. Even the busiest work trips can double as opportunities to explore new places, meet new people, and so much more. With a balanced approach, one can maintain both work commitments and personal travel goals as well.
Work trips don’t have to be boring.(Shutterstock)
In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Vikash Kejriwal, COO of SKIL Travel, shared some helpful tips on how one can make the most out of their work trips. They include everything, from how to adeptly integrate travel with work to planning itineraries.
These are the travelling tips Vikas shared:
Plan a smart itinerary
A well-planned itinerary can help you balance work commitments with networking and travel. Spend some time researching your destination prior to visiting the said location. Don’t forget to allow additional time for leisurely discussions over coffee or lunch. Also, organise your schedule in such a way that you don’t have to rush from one meeting to another. Give yourself some buffer time to explore or connect with local experts in a more relaxed setting. A smart itinerary ensures you’re not just in town for work, but also using this opportunity to expand your network and gain new perspectives.
ALSO READ: Always overpacking your travel itinerary? Here’s how to plan according to your family size
Opt for local restaurants and hangout spots
Meeting at local cafes instead of formal boardrooms makes a work trip more enriching.(Shutterstock)
Business travellers often opt for hotel restaurants or conference venues, and end up missing out on the local cultural scene. Instead, venture out and look into the city’s best eateries, cafes and social hotspots. Local restaurants and popular hangout spots offer a more casual environment to meet with industry professionals, potential clients or even other business visitors. People are more likely to open up over lunch than in a formal meeting room.
Go for local transportation
There’s nothing better than getting a feel for a city by living it the way the locals do. Using public transport, like the metro, buses, trams, could lead to unexpected conversations and spontaneous networking possibilities as well. Striking up a conversation with someone during your travel may introduce you to people from different industries or backgrounds, allowing you to gain knowledge of the city’s work culture. Not only that, using local transportation is often less expensive and gives you a chance to explore hidden gems you might otherwise miss.
Take meetings out of the boardroom
If the setting allows, suggest moving the meeting to a more engaging environment. Maybe a local restaurant, an outdoor café or a heritage venue that represents the city’s culture. This creates a more comfortable atmosphere and helps break away from the formalities, which makes it easier to build a lasting connection.
Stay updated on the latest bleisure travel trends
The concept of “Bleisure” (which is, business + leisure) travel is gaining popularity, as more professionals wish to combine work trips with some personal time to go out and explore the world. Many organisations now encourage employees to extend their stay in a city or take advantage of remote work options whilst travelling. Before your vacation, check if your workplace allows bleisure travel. This might entail coming a day early or staying a little longer to explore the place at a slower pace.
Explore between meetings and conferences
One of the most common mistakes made by business travelers is failing to make good use of their leisure time. Instead of heading straight back to your room after a meeting, find out if there are interesting attractions nearby to stop by. Look up cultural landmarks, parks, or local attractions that are within walking distance of your conference venue.
Micro-Touring
Traveling to the local market will help in understanding the culture more.(Shutterstock)
If your schedule doesn’t allow for extended sightseeing excursions, micro-touring is the way to go. Instead of waiting for a free afternoon, plan brief, meaningful activities into your day.
Here’s an example:
Take a morning walk through a local market or historical district.
Have lunch at a local eatery.
End your day with a relaxing evening stroll in a nearby park or waterfront area.
To sum up, based on the suggestions shared by Vikas, making the most out of your business trip takes a little bit of effort, but at the end of the day it’s all worth it. Even the busiest work trips can become the most invigorating travel experiences by approaching this with the concept of bleisure, as explained by Vikas. After all, a work trip doesn’t have to be all work and no play as it can also be an opportunity to broaden your horizons and experience new things.
ALSO READ: Airbnb’s top trending destinations for 2025 spring revealed: What is this new ‘soft’ and ‘slow’ travel trend?
GTA 6 is shaping up to be the biggest game of the year, and in more ways than one.
Not only will Grand Theft Auto 6 almost certainly wipe the floor with any other game this decade in terms of sales, but the map looks like it will be the series’ biggest yet.
Multiple locations can be seen in the debut GTA 6 trailer, including swamplands, suburban areas, beaches and cities.
The locations have been jotted down by the GTA 6 community, and put together in a new concept map on the GTA 6 Alerts X page.
As you can see from the tweet below, the latest GTA 6 map concept is absolutely huge, featuring a ton of diverse locations.
There’s a huge city area in the east of the map, as well as smaller built-up areas in the north and northwest.
While there are multiple beaches spread across the map, the main Miami beach looks like it will be found in the east.
It looks like the area based on the Florida Keys will be located towards the south of the map, which makes sense from a real world perspective.
North of the Florida Keys is the swamp area, which is based on the Everglades National Park.
You can take a look at the huge concept map below.
In case you haven’t guessed, Grand Theft Auto 6 takes place in the state of Leonida, which is based on Florida.
Rockstar explains: “Grand Theft Auto VI heads to the state of Leonida, home to the neon-soaked streets of Vice City and beyond in the biggest, most immersive evolution of the Grand Theft Auto series yet.”
The previously released trailer gives fans a look some of the map locations as seen from the skies above. This includes locations based on the Florida Keys, as well as the beach and more.
The trailer also hints at a potential game-changing new feature for Grand Theft Auto 6, which will up the scale to never-before-seen levels.
Talk about an interesting introduction to the market.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
The feedback from existing owners hasn’t been that positive about the new-generation Prado, with many potential buyers saying they’ve had to rule out the seven-seat variants due to what most are calling “an unfinished boot area”.
The seven-seaters are particularly odd in that regard, but on test here is the Toyota Prado Altitude, which is second from the top of the range, and has five seats.
Does it make more sense than other models in the lineup? And is the new model good to tow with?
Read on to find out.
How does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota LandCruiser Prado against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
LandCruiser Prado
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado cost?
As a reminder, here’s the rundown of the entire range of new 250 Series Prado models.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado GX
$72,500
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado GXL
$79,990
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado VX
$87,400
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
$92,700
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Kakadu
$99,990
Those prices generally reflect a $10,000 bump over the last model, which was on sale for about 14 years across multiple facelifts.
There’s heaps more standard tech and spec in this J250 generation, but the reality is that it’s now a bigger leap into a high-grade Prado, so much so that you may consider buying a “real LandCruiser”, like the 70 or 300 Series models.
Or you might consider a Ford Everest, which – if you were spending $92,700 – would get you a diesel V6, seven seats, and some better features…
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What is the Toyota LandCruiser Prado like on the inside?
There is no denying the new Prado is a massive step up in terms of perceived quality, presentation and technology. It has nicer finishes, smarter touches and a delightfully modern design compared to the old version.
There is a pair of 12.3-inch screens – one for the driver, another for infotainment. The former is info rich, with configurability to allow you to jump through menus, adjust settings and change the design of the display.
The infotainment system features the requisite smartphone mirroring technology, with Apple CarPlay and Android Auto wirelessly available, as well as sat-nav with connected mapping, AM/FM/DAB digital radio, and a number of other features on the screen.
Some of the menus take some learning, but largely it’s a simple setup that you’ll come to terms with easily enough.
What makes it easier to live with than some other modern models is the array of buttons, dials and controls that are still physical down below the screen.
Triggers for dual-zone climate, seat heating, seat cooling, steering wheel heating, demisters and temperature adjustments all fall easily at hand, with good grabability when you’re on the road, too. The only odd thing is the placement of the volume dial, which is a little out of reach.
There’s a wireless phone charger, three USB-C ports and a HDMI port all available nearby, and just nearby you’ll find a drive mode selector, camera view button and Idle Up controller.
Rearward there are good sized cupholders, a host of off-road controls at the driver’s resting hand position, and a covered centre console bin with a cooler function.
Door storage is good too, and all the other controls are well laid out.
What might take more getting used to than anything, though, is the view out from the driver’s seat. It’s quite a flat, upright and shallow windscreen, so in some ways it can feel like you’re peering out through a letterbox flap.
The feeling of crampedness is heightened by the standard dark headliner, which makes it feel very hemmed in up front.
And in the second row, it also feels as though the ceiling is creeping down on you – especially if you’re a taller adult.
The room isn’t bad in the back for grown-ups, but it’s maybe not as massive as you might expect it will be. Some smaller SUVs offer more legroom, for example, and if you’re in need of a heap of back-seat room, this pales in comparison to a GWM Tank 500.
The back seat has some decent amenities, including temperature and fan controllers, a couple of charge ports, directional air vents overhead, and grab handles for rear riders, too.
There’s also a flip-down armrest with cupholders, bottle holsters in the doors, and map pockets on the seat backs.
But in all Prado models the second-row seats don’t slide fore and aft, so you can’t maximise the space for legs or luggage as required. And on that, the centre console and transmission tunnel also eat into the space for middle-seat riders when it comes to foot room.
The Altitude has the perceived advantage – compared to the more compromised seven-seat variants in the Prado range – of having a more usable boot area. In fact, there’s 954 litres of cargo capacity on offer, according to Toyota.
But there is no denying that the cargo zone feels half-done, or maybe a better way of describing it is “unfinished”. The lift-in load height is significantly higher than in the previous model, so get to the gym and do those curls, girls.
Thankfully, there are some usable storage options below the false floor area, but it is clear that the packaging of this SUV isn’t as good as it could be. Nor is it as good as a Ford Everest, or an Isuzu MU-X.
I understand and even appreciate the design of the tailgate. Having a pop-open window means you can park closer to walls in shopping centres and still get access to the area behind the third-row seats, and not having a side-swinging tailgate is a bonus for space efficiency too.
But existing Prado customers are unhappy with the spare being under the body of the vehicle for a few understandable reasons. It can get damaged or be extremely dirty when you need it, and it’s just plain harder to get to if you’re off-roading and, even worse, if you’re towing.
The boot could seriously be one of the reasons you decide the new Prado won’t suit your needs. Or at least, maybe not until there is a fix for it – by way of Toyota, or the aftermarket.
Dimensions
Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
Length
4990mm
Width
1980mm
Height
1935mm
Wheelbase
2850mm
Cargo capacity
954L (5 seats) 1895L (2 seats)
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
A carryover diesel engine, but different.
That’s the case with the new-gen Prado for Australians, who miss out on some of the arguably more desirable powertrains offered in other markets.
Specifications
Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series
Engine
2.8L 4cyl turbo-diesel 48V MHEV
Motor generator
8.4kW 65Nm
Total system outputs
150kW @ 3000-3400rpm 500Nm @ 1600-2800rpm
Battery
4.3Ahr li-ion
Transmission
8-speed auto
Drive type
Full-time 4WD
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.6L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
9.6L/100km (on-road) 16.3L/100km (towing)
CO2 emissions (claimed)
200g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 5
Fuel tank
80L main tank 30L sub tank 17.4L AdBlue
Weight (kerb)
2520kg
Payload
580kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3100kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
6600kg
You will need to do the maths and calculate how much you’re planning to take on board and tow behind, because there are some limitations here based on the hefty kerb weight of this new-gen model. For reference, the heaviest previous-generation Prado was 2455kg.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
How does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado drive?
Despite this one being the off-road focused version, my test of the Prado focused on local driving, but I also hitched up a caravan to the back of it.
Our mates at Avida helped out with the van – the Avida Topaz dual-axle unit is a big one, at nearly 9.0 metres long, almost 2.5m high, and weighing in at approximately 3200kg as towed.
The vehicle was fitted with an on-road towing kit, but there is a higher-set tongue if you’re planning to go off the beaten path, and I’d recommend it for towing a van like this. The hitch point was a bit low, making it a bit harder to hook up this particular caravan, and it also exacerbated some bouncing behaviour on the road, especially at lower speeds.
The general driving behaviour when towing, though, was decent. This is probably as big a caravan as you’d want to tow with a Prado, but the heft of the new-gen model certainly helps it in this regard.
I had no significant concerns with the power and torque on offer, and I thought the gearing was mostly pretty agreeable. It was working pretty hard up a few steeper hills, but the transmission shifts were largely smooth and smart at pace.
It’s the engine noise that gets to you most, though. It’s loud and unrefined when you’re asking a lot of it, and if you’re considering a Toyota 4×4 and you’re always going to be towing, I’d suggest the 300 Series because its larger-capacity and higher-output V6 diesel is a more agreeable option.
One big advantage of the Prado is its permanent four-wheel drive system. You’re in high-range four-wheel drive all the time, and that means you have more assured traction and surefootedness in mixed surface scenarios, albeit at the expense of efficiency.
There was some evident bobbing from the rear suspension at lower speeds, but it settled reasonably well at highway pace. The hardcore tow-driver might consider upgrading to rear airbag suspension, anyway. Body control was agreeable at the sorts of speeds you’ll likely be cruising at while towing something this large, from 80 to 100km/h.
It was somewhat less enjoyable on rougher country back roads at 50-80km/h, though, with some shaky moments over imperfect surfaces.
However, it was the low-speed moments that became a bit more frustrating, as the Prado seemingly didn’t register that it had something on the hitch. There is a system in the new Prado that is designed to recognise when you’re hauling something, but in this instance, it didn’t.
What that led to was a number of moments when the reverse auto braking system jammed the brakes on to stop me from reversing into the caravan that I wasn’t physically able to hit. Unnerving.
That auto-braking system also made it hard to back up to the caravan when hitching up, as it jammed the brakes on because it thought I was going to hit it then, too.
When not towing, I was impressed with the general liveability of the Prado’s driving.
The ride is comfortable enough to keep the kids from whinging, and while the steering is more direct and responsive than in the last version, it is not a sporty thing to drive.
The engine is up to the task with passengers on board, with ample torque to help keep things moving if you encounter an overtaking opportunity. The new eight-speed automatic transmission does a commendable job in maintaining momentum, too.
But the 48-volt mild-hybrid system might take some getting used to. That fuel-saving tech is designed to make it smoother in start-stop situations when the engine shuts off and refires, and it is relatively smooth for a diesel, but the big letdown is the amount of noise the diesel engine makes.
And I’m not just talking about those start-stop moments – it’s generally very loud, and doesn’t feel anywhere near as premium a drive experience as a result.
Off-road dimensions
Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
Track front and rear
1664mm front 1668mm rear
Ground clearance
221mm
Approach angle
32 degrees
Departure angle
17 degrees
Wading depth
700mm
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
It’s important to consider whether the Altitude is really the one you need to go for. It has some hardware improvements that might be enticing for the hardcore off-roaders, but there is a chance one of the cheaper variants might be a better fit for you.
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado GX equipment highlights:
Five seats
18-inch dark grey alloy wheels
Front grille with ‘TOYOTA’ lettering
LED headlights
LED daytime running lights
Folding body-coloured mirrors
Darkened front and rear bumpers, side sills, wheel arches
Manual tailgate
Fabric upholstery
Rubber floor mats
Six-way manual driver’s seat adjustment
7.0-inch multi-function instrument display
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
10-speaker sound system
Wired and wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Four USB-C ports
Embedded satellite navigation
DAB+ digital radio
Toyota connected services
Dual-zone climate control
Downhill assist control
Crawl control with five speed settings
GXL adds:
Seven-seat layout
Roof rails
Rear privacy glass
Silver front and rear bumper trim
Power tailgate
Synthetic leather upholstery
Heated and ventilated front seats
Eight-way power-adjustable driver’s seat
Leather-accented steering wheel and gear knob
Auto-dimming rearview mirror
Wireless charging pad
Rear climate control
Two extra USB-C charging ports
VX adds:
20-inch dark metallic alloy wheels
Bi-LED headlights with dynamic auto-levelling
Adaptive high-beam assist
Body-coloured front and rear bumpers
Over-fender (wheel arch) moulding
Rear guard trim
Leather-accented seats
Power lumbar and memory function for driver’s seat
Four-way power-adjustable passenger’s seat
Power-adjustable steering wheel
Carpet floor mats
Refrigerated centre console
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
14-speaker JBL sound system
Adaptive Variable Suspension
Five drive modes
Multi-terrain select
Multi-terrain monitor
Altitude adds:
Five seats (instead of seven)
18-inch matte grey alloy wheels with all-terrain tyres
Locking rear differential
‘Stabiliser disconnect mechanism’ (in place of Adaptive Variable Suspension)
Black door handles and tailgate trim
Black wheel arch moulding
Sunroof
Two-tone colours available
Digital rearview mirror
Heated steering wheel
Head-up display
Which version would you pick? Let us know in the comments. In this writer’s opinion, the VX could be the sweet spot if you can justify the extra over the bulk-selling GXL.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
Is the Toyota LandCruiser Prado safe?
The 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado was awarded the maximum five-star ANCAP safety rating based on 2024 testing.
Category
Toyota LandCruiser Prado
Adult occupant protection
85 per cent
Child occupant protection
89 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
84 per cent
Safety assist
82 per cent
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Junction detection
Backover prevention
Stability control with active traction control
Adaptive cruise control
Lane trace assist (lane centering)
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear parking support brake (stops the car if a static object is detected)
Front and rear parking sensors
Speed sign recognition
Driver attention monitoring camera
Trailer sway control
Trailer pre-wiring harness
360-degree camera
The VX, Altitude, and Kakadu grades gain tyre pressure monitoring.
All Prado models have nine airbags – dual front, driver knee, passenger knee, front centre, front side, and full-length curtain coverage, with head protection for third-row occupants in models with seven seats.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado cost to run?
The 2025 LandCruiser Prado is covered by a five-year, unlimited kilometre warranty as standard.
If you maintain your Prado on time, according to the logbook, you can extend the powertrain warranty out to seven years – and it doesn’t need to be serviced by Toyota, either.
The electrified components of the powertrain will also be covered by up to 10 years of warranty if you do service with Toyota.
However, the brand has continued on with shorter six-month/10,000km service intervals with the Prado 250 Series, unlike rivals which have 12-month/15,000km intervals.
You have to pay an extra $99 per year for roadside assistance, and while the Prado has Connected Services, you will only get one year of free data included at purchase. You’ll get roped into paying an additional subscription fee thereafter.
The capped-price servicing plan is three years or 60,000km due to those short intervals, and the total cost over that short period is $2340, meaning the average cost per visit is $390.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota LandCruiser Prado
There is good reason why the new Prado has attracted so much anticipation, and in most ways it lives up to expectations. It tows pretty well, has a range of different options for buyers to choose from, and while the looks of it might be revolutionary, the overall experience is more of an evolutionary change.
There are some crucial considerations, though. The packaging and practicality at the rear of the vehicle is rightfully under question by journalists and customers alike, and the mild-hybridised diesel engine is hardly a momentous moment in automotive history.
But if you think you can make it work for your situation, we think you’ll be happy with your decision.
Thanks again to our friends at Avida RV in western Sydney for the loan of the Topaz dual-axle caravan.
Interested in buying a Toyota LandCruiser Prado? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
A special court here has directed the AntiCorruption Bureau (ACB) to register an FIR against former Sebi chairperson Madhabi Puri Buch and five other officials in connection with alleged stock market fraud and regulatory violations.
Ex-SEBI chief Madhabi Puri Buch
A special court here has directed the Anti-Corruption Bureau (ACB) to register an FIR against former Sebi chairperson Madhabi Puri Buch and five other officials in connection with alleged stock market fraud and regulatory violations.
“There is prima facie evidence of regulatory lapses and collusion, requiring a fair and impartial probe,” the special ACB court judge, Shashikant Eknathrao Bangar, said in the order passed on Saturday.
The court said it will monitor the probe, and sought a status report (of the case) within 30 days.
The court order also noted that the allegations disclose a cognisable offence, necessitating an investigation.
The inaction by law enforcement (agencies) and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) necessitates judicial intervention under the provisions of the CrPC (Criminal Procedure Code), it added.
The complainant, a media reporter, had sought an investigation into the alleged offences committed by the proposed accused, involving largescale financial fraud, regulatory violations and corruption.
The allegations pertain to the fraudulent listing of a company on the stock exchange with the active connivance of regulatory authorities, particularly the Sebi, without compliance under the SEBI Act, 1992 and rules and regulations thereunder.
The complainant claimed that the SEBI officials failed in their statutory duty, facilitated market manipulation, and enabled corporate fraud by allowing the listing of a company that did not meet the prescribed norms.
Despite approaching the police station and regulatory bodies concerned on multiple occasions, no action has been taken by them, the complainant said.
The court, after considering the material on record, directed the ACB Worli, Mumbai Region, to register an FIR under relevant provisions of the IPC, Prevention of Corruption Act, SEBI Act, and other applicable laws.
India’s first woman Sebi chief Buch, who faced conflict of interest allegations by the US-based short-seller Hindenburg and also political heat thereafter, completed her three-year tenure on Friday.
Although, Buch in her tenure made significant strides in areas like faster settlements in equities, enhanced FPI disclosures and increasing mutual fund penetration through Rs 250 SIP, the last year of her tenure saw heightened controversy, when she battled a series of allegations by Hindenburg and the Congress party, while simultaneously dealing with in-house employee protests against “toxic work culture”.
In August last year, Buch faced pressure to resign after the Hindenburg Research accused her of having conflict of interest that prevented a thorough examination of manipulation and fraud claims at the Adani Group.
Hindenburg accused Madhabi Puri Buch and her husband Dhaval Buch of investing in offshore entities that were allegedly part of a fund structure in which Vinod Adani — the elder brother of Adani group founder chairman Gautam Adani — also had investments.
Buchs have denied the allegation, saying the investments were made before she joined the regulator and she had complied with all disclosure requirements.
Hindenburg recently announced shutting down its business.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
News business Stock Market ‘Fraud’: Court Orders FIR Against Ex-Sebi Chief Madhabi Puri Buch, 5 Others
Pi Network has been generating a lot of buzz in the crypto world lately, and for those keeping an eye on it, the question arises: is now the time to buy Pi Coin? There’s growing speculation that prices are about to move, and many experts believe that Pi Coin is on the verge of a major price surge.
However, Pi has seen a dramatic drop after a huge price surge. Currently priced at $1.79, it’s down 40% from its peak of $2.90 and has crashed more than 22% in the last 24 hours. Despite the sharp decline, there’s speculation around future developments such as the upcoming mainnet launch, KYC unlocks, and potential exchange listings like Binance or Coinbase. If Pi can reclaim $2.20, there’s potential for a bounce to $2.80+, but a drop below $1.50 could lead to further declines.
Whale Accumulation: A Strong Indicator
Whale accumulation is a key factor that suggests Pi Coin’s price may be on the verge of a breakout. Recent on-chain data shows that large holders (whales) are quietly accumulating Pi Coin in significant amounts. When whales buy up an asset, it often signals their confidence in the future price. Historically, this kind of accumulation precedes a price surge, as these investors are preparing to sell at higher prices in the future.
Whale activity also helps boost market sentiment. When large investors show confidence in Pi Coin, it can create a sense of FOMO (fear of missing out) among retail investors, which drives prices even higher.
Bitcoin’s Influence on the Market
Bitcoin’s price movements often set the tone for the entire cryptocurrency market. If Bitcoin shows strength, it can pull altcoins like Pi Coin upward as well. With Bitcoin currently showing positive momentum, there’s a strong possibility that Pi Coin will follow suit. The combination of Bitcoin’s strength and Pi’s growing ecosystem creates the perfect conditions for a price surge.
Looking for the most recent Mini Crossword answer? Click here for today’s Mini Crossword hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Wordle, Strands, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Are you watching Sunday’s Academy Awards? Today’s NYT Mini Crossword begins with a clue to a movie that could win big at that ceremony. Need some help with today’s Mini Crossword? Read on. And if you could use some hints and guidance for daily solving, check out our Mini Crossword tips.
The Mini Crossword is just one of many games in the Times’ games collection. If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections, Connections: Sports Edition and Strands answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: Tips and Tricks for Solving The New York Times Mini Crossword
Let’s get at those Mini Crossword clues and answers.
The completed NYT Mini Crossword for March 2, 2025.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Mini across clues and answers
1A clue: Role for Timothée Chalamet in “A Complete Unknown” Answer: DYLAN
6A clue: Makeup for the cheeks Answer: ROUGE
7A clue: “Well, shucks!” Answer: AWGEE
8A clue: Serious devotee Answer: FIEND
9A clue: Appropriate rhyme for “stressed,” for students Answer: TEST
Mini down clues and answers
1D clue: Unfortunate status for an email you meant to send last week Answer: DRAFT
2D clue: “Gadzooks, that hurt!” Answer: YOWIE
3D clue: Winter Olympics sleds Answer: LUGES
4D clue: Writer’s representative Answer: AGENT
5D clue: Have to have Answer: NEED
How to play more Mini Crosswords
The New York Times Games section offers a large number of online games, but only some of them are free for all to play. You can play the current day’s Mini Crossword for free, but you’ll need a subscription to the Times Games section to play older puzzles from the archives.
A vast majority of American adults say they have consumed alcohol at some point — yet experts warn that alcoholic beverages could be a “gateway drug” to more harmful substances.
More than 84% of adults in the U.S. report having drunk alcohol in their lifetime, according to the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH).
That same survey found that among underage Americans (12 to 17 years of age), more than 21% had consumed alcohol.
DITCHING ALCOHOL AND GOING ‘CALIFORNIA SOBER’ — HERE’S WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
What is a ‘gateway drug?’
Dr. Kenneth Spielvogel, senior medical officer at Carrara Treatment in California, defined a “gateway drug” as a substance that exposes someone to other drugs.
More than 84% of adults in the U.S. report having drunk alcohol in their lifetime, according to the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health.(iStock)
Marijuana is often pegged as a “classic gateway drug,” he told Fox News Digital, as it can lead to cocaine, heroin and other “harder drugs” that present a greater threat to loss of life via impaired driving and other volatile behaviors.
“Alcohol maintains a firm grip on a large portion of the adult population.”
“Any substance that impairs judgment is potentially a gateway drug, in my opinion — however, alcohol is the king of this,” Spielvogel said. “It maintains a firm grip on a large portion of the adult population.”
“I personally have seen the ravages of this — hungover victims turn to meth, cocaine and other drugs for the ‘pick me up’ they feel they need.”
Why alcohol can be a ‘gateway’
For many young people, alcohol is the first substance they try, according to Chris Tuell, a clinical psychotherapist and a chemical and behavioral addiction specialist at the Lindner Center in Mason, Ohio. This makes them more likely to experiment with other drugs later.
“Most people can use alcohol and it does not become problematic — but for some, it is destroying their lives,” he said in an interview with Fox News Digital.
Marijuana is often pegged as a “classic gateway drug,” but one expert said that “alcohol is the king” when it comes to impairing judgment.(iStock)
Consumption of alcohol impairs judgment and decision-making, which can lead to riskier behaviors, including trying other substances, Tuell noted.
“Studies indicate that alcohol alters brain chemistry in ways that increase susceptibility to drug addiction,” the expert cautioned.
DRINKING ALCOHOL IS LINKED TO SIX TYPES OF CANCER, EXPERTS SAY
Jeremy Klemanski, addiction specialist and CEO of Gateway Foundation in Chicago, echoes his belief that alcohol is a gateway drug.
“We often hear reports from patients that they only use or started using while drinking, or that they were first exposed to alcohol and then tried other drugs for greater physical symptoms and feelings,” he told Fox News Digital.
Research from the National Institute of Drug Abuse suggests that early exposure to alcohol can “prime the brain” for heightened responses to other drugs.(iStock)
“It is also important to note that once a person has used one mind-altering substance, their general thinking skills are impaired on some level,” he went on. “Other things they might not normally do become easier to justify or accept as an idea to act on.”
There is also a neurological element that comes into play, according to Dr. David Campbell, clinical director and program director at Recover Together Bend in Oregon.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Alcohol affects neurotransmitter systems that are involved in the reward pathways that are similarly targeted by other drugs,” he told Fox News Digital.
Research from the National Institute of Drug Abuse suggests that early exposure to alcohol can “prime the brain” for heightened responses to other drugs, perhaps increasing the risks of the “gateway effect,” Campbell added.
Other factors at play
Experts emphasized that correlation does not equal causation.
“Just because people who use harder drugs often drink alcohol first does not necessarily mean alcohol caused their drug use,” Tuell noted.
“There are few drugs where the sudden stoppage of their use can be deadly — alcohol is one of these,” an addiction specialist warned.(iStock)
Campbell agreed, noting that many “contextual factors and psychosocial stressors” should be considered within the broader context of someone’s life.
“Social environment, stressors, ease and proximity to access, social influences, mental health conditions, childhood trauma, genetics and other biological factors may all play a role,” he told Fox News Digital.
When and how to stop
Spielvogel shared some warning signs that someone may be dependent on alcohol and more susceptible to trying other harmful substances.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“One sign is if they have ever tried to cut down on their drinking and failed,” he said. “Also, they may be annoyed when asked about their alcohol consumption.”
People with alcohol dependency may also feel guilty when they drink, or they might consume alcoholic beverages in the morning, he added.
“It is very important that if someone has a use disorder, they seek professional help for their detox and recovery.”
Stopping “cold turkey” may not be the healthiest route, Spielvogel cautioned.
“There are few drugs where the sudden stoppage of their use can be deadly — alcohol is one of these,” he said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“I cannot stress this enough; it is very important that if someone has a use disorder, they seek professional help for their detox and recovery, whether it’s a private treatment facility or going to a medical professional.”
“Do not do this on your own.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].